
Class 'PC'- 

Book. 



U- 



Copyright^ . 



COPYRIGHT DEPOSrT 



ELEMENTARY 
FRENCH GRAMMAR 



(GRAMMAIRE FRANQAISE ELEMENTAIRE) 



BY 



EVERETT WARD OLMSTED, Ph.D. 

M 
Professor of Romance Languages and Head of the Department in the 

University of Minnesota 







NEW YORK 
HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY 






Copyright, 1915, 

BY 

HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY 



///V" 



THE UNIVERSITY PRESS, CAMBRIDGE, U. S. A. 

JUL I 1915 

CU406522 



.- 



N 



PREFACE {PREFACE) 

The aim of this book is to offer a thorough and practical 
course in French that shall combine the best features of both 
the so-called "grammatical" and "direct" methods of in- 
struction. 

Enough grammar 1 is given to enable the student to under- 
stand thoroughly, upon the completion of the book, ordinary 
French construction. The subject is not presented in dis- 
connected fragments, but each topic appears as a consistent 
whole, either entirely in one lesson, or in consecutive lessons. 
Rules are given with as much clearness and conciseness as 
possible, and paradigms are used whenever expedient. 

The study of verbs is begun as early as the third lesson, and 
by the eighteenth, all the simple tenses of the regular verbs 
and of the auxiliaries avoir and etre have been completed, so 
that the student may begin reading other French than that 
contained in the exercises of this book, should it be so desired. 

The headings of all grammatical subjects are printed in 
French as well as in English, to familiarize the student with 
grammatical nomenclature, and each lesson is followed by a 
questionnaire grammatical, to enable the teacher, who desires 
to use the "direct" method exclusively, to conduct all gram- 
matical drill in French. 

The vocabularies, 2 which range from twenty to thirty words, 
are varied and practical in character, but not too extensive for 
beginners. They have been placed at the beginning of each 
lesson, because they are sometimes required for use in the gram- 
matical drill. It is preferable also to keep them from too ready 
access to students when reciting upon the exercises. 

1 The simplification of usage in certain points of French grammar, as permitted 
by decree of the French minister of public instruction, Feb. 26, 1901 (see p. 1 of 
Brachet etDussouchet, Grammaire Franqaise Complete, Paris, Hachette et Cie., 1901), 
has been incorporated, without, however, for the most part, special reference to the 
decree. 

2 All vocabularies should be memorized, so that, upon the completion of the 
grammar, the student may have at his disposal a practical working vocabulary suf- 
ficiently large to relieve him, in his subsequent reading, of the necessity of consulting 
too frequently a dictionary. 

iii 



IV PREFACE 

Every lesson contains a reading exercise of connected prose. 
These exercises present topics of general, practical interest in 
the early part of the book, and in the latter part are devoted 
more particularly to French life and culture. The aim has 
been to introduce a thoroughly French atmosphere, and such 
subjects as the arrival in Paris, the choice of an apartment, 
sight-seeing in Paris, the history of the city, French education, 
Parisian theaters and cafes, etc., have been chosen with that 
end in view. Some of the information given may be of use to 
future travelers. 

The exercises in lessons thirty-eight, thirty-nine, and forty 
contain an exceedingly brief, but useful resume of French 
literature, intended to give to the student at least a general 
idea of the development of the literature of the language that 
he is studying, and to familiarize him with the names of the 
most eminent French writers. The last three lessons contain 
extracts from Moliere, Voltaire, and Victor Hugo, representa- 
tives respectively of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nine- 
teenth centuries. 

Conversation exercises in French follow each of the reading 
exercises. 

For practice in the writing of French, themes have been in- 
troduced into nearly every lesson, and provision has been made 
in some lessons for original compositions. These may be varied 
or omitted, as the teacher sees fit. 

For further drill work in the application of grammatical 
principles, oral exercises, consisting of disconnected sentences, 
accompany each lesson. 

Although exercises of all sorts are abundant throughout this 
grammar, the wise teacher, will, of course, employ due caution 
in the matter of assignments and omissions. All of the exer- 
cises of any lesson need not be given, and it will not always be 
necessary to assign the whole of any exercise. Lessons so long 
as to discourage the student should be avoided. A large amount 
of exercise material is given in order to afford the teacher an 
opportunity of varying the interest of each lesson by different 
assignments. 

If used with judgment, this grammar is appropriate to all 
sorts of beginners, those in the high-schools as well as those in 
colleges. However, in those preparatory schools where the 
teacher may prefer to begin with a very elementary method, this 



PREFACE 



grammar will be found to be ideal for the review work of the 
second year. 

The introduction contains the most complete presentation of 
the phonetic symbols to be found in any similar text-book, and 
many teachers will welcome this aid. A few exercises in the 
phonetic alphabet will be found at the back of the book. No 
one need use the phonetic symbols, unless it is desired, but the 
author believes that they are a great help in the acquisition of 
an accurate pronunciation. 

The second part of the book contains, in the main, verb 
paradigms. 

Many foreign and American French grammars have been 
consulted in the preparation of this work and particularly 
Brachet et Dussouchet's Grammaire Franqaise Complete and 
Fraser and Squair's larger French Grammar. 

The author wishes to acknowledge with thanks his indebted- 
ness for aid and suggestions in the composition of the French 
exercises to Professor Othon Goepp Guerlac, licencie es lettres, 
Assistant-Professor of French at Cornell University, Ithaca, 
N. Y.,,and to Professor Pierre F. Giroud, licencie es lettres, cffi- 
cier de V instruction publique, of Philadelphia, Pa., and for help- 
ful criticism in the correction of proof to his colleagues in the 
Department of Romance Languages of the University of 
Minnesota, Mr. Edward H. Sirich, Ph. D., and Mr. Charles 
Muller, licencie es lettres. 

Everett Ward Olmsted. 

Minneapolis, Minn. 
April 15, 1915. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS (TABLE DES 
MAT I EKES) 

INTRODUCTION 

PAGE 

Alphabet 3 

Phonetic Symbols 4 

Syllables 10 

Linking 11 

Elision 12 

Punctuation 13 

Phonetic Symbols (Reference List) 14 

Useful Expressions 18 

PART I 

LESSONS 

I. General Rules 21 

II. Articles 23 

Indefinite and Definite Articles 24 

III. Articles 25 

Repetition of Articles . . .- 26 

Omission of Articles 27 

Verbs 27 

Interrogative Form 27 

IV. Articles 29 

Omission of the Indefinite Article 30 

Omission of the Definite Article 31 

Verbs ' 31 

Eire (Inf., Pres. Part., Past Part., Pres. Ind.) 31 

V. Articles 33 

Definite Article before Common Nouns 34 

Verbs 35 

Etre (Pres. Ind. — Negative and Interrogative) 35 

vii 



VLL1 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PAGE 

VI. Articles 37 

Definite Article before Proper Nouns 38 

Verbs 39 

Avoir (Inf., Pres. Part., Past Part., Pres. Ind.) .... 39 

VII. Nouns 41 

Partitive Sense 42 

Verbs 43 

Avoir {Pres. Ind. — Negative and Interrogative) .... 43 

VIII. Adverbs 45 

Adverbs of Quantity 46 

Verbs 46 

Donner {Inf., Pres. Part., Past Part., Pres. Ind.) ... 46 

IX. Adjectives 49 

Possessive Adjectives 49 

Verbs . . . 50 

Donner, Etre, Avoir {Imperative) 50 

X. Adjectives 53 

Demonstrative Adjectives 53 

Verbs 54 

Compound Tenses 54 

XI. Nouns 56 

Gender 57 

Verbs 58 

Finir {Inf., Pres. Part., Past Part., Pres. Ind., Imp.) . 58 

XII. Nouns . . . 60 

Gender {Continued) 60 

Verbs 62 

Vendre (Inf., Pres. Part., Past Part., Pres. Ind., Imp.) 62 

XIII. Nouns 65 

Number 65 

Verbs ^ 66 

Donner, Finir, Vendre, Etre, Avoir (Impf. Ind.) ... 66 

XIV. Nouns 69 

Number {Continued) 70 

Verbs ^ 

Donner, Finir, Vendre, Etre, Avoir {Past Def.) .... 71 

XV. Adjectives 73 

Formation of Feminine 74 

Verbs ^ 76 

Donner, Finir, Vendre, Etre, Avoir {put.) 76 

XVI. Adjectives 78 

Formation of Feminine {Continued) 79 

Formation of Plural 79 

Agreement 80 



TABLE OF CONTENTS IX 

PAGE 

Verbs a 80 

Donner, Finir, Vendre, Etre, Avoir (Cond.) 80 

XVII. Adjectives 83 

Position 84 

Verbs ^ 85 

Donner, Finir, Vendre, Etre, Avoir {Pres. Subj.) ... 85 

XVIII. Adjectives . 88 

Comparison 89 

Verbs ^ . 90 

Donner, Finir, Vendre, Etre, Avoir (Imp/. Subj.) ... 90 

XIX. Adjectives and Adverbs 93 

Comparison {Continued) 93 

Formation, Comparison, Position of Adverbs 94 

Verbs 95 

Principal Parts 95 

XX. Adverbs 97 

Adverbial Locutions 98 

Verbs 98 

Compound Tenses 98 

Passive Voice 99 

Agreement of Participle 100 

XXI. Pronouns 102 

Personal 103 

Verbs 104 

Reflexive 104 

XXII. Pronouns 107 

Personal {Continued) 108 

Pronominal Adverbs 108 

Verbs 109 

Passive Voice {Use) 109 

XXIII. Pronouns 112 

Personal {Continued) 112 

Verbs 113 

Impersonal 113 

XXIV. Depuis . 116 

Verbs 117 

Etre and Avoir {Impersonal Use) 117 

Orthographic Changes 117 

XXV. Adverbs 120 

Affirmation and Negation 121 

XXVI. Pronouns 125 

Possessive 125 

Verbs 126 

Aller 126 

Envoyer 127 



X TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PAGE 

XXVII. Pronouns 130 

Demonstrative 130 

Verbs 131 

Recevoir 131 

Devoir 132 

XXVIII. Pronouns 134 

Demonstrative {Continued) 135 

Verbs 136 

Asseoir 136 

Falloir 137 

XXIX. Adjectives and Pronouns 139 

Interrogative 140 

Verbs 141 

Pleuvoir 141 

Pouvoir 142 

XXX. Pronouns 145 

Relative 145 

Verbs 147 

Savoir 147 

Valoir 147 

XXXI. Pronouns 150 

Relative {Continued) 150 

Verbs 151 

Voir 151 

Vouloir 152 

XXXII. Adjectives 155 

Indefinite 155 

Verbs 157 

Courir 157 

Cueillir 157 

XXXIII. Pronouns 159 

Indefinite 160 

Verbs 161 

Dormir 161 

Fuir 162 

XXXIV. Numbers 165 

Cardinal 165 

Verbs 167 

Mourir 167 

Ouvrir 167 

XXXV. Numbers 170 

Ordinal 171 

Verbs 173 

Tenir 173 

Venir 173 



TABLE OF CONTENTS Xl 

PAGE 

XXXVI. Prepositions 176 

Verbs 178 

Boire 178 

Conclure 178 

XXXVII. Prepositions 182 

Before Infinitive 182 

Verbs 183 

Conduire 183 

Connaitre . . 184 

XXXVIII. Subjunctive 187 

Principal Clauses 187 

Sequence of Tenses 188 

Verbs 189 

Craindre 189 

Croire 189 

XXXIX. Subjunctive 192 

Dependent Clauses 192 

Noun Clauses 192 

Verbs 194 

Dire 194 

Ecrire 194 

XL. Subjunctive 198 

. Adjective Clauses 199 

Verbs 199 

Faire 199 

Lire 200 

XLI. Subjunctive 203 

Adverbial Clauses 203 

Verbs 205 

Mettre 205 

Naitre 205 

XLII. Infinitive 208 

Use 208 

Object of Transitive Verbs 209 

Verbs 210 

Plaire 210 

Prendre .■ 210 

XLIII. Collective Subject 213 

Verbs 213 

Resoudre 213 

Rire 214 

Suivre 214 

Vaincre 214 

Vivre 215 



Xll TABLE OP CONTENTS 

PART II 

PAGE 

Regular Verbs 219 

Avoir akd Etre 221 

Orthographical Changes 224 

Irregular Verbs 225 

Reference List of Irregular Verbs 237 

Phonetic Texts 241 

French-English Vocabulary 245 

English-French Vocabulary 295 

Index 331 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



ABBREVIATIONS (ABREVIATIONS) 



abb. 

ace. 

adj. 

adv. 

art. 

anx. 

av. 

b. 

B.C. 

boul. 

cf. 

com p. 

com p. 

cond. 

conj. 

d. 

def. 

dem. 

2e 

e.g. 

Eng. 

etc. 

/• 

Jam. 

1st 

Ms). 

Ft. 

jut. 

gen. 

i.e. 

imp. 

impers. 

impf. 

hid. 

indef. 

inf. 

int. 

int. 

interj. 

intr. 

irr. 



abbreviation 

accusative, accusatif 

adjective, adjectif 

adverb, adverbe 

article, article 

auxiliary, auxiliaire 
avenue, avenue 
• born 

before Christ 
boulevard, boidevard 
compare 

comparative, comparatif 
compound, compose 
conditional, conditionnel 
conjunction, conjonction 
died 
definite, defini 

demonstrative, demonstratif 

deuxieme 

for example 

English 

equal (s) 

and so forth 

feminine, feminin 

familiar, familier 

first 
franc (s) 

French 
future, fidur 
general, general 
that is 

imperative, imperatif 
impersonal, impersonnel 
imperfect, imparfait 
indicative, indicatif 
indefinite, indefini 
infinitive, infmitif 
interrogative, interrogatif 
introduction, introduction 
interjection, interjection 
intransitive, intransitif 
irregular, irregulier 

( ) denote that words are 
I J denote that words are 



L. 

lit. 

m. 

mil. 

n. 

neg. 

nom. 

obs. 

part. 

Part. 

Pers. 

pers. 

pl(ur) 

+ 

pos. 

Poss. 

Pip)- 
pp. 

prep. 
Pres. 
pron. 
Pron. 
ler 

ire 

pub. 
refl. 
rel. 
2(n)d 

§(§) 
sing. 

subj. 

sabst. 

sup. 

svl. 

S(r)d 

tr. 

trans. 

Se 

V. 

viz. 
vocab. 



Latin 
literally 

masculine, masadin 
military 
noun 

negative, negatif 
nominative, nominalif 
observe, observez 
participle, participe 
partitive, partitif 
person, personne 
personal, personnel 
■ plural, plurid 
plus, plus 
positive, posiiif 
possessive, possessif 
page(s) 

past participle, participe 

Passe 
preposition, preposition 
present, present 
pronoun, pronom 
pronominal, pronominal 
premier 
premiere 

published, publie 
reflexive, rejfec/ii 
relative, relatif 
second 
section (s) 
singular, singulier 
subjunctive, subjonctif 
substantive, substantif 
superlative, superlatif 
syllable, syllabe 
third 

transitive, transitif 
translate 
troisieme 
verb, verbe 
namely 
vocabulary, vocabulaire 



to be, or may be, included 
to be omitted 



INTRODUCTION (INTRODUCTION) 

FRENCH PROXOXIATION (PROXOXCIATIOX 

FRANQAISE) 

ALPHABET {ALPHABET) 

1. The letters of the French alphabet are the same as those 
of the English alphabet. They are, with their French names, 
as follows: 



a 


a [a] 


J 


ji [3i] 


s 


esse [es] 


b 


be [be] 


k 


ka [ka] 


t 


te [te] 


c 


ce [se] 


1 


elle [el] 


u 


uM 


d 


de [de] 


m 


emme [em] 


V 


ve [ve] 


e 


e[e] 


n 


enne [en] 


w 


double ve [dubl ve] 


f 


effe [ef] 





oH 


I 


iks [iks] 


g 


ge [3e] 


P 


pe [pe] 


y 


i grec [i grek] 


h 


ache [a$] 


q 


ku [ky] 


z 


zede [zed] 


i 


i[i] 


r 


erre [er] 







Xote. — The beginner may ignore the French names of the letters until 
he has mastered the phonetic symbols. Cf . § 5 . 

ORTHOGRAPHIC SIGNS (SIGNES ORTHOGRAPHIQUES) 
2. The following orthographic signs are used in French : 

1. The acute acent ' 1 (accent aigu [aksdt egy]), over an e 
only: e. 

2. The grave accent * (accent grave [aksa graiv]): a. e. u. 

3. The circumflex accent ' (accent circonflexe [aksd sirko- 
fleks]): a, e, i, 6, u. 

4. The cedilla 5 (cedille [sediij]), placed under a c to give it a 
soft sound before a, 0, u: ca, etc. 

5. The dieresis " (trema [trema]), placed over a vowel to 
separate it from a preceding vowel : naif. 

6. The apostrophe ■ (apostrophe [apostrof]), denoting the 
omission of a final vowel before the initial vowel of another 
word: l'ami, s'il. 

7. The hyphen - (trait d'union [tre dynjo]), used largely as 
in English. 

1 These accents do not serve to indicate stress of voice. 

3 



4 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 3-4 

PHONETIC SYMBOLS (SIGNES PHONETIQUES) 

3. The French language, like the English, is not always 
phonetic in its spelling, and for this reason students are often 
troubled by the contradictions that appear between the written 
and spoken forms of the same words. However, since it has 
been discovered that any language may be written phoneti- 
cally, and since the International Phonetic Association has 
devised a phonetic alphabet that has been well-nigh universally 
adopted, the learning, not only of French pronunciation, but of 
that of all foreign languages, has been greatly simplified. 

The phonetic symbols employed in this grammar are those 
of the International Phonetic Association. These symbols 
have been based, for the most part, on international usage; 
that is to say, whenever it has been possible to represent a given 
sound by a letter used by the majority of the peoples employ- 
ing the Latin alphabet, that letter has been adopted. Some of 
the symbols naturally seem strange to an English speaking per- 
son, as, for example, the j, which has been chosen to indicate 
the sound of y in yet and which, though contrary to English, 
French, and Spanish, is in accord with German, Italian, Dutch, 
and Scandinavian usage. Some symbols have had to be in- 
vented, in order to represent sounds not satisfactorily indicated 
by any existing letters. But the difficulty of memorizing the 
symbols is not great, and once mastered they are of inestimable 
value in the acquisition of a sure and accurate pronunciation. 
They are particularly necessary to one learning a foreign lan- 
guage without a teacher. 1 

4. The beginner in French should master first of all the pho- 
netic symbols, keeping in mind the fact that there is rarely an 
exact equivalent in English for the French sounds, and that 
the French vowels and consonants are both uttered with much 
greater precision and tenseness than are the corresponding letters 
in English. The tongue and lips are consequently much more 
active in forming them. 

1 A Primer of French Pronunciation, by John E. Matzke, Henry Holt & Co., 
is especially recommended to all beginners of French. Many of the following rules 
have been suggested by that work. 



§ 5 INTRODUCTION 5 

5- TABLE OF PHONETIC SYMBOLS {TABLEAU DES SIGNES 

PHONETIQUES) 

Vowels (Voyelles) 
English 1 . French 2 

a=fl in father. a, a (in some positions): ame [aim], 

pas [pa]. 

sl= a in at (usually not so flat). a, a (in most positions) : la [la], dame 

[dam]. 

e=e in let or (when long) in there. e, e, e (in some positions), ei, ai (usu- 

ally): pere [peir], tete [teit], tel 
[tel], reine [rein], vrai [vre]. 

e=a sound between the a in hate e, e (before silent final consonants) , ai 
and the e in he. (final in verbs) : de [de], nez [ne], 

serai [sare], 

i=e in he. i, i, y: ile [il], il [il], y [i]. 

o=a sound between the u in rub and o (phonetically closed 3 ): cor [koir], 
aw in lawn. ecole [ekol]. 

0=0 in go. 6, o (phonetically open 4 ) : tot [to], nos 

[no]. 

u=oo in boot. ou, ou, ou: gout [gu], ou [u], ou [u]. 

oe=a sound somewhat like in love. eu (phonetically closed) : peur [pceir]. 

a=e in the (rapidly pronounced). e (in an open syl.) : petit [pati], le [la]. 

0=a sound between the u in piiff eu (phonetically open): peu [po], 
and i in i/. veux [v0]. 

y= German il. u, u: du [dy], du [dy]. 

Nasal Vowels (Voyelles Nasales) 

a=o+n (unfinished) in on. an, en (or -m in either case): grand 

[gra], temps [ta]. 

e=>a+n (unfinished) in an. in, yn, ain, ein (or -m in any case) : pin 

[p§[, faim [fe], sein [se]. 

5=aw+n (unfinished) in lawn. on (or -m): bon [bo], nom [no]. 

cb=u+n (unfinished) in bun. un (or -m): un [63], parfum [parfoe]. 

: is the sign of length. 

1. In general, French vowel sounds, whether long or short, 
preserve their quality throughout. In pronouncing them one 
should avoid the drawl of the English vowels, which so .often 
changes their character and causes them to end with a glide 
or vanishing sound other than that with which they began, 
i.e., English = [o -fu], English e = [i + j]. 

2. The sound [e] has no exact equivalent in English, and is 

1 The English vowel sounds used as equivalents for the phonetic symbols will 
give an approximate idea of the French vowel sounds, but the teacher should illus- 
trate them orally, giving what modifications may be necessary. 

2 For a more complete list of French equivalents, cf. § 34. 

3 That is to say, followed by a consonantal sound. 

4 That is to say, not followed by a consonantal sound. 



6 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 6 

one of the hardest to make. The corners of the mouth must 
be drawn back tensely and the tongue raised as for the sound [i], 
while one utters the a of hate as sharply as possible, without 
relaxing the lips or tongue. 

3. The sound [o] has no exact equivalent in English. The jaws 
must be separated as for [e], the tongue drawn slightly backwards 
and raised at the back, and the lips rounded, while one utters 
the u of rub with a little of the sound of the English aw. 

4. Care must be taken not to confound the sounds [ce] and [0], 
the second of which is thrown forward in the mouth when pro- 
nounced, causing the lips to protrude and contract, forming a 
small round opening. Compare these two sounds in the word 
heureux [cer0]. 

5. No equivalent for the sound [y] can be found in English. 
Those who are familiar with the German ii, which it resembles, 
will have no difficulty in forming this sound. Others may suc- 
ceed in uttering it by contracting the lips as for [u] and then, 
without relaxing them at all, by trying to say [i]. 

6. In order to pronounce the nasal vowel sounds, the air 
must be allowed to escape freely through both nose and mouth. 
The tongue must be kept down, not allowing its tip to rise and 
touch the roof of the mouth, as it does when the n sound in Eng- 
lish is completed. The lips must likewise be kept apart, even 
if the nasal vowel be spelled with an m (parfum [parfce], temps 
[ta]). 

6. The following phonetic triangle may help one to place the 
vowel sounds: 



WP2^ -52£^V 




a (a) 



INTRODUCTION 



§7 

7- TABLE OF PHONETIC SYMBOLS (TABLEAU DES SIGNES 

PHONETIQUES) 



Consonants (Consonnes) 



English 
b=b in bed. 
d=d in den. 

i=f in fat. 
g=g in go. 
k=c in cat. 

\=l in /oo&. 
m=w in we. 
n=« in wo. 
p=p in />w/. 

r= English r trilled, or better a uvu- 
lar r. 

s=s in 50. 

t=/ in tin. 
v=v in w»}. 
z=z in zea/. 

$=s/f in s/ww. 
3=5 in pleasure. 
p.=ni in onion. 



French 1 
b: beau [bo]. 
d: dame [dam]. 
f : fort [fo:r]. 

g (before a, o, u) : gare [ga:r]. 
c (before a, o, u) : car [kar]. 
1: lac [lak]. 
m: me [mo]. 
n: ne [no]. 
p: pot [po]. 
r: ri [ri]. 

s (initial) , c (before e, i, y) : si [si], ce 

[so]. 
t: tu [ty]. # 
v: vice [vis]. 
z, s (between vowels) : zero [zero], rose 

[rorz]. 
ch: chaise [Se:z]. 

j, g (before e, i, y) : je [30], gtte [3k]. 
gn: agneau [a no]. 



j = y in yet. 



Semi-vowels (Demi-voyelles) 

y, i (before vowels) 



q=a sound like that of the French 
letter u or German u conso- 
nantly pronounced. 

w=w in we. 



yeux [jo], bien 
[bje]. 
u (before vowels) : lui [lip]. 



ou (before vowels) : oui [wi]. 



1. The only consonantal symbols unfamiliar to a beginner are 
[S> 3> J 1 ? j> ^L an d these are easily learned. 

2. There is a tendency to advance the tongue in forming most 
consonantal sounds in French. This is particularly true for d, 
1, n, t, when the tip of the tongue is advanced until it touches 
the back of the upper front teeth. 

de [do], le [lo], ne [no], te [to] 

3. The r may be trilled, but the better and more common 
pronunciation is that of a uvular r. It is made by elevating 
the root of the tongue and causing the uvula to vibrate. 

orange [ora:3], rond [ro] 

1 For a more complete list of French equivalents, cf. § 35. 



8 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 8-10 

4. The semi- vowel sounds [j] and [w] must be pronounced more 
briefly and narrowly than the corresponding English consonants, 
y and w. The [j] sound when final must be very lightly pro- 
nounced. A vowel sound before it should be somewhat pro- 
longed. 

bien [bje], fille [fi:j], oui [wi] 

5. The sound of [uj is one of the most difficult to acquire. 
Avoid the sound of the English w. Master first the sound of 
the French vowel u [y], then learn to use that as a consonantal 
sound before vowels. 

lui [lqi], nuage [nqa:3] 

8. H is regularly silent in French, whether aspirate or mute. 
The difference between an aspirate and a mute h is that the 
former prevents either elision (cf. § 31) or finking (liaison [cf. 
§ 19]), and the latter allows both. 

There are about four hundred words beginning with an as- 
pirate h. These are sometimes indicated in dictionaries by re- 
versed commas, thus: 

'hache [a$], 'hibou [ibu], etc. 

They will be so indicated in the vocabularies of this grammar. 
In a very few exclamations the h is pronounced as the Eng- 
lish h. 

aha [aha], oho [oho] 

9. X, though a single letter, generally represents a combination 
of consonantal sounds. It is usually pronounced [ks] (fixe [fiks], 
luxe [lyks], excepte [eksepte]); in the prefix ex + a vowel it is 
pronounced [gz] (exercice [egzersis], examen [egzame]); but in 
the prefix ex + hard c, f, p, q, or t by some persons 1 it is pro- 
nounced [s] (exclamation [esklamasjo], excuse [eskyiz], expliquer 
[esplike], exquis [eski]). 

Silent Consonants (Consonnes Muettes) 

10. Only one letter is usually pronounced of double conso- 
nants (casser [kase], aller [ale]). In certain words, however, 

1 This is the pronunciation given by Passy and Hempl in the International French 
Dictionary, published by Hinds. Noble, and Eldredge, while Rousselot, in his Precis 
de Prononciation Francaise, Paris, 1902 (p. 157), gives the soundas [eks]. The latter 
pronunciation has been adopted in this grammar, although, in general, the pro- 
nunciation indicated b}^ the International French Dictionary has been followed. 



§§ 11-14 INTRODUCTION 9 

both consonants are pronounced (acquerrai [akerre], courrai 
[kurre], annales [annal]). 

11. Consonants are sometimes silent in medial groups, as, 

for example: 

m in automne [oton] and in damner [dane] and derivatives 

p in lpt (sculpter [skylte] and derivatives), in pt (bapteme [bateim]), in 

mpt (compter [ko.te], dompter [dote], etc.) 
th in asthme [asm], isthme [ism] 

12. Sometimes one of a final group of consonants is silent, 
e.g.: 

1 in fils [fis] p in sept [set] 

13. Final consonants are generally silent in French, whether 
single or in groups. 

les [le], pots [po], grand [gra], trop [tro] 
Exceptions: 1 

(a) The principal exceptions are in proper names, especially foreign ones: 
Alfred [alfred], Cid [sid], Gil Bias [31I bla:s], Reims [re:s], Christ [krist] — 
But: Jesus-Christ [3ezy kri], — Ernest [ernest], etc.; in club [klyb], sud 
[syd], cap [kap], cinq [se:k], coq [kok], fils [fis], helas [elais], jadis [3adis], lis 
Pus], mars [mars], mceurs [mcers], ours [urs], sens [sas] (except in bon sens 
[bo sa] and sens commun [sa komce]), tous [tu:s] (as pronoun), bis [bi:s], 
omnibus [omnibyis], dot [dot], net [net], huit [qit], prefix [prefiks], est [est], 
ouest [west], correct [korekt] (and some others in ct), abrupt [abrypt], rapt 
[rapt], and many others. 

(b) In groups consisting of r + consonant(s), r alone is usually pronounced. 

vert [ve:r], corps [ko:r], cerf [se:r] 

14. Final c, f, 1, r are usually pronounced. 

avec [avek], chef [§ef], tel [tel], cher [§e:r] 
Exceptions : l 

(a) C is silent after a nasal vowel (banc [ba]), and in certain words, e.g., 
broc [bro], estomac [estoma], tabac [taba], etc. 

(b) F is silent in clef [kle], cerf [se:r], nerf ne:r], chef d'ceuvre [§e d ce:vr], 
in the plurals bceufs [bo], ceufs [0], etc. 

(c) L is silent in fils [fis], pouls [pu], and a few other words. 

(d) R is generally silent in words of more than one syllable ending in 
-er(s) (aimer [erne], acier [asje], volontiers [volotje]), in monsieur [mosjo]; 
but is pronounced by exception in amer [ameir], cuiller [kyjeir], enfer [afeir], 
hiver [ive:r], and a few other words. 

Note- — In monosyllables -er is pronounced. 

cher [§e:r], fier [fje:r], hier [je:r] 

1 Beginners are not supposed to commit to memory such lists as these. 
They may be used for later reference. 



10 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 15-17 

15. Final consonantal sounds are more completely uttered 
than in English, to such an extent, indeed, that they often seem 
to end in a sort of [a] sound. This is particularly true after the 
voiced stops b, d, g. 

robe [rob], aide [e:d], vague [vag] 

16. L and r are whispered after a consonant in the endings 
-le, -re. 

table [tabl], chevre [Sezvr] 

17. SYLLABLES (SYLLABES) 

1. Vowels are the essential part of any syllable. 

A single vowel, or any combination of vowels, except two 
contiguous independent vowels, may form a syllable. 

a, ou, beau. But: ha-Ir, ne-e 

2. A single consonant (except x) between vowels begins a 
syllable. 

a-mi, e-vi-te, bu-reau 

Note. — Consonantal combinations representing single sounds (ch, ph, 
th, gn, etc.) are treated like single consonants. 

a-che-ter, te-le-pho-ne, a-the-e, a-gneau 

3. Two consonants of which the second is 1 or r (except 11, 
rr, rl, lr) begin likewise a syllable. 

ta-bleau, au-tre 

4. Other combinations of consonants are divided so as to 
give to the preceding syllable whatever consonants cannot (ac- 
cording to the foregoing rules) begin a syllable. 

el-le, in-te-res-sant, com-bler 

5. Any of these rules may be set aside when derivation so 

requires. 

in-e-gal, mal-heur, in-spi-rer 

6. Syllables are open, when they end in a vowel, and closed, 
when they end in a consonant. If the consonant is silent, they 
may be considered as phonetically open. They may be regarded 
as phonetically closed when followed by a final consonantal 
sound, even when the consonant belongs to a succeeding sylla- 
ble (e.g., ecole [ekol]). 



§§ 18-23 INTRODUCTION 11 

18. TONIC ACCENT (ACCENT TONIQUE) 

1. The stress of voice on individual syllables, which is so 
strong in English, is correspondingly weak in French, each 
syllable being uttered with great clearness, but with approxi- 
mately the same stress, except for a very slight additional stress 
falling on the last fully pronounced syllable of a word. 

2. In connected discourse the words are run together in stress 
groups, with every syllable of approximately the same force, 
except the last syllable 1 of the group, which receives a slight 
emphasis. The accent upon such syllables is usually a rising 
one before commas or slight pauses, and a falling one at the end 
of sentences. 

LINKING (LIAISON) 

19. In uttering a series of words in French, it is customary 
to break them up into stress groups, in which the syllable be- 
comes the unit rather than the word. For this reason a con- 
sonant that is regularly silent at the end of a word is often pro- 
nounced upon a following vowel (mute h not preventing), as if 
it were the initial consonant of a new syllable. This is called 
the liaison [ljezo], or linking (of words). 

Note. — Though final consonants making the liaison are pronounced as 
if they were the initial consonants of succeeding syllables, they are com- 
monly printed in phonetic script with the words of which they form part. 

Venez ici, mes enfants, nos amis sont arrives 

[vanez isi mez afd noz ami sot arive] 

20. Liaison is more frequent in formal diction than in col- 
loquial speech, although certain liaisons are always made. 

21. Liaison occurs, in general, between words of close syntac- 
tical relation: pronoun and verb, adjective and noun, preposi- 
tion and its object, adverb and word modified, etc. 

22. An aspirate h prevents the liaison, while a mute h does 
not. 

les 'hiboux [le ibu], les hommes [lez am] 

23. Onze, 'eleven,' and oui, 'yes,' do not allow the liaison. 

les onze [le oiz], les oui [le wi] 

1 Meaning fully pronounced syllable. 



12 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 24-31 

24. The following consonants change their normal sound in 
making the liaison: d= [t], f = [v] (in neuf, 'nine'), g= M, x= [z], 
■-[z]. 

un grand homme [tie grat om], neuf ans [noev a], un sang impur [tie sak 
epyir], dix ans [diz a], les homines [lez om]. 

Exception. — The d of nord, 'north,' remains d (nord-est [nordest]). 

25. The t of et, 'and,' and the final m never make the liaison. 
mere et enfant [me:r e aid], un nom important [tie n5 eporta] 

26. Nasal n, when linked, usually retains a part of its nasal 

character, though it is pronounced upon the following vowel as 

an initial n. 

mon ami [mon ami] 

27. P rarely makes the liaison, except in trop, 'too,' and 

beaucoup, 'much.' 

trop heureux [trop cero] 

28. Final r, if regularly silent, is not linked in ordinary speech, 
but may be so pronounced in more formal utterance. 

blamer a tort [blame (or blamer) a to:r] 
Note. — When such an r is linked, a preceding [e] sound becomes [e]. 

29. Silent final consonants after r are rarely linked, except 

the plural s, t of fort, 'very,' and t of verbs before a pronoun. 

a tort et a travers [a to:r e a traveir] 
But: fort aimable [foirt emabl] 
dort-il [doirt il] 

30. Not all silent final consonants can be linked. A good 
dictionary 1 should be consulted when in doubt. 

ELISION (ELISION) 

31. The letters a, e, i of certain words are sometimes entirely 
omitted and their place taken by an apostrophe. This is called 
elision. It occurs before an initial vowel (or h mute) in the fol- 
lowing cases: 

1. a in the article la and in the pronoun la before a verb, en, 

or y. 

l'eau [lo], /. Je Pai vue [5a le vy]- Menez-Py [mane li]. 

1 The International Dictionary, by Paul Passy and George Hempl, published by 
Hinds, Noble, and Eldredge, is one of the best. 



§§ 32-33 INTRODUCTION 13 

2. e in le {article), de, ne, que; in the pronouns ce, le, je, me, 
se, te, before a verb, en, or y; in lorsque, puisque, quoique, be- 
fore il(s), elle(s), on, un(e); in jusque before k or ici; in quelque 
before un(e) ; and in a few compound words, mostly with entre. 

l'ami [lami], d'eau [do], n'est [ne], qu'un [kce], c'est [se], l'ont [15], j'ai [3e], 
lorsqu'il [lorskil], quoiqu'on [kwako], jusqu'ici [3yskisil, quelqu'un [kelkdej. 

3. i only in si before il(s). 

s'il(s) [sil] 

PUNCTUATION (PONCTUATION) 

32. The punctuation marks in French are virtually the same 
as in English. 

1. They are called: 

. point [pwe] . . . points de suspension [pwe da 

, virgule [virgyl] syspasjol 

; point et virgule [pwet e virgyl] <( » guillemets [gijme] 

: deux points [d0 pwe] ( ) parentheses [parateiz] 

? point d'interrogation [pwe detero- [ ] crochets [kro§e] 

! point d' exclamation [pwe dekskla- \ *■ J 

masjo] * asterisque [asterisk] 

- trait d'union [tre dynjo] f croix de renvoi [krwa da ravwa] 

— tiret (de separation) [tire (da 
separasjo)] 

2. Their usage is practically the same as in English, save that 
the dash ( — ) serves often to indicate a change of speaker. 

CAPITALS (MAJUSCULES) 

33. Capital letters (lettres majuscules) are employed in 
French as in English in most cases, but small letters (lettres 
minuscules) are used, instead of capitals, to begin proper ad- 
jectives employed as such (or substantively for the names of 
languages), names of months, days of the year, I and O (the ex- 
clamation), when they do not begin a sentence. 

un livre francais a French book 

le francais the French (language) 

But: un Francais a Frenchman 

Janvier January 

lundi Monday 

je I 

Qu'as-tu fait, 6 toi que voila What have you done, O you who 
. . .? stand there . . .? 



14 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 34 

FOR REFERENCE 1 (A TITRE VINDICATION) 

34. TABLE OF THE PHONETIC SYMBOLS AND THEIR FRENCH 
EQUIVALENTS {TABLEAU DES SIGNES PHONETIQUES 
ET LEURS EQUIVALENTS EN FRANgAIS) 

Vowels (Voyelles) 

Symbols (Signes) French Equivalents (Equivalents Francais) 

1. a (ouvert, =a (age [0:3]). 

'open') =a before final -se, -ze (rase [rctiz], gaze [ga:z]), before 
final pronounced s or z (helas [elais}, gaz [ga:z]), {gen- 
erally' 1 ) before -sse, -ce (passe [pais], grace [gra:s]), 
(generally) in -ation, -assion, -asion (nation [nasj'5]), 
(generally) before -ill- (paille [pa:j]), (generally) before 
silent final consonants (pas [pa]) . 

2. a (ferme, =a (la [la]). 

1 closed ') = a (in general 2 ), especially when initial (ami [ami]), when 
final (la [la], deja [de3a]), before phonetically final [b, 
d, g, 1, m, n, ji, r] (bague [bag], dame [dam]), before 
-ge, -ve (page [pa:3], cave [ka:v]). 
= e in the adverbial ending -emment (recemment [resama]) , 
in femme [fam], and in a few other words. 

3. 8 (ouvert) =e (pere [pe:r]). 

= e (tete [test]). 

= e (rarely) (donne-je [doneis], teter [tete]). 

= e in a phonetically closed syllable (tel [tel], chercher 

[$er$e]), before final -t, -ts (sujet [sy3s], mets [me]) — 

except the conjunction et [e]. 
= ei (reine [rem], pareil [pare:j]). 
= ai (in general) (vrai [vre], aide [ed]). 

4. e (ferme) =e (de [de]) — except rarely when e = [e]. 

= e (sometimes) when initial followed by ss (essayer 
[eseje]), (generally) before silent final consonants, ex- 
cept -t, -ts (nez [ne], mes 3 [me], aller [ale]). But the 
conjunction et = [e]. 

= ai (sometimes) when initial (aider [ede], aigu [egy]), 
(always) when final in verbs (serai [sore]), in the pres- 
ent of savoir (sais [se], etc.), in the words gai [ge], quai 
[ke], geai [5c]. 

= ce as initial in a few words (oesophage [ezofa:3]). 

5. i =1 (ile [il]). _ 

= i (finir [finiir]). 

=y (y ED. 

6. (ouvert) =0 (generally) in a phonetically closed syllable (cor [ko:r], 

encore [akoir], ecole [ekol], bonne [bon]) — except 
before -se, in the syllables -doss-, -gross-, and (gen- 

1 For practice in reading phonetic transcription, see texts on pp. 241-244. 

2 The exceptions to these and other general rules will be called to the students' 
attention as the individual cases appear. 

3 Some pronounce these monosyllables, mes, des, tes, etc., with an open e [me, 
de, te, etc.]. 



§34 



INTRODUCTION 



15 



erally) before -me, -ne — and (sometimes) in an open 
syllable (odorat [odora], doter [dote]). There are 
many of these exceptions. 

= au (generally) in a phonetically closed syllable (aug- 
ment [ogma]) , (sometimes) in a phonetically open syl- 
lable, more often before r and t (mauvais [move], aurai 
[ore], automne [oton]). 

= oi in a few words (oignon [ojio], encoignure [akoriy:r]). 
7. o (ferme) =6 (tot) [to]). 

= o (generally) in a phonetically open syllable (no [no], 
nos [no]), but (often) in a phonetically closed sylla- 
ble, especially before -se and (generally) -me, -ne 
(rose [ro:z], tome [to:m]), and in the syllables -doss-, 
-gross- (dossier [dosje], grosse [gros]). 

= ao in Curasao [kyraso]. 

= au (generally) in a phonetically open syllable (au [o], 
aux [o]). There are many exceptions, especially 
before r and t. 

= eau (beau [bo]). 

= ou (gout [gu]). 

= ou (ou [u]). 

= ou (ou [u]). 

= aou in aout [u] (as generally pronounced). 

= eu in a phonetically closed syllable (peur [pce:r], 
meuble [mcebl]). 

= eu, ue, oe, before -il, -ill- (deuil [dce:j], cueille [kceij], 
ceil [ce:j]). 

= oeu before pronounced f, r, -vre (boeuf [beef], coeur 
[kce:r], osuvre [ce:vr]). 
10. a (mi-ouvert, = e in an open syllable not final (mener [mane]) , in the 
'half open') monosyllables de [do], je [3a], le [la], me [ma], etc., 
and in certain words before s when doubled to pre- 
serve the hard sound (ressortir [rasortir]). 

Note. — The e is absolutely silent in final -e, -es (not 
in monosyllables) , in the verb-ending -ent (3d person 
plural) , and in the body of a word where the com- 
bination of consonants before and after it allows of 
its omission (mene, menes, menent [all mem], ma- 
demoiselle [madmwazel]). 



8. u 



9. oe (ouvert) 



11. (ferme) 



12. y 



= ai in faisant [foza], and derived forms. 

= eu (jeune [30 :n]). 

= eu in a phonetically open syllable (peu [p0], veux 

[v0]), before pronounced [t, tr, z] (meute [m0:t], 

neutre [n0tr], couteuse [kutoiz]). 
= obu before silent final consonants (ceuf s [0]) . 
=u (sur [sy:r]). 
= u (du [dy]). 
= eu and eu in various forms of the verb avoir (eus [y], 

eumes [y:m]), and eu in gageure [ga3y:r]. 



16 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 35 

Nasal Vowels (Voyelles Nasales) 

13. Vowels preceding n or m are not usually nasal when n or m is doubled, 

or followed by a vowel (anneau [ano], inegal [inegal]). In a few 

words en final is pronounced [en] (hymen [imen]). 

Note. — In a few words, contrary to rule, the vowel is nasal, even when 

n or m is doubled (ennui [amp], emmener [amne], immangeable [ema3abl], 

etc.). In a few others -enn-, -emm- are pronounced [an, am], respectively 

(solennel [solanel], femme [fam], etc.). 

14. a= an (grand [gru]). 

= am (champ [$d]). 

= en (dent [da]). A few words in -en are exceptions (examen [egzame], 

etc.), also most words (except most nouns) in -ien (bien [bje], 

but not orient [orja]). 
= em (temps [ta]). 
= ean in Jean [3a]. 
= aon in faon [fa], paon [pa], taon [ta]. 

15. e=in (fin [fe]). 

= im (simple [se:pl]). 

= yn (syndic [sedik]). 

= ym (lymphe [le:f]), but the combination -ymn- is pronounced [imn] 
(hymne [imn]). 

= ain (main [me]). 

= aim (faim [fe]). 

= ein (sein [se]). 

= eim (Reims [re:s]). 

= en in a very few words (examen [egzame], europeen [ceropee], etc.) 
and (generally) after i or y when en is final or followed by s or t 
(bien [bje], vient [vje]) — but not in nouns (orient [orja]). 

16. 5= on (bon [bo]). 

= om (nom [no]), but the combination -omn- is pronounced [omn] 
(omnibus [omnibys]), except in automne, when the m is silent 
[oton]. 

=un in a few words (jungle [5o:gl], punch [po:§], etc.). 

17. de=un (un [63]). 

= um (parfum [parfce]). but in a few Latin words -um is pronounced 

[om] (album [albom]). 
= eun (jeun [503]). 
: (the sign of length) is used after stressed vowels in general, before the 
sounds [v, z, 3, j], before r phonetically final, and after nasals and long 
[a, e, o, 0] (prise [pri:z], age [0:5], fille [fi:j], chere [$e:r], danse [da:s], reine 
[rem], tome [to:m]). 

35. TABLE OF THE PHONETIC SYMBOLS AND THEIR FRENCH 
EQUIVALENTS (TABLEAU DES SIGNES PHONETIQUES 
ET LEURS EQUIVALENTS EN FRANCAIS) 

Consonants (Consonnes) 

Symbols (Signes) French Equivalents (Equivalents Fran-gais) 

1. b = b (bon [bo]). 

2. d=d (du [dv]). 

3. f=f (fer [fe:r]). 

= ph (Joseph [3ozef]). 



6. 


1 


7. 


m 


8. 


n 


9. 


P 


10. 


r 


11. 


s 



§ 35 INTRODUCTION 17 

4. g=g (hard) before a, o, u, or before consonants, or (rarely) when final 

(gai [ge], grand [gra], gnome [gnoim], joug foug]). 
= gu before e, i (gueux [go], gui [gi]), and before other vowels in certain 

verb-forms (conjuguons [k53yg5]);but gu before (e or i) in a few 

words is pronounced [gq] (aiguille [egqi:j], aiguiser [egqize], arguer 

[argqe], etc.). 
= c in second [sago, zgo] and derivatives, and in zinc [ze:g]. 

5. k=c (hard) before a, o, u, or before consonants, or when final (cafe 

[kafe], clair [kleir], sec [sek]). 
= q final (cinq [se:k], coq [kok]). 

= qu before e, i, y, and (often) before a, o (que [kg], qui [ki], quand [ka]). 
= k in some foreign words (koran [kora]). 
= ch in most Greek derivatives, in -chus, and before consonants (echo 

[eko], Bacchus [baky:s], Chretien [kretje]). 
= 1 (leur [lce:r]). 

m (mere [me:r]), except when it is the sign of a nasal vowel, 
n (nous [nu]), except when it is the sign of a nasal vowel, 
p (peau [po]). 

= b before s or t (absolu [apsoly], obtenir [optoniir]). 
t (rare [ra:r]). 

= s when initial, or before or after consonants (son [s5], aspire [aspire]) 
— except (generally) in trans- followed by a vowel — transit 
[trazi], and a few other words (presbyte [prezbit]). 
= c before e, i, y (ces [se], ci [si], cycle [sikl]), including the second c of 

cc preceding e, i, y (acces [akse]). 
= c before a, o, u (ca [sa], garcon [garso], recu [rosy]). 
= sc before e, i, y (scene [se:n], scie [si]). 

= t (generally) before i in the endings -tia, -tie, -tiel, -tient, -tieux, 
-tion (facetie [fasesi], nation [nasjo]), except when -tion follows 
s or x (question [kestjo], mixtion [mikstjo]). 
= x in six and dix, when standing alone [sis, dis], in soixant [swasait], 
and (by some authorities 1 ) in the prefix ex + hard c, f, p, q, or t 
(exclamer [esklame], excuse [esky:z], expliquer [esplike], exquis 
[eski]). 

12. t=t (ton [to]). 

= th (the [te]). 

13. v=v (vice [vis]). 

= w (in general) (wagon [vago]) . 

14. z=z (zero [zero], gaz [ga:z]). 

= s between vowels (rose [roiz]), except in certain compounds (vrai- 

semblable [vresablabl]) . 
= medial x, in certain numerals (deuxieme [dozjem], dix-huit [diz qit], 

dix-neuf [diz ncef]). 

15. S =c ^- (chaise [§e:z]). 

= sch (usually) (schisme [$izm]) ; but in a few words sch is pronounced 
[sk] (scholastique [skolastik], etc.). 

16. 3=j (jamais feamel, je [30]). 

= g before e, i, y (age [0:3], gilet [3UC], gymnaste feimnast]), including 
the second g of gg preceding e, i, y (suggerer [syg3ere]). 

17. Ji=gn (mignon [mijio]), except in a few words in which the g and n 

are pronounced separately (gnome [gno:m], stagnant [stagna]). 
1 See p. 8, footnote 1. 



18 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



Semi-vowels (Demi-voyelles) 

18. j=y before a vowel (yeux [jo], il y a [il j a]). 

= i before a vowel (bien [bje], nation [nasjo]); but i after a group of 
consonants and i before mute e have the sound [i] (prier [prie], 
ouie [wi]). 

= 11 of -ill- after a consonant (famille [fami:j], fille [fi:j]). The com- 
monest exceptions are mille [mil], ville [vil], village [vila:3], pu- 
pille [pypil], tranquille [trakil]. When initial, ill- is always 
pronounced [il] (illusion [ilyzjo]). 

= — ill — after a vowel (the vowel always retaining its proper value) 
(travailler [travaje], pareille [pare:j], grenouille [gronuij]). 

= -il(s) after a vowel, except o (the vowel always retaining its proper 
value) (pareil [pare:j], ceil [oe:j]. But: poil [pwal]). 

Note. — Final -il(s), after a consonant, in words of more than one 
syllable, is usually pronounced [i] (fusil [fysi], gentil ^ati]). In 
words of one syllable -il(s) is pronounced [il] (mil [mil], ils [il]) , and, 
by exception, in a few words of more than one syllable (avril 
[avril], peril [peril]). 

19. it =u before a vowel (nuage [nqa:3], ecuelle [ekiiel], lui [lqi]). 

20. w=w in a few English words (tramway [tramwe]). 

=wh in a few English words (whist [wist], whiskey [wiske]). 

=ou before a, e, i (ouate [wat], ouest [west], oui [wi]). 

=u between g and a in a very few words (lingual [legwal]), and between 

q and a (aquarelle [akwarel]). 
=o in-oi-, in which combination the i has sometimes the sound [a] and 

sometimes [a] (toi [twa], toit [twa]) , or in -oin, when the in =[e] (loin 

[lwe]) ; and in -oe-, in a few words, in which the e has the sound 

[a] or [a] (poele [pwa:l], poelee [pwale]). 



USEFUL EXPRESSIONS TO BEGIN WITH (EXPRESSIONS 
UTILES POUR COMMENCER) 



Monsieur (M.) [masjo], Sir, Mr. 

Messieurs (MM.) [mesjo], Gen- 
tlemen. 

Madame (M me ) [madam], Madam, 
Mrs. 

Mesdames (M mes ) [medam], La- 
dies. 

Mademoiselle (MUe) [madmwa- 
zel], Miss. 

Mesdemoiselles (Miles) [medmwa- 
zel], Young ladies. 

Bon jour [b5 3u:r], Good day, good 
morning. 

Au revoir [o r(a)vwa:r], Good-by, 
until we meet again. 

A demain [a dme], Until to-mor- 
row. 



Qu'est-ce que c'est que (cela)? 

[ke s ka se ko (sla)], What is (that)? 
C'est un . . . (une . . .) [cet oe (yn)], 

It is a . . . 
Comment appelle-t-on cela? [ka- 

mat apel t 5 sla], How does one 

(do you) call that? 
On l'appelle ... [5 lapel], It is 

called . . . 
Que veut dire le mot . . .? [ka vo 

di:r la mo], What does the word 

. . . mean? 
Le mot . . . veut dire . . . [la mo . . . 

vo di:r], The word . . . means 

Que signifie . . .? [ka sijiifi], What 
does . . . mean? 




INTRODUCTION 



19 



Comment dit-on 'book' en fran- 
cais? [koma dit 5 buk a frase], 

How do you say 'book' in 

French? 
On dit «livre» en francais [5 di 

livr a frase], You say livre in 

French. 
Comment prononcez-vous (pro- 

nonce-t-on) le mot . . .? [koma 

pronose vu (pronos t 5) lo mo], 

How do you pronounce the 

word . . .? 
On le prononce . . . [5 lo pronos], 

You pronounce it . . . 
Comment ecrivez-vous (ecrit-on) 

le mot . . .? [komat ekrive vu 

(ekrit 5) lo mo], How do you 

spell the word . . .? 
On ecrit le mot . . . ainsi : [on ekri le 

mo . . . esi], You spell the word 

. . . thus : 
Le mot s' ecrit ... [la mo sekri], 

The word is written . . . 
En anglais [an agle], In English. 
S'il vous plait [sil vu pie], If you 

please. 
Plait-il? [plet il], What (did you 

say)? 
Pardon? [pardo], I beg (your) 

pardon? 
Vous dites? [vu dit], What did 

you say? 
Merci [mersi], Thanks. 
II n'y a pas de quoi [il nj a pa d 

kwa], You are welcome. 
Voulez-vous bien . . .? [vule vu 

bje], Will you please . . .? 
Ouvrez (fermez) les livres [uvre 

(ferme) le livr], Open (close) 

the (your) books. 
Quelle est la lecon pour aujour- 

d'hui? [kel e la loso pu!r 03urdqi], 

What is the lesson for to-day? 



Quelle page? [kelpa:3 
Au haut 

Au milieu \ de la page 
Au bas j 

f At the top 



, What page? 
o o 

o miljo \ d la 
o ba J 



pa:3] -j In the middle \ of the 
[ At the bottom j page. 
Quelle phrase est-ce? [kel fra:z 
e s], What sentence is it? 



Commencez la lecture [komase la 

lekty:r], Begin the reading. 
Lisez le francais [lize lo frase], 

Read the French. 
Prononcez lentement et claire- 

ment [pro nose latma e klerma], 

Pronounce slowly and clearly. 
Continuez [kotimie], Continue. 
Comprenez-vous ce que vous avez 

lu? [koprone vu s ko vuz ave ly], 

Do you understand what you 

have read? 
Oui, Monsieur, je comprends [wi 

mosjo 30 kopra], Yes, sir, I 

understand. 
Non, Mademoiselle, je ne com- 
prends pas [no madmwazel 30 

no kopra pa], No, Miss, I do not 

understand. 
Voulez-vous bien traduire? [vule 

vu bje tradqiir], Will you please 

translate? 
Traduisez [tradqize], Translate. 
C'est assez [set ase], That is 

enough. 
Cela suffit [sla syfi], That will do. 
Expliquez [eksplike], Explain. 
Repondez en francais [repodez a 

frase], Answer in French. 
Ecoutez [ekute], Listen. 
Attendez [atade], Wait. 
Faites attention [fetz atasjo], Pay 

attention. 
Levez la main [love la me], Raise 

your hand(s). 
Levez-vous [love vu], Get up, 

rise. 
Asseyez-vous [aseje vu], Sit down. 
Allez au tableau [alez o tablo], Go 

to the blackboard. 
Ecrivez au tableau [ekrivez o 

tablo], Write on the board. 
Conjugez [ko3yge], Conjugate. 
Y a-t-il quelque chose a corriger? 

[j a t il kelka §o:z a kori3e], Is 

there anything to correct? 
Est-ce correct? [e s korekt], Is it 

correct? 
C'est correct [se korekt], That is 

right. 
Ce n'est pas correct [so ne pa 

korekt], That is not right. 



20 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



Quelle est la faute? [ksl 8 la fo:t], 

What is the mistake? 
C'est tres bien [se tre bje], That 

is very well. 
Vous avez raison [vuz ave rezo], 

You are right. 
Vous avez tort [vuz ave to:r], You 

are wrong. 
II faut ajouter [il fot a3ute], You 

must add. 
II devrait y avoir [il davret i 

avwair], There should be. 
N'est-ce pas? [ne s pa], Isn't it so? 



Do you not? etc. (asks for a 
confirmation of a statement) . 

Non, Monsieur, je ne crois (pense) 
pas [no masjo 59 na krwa (pa:s) 
pa], Xo, sir, I do not think so. 

C'est la fin de la lecon [se la fe d 
la laso], This is the end of the 
lesson. 

Preparez pour demain [prepare pu:r 
dame], Prepare for to-morrow. 

La classe est terminee [la kla:s e 
termine], The class is dis- 
missed. 



PART I {PREMIERE P ARTIE) 1 



XLESSON I {PREMIERE LEQON)\ 
VOCABULARY I {PREMIER VOCABULAIRE) 



>eau [bo] (m. before vowels bel [bel] 

/. belle [bel]), adj., handsome, 

beautiful, fine. 
bon [bo] (/. bonne [bon]), adj., 

good, kind. 
clair [kleir], adj., clear; (of colors) 

light. 
court [ku:r], adj., short. 
encre [d:kr],/., inks, 
est [e], is. 
et [e], conj., and (the t of this word 

never makes the liaison). 
facile [fasil], adj., easy. 
grand [gra], adj., great, large, tall. 



gros [gro] (/. grosse [grois]), adj., 

big, large, great. 
Jean [3a], m., John. 
jeune been], adj., young. 
joli [30U], adj., pretty. 
livre [livr], m., book. 
long [15] (/. longue [lo:g]), adj., long. 
Marie [mari],/., Mary. 
mauvais [move], adj., bad. 
petit [poti, pti], adj., little, small. 
plume [plym],/., pen. 
vieux [vjo] (m. before vowels vieil 

[vjeij],/. vieille [vjesj]), adj., old. 
vilain [vile], adj., ugly. 



Que veut dire . . .? [ko v0 di:r], What does . . . mean? 

A FEW GENERAL RULES (QUELQUES REGLES GENERALES) 

36. All nouns in French are either masculine or feminine. 
The gender of each noun should be memorized. 

livre, m., book plume,/., pen 

37. Case is indicated not by endings, but by position in the 

sentence, or by prepositions. The genitive (possessive case) is 

made by de 2 [da], ' of,' + noun, and the dative (indirect object) 

by a 3 [a], 'to,'+noun. De and a are repeated before each word 

they modify. 

de Jean et de Marie John's and Mary's 

a Jean et a Marie to John and (to) Mary 

38. Verbs and their subjects agree in person and number; 
adjectives (including articles) and nouns (or pronouns) agree 
in gender and number; pronouns and antecedents agree in per- 
son, gender, and number. 

1 Learn all headings in French. 

2 De is written d' before a vowel or h mute. It means also 'from,' 'to' (before 
infinitives), etc. 

3 It means also 'at,' 'on/ 'in,' etc. 

21 



22 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 39^3 

39. The feminine of adjectives is usually made by adding e 
to the masculine form, but adjectives ending in unaccented e 
remain unchanged. 

Masculine (Masculin) Feminine (Feminin) 

petit petite 

facile facile 

40. The plural of nouns and adjectives is usually made by 
adding s to the singular. 

Singular (Singulier) Plural (Pluriel) 

eleve, pupil eleves, pupils 

professeur, teacher professeurs, teachers 

petit, m., \ H i petits, m. pi., \ y , 

petite,/., / llttJe petites,/.^/,/ 11 " 16 

41. Adjectives generally follow their noun. 

. une lecon facile an easy lesson 

Exceptions (exceptions [eksepsjo], /. pi.): (Learn) 



beau 


gros 


mauvais 


bon 


jeune 


petit 


court 


joli 


vieux 


grand 


long 


vilain 



Also ordinals in common usage. 
un bon professeur, a good professor la premiere lecon, the first lesson 

42. Adverbs are generally formed by adding -ment to the 
feminine of adjectives. They usually follow the verb closely. 

Adjective (AdjectiJ) Adverb (Adverbe) 

clair, m., claire,/., clear clairement, clearly 

D parle clairement He speaks clearly 

43. To form the comparative of adjectives and adverbs pre- 
fix plus [ply], 'more,' or moins [mwe], 'less'; to form the superla- 
tive, prefix the definite article 1 (le, m. } la, /., les, m. or f. pi.) to 
the comparative. 

PosrrrvE (Positif) Comparative (Comparatif) Superlative (Superlatif) 
grand plus grand le plus grand 

clairement plus clairement le plus clairement 

ORAL OR WRITTEN EXERCISE (EXERCICE OFLAL OU ECRIT) 

1. To John and Mary. 2. Of John and Maty. 3. Little, 
pretty, ugly, young, easy, long, good, beautiful, big, old (all 

1 Adverbs take only the form le. 










VOCABULARY 



23 



feminine). 4. John is tall. 5. Mary is small and pretty. 6. Les- 
son, lessons. 7. Vocabulary, vocabularies. 8. The (le) little 
book; the (les) little books. 9. The (la) bad pen; the (les) bad 
pens. 10. The (la) short lesson; the (les) short lessons. 11. The 
(la) easy lesson; the (les) easy lessons. 12. The (la) good ink; 
the (la) bad ink. 13. The (la) lesson is long. 14. Handsome, 
handsomer, handsomest. 15. Ugly, uglier, ugliest. 16. Big, 
bigger, biggest. 17. Old, less old, the (le) least old. 18. Young, 
less young, the (le) least young. 19. Clear, clearly. 20. Clearly, 
more clearly, the (le) most clearly. 21. A few general rules. 
22. A (un) written exercise. 23. A (un) short oral exercise. 
24. A (un) masculine adjective. 25. A (un) long adverb. 
26. The (le) vocabulary is short and easy. 27. What does 
ecrit mean? 



LESSON II (LEQON II) 1 
VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 



le banc [ba], the bench, seat. 
Te bureau [byro], the desk, office- 
desk, writing-table; office. 
le crayon [krejo], the pencil. 

derriere [derjeir], adv. or prep., 
behind. 

des [de], partitive art., some, any. 
l'eleve [ele:v], m. or /., pupil, stu- 
dent. 
le fauteuil [fotceij], the armchair. 
la fenetre [foneitr], the window. 
la ligne [lip], the line. 
le mux [myr], the wall. 

noir [nwarr], adj., black; dark. 

non [no], adv., no. 

ou [u], adv., where. 

oui [wi], adv., yes. 
la porte [port], the door; gate. 

pour [purr, pur], prep., for; to. 
le professeur [profesceir], the pro- 



fessor, teacher (used in the 
masculine for teachers of both 
sexes above the primary grades) . 

le pupitre [pypitr], the desk (small 
school-desk). 
quel [kel] (/. quelle [kel]), int. 
adj., what? which? 

la regie [regl], the rule; ruler. 

la salle [sal], the (large) room, hall; 
la — de classe [klas], the 
class-room. 
sur [syr], prep., on, upon; over. 

la table [tabl], the table. 

le tableau [tablo], the picture; 
painting; blackboard (some- 
times called tableau noir) . 
voici [vwasi], adv., here is, here 

are (points out). 
voila [vwala], a dv., there is, there 
are (points out). 



il y a [il j a], there is, there are (states a fact but does not point 
out. Interrogative form y a-t-il? [j a t il], 'is [or are] there?'). 
qu'est-ce qu'il y a? [ke s kil j a] what is there? 
donnez-moi [done mwa], give me. 
montrez-moi [motre mwa], show me. 



1 Use cardinal number. 



24 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 44r-45 

44. INDEFINITE ARTICLE (ARTICLE INDEFINI) 

Masculine (Masculin) Feminine (Feminin) 

un [de] une [yn] ='a,' 'an' 

45. DEFINITE ARTICLE (ARTICLE DEFINI) 

Singular (Singulier) Plural (Pluriel) 

Before a consonant Before a vowel Before a vowel or a 

or mute h consonant 

(Devant une consonne) (Devant une voyelle (Devant une voyelle ou 

ou une h muette) une consonne) 

K5te , £2teft +, " ) } der[<bl] ^[de].(de + ,es) = 'ofthe> 

Dative /w.,au [o] = (a+le) lap r a n aut W-fjj.l M l -«tortu»' 

(£>a/*/) \/, a la [a la] / al lalJ aux Loj-(a+les) - to the 

Note. — Except in the singular before consonants, there is no distinction 
between the masculine and feminine forms of the definite article. 

le professeur, the teacher les professeurs, the teachers 

du professeur, of the teacher des professeurs, of the teachers 

au professeur, to the teacher aux professeurs, to the teachers 

la classe, the class les classes, the classes 

de la classe, of the class des classes, of the classes 

a la classe, to the class aux classes, to the classes 

l'eleve, the pupil les eleves, the pupils 

de l'eleve, of the pupil des eleves, of the pupils 

a l'eleve, to the pupil aux eleves, to the pupils 

l'homme, the man les hommes, the men 

de l'homme, of the man des hommes, of the men 

a l'homme, to the man aux hommes, to the men 

Learn the first five cardinal numbers (nombres cardinaux). 
Cf. § 311. 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Quel est le feminin de petit? 2. Quel est le feminin de 
jeune? 3. Quel est le pluriel de jeune eleve? 4. Quel est le plu- 
riel de bon professeur? 5. Quel est le masculin de l'article in- 
defini? 6. Quel est le feminin de l'article indefini? 7. Quel est 
le genitif du pluriel de l'article defini? 8. Quel est le datif du 
pluriel? 9. Donnez-moi le comparatif de clairement; donnez- 
moi le superlatif. 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

Voici la salle de classe. La salle est grande. II y a deux 
portes et quatre petites fenetres. II y a un fauteuil et un 2 
bureau pour le professeur, et des bancs et des pupitres pour les 




EXERCISES 25 

eleves. Sur le bureau du professeur il y a quelques livres, des 4 

crayons, deux plumes, et une regie. Sur le mur, derriere le 

professeur, il y a un tableau noir pour les exercices. Voila 6 

le tableau. 

CONVERSATION {CON VERSA TION) 

1. Ou est la salle de classe? 2. Montrez-moi les portes. 
3. Montrez-moi les fenetres. 4. Y a-t-il un bureau pour le pro- 
fesseur? 5. Y a-t-il des fauteuils pour les eleves? 6. Qu'est-ce 
qu'il y a sur le bureau du professeur? 7. Qu'est-ce qu'il y a sur 
le mur derriere le professeur? 

COMPOSITION {THEME) 

There is the class-room. The class-room is small. There 

are three little windows and one large door. There are a few 2 

desks for the pupils and a table for the teacher. The teacher 

is young and kind. On the teacher's table there are some 4 

oooks and some pencils. Behind the pupils there is a long 

blackboard. On the (au) blackboard there is the first compo- 6 

sition. 

ORAL EXERCISE {EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. A pupil (/.). 2. A teacher. 3. The first lesson. 4. There 
are {stating the fact) some pens on the desk. 5. There are {point- 
ing out) a few (quelques) pencils. 6. The good books. 7. Of 
the young professor. 8. To the bad pupils. 9. Where is the 
lesson? 10. Here is the lesson. 11. The good pupil's {m.) 
books. 12. The good pupils' {m. pi.) books. 13. The little 
pencil is on the little table. 14. The window is small. 15. The 
door is large. 16. Show me an armchair. 17. The ink is 
black. 18. Give me John's black ink. 19. Show me the line. 

LESSON III {LEQONIII) 

VOCABULARY {VOCABULAIRE) 

aller [ale], in. v., to go; imp., la classe [klais], the class; class- 

allez [ale]. room; kind. 

assis [asi], seated, sitting. dans [da], prep., in, into {used 

bien [bje], adv., well, good; very; in a more specific sense than 

please; indeed; eh [e] — ! well en). 

(then)! debout [dabu], adv., standing. 



26 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 46 

devant [dava, dva], adv., before, maintenant [metnS], adv., now. 

ahead; prep., before {in place), me 1 [mg] {used before verb), moi 

in front of. [mwa] {used after imp.), me, 

dire [di:r], irr. v., to say, tell; to me. 

imp., dites [dit]. monsieur [masjo] {abbreviation 

distinct [diste], adj., distinct. M.), m., Mr.; sir; gentle- 

ecrire [ekri:r], irr. v., to write; man. 

imp., ecrivez [ekrive]. ouvrir [uvriir], irr. v., to open; 

en [a], prep., in, into. imp., ouvrez [uvre]. 

l'etudiant [etydja], m. (/. etu- la phrase [fra:z], the phrase; sen- 

diante [etydjait]), the stu- tence. 

dent {particularly of a college prononcer [pronose], to pro- 

or university). nounce; i mp., prononcez [pro- 

fermer [fcrme], to close, shut; nose]. 

imp., fermez [ferme]. repeter [repete], to repeat; pp., 

francais [frase], adj., French; repete [repete]. 

subst. m., Frenchman. suivant [sqiva], adj., following, 

lent [15], adj., slow. next. 

lire [li:r], irr. v., to read; imp., traduire [tradqhr], irr. v., to 

lisez [lize]. translate; imp., traduisez 

mademoiselle [madmwazel] {ab- [tradqize]. 
breviation M Ue ),/., Miss. 

asseyez-vous 2 [aseje vu], imp., sit down. 
il dit [il di], he says, is saying; tells, is telling. 
levez-vous 2 [lave vu], imp., rise, get up. 

qu'est-ce qui [ke s ki] {ace. qu'est-ce que 3 [ke s ka]), int. pron., 
what? 4 {lit. 'what is it that?'). 

REPETITION OF THE ARTICLE {REPETITION DE V ARTICLE) 

46. Articles are generally repeated before the nouns they limit. 

un homme et une femme a man and (a) woman 

le professeur et les eleves the professor and pupils 

Exceptions: 

(a) When the nouns refer to the same person or thing. 

Jj n \ ami et protecteur ., > friend and protector 

(b) After ou [u], 'or,' when succeeding nouns serve to explain 
the first. 

les eleves ou etudiants the pupils or students 

un ecrin ou coffret a casket or jewel-case 

1 All object pronouns precede verbs, except in the imperative affirmative. Me 
becomes m' before a vowel or mute h. 

2 Note the hyphen {trait d'union) that connects a following pronoun with an 
imperative. 

3 Que is written qu' before a vowel or mute h. 

4 'What' may be translated by either que or qu'est-ce que, the order being as 

£11 

Que dit Jean? or ] what does j ohn ? 

Qu'est-ce que Jean ditr j 



§§ 47-50 OMISSION OF ARTICLES 27 

47. Articles are generally repeated before adjectives that 

qualify the same noun but refer to distinct objects. 

la grande et la petite porte {not the large and (the) small door 
la grande et petite porte) 
But: un grand et beau garcon (here a tall, handsome boy 
the same object is understood 
with both adjectives) 

OMISSION OF THE DEFINITE AND INDEFINITE ARTICLES 
(OMISSION DES ARTICLES DEFINIS ET INDEFINIS) 

48. Articles, both definite and indefinite, are omitted in 
French, though commonly used in English, in the following 
cases: 

1. Before nouns in parenthetical apposition. 

Paris, capitale de la France Paris, the capital of France 

Phedre, tragedie de Racine Phcedra, a tragedy of Racine 

Exception. — The article is used, however, to contrast, to 
compare, or to distinguish (especially when an adjective modi- 
fies the noun). 

Alexandre le Grand Alexander the Great 

New York, la plus grande ville New York, the largest city of the 

des Etats-Unis United States 

Marie, une petite eleve Mary, a little pupil 

2. In condensed phrases, proverbs, titles, enumerations, ad- 
vertisements, and the like. 

\ en ville, in the city en voiture, in a carriage 

Pierre qui roule n'amasse pas mousse, A rolling stone gathers no moss 
Grammaire Francaise, A French Article Indefini, The Indefinite 

Grammar Article 

Maison a louer, House to rent 

VERBS (VERBES) 
Interrogative Form (Forme Interrogative) 

49. Est-ce que? [e s ka], lit., 'is it that?' is commonly used to 

introduce questions. The declarative order of subject and verb 

follows: 

Est-ce que vous avez? Have you? 

Est-ce que votre frere est ici? Is your brother here? 

50. When est-ce que is not used, the order of words in the 
interrogative form is as follows: 



28 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

1. Subject pronouns follow the verb, connected commonly 
by hyphens. 

Avez-vous? Have you? 

2. Subject nouns generally precede the verb, with a corre- 
sponding pronoun following, to ask the question. 

Le professeur est-il assis? Is the teacher seated? 

(1) Certain interrogatives (qui [ki], 'who,' 'whom'; que [ka], 
'what'; quel [kel], 'what,' 'which'; ou [u], 'where'; quand [ka], 
'when,' etc.) allow the English order. 

Qui est votre ami? Who is your friend? 

Ou est alle votre frerer or \ , Tn , , . ., -> 

~. . ,. «•«««* ) Unere has your brother gone? 
Ou votre frere est-il alle? J J 

Learn the cardinal numbers from five to ten. Cf. § 311 and 
note how ordinals are made from cardinals. Cf. § 321. 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Dites-moi en francais, Monsieur, 'a teacher and student' 
(two persons). 2. Dites-moi en francais, Mademoiselle, 'a 
teacher and student' (one person). 3.. Dites-moi en francais 
'the students or pupils'; 'the large and small classes.' 4. 
Dites-moi en francais 'The Definite Article' (title); 'A French 
Grammar' (title). 5. Dites-moi en francais 'Mr. X., a teacher'; 
'Mr. X., the young teacher'; 'the third lesson'; 'does he 
say?' (two ways); 'which is the lesson?' 'where is John?' 
'who is the French teacher?' 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

Void la troisieme lecon. Les etudiants ou eleves sont assis 
sur les bancs. M. B., professeur de francais, est debout, de- 2 
vant la classe. M. B. est un jeune et bon professeur. II dit 
a Marie, une petite eleve de la classe, «Allez au tableau. 4 
Mademoiselle, et ecrivez les articles definis et indefinis.)) II 
dit a Jean ((Levez-vous, Monsieur, ouvrez le livre et lisez 6 
en francais la premiere phrase de l'exercice de lecture. Lisez 
lentement et prononcez distinctement. Lisez la phrase sui- S 
vante. Eh bien! traduisez. Maintenant, asseyez-vous.)) 
Jean est un des plus grands eleves de la classe. 10 



EXERCISES 29 

CONVERSATION (CON VERSA TION) 

1. Fermez les livres. 2. Quelle est la lecon? 3. Ou sont les 
etudiants ou eleves? 4. Qui est le professeur de francais? 
5. Est-ce que M. B. est debout ou assis? 6. Est-ce que le pro- 
fesseur est devant ou derriere la classe? 7. Le professeur de 
francais est-il jeune ou vieux? petit ou grand? 8. Qui est 
Marie? 9. Qu'est-ce que le professeur dit a Marie? 10. Qui 
est Jean? 11. Qu'est-ce que le professeur dit a, Jean? 

COMPOSITION (THEME) 

In the little class there are a few students. The students 
are seated before the desks. The teacher is standing behind 2 
the table. He says "Well, John, write on the blackboard the 
third composition." He says to Mary "Open your (votre) 4 
book, and read slowly and distinctly the reading exercise. 
Translate. Now close the book, and give me the masculine 6 
singular (lit., 'the singular of the masculine') of the definite 
article. And now the feminine singular. What is the plural 8 
of the masculine and feminine?" 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. A bench and (a) table. 2. Mr. B., a teacher of French. 
3. The doors or windows. 4. A young and handsome gentleman. 
5. A small and (a) large class. 6. The Indefinite Article (title). 
7. The pupil or teacher. 8. Mary, the smallest pupil cf the 
class. 9. The lesson is short. 10. Rise and read the French. 
11. Well ! translate now. 12. Pronounce clearly. 13. Sit down, 
John. 14. Read the next sentence, Mary. 15. The articles 
are repeated before the nouns (substantif s) . 16. What is on 
the teacher's desk? 17. The pen and ink are on the little table. 

LESSON IV (LEQON IV) 

VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 

alors [ab:r], adv., then. aussi [osi], adv., too, also, like- 

apres [apre], prep, after; adv., wise; as. 1 

afterwards. avec [avek], prep., with. 

1 'As' in the first term of a comparison is aussi, in the second term que. Aussi 
bon que vous. Cf. §§ 175, 177. 



< 



30 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 51 

compter [kote], to count, calcu- 'we,' 'they,' 'people,' or by the 

late; expect; imp., comptez. passive construction). 

conjuguer [ko3yge], to conju- personnel [personel] (/. person- 
gate; imp., conjuguez. nelle [personel]), adj., per- 
la craie [kre[, the chalk. sonal. 

expliqueteksplik], explains, is ex- le pronom [prono], the pronoun, 

plaining. prendre [praidr], irr. v., to take, 

general general], adj., general; get; imp., prenez [prone]. 
en — , in general. puis [pqi], adv., then, next, after- 
la grammaire [grameir], the gram- wards. 

mar. que [ko], conj., that; than; as. 

ici [isi], adv., here. quelquefois [kelkofwa], adv., 

jusque [3ysk], prep., as far as, sometimes. 

to, up to; jusqu'a, to, up to. tout [tu] (/. toute [tut], pi. m. 

met [me], puts, places, sets. tous [tu(s)], pl.f. toutes [tut]), 

le morceau [morso], the piece, bit, adj., all, every; pron., all; 

lump {of sugar). everything, the whole. 

le mot [mo], the word. la ville [vil], the city, town. 

nous 1 [nu], pers. pron., us, to us. la voiture [vwatyir], the carriage, 

omet [ome], omits. coach, vehicle. 

on [5],indef. pron., one (of tenren- vous 1 [vu], pers. pron., you, to 

dered in English by ( you,' you. 

s'il vous plait [sil vu pie], if you please. 

voulez-vous? [vule vu], will you? do you wish? (when followed 

by bien [bje] and an infinitive, it forms a polite imperative, 

'please . . .')• 



OMISSION OF THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE (OMISSION DE 
V ARTICLE INDEFINI) 



51. The indefinite article is omitted in French, though used 
in English: 

1. With the numerals cent [sa], 'a hundred/ and mille [mil], 
'a thousand.' 

cent hommes, a hundred men mille livres, a thousand books 

2. In exclamations after quel [kel], 'what (a).' 
Quel enfant! What a child! 

3. After etre [e:tr], 'to be,' before a predicate noun designat- 
ing nationality or condition. 

Elle est Francaise She is a French woman 

II est prof esseur He is a teacher 

Exceptions : 

(a) When the predicate noun has an adjectival modifier. 
II est un excellent professeur He is an excellent teacher 

1 See p. 26, footnote 1. 



§§ 52-56 OMISSION OF DEFINITE ARTICLE 31 

(b) After c'est [se], 'he (she, or it) is,' or est-ce? [e s] (the in- 
terrogative form). 

C'est un professeur He is a teacher 

Est-ce une Francaise? Is she a French woman? 

OMISSION OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE (OMISSION DE U ARTICLE 

DEFINI) 

52. The definite article is omitted in French, though com- 
monly used in English: 

1. In numerical titles of monarchs. 

Henri Quatre Henry (the) Fourth 

Xote. — Similarly in other appellatives the article is sometimes omited. 

Dumas pere et Dumas fils Dumas the father and Dumas the 

son 
Coquelin aine et Coquelin Coquelin the elder and Coquelin the 

cadet younger 

2. After plus and moins, in verbal comparisons. 

Plus on demande, moins on The more one demands, the less one 

recoit receives 

VERBS (VERBES) 
The Auxiliary Verb etre (Le Verbe Auxiliaire etre) 



53. 


54. 


55. 


Infinitive 
(Infinitif) 


Present Participle 
(Participe Present) 


Past Participle 
(Participe Passe) 


etre [e:tr], 
'to be.' 


etant [eta], 
'being.' 

56. 


ete 1 [ete], 
'been.' 


Present Indicative (Present de VIndicatij) 



1. Affirmative Form (Forme Affirmative) 2. Interrogative Form (Forme 

Interrogative) 

T am,' etc. 'Am I?' etc. 

(Premiere personne) je suis [39 sqi] suis-je [sqi: 3] 

(Deuxieme personne) tu es [ty e] es-tu [e ty] 

(Troisieme personne) il 2 (elle) 3 est [il (el) e] est-il (elle) 3 [e t il (el)] 

(Premiere personne) nous sommes [nu som] sommes-nous [som nu] 

(Deuxieme personne) vous etes [vuz e:t] etes-vous [e:t vu] 

(Troisieme personne) ils 2 (elles) 3 sont [il (el) so] sont-ils (elles) 3 [sotil (el)] 

1 The past participle of etre is always invariable. 

2 Ce, [sa], 'it,' 'he,' 'she,' or 'they,' may be substituted sometimes for il(s) or 
elle(s). n and elle may both be translated by 'it.' 

3 Only the masculine forms of the pronoun will be given in subsequent para- 
digms of verbs. 



32 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

3. 'You/ singular or plural, is regularly translated by vous. 
Tu, 'thou' or 'you,' is only employed in familiar address. Cf. 
§209. 

Learn the cardinal numbers from ten to fifteen. Cf. § 311. 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL {QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Quand est-ce qu'on omet l'article indefini en francais? 2. 
Voulez-vous bien me dire en francais 'She is a French woman'? 
{two ways). 3. Maintenant, dites-moi, s'il vous plait, 'She is 
a young French woman.' 4. Dites-moi en francais 'in a car- 
riage'; 'what a lesson!'; 'a hundred books.' 5. Dites-moi en 
francais 'John the First.' 6. Ou est-ce qu'on met les pronoms 
personnels dans la forme interrogative d'un verbe? 7. Quel est 
le participe present du verbe auxiliaire etre? le participe passe? 
8. Voulez-vous bien conjuguer le present de l'indicatif du verbe 
etre dans la forme afhrmative? 9. Voulez-vous bien aller au 
tableau, prendre un morceau de craie, et ecrire les nombres 
cardinaux de dix a quinze? 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

Voici la quatrieme lecon de grammaire francaise. Nous 
sommes tous ici. Le professeur est assis dans le fauteuil der- 2 
riere la table. II explique aux etudiants quand on omet les 
articles en francais. II dit qu'on omet l'article indefini avec 4 
les mots cent et mille, apres l'adjectif quel, et quelquefois 
aussi apres le verbe etre. II explique alors aux etudiants la 6 
forme interrogative du verbe. II dit qu'on met les pronoms 
personnels apres le verbe. Puis il dit a la classe ((Conjuguez 8 
la forme interrogative du present du verbe etre. Maintenant 
comptez, s'il vous plait, jusqu'a quinze.)) 10 

CONVERSATION (CON VERSA TIOX) 

1. Quelle est la lecon, Monsieur? 2. Voulez-vous bien lire 
l'exercice de lecture? Lisez lentement et prononcez clairement. 
3. Voulez-vous bien traduire? 4. Maintenant dites-moi qui 
est ici. 5. Le professeur est-il assis ou debout? 6. Ou est 
le fauteuil du professeur? 7. Qu'est-ce que le professeur ex- 
plique aux etudiants? 8. Est-ce qu'il explique aussi la forme 



EXERCISES 



33 



interrogative? 9. Ou dit-il qu'on met les pronoms personnels? 

10. Apres cela ('that'), que dit-il a la classe? 

COMPOSITION (THEME) 

We are now in a small class-room, with two doors and 
three little windows. There are a few students seated on 2 
the benches. There is also a teacher who is standing behind 
the desk. He is an old French gentleman. He is explaining 4 
all the lesson. The blackboard is behind the teacher's desk. 
Sometimes he puts a few words on the blackboard. Then he 6 
says to one of the students a Go to the blackboard, please, 
take a piece of chalk, and conjugate a French verb." All the 8 
students of the class are from (de) the town. They are in 
general attentive (attentifs). 10 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. John the Fourth (lit., 'four'). 2. A French Grammar 
(title). 3. In the city (two ways) . 4. The more one says. 5. The 
less one explains. 6. Is the blackboard in front of or behind 
the class? 7. Where are the students? 8. Who is the teacher? 
9. Are you a Frenchman? 10. Is he a young Frenchman? 

11. Are there a hundred students in the class? 12. What a 
good student! 13. What is the teacher explaining to you? 1 
14. He is explaining to us 1 the omission of the indefinite article. 



LESSON V (LEQON V) 
VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 



allemand [alma], adj., German. 
anglais [agle], adj., English. 
l'arbre [arbr], m., the tree. 
Fargent [ar3<i], m., the silver; 

money. 
l'arithmetique [aritmetik], /., the 
arithmetic. 
comment [koma], adv., how. 
comprendre [kopraidr], irr. v., 
to understand, comprehend; 
comprise. 



l'ecole [ekol],/., the school, 
l'edifice [edifis], m., the building, 
l'eglise [eglhz],/., the church. 
emploie [aplwa], uses, employs. 
enseigner [aserie], to teach; en- 

seigne [asen], teach (es). 
entourer [ature], to surround; 
pp., entoure [ature]. 
1'etat [eta], m., the state. 
l'histoire [istwair], /., the history; 
story. 



1 See p. 26, footnote 1. 



34 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 57 

la langue [la:g], the language; ticularly after prepositions), 

tongue. what? 

la maison [mezo], the house, home. reste [rest], remain(s), stay(s). 

les mathematiques [matematik], si [si], conj., if, whether. 

/. pi., the mathematics. travailler [travaje], to work; 

la musique [myzik], the music; travaille [trava:j], work(s). 

band. tres [tre], adv., very. 

rrtre [notra, notr], poss. adj., out. utile [ytil], adj., useful. 

qui [ki], rel. pron., who, which. va [va], goes, is going, 

quoi [kwa], int. pron. {used par- 

Parlez-vous? [parle vu] Do you speak? Je parle [39 pari], I 

speak. 
Comprenez-vous? [koprane vu] Do you understand? Je com- 

prends [30 kopra], I understand. 
Pouvez-vous? [puve vu] Can you? Je puis [39 pqi], I can. 

USE OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE BEFORE COMMON NOUNS (EM- 
PLOI DE V ARTICLE DEFINI DEVANT LES NOMS COMMUNS) 

57. Contrary to English usage, the definite article is em- 
ployed: 

1. Before nouns used in a general or inclusive sense. 
L'homme est mortel, Man is mortal J'aime les pommes, I like apples 

Exception. — In long enumerations the article is usually 
omitted. 

Vieillards, hommes, femmes, Old men, men, women, and children, 
enfants, tous voulaient me all wished to see me 

voir 

2. Before abstract nouns or adjectives used as abstract 

nouns. 

la foi, faith Elle aime le bleu, She likes blue 

Exception. — In sayings and proverbs the article is often 

omitted. 

Noblesse oblige Xobility imposes obligations 

3. Before nouns or numerals modified by tous or toutes, 
'all,' 'every.' . 

tous les hommes, all men tous (or toutes) les quatre, all four 

Exception. — With tous (or toutes) [les] deux, 'both,' the 
article may be omitted. 

4. Before nouns of measure, weight, time, etc., in a distribu- 
tive sense. 

deux francs la livre two francs a pound 

trois fois la semaine three times a week 

Le bateau part le(s) samedi(s) The boat leaves (on) Saturday(s) 



§§ 58-60 SEASONS — DAYS OF THE WEEK 35 

5. Before names of seasons and days of the week, except 

when speaking of days in the present or in the near past or future. 

Le printemps est une jolie saison Spring is a pretty season 

Le dimanche est un jour de repos Sunday is a day of repose 

But: II est venu mardi et il partira He came Tuesday and will leave 

jeudi Thursday 

6. Before names of languages, except after en 'in,' or option- 
ally directly after parler, 'to speak.' 

Comprenez-vous le francais? Do you understand French? 

Dites-le-moi en francais Say it to me in French 

Parlez-vous francais (or le Do you speak French? 
frangais)? 

But: Parlez-vous couramment le Do you speak French fluently? 
frangais? 

7. In many idiomatic phrases such as: 

a l'ecole, at school a l'eglise, at church 

a la maison, at home avoir le temps, to have time 

la semaine derniere (prochaine) , last (next) week 

58. The Seasons (Les Saisons) 

le printemps [preta], spring l'automne [oton], m., autumn, fall 

l'ete [ete], m., summer l'hiver [ive:r], m., winter 

Note. — Before printemps 'in' is translated by au; before the others, by 
en without the article. 

au printemps, in the spring en ete, in summer 

59. The Days of the Week (Les Jours de la Semaine) 

lundi [lcedi], m., Monday jeudi [30di], m., Thursday 

mardi [mardi], m., Tuesday vendredi [vadradi], m. y Friday 

mercredi [merkradi], m., samedi [samdi], m., Saturday 

Wednesday dimanche [dima:§], m., Sunday 

Note. — 'On' before days of the week is not used in French. In a dis- 
tributive sense it is expressed by the definite article (cf. § 57, 4). 

II viendra lundi He will come (on) Monday 

II vient le(s) lundi (s) He comes (on) Monday (s) 

VERBS (VERBES) 

60. Continuation of the Present Indicative of.etre (Continu- 
ation du Present de VIndicatif d'etre). 

1. Negative Form CF«« ff**.) *■ Negtfl^tatag^ *™ {F °'"" "* 
'I am not,' etc. 'Am I not,' etc. 

je ne suis pas [3a n(a) sqi pa] ne suis-je pas? [na siri: 3 pa] 

tu n'es pas [ty ne pa] n'es-tu pas? [ne ty pa] 

il n'est pas [il ne pa] n'est-il pas? [net il pa] 
nous ne sommes pas [nu n(a) som pa] ne sommes-nous pas? [na som nu pa] 

vous n'etes pas [vu ne:t pa] n'etes-vous pas? [nest vu pa] 

Us ne sont pas [il na so pa] ne sont-ils pas? [na sot il pa] 



36 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 61 

3. The expression n'est-ce pas? [ne s pa] asks for a confirma- 
tion of a supposition, and may be translated 'isn't it so?' 'did 
he not?' 'will you not?' etc. 
Je suis votre ami, n'est-ce pas? I am your friend, am I not? 

61. Verbs are made negative generally by the use of ne . . . 
pas. Cf. §§ 242-243. Ne is written n' before a vowel or mute 
h. Pas used without the verb = 'not,' 'no' (pas vous, 'not you/ 
pas de sucre, 'no sugar'). 

Learn the cardinal numbers from fifteen to twenty. Cf. 
§311. 
GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Devant quels noms est-ce qu'on emploie l'article defini en 
francais? 2. Dites-moi en francais 'books'; 'all languages'; 
'every Saturday'; 'two francs (francs) a day.' 3. Comment 
dit-on 'in the spring'? 'in the summer'? 4. Comprenez-vous 
le francais, Monsieur? 5. Parlez-vous francais, Mademoiselle? 

6. Quels sont, en francais, les noms des jours de la semaine? 

7. Voulez-vous bien conjuger le present de l'indicatif du verbe 
etre dans la forme negative? dans la forme interrogative et 
negative? 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

Notre ecole est dans une ville de l'Etat de . . . C'est un 
grand edifice dans une tres jolie partie de la ville. L'ecole 2 
est entouree de grands arbres qui au printemps et en au- 
tomne sont tres beaux. 1 On va a l'ecole tous les lundis, mardis, 4 
mercredis, jeudis, et vendredis. Le samedi on reste a la mai- 
son, et le dimanche on va a l'eglise. A l'ecole on enseigne le 6 
francais, l'allemand, l'anglais, les mathematiques, l'histoire, 
et la musique. 8 

CONVERSATION (COX VERS A 770 A) 

1. Ou est notre ecole? 2. Dans quel Etat sommes-nous? 
3. De quel Etat et de quelle ville etes-vous, Monsieur? 4. Est- 
ce une grande ou une petite ville? 5. Est-ce que notre ecole 
est un grand edifice? 6. Dans quelle partie de la ville est-elle? 
7. De quoi l'ecole est-elle entouree? 8. Dans quelles saisons 
sont-ils tres beaux 1 ? 9. Quels jours de la semaine est-ce qu'on 

» Cf. § 152. 



EXERCISES 



37 



travaille? 10. Ou est-ce qu'on va le dimanche? 11. Qu'est-ce 
qu'on enseigne a, 1'ecole? 12. Est-ce qu'on enseigne l'arithme- 
tique? 13. Est-ce qu'on enseigne le francais? 14. Est-il utile 
de ('to') comprendre le francais? 15. Pouvez-vous me com- 
prendre si je parle en francais? 

COMPOSITION {THEME) 

It is now Monday, and we are at school. Our school is a 

small building surrounded by fine (beaux) trees. Our French 2 

teacher {teacher of French) is a very good teacher. He uses 

French in (the) class. Sometimes he speaks German to the 4 

German teacher. They (on) teach music also at our school. 

We (on) go to school five days a week. [On] Saturday and 6 

Sunday we do not go to school, and we do not go to school 

in summer. 8 

ORAL EXERCISE {EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. Mathematics are useful. 2. Are not languages useful too? 
3. Arithmetic is easy. 4. Spring is a pretty (belle) season. 
5. We are at school. 6. He is at home. 7. Are they not at 
church? 8. It is Monday, isn't it? 9. He teaches every day. 
10. One does not work [on] Saturday. 11. She goes to church 
[on] Sunday. 12. There are seven days in a week. 13. The 
four seasons are spring, summer, autumn, and winter. 14. I do 
not speak French. 15. I can teach German. 16. Money is 
very useful. 



LESSON VI (LEQON VI) 
VOCABULARY {VOCABULAIRE) 



l'Allemagne [almaji], /., Ger- 
many. 
l'Amerique [amerik],/., America; 

— du Nord, North America; 

— du Sud, South America. 
l'Angleterre [agbteir], /., Eng- 
land. 

la Belgique [bel3ik], Belgium. 
le Canada [kanada], Canada. 
la carte [kart], the map; card. 
employer [aplwaje], to use, em- 
ploy. 



ensemble [asaibl], adv., to- 
gether, at the same time. 
l'Espagne [espan],/., Spain. 
espagnol [espanol], adj., Spanish. 
les Etats-Unis [lez etaz yni], m. pi. 
the United States. 
l'Europe [cerop],/., Europe. 
la France [fra:s], France. 

'haut [o], adj., high, tall, lofty. 
l'ltalie [itali],/., Italy, 
italien [italje] (/. italienne [ital- 
jen]), adj., Italian. 




38 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 62 

moderne [modern], adj., modern. repondre [repodr], to answer, re- 
la montagne [motaji], the moun- ply, respond; imp., repondez 
tain. [repode]. 
omettre [ometr], in. v., to omit; roman [roma], adj., Romance, 
pp., omis [omi]. Neo-Latin. 
le pays [pei], the country. la Roumanie [rumani], Roumania. 
le port [po:r], the port, harbor. la Suisse [sqis], Switzerland. 
le Portugal [portygal], Portugal. vient [vje], comes, is coming. 
principal [presipal],a<2[;., principal. 

il faut [il fo], it is necessary, one must; il me (vous) faut, I 

(you) need, etc. 
on peut [5 po], one can. 
se trouve [sa tru:v], is found (or situated) ; is (speaking of situation) . 

USE OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE BEFORE PROPER NOUNS (EM- 
PLOI DE V ARTICLE DEFINI DEVANT LES NOMS PROPRES) 

62. Contrary to English usage, the definite article is required: 
1. Before names of countries, especially when subjects or 
objects of a verb. 

La France est un beau pays France is a beautiful country 

Exceptions : 

(a) Before all feminine singular names of countries and be- 
fore masculine singular names of European countries, the article 
is omitted (1) after en meaning 'in' or 'to,' (2) after de meaning 
'from,' and (3) after de meaning 'of ' in most adjectival phrases 
(especially in genitives of equivalence, or following the name of 
a product, a ruler, or the words 'history,' 'map,' 'country,' etc.). 

Je voyage en Espagne (/.) et I am travelling in Spain and I come 

je viens de Portugal (m.) from Portugal 

le royaume d'ltalie the kingdom of Italy 

les vins de France the French wines 

un roi d'Angleterre a king of England 

une histoire de France 1 a history of France 

But: du Mexique from (or of) Mexico 

du Canada from (or of) Canada 

Note. — 'In' or 'to' before names of countries modified by adjectives is 
translated by dans + the definite article; before unmodified masculine singu- 
lar names of non-European countries, by au; and before all unmodified plural 
names of countries, by aux. 

dans la Suisse franchise in (or to) French Switzerland 

au Japon (;«.) in (or to) Japan 

aux Indes (/. pi.) in (or to) India 

aux Etats-Unis (m. pi.) in (or to) the United States 

1 When a definite article introduces such a genitive, the definite article also gen- 
erally precedes the name of the country. 

l'histoire de l'Angleterre the history of England 



§§ 63-67 THE CARDINAL POINTS 39 

(b) In addressing letters the article is omitted. 
40 Rue des Ecoles, Paris, France 

2. Before a few names of towns. 

le Caire, Cairo le Havre, Havre la Havane, Havana, etc. 

3. Before names of single mountains. 

le Mont-Blanc, Mont-Blanc le Vesuve, Vesuvius, etc. 

4. Before the names of a few celebrities, chiefly Italians. 
le Dante, Dante le Tasse, Tasso, etc. 

5. Before titles or qualifying adjectives preceding proper 

names, except in direct address. If Monsieur [masj0], 'Mr./ 

Madame [madam], 'Mrs.,' etc., precede a title, then the article 

is retained even in direct address. 

le roi Charles, King Charles la petite Marie, little Mary 

Comment allez-vous, Monsieur le Professeur? How are you, Professor? 

63. THE CARDINAL POINTS (LES POINTS CARDINAUX) 

nord [no:r], m., north est [est], m., east 

sud [syd], m., south ouest [west], tn., west 

VERBS (VERBES) 
The Auxiliary avoir (V Auxiliaire avoir) 

64. 65. 66. 

Infinitive Present Participle Past Participle 

(Infinitif) (Participe Present) (Participe Passe) 

avoir [avwair], ayant [eja], eu [y], 

'to have. ' 'having.' 'had.' 

67. Present Indicative (Present de VIndicatif) 

1. Affirmative Form (Forme Affirmative) 2. Interrogative Form (Forme Interrogative) 

'I have,' etc. 'Have I?' etc. 

j'ai [38] ai-je? [e: 3] 

tu as [ty a] as-tu? [a ty] 

il a [il a] a-tMl? [a t ill 

nous avons [nuz av5] avons-nous? [avo nu] 

vous avez [vuz ave] avez-vous? [ave vu] 

ils ont [ilz 5] ont-ils? [ot il] 

Learn the cardinal numbers from twenty to thirty. Cf. 
§311. 

1 The t is a remnant of the Latin third singular, restored by analogy with those 
verbs that have retained it. It is used in all verbs, in any tense ending in a vowel, 
in the third person singular: donne-t-il, sera-t-il, etc. 



40 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL {QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Devant quels noms propres faut-il employer Particle defini 
en francais? Vous pouvez repondre en anglais. 2. Quand est-ce 
que Particle defini est omis devant des noms de pays? Repondez 
en francais. 3. Quand est-ce qu'on ne peut pas omettre Par- 
ticle defini devant des noms de pays? 4. Comment dit-on 'a 
history of France'? 5. Comment dit-on 'I don't understand, 
Professor'? 6. Donnez-moi le participe present du verbe 
avoir; le participe passe. 7. Conjuguez tous ensemble le pre- 
sent de l'indicatif du verbe avoir dans la forme affirmative; 
dans la forme interrogative. 8. Conjuguez j'ai une carte 
d'Europe, tu as une carte d'Europe, etc. 9. Quels sont les 
nombres cardinaux de vingt a trente? 10. Quels sont les points 
cardinaux? 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

Voici une carte d'Europe. Voila les pays de langues ro- 
manes: le Portugal, l'Espagne, l'ltalie, la Roumanie, la 2 
France, la Belgique, et une partie de la Suisse. Le Mont- 
Blanc, la plus haute montagne de l'Europe, se trouve en 4 
France. Voici la France. Paris est la principale ville de la 
France et le Havre est le principal port du nord de la France. 6 
Au nord de la France se trouve l'Angleterre et au nord-est de 
la France se trouve l'Allemagne. En Angleterre on parle 8 
anglais; en Allemagne on parle allemand; en France, en Bel- 
gique et dans la Suisse francaise on parle francais; en Es- 10 
pagne on parle espagnol, et en Italie on parle italien. 
L'anglais, l'allemand, le francais, l'espagnol, et l'italien sont 12 
les principales langues modernes. 

CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 
1. Quelle carte est-ce que nous avons ici? 2. Quels sont les 
pays de langues romanes? 3. Ou se trouve le Mont-Blanc? 
4. Quelle est la principale ville de la France? 5. Quel est le 
principal port du nord de la France? 6. Avez-vous 1 ete en 
France, Monsieur? 7. Ou se trouve l'Angleterre? l'Espagne? 
le Portugal? la Belgique? 8. Qu'est-ce qu'on parle en Angle- 
terre? en Allemagne? dans la Suisse francaise? 9. Quelle langue 

1 Avoir is used to form the compound tenses of the verb etre. 



EXERCISES 41 

est-ce qu'on parle dans l'Amerique du Nord? dans l'Amerique 
du Sud? 10. Quelles sont les principales langues modernes? 

COMPOSITION {THEME) 

France is one of the most beautiful countries of Europe. 

It is (situated) to the south of England, to the north of Spain, 2 

and to the west of Switzerland. Paris, the principal city of 

France, is (situated) on the Seine (/.), in the northern part {lit., 4 

'part of the north') of France. They say that the French of 

Paris is very good. The French of the south of France is not 6 

very good. They teach in our school the French language 

and the history of France. They teach also Spanish and 8 

German. 

ORAL EXERCISE {EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. France is a beautiful country. 2. Spain is to the south of 
France. 3. Our teacher comes from France. 4. He is now in 
Italy. 5. He comes from Portugal. 6. He is going to Canada. 
7. They are in the United States. 8. The United States are in 
North America, to the south of Canada. 9. We have a map of 
Germany. 10. Have you been to France? 11. 15 Boulevard 
St-Germain, Paris, France {address). 12. Mont Blanc is in 
France. 13. Italy is the country of Dante. 14. Sarah Bern- 
hardt is a French woman. 15. Little Mary. 16. Professor 
Durand is now in French Switzerland. 17. Have they been 
together in Portugal? 18. They have been; have you been? 
has he been? etc. 19. The cardinal points are the north, south, 
east, and west. 20. If I speak to you 1 in French, you must an- 
swer in French. 

LESSON VII {LEQON VII) 

VOCABULARY {VOC ABU L AIRE) 

le beurre [bceir], the butter. comme [kom], adv., as; like; 

le cafe [kafe], the coffee; cafe. how. 

le chocolat [$okola], the chocolate. commencer [komase], to corn- 
la chose [$o:z], the thing. mence, begin, start. 
le cigare [siga:r], the cigar. le dejeuner [de3cene], the break- 
la cigarette [sigaret], the cigarette. fast. 

1 See p. 26, footnote 1. 




42 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 68 

le lait [le], the milk. la pomme de terre [pom da te:r], 

le legume [legym], the vegetable, the potato. 

mais [me], conj., but; why! le potage [pota:3], the soup, 

meme [me:m], adj., same; self. x le repas [rapa], the meal. 

le pain [pe], the bread; loaf. la salade [salad], the salad. 

le poivre [pwaivr], the pepper. sans [sa], prep., without. 

le dessert [deseir], the dessert. le sel [sel], the salt. 

le diner [dine], the dinner. toujours [tu3u:r], adv., always, 

dit [di], pp. of dire, said; called. ever. 

la dizain e [dizen], the set of ten, la viande [vjdid], the meat, 

ten, some ten. le vin [ve], the wine. 

Phuile [iiil],/., the oil. le vinaigre [vineigr], the vinegar. 

on sert [5 se:r], one serves, they serve; is served. 

NOUNS USED IN A PARTITIVE SENSE (SUBSTANTIFS 
EMPLOYES DANS UN SENS PARTITIF) 

68. Nouns used in a partitive sense are preceded by the 

genitive form of the definite article (viz. de + definite article). 

The words 'some' or 'any' are often, though not always, used 

in English to express this idea. 

du pain et de la viande (some) bread and meat 

Avez-vous des livres? Have you any books? 

Note. — Care must be taken to distinguish the partitive from the gen- 
eral or inclusive use of the definite article. Cf. § 57, l. 

Les oiseaux ont des ailes Birds have wings 

Exceptions. — The article is commonly omitted and de is 
used alone to express the partitive idea: 

(a) Before an adjective preceding a noun or following a verb 

and the partitive pronoun en, 'of it,' 'of them.' 

J'ai de bonnes plumes I have (some) good pens 

J'en ai de bonnes I have some good ones 

Note. — The article is retained when the adjective and noun form a 
sort of compound noun. It is often retained too in familiar speech. This 
usage is not considered incorrect. 

des petits pains, rolls des jeunes gens, young men 

Je bois du bon vin, I drink good wine 

(b) After a general negation. 

Je n'ai pas d'amis, I have no friends point de reponse, no reply 

Note. — The article is retained after negatives that convey an affirma- 
tive idea (e.g., ne . . . que, ' only ') or imply an affirmative answer. 
Je n'ai que du pain I have only bread 

N'avez-vous pas des parents, des Have you not relatives, acquaint- 

connaissances, ou des amis? ances, or friends? 




§ 69-70 NOUNS USED IN A PARTITIVE SENSE 43 



69. Both the preposition de and the article may be omitted 
in French, as in English, in the following cases: 

1. After ni . . . ni, 'neither . . .nor.' 

Je n'ai ni pain ni vin I have neither bread nor wine 

2. In long enumerations (literary style). 

Ce n'etaient que fusils, pistolets, There were nothing but guns, pis- 
sabres, couteaux, coutelas tols, sabers, knives, cutlasses. 

3. After certain prepositions. 

avec joie, with joy sans amis, without friends 

Note. — After avec the partitive with concrete nouns is generally ex- 
pressed. 

avec de la craie with (some) chalk 

4. In many expressions composed of a verb + a noun, 
demander pardon, to beg pardon faire peur, to terrify 

(1) Note the following similar idioms with avoir: 

avoir chaud [$o], to be warm avoir raison [rezo], to be right 

avoir froid [frwa], to be cold avoir tort [tor], to be wrong 

avoir faim [fe], to be hungry avoir sommeil [someij], to be sleepy 

avoir soif [swaf], to be thirsty avoir peur [pce:r] (de), to be afraid 

avoir besoin [bozwe] (de), to need \ avoir honte [ot] (de), to be ashamed 

VERBS (VERBES) 

70. Continuation of the Present Indicative of avoir (Con- 
tinuation du Present de VIndicatif d'avoir) 

l. Negative Form £**» m g a,i,e) 2 ' ^"'^S^S)'""" 6 '* 

'I have not' or 'do not have,' etc. 'Have I not?' or 'Do I not have?' 

etc. 

je n'ai pas [39 ne pa] n'ai-je pas? [ne: 3 pa] 

tu n'as pas [ty na pa] n'as-tu pas? [na ty pa] 

il n'a pas [il na pa] n'a-t-il pas? [na t il pa] 

nous n'avons pas [nu navo pa] n'avons-nous pas? [navo nu pa] 

vous n'avez pas [vu nave pa] n'avez-vous pas? [nave vu pa] 

ils n'ont pas [il no pa] n'ont-ils pas? [not il pa] 

Learn the cardinal numbers by tens from twenty to one hun- 
dred. Cf. § 311. 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Quelle forme de Particle defini est-ce qu'on met devant un 
substantif employe dans un sens parti tif? 2. Quand est-ce que 
Particle est omis? 3. Quand est-ce que Particle defini et la pre- 
position de sont tous deux k omis? 4. Conjuguez je n'ai pas 



44 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

chaud, tu n'as pas chaud, etc. 5. Conjuguez n'ai-je pas raison, 
etc. 6. Conjuguez j'ai sommeil, etc. 7. Comptez par dizaines 
de dix a cent. 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

En France on sert tous les jours trois repas : le petit dejeu- 
ner, le dejeuner, et le diner. Au petit dejeuner on sert, en ge- 2 
neral, ducafe au lait ou du chocolat et des petits pains ('rolls') 
sans beurre. On ne sert ni viande ni pommes de terre pour le 4 
petit dejeuner comme aux Etats-Unis. A dejeuner on sert 
plus ou moins les memes choses qu'en Amerique. A diner on 6 
sert du potage pour commencer, puis de la viande avec des 
pommes de terre, des legumes, du pain, et du vin, puis une sa- 8 
lade, et puis le dessert et le cafe, avec des cigares ou des ciga- 
rettes. 10 

Sur la table il y a toujours du sel, du poivre, du vinaigre, 

et de l'huile. 12 

CONVERSATION (CON VERSA TION) 

1. Quels sont les noms des trois repas en francais? 2. Qu'est- 
ce qu'on sert au petit dejeuner? 3. Est-ce qu-on sert de la 
viande et des pommes de terre pour le petit dejeuner? 4. Qu'est- 
ce qu'on sert a dejeuner? 5. A diner, qu'est-ce qu'on sert? 

6. Avec quoi est-ce qu'on sert les cigares et les cigarettes? 

7. Qu'est-ce qu'il y a toujours sur la table? 

COMPOSITION (THEME) 

In France do they serve the same things for breakfast as 
(que) in the United States? — No, in general they do not 2 
serve meat for breakfast. They serve only bread and coffee. 
— Do they serve butter with the bread? — No, they do not 4 
serve any butter for breakfast. — What do they serve for 
dinner? — They serve more or less the same things as (que) 6 
here, soup to begin with, then meat, vegetables, salad, and 
dessert. At every dinner they serve wine and coffee. With 8 
the coffee they serve cigars or cigarettes. 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. Has he any books? 2. He has no books. 3. Has he not 
books and pencils? 4. They have good books and good pen- 




VOCABULARY 45 

cils. 5. They serve bread without butter. 6. Bread is good 
when one is hungry. 7. We are not sleepy, we are hungry. 
8. We are all students. 9. Are they afraid or are they ashamed? 
10. Have we no meat for dinner? 11. We have neither meat 
nor potatoes, but we have rolls. 12. They have only cigarettes. 
13. In general, no butter is served. 14. They have no wine. 
15. Is wine generally used in France? 16. There is bread, but- 
ter, meat, wine, coffee. 17. I need a piece of chalk. 18. Write 
on the blackboard with chalk. 19. French butter is without 
salt. 20. Have you not oil and vinegar? 

LESSON VIII {LEQON VIII) 

VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 

aimer [erne], to love, like, be l'hote [o:t], m., the host, 

fond of. l'invite [evite], m., the guest. 

la boite [bwait], the box. merci [mersi], adv., thank you; 

la carafe [karaf], the carafe, water no, thank you {when used 

bottle. alone it often has a negative 

certainement [sertenma], adv., sense). 

certainly. au (or du) moins [mwe], adv., at 

la cuisine [kqizin], the kitchen; least. 

cooking, cuisine. passer [pase], to pass; spend, 

ia cuisiniere [kuizinjerr], the cook. le plaisir [pleziir], the pleasure. 

cuit [kiii], adj. pp. of. cuire, saignant [sejia], adj., rare (of 

cooked, done. meats). 

l'eau [o], /., the water. la salle a manger [sal a ma3e], the 

eclairer [eklere], to light, light up. dining-room. 

encore [ako:r], adv., yet; still; si [si], adv., yes (always used in- 

again. stead of oui in reply to nega- 

faire [fe:r], irr. v., to make, do; live questions); thus, so. 

play the part of; pp., fait [fe]; trouver [truve], to find; think; 

pres. ind., fai-s, -s, -t, fai- like. 

sons, 1 faites, font. It verre [ve:r], the glass. 

ie fromage [froma:3], the cheese. volontiers [volotje], adv., willing- 

fumer [fyme], to smoke. ly, gladly, with pleasure. 

je prendrai (vous prendrez) [pradre], I (you) shall (or will) 

take. 
Ayez la bonte de . . . [eje la bote da], Have the kindness to 

. . ., please. 
Je vous demande pardon [3a vu dama:d pardo], I beg your 

pardon. 
Permettez-moi de . . . [permete mwa da], Allow me to . . . 
Voulez-vous bien vous asseoir? [vule vu bje vuz aswair], Will 
. you please sit down? 

1 Pronounced [fazo]. 



46 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§71-77 

71. The pronominal 'some' Cany,' 'of it,' 'of them') is regu- 
larly expressed in French by en. This partitive idea is often 
not expressed in English, especially with numerals or adverbs 
of quantity. En precedes the verb, except in the imperative 
affirmative. If used with other pronouns, en follows them. Cf . 
§§ 220-221. 

J'ai des livres. En avez-vous? I have some books. Have you (any)? 

En avez-vous beaucoup? Have you man}? 

J'en ai quatre, I have four Donnez-lui-en, Give him some 

ADVERBS OF QUANTITY (ADVERBES DE QUANTITE) 

72. The commonest adverbs of quantity are: 

beaucoup [boku], much, many peu [po], little, few 1 

plus [ply], more moins [mwe], less 

trop [tro], too much, too many trop peu [tro po], too little, too few 

tant [ta], so much, so many autant [ota], as much, as many 

combien [kobje], how much, how many assez [ase], enough 

bien [bje], much, many la plupart [la plypair], most 

Note. — As an ordinary adverb trop is often translated ' too,' assez, 
'quite,' or 'rather,' and bien, 'well,' 'very,' or 'please.' 

73. Adverbs of quantity require the preposition de before 

the following noun, except bien and la plupart, which require 

both de and the definite article. 

beaucoup de choses, many things bien des amis, many friends 
trop d'argent, too much money la plupart des hommes, most men 

74. The preposition de is used before a noun without the 
article, as in English, to form adjectival or adverbial phrases 
indicating measure, weight, manner, material, etc. En is like- 
wise sometimes so used to indicate material. 

un metre de drap, a yard of cloth entoure d'arbres, surrounded by trees 

une livre de sucre, a pound of sugar une table de bois, a wooden table 
une montre d'or {or en or), a gold watch 

VERBS (VERBES) 
First Regular Conjugation (Premiere Conjugaison Reguliere) 

75. 76. 77. 

Infinitive Present Participle Past Participle 

(Jnfinitif) (Participe Present) (Participe Passe) 2 

donner [done], donnant [dona], donne [done], 

'to give.' 'giving.' 'given.' 

1 To translate 'some,' 'a few,' use quelque(s) instead of peu. 

2 When used adjectively, a past participle agrees in gender and number with the 
word modified. Cf. § 203. 

une fenetre cassee, a broken window 



§ 78 EXERCISES 47 

78. Indicative Mode (Mode Indicatif) 

Present (Present) 
1. Affirmative Form {Forme Affirmative) 2. Interrogative Form (Forme Interrogative) 

'I give,' 'am giving/ 1 'do give,' etc. 'Do I give?,' 'Am I giving? ' L etc. 

je donne [3a don] donne-je? 2 [done: 3] 

tu donn es [ty don] donn es-tu? [don ty] 

il donn e [il don] donn e-t-il? 3 [don t il] 

nous donnons [nu dono] donnons-nous? [dono nu] 

vous donnez [vu done] donnez-vous? [done vu] 

ils donn ent [il don] donn ent-ils? [don t il] 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Quel est le pronom qui a un sens partitif? 2. Dites-moi 
en francais 'I have none'; 'I haven't any.' 3. Donnez-moi dix 
adverbes de quantite. 4. Apres quels adverbes de quantite 
est-ce qu'on emploie l'article defini avec la preposition de? 

5. Dites-moi en francais 'a bottle of water'; 'a box of cigars.' 

6. Quelle est la terminaison ('ending') de l'innnitif de la pre- 
miere conjugaison? du participe present? du participe passe? 

7. Conjuguez le present de l'indicatif du verbe parler dans la 
forme affirmative; dans la forme negative. 8. Conjuguez je 
parle francais, tu paries, etc. 9. Conjuguez je ne parle pas 
allemand, tu ne paries pas, etc. 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 
Conversation a table 

Vhote. Voulez-vous bien vous asseoir, Monsieur? — Uin- 
vite. Avec plaisir, Monsieur. Vous avez ici une tres jolie salle 2 
a manger. — Vous trouvez? Du moins elle est bien eclairee. 
. . . Vous prendrez un peu de potage, n'est-ce pas? — Vo- 4 
lontiers ... II est tres bon. Ou avez- vous trouve votre 
('your') cuisiniere? — Elle est du nord de la France et elle 6 
fait 4 assez bien la cuisine. Ne prendrez- vous pas un peu plus 
de potage? — Merci. Je n'en prendrai plus. — Alors per- 8 
mettez-moi de vous donner un peu de viande. Comment 
aimez-vous la viande, saignante ou bien cuite? — Bien 10 

1 Avoid translating the English present participle after the verb 'to be' by the 
French present participle. Use only the simple present or imperfect indicative, as 
the case may be. 

2 This form is rare. Est-ce que je donne? is the form commonly used. 

3 Cf. p. 39, footnote 1. 4 Faire la cuisine ='to cook.' 




48 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

cuite, s'il vous plait . . . Ayez la bonte de me 1 passer la carafe 
d'eau. — Certainement. Je vous 1 demande pardon . . . Un 12 
peu plus de pommes de terre? — Merci. J'en ai encore. 
— Permettez-moi de vous 1 donner un peu de salade. — 14 
Avec plaisir. — Vous prendrez du fromage, n'est-ce pas, 
et du cafe noir? — S'il vous plait. — Vous ne fumez pas? — 16 
Si. Je fume quelquefois. — Voici des cigarettes et voila 
une boite de cigares. iS 

CONVERSATION {CONVERSATION) 

1. Voulez-vous bien faire l'hote, Monsieur . . . ? 2. Ayez la 
bonte de faire l'invite, Monsieur ... 3. Maintenant repetez 2 
plus ou moins la conversation de ces deux personnes. 

COMPOSITION (THEME) 

Here is the dining-room. It is large and well lighted. 
There are two persons in the dining-room. They are both 2 
seated at table. The cook is serving the meal. The host says 
to the guest "Allow me to give you 1 a little meat . . . Do 4 
you like meat rare or well done?" "Not too (well) done," 
says the guest. After the meat and vegetables, cheese and 6 
black coffee are served. On the table there is a box of cigars 
and some cigarettes. 8 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. Will you take some soup? Ves, I will take some, if you 
please. 2. You haven't any books, have you? Yes, I have 
twelve. 3. You haven't many, but I have too man)-. A. How 
many have you? 5. Many guests (two ways). 6. Most books 
are useful.. 7. The school is surrounded by trees. 8. Here is a 
box of cigarettes. 9. It is a silver box. 10. They serve good 
coffee here. 11. The host and guest are both at table. 12. Do 
you find many persons here? 13. I find at least four or five. 
14. Do I not give some water to the guest? 15. Do you like 
black coffee or coffee with milk? 16. Will you please give me 1 
a glass of water? 17. Have the kindness to pass me 1 some 
cheese. 18. He plays [the part of] (fait) the host very well. 

1 See p. 26, footnote 1. 2 Imp. of repeter. 



§§ 79-81 



POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES 



49 



LESSON IX {LEQON IX) 
\ 7ABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 



accepter [aksepte], to accept, 
allez-vous? [ale vu], are you 
going? are you? (in respect to 
health). 
l'amitami], m. (/.l'amie [ami]), the 
friend; mon ami(e), my dear. 
apporter [aporte], to bring. 
l'assiette [as jet], /., the plate. 
bonjour [bo3u:r], m., good morn- 
ing; good day. 
la bonne [bon], the maid, servant; 
— (d' enfant), nurse (for chil- 
dren). 
le couteau [kuto] (pi. -x) , the knife/ 
ia creme [kreim], the cream. 
la cuiller [kyjeir], the spoon. 
la demi-tasse [da mi tens], the half 
. cup, small cup (of coffee). 
enchanter [a$ate], to enchant, 

delight. 
essayer [eseje], to try, test. 
former [forme], to form, make. 
la fourchette [fur$et], the fork. 
f rapper [frape], to strike, knock. 



le gateau [gato] (pi. -x), the cake. 
l'invitation [evitasjo], /., the in- 
vitation. 
la mere [me:r], the mother. 

mettre [metr], irr. v., to put 
(on), place, set; imp., mettez 
[mete]. 
la nappe [nap], the table-cloth. 

oublier [ublie], to forget. 
le plat [pla], the dish; pi., food* 
qualifier [kalifje], to qualify, 

modify. 
sait [se], knows, knows how. 
la serviette [servjet], the napkin; 
towel. ) 

servir [serviir], to serve; se — 
de, to use, make use of. 
la soucoupe [sukup], the saucer. 
le sucre [sykr], the sugar. 
la tasse [tais], the cup. 
le the [te], the tea. 

tout de suite [tut strit], adv., im- 
mediately, at once. 



79. POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES (ADJECTIFS POSSESSIFS) 



Singular (S 


ingulier) 


Plural (Pluriel) 




M. 


F. 


M. and F. 






mon [mo] 


ma [ma] 


mes [me] 




my 


ton [to] 


ta [ta] 


tes [te] 




thy 


son [so] 


sa [sa] 


ses [se] 




his, 1 


notre [notr] 


notre [notr] 


nos [no] 




our 


votre [votr] 


votre [votr] 


vos [vo] 




your 


leur [lceir] 


leur [lceir] 


leurs [lceir] 




their 



Note. There is the same distinction between ton, etc., and votre, etc., 
as between tu and vous. Cf . § 56, 3 and § 209. 

80. Possessive adjectives agree in gender and number with 
the thing possessed, and not with the possessor. 

son livre, his (or her) book ma mere, my mother 

81. They are repeated before each noun that they qualify, 
mon pere et ma mere my father and mother 



50 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 82-86 

82. When they immediately precede superlatives, the definite 
article is not used. 

mon plus petit eleve my smallest pupil 

83. Before a feminine word beginning with a vowel or a mute 
h the forms mon, ton, and son are used instead of ma, ta, and sa. 
mon amie, my friend, /. son ecole, his (or her) school 

84. The possessive adjective of the first person is often used 

in direct address, though omitted in English. 

Oui, mon pere Yes, Father 

Bonjour, mon general Good day, General 

1. From this usage come the titles of address: 

monsieur [mosjo], sir, Mr., gentleman; abb. M. 
messieurs [mesjoj, Messrs., gentlemen; " MM. 
madame [madam], madam, Mrs.; " M me 

mesdames [medam], ladies; " M mes 

mademoiselle [madmwazel], Miss; " M Ue 

mesdemoiselles [medmwazel], Misses; " M Ues 

Note. — They are regularly capitalized when used in address or when 
written with a surname. 
Bonjour, Monsieur, Good day, sir Monsieur (or M.) Carnot, Mr. Carnot 

2. In formal address these titles are required in addition to 
the possessive adjectives in speaking to any one of his relatives, 
madame votre mere your mother 

85. The emphatic 'own' is expressed by the adjective propre 
[propr], preceding the noun, or by a+the appropriate disjunc- 
tive pronoun (cf. § 226) following the noun. 

mon propre livre my own book 

C'est mon livre a moi It is my own book 

Note. — The latter construction is often needed in the case of the third 
person to distinguish gender. 

son livre a lui, his book son livre a elle, her book 

VERBS (VERBES) 
Imperative Mode (Mode Imperatif) 

86. Of donner. 

donnons [don5], let us give 
donrie [don], give (thou) donnez [done], give (you) 

Note. — The forms of the imperative in regular verbs are always the 
same as those of the 1st person singular and of the 1st and 2d persons 
plural of the present indicative. Subject pronouns are never used in any 
imperative. 



§§ 87-88 EXERCISES 51 

87. Of etre. 

soyons [swajo], let us be 
sois [swa], be (thou) soyez [swaje], be (you) 

88. Of avoir. 

ayons [ejo], let us have 
aie [e:j], have (thou) ayez [eje], have (you) 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Dites-moi les adjectifs possessifs en francais. 2. Est-ce 
qu'ils sont repetes devant les substantifs qu'ils qualifient? 
3. Quelles sont les formes qu'on emploie au singulier devant un 
substantif feminin qui commence par ('by') une voyelle ou une 
h muette? 4. Quel est le pluriel de monsieur? de madame? de 
mademoiselle? 5. Quel titre ('title') faut-il employer en par- 
lant a une personne de sa mere? 6. Comment est-ce qu'on dit 
'own' en francais? 7. Conjuguez l'imperatif du verbe dormer; 
du verbe etre; du verbe avoir. 8. Quelle est la forme negative 
de l'imperatif de dormer? d'etre? d'avoir? 9. Conjuguez la 
forme affirmative de l'imperatif du verbe frapper; la forme 
negative. 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

(On frappe a la ported) Entrez ('come in'). — Bonjour, 
Madame. — Ah, bonjour, mon amie, comment allez-vous? — 2 
Tres bien, merci, Madame. — Et Madame votre mere? — 
Tres bien aussi. Elle m'a 1 transmis ('gave me') votre invi- 4 
tation a prendre le the, et j'accepte tout de suite. — J'en suis 
enchantee. Ayez la bonte de vous 1 asseoir . . . Marie, mettez 6 
la nappe et apportez-moi 1 des assiettes, des tasses, des sou- 
coupes, et des cuillers. Nous n'avons pas besoin de couteaux 8 
ni de fourchettes . . . Ma bonne est allemande et ne sait pas 
tres bien servir. — Notre cuisiniere est de la Suisse francaise. 10 
Elle fait tres bien la cuisine. — Marie, n'oubliez pas les ser- 
viettes . . . Mademoiselle, vous prendrez du sucre dans votre 12 
the, n'est-ce pas? — Oui, Madame, un morceau, s'il vous 
plait. — De la creme aussi? — Merci. — Essayez mes ga- 14 
teaux: ils sont tres bons. 

1 See p. 26, footnote 1. 



52 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

CONVERSATION (CON VERSA TION) 

1. Qu'est-ce que vous aimez pour votre petit dejeuner? 
2. Aimez-vous la viande? 3. Qu'est-ce qu'on sert, en general, au 
dejeuner? 4. Dites-moi les choses qui se trouvent generalement 
sur la table d'une salle a manger. 5. De quel pays est votre 
cuisiniere? 6. Comment fait-elle la cuisine? 7. Est-ce que 
vous aimez le cafe apres le repas? 8. Aimez-vous le cafe noir 
ou avec de la creme? 9. En general, est-ce qu'on sert le cafe 
noir dans une tasse ou dans une ((demi-tasse))? 10. Monsieur 
votre pere, fume-t-il apres les repas? 

COMPOSITION (THEME) 

Our maid is French. She comes from Paris. She doesn't 
speak English well, 1 but she serves very well 1 at table. Her 2 
mother was (etait) my nurse in 2 Paris when I was (etais) 
small. She likes the United States (very) much. 1 And how 4 
do you like your cook? — My cook is Italian. She cooks 
rather well, 1 but she puts too much salt and pepper in her 6 
food. — Let me give you a cup of coffee. — If you please . . . 
No, no 3 sugar, thank you; I am not very fond of black coffee 8 
with sugar. — Try some cakes with your cup of coffee. 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. My friend (/.) and her mother are in the United States. 
2. Our knives and forks are on the table. 3. Do you wish a 
cup of tea? 4. Will you take sugar and cream in your coffee? 
5. I accept his invitation at once. 6. How do you like my 
school? 7. Does your mother know that we are here? 8. Good 
morning, mother! 9. One must (il faut) make use of one's own 
napkin. 10. Do not forget your vocabulary. 11. There is too 
much salt in my potatoes. 12. Have the kindness to (de) give 
me 4 some sugar. 13. Let us be friends. 14. Let us knock at 
the door. 

1 Simple adverbs of manner come immediately after the verbs they modify. Cf. 
§ 195. 

- 'In' before names of towns is translated a. 

3 Pas de. Cf. §§ 68 (b); 245. 

4 See p. 26, footnote 1. 



§§ 89-90 ARTICLES FOR POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES 



53 



LESSON X {LEQON X) 
VOC \BULARY ( VOCA B ULA IRE) 



ajouter [a3ute], to add. 
le buvard [byvair], the blotter; 
■ papier — , blotting paper, 
cacheter [ka$te], to seal. 
le canif [kanif], the penknife, knife. 
ce qui [sa ki, s ki] {ace, ce que 
[so ko, s ko]), rel. pron., that 
which, what (as compound 
subject or object). 
la chaise [$e:z], the chair. 

chaque [Sak], adj., each, every. 
la cire [si:r], the wax. 
le coin [kwe], the corner, 
le courrier [kurje], the mail, post, 
distinguer [distege], to distin- 
guish. 
ecrit [ekri], pp. of ecrire, writ- 
ten. 
eflfacer [efase], to efface, oblit- 
erate; erase. 
l'encrier [akrie], m., the inkstand. 
l'enveloppe [avlop], /., the en- 
velope. 



le facteur [faktceir], the postman, 
letter-carrier; (railway) porter. 
la gomme elastique [gom elastik], 
the rubber, eraser. 
le[l 9 ],w.,(/.la[la];^.,les[le]V 
pers. pron., him, her, it; them, 
a lettre [letr], the letter, 
i main [me], the hand. 
le matin [mate], the morning, 
mis [mi], pp. of mettre, put, 
placed, set. 
le papier [papje], the paper; — a 
lettre, letter paper. 
plein [pie], adj., full. 
la poche [po§], the pocket. 

remplacer [raplase], to replace, 

take the place of. 
secher [se$e], to dry (up). 
la tache [ta§], the spot, stain, blot. 
le timbre- (poste) [tebro post], the 

postage-stamp, stamp. 
le tiroir [tirwair], the drawer. 



DEFINITE ARTICLES INSTEAD OF POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES 
(ARTICLES DEFINIS AU LIEU D'ADJECTIFS POSSESSIFS) 

89. Definite articles commonly replace possessive adjectives 

where there is no ambiguity, especially in speaking of parts of 

the body or things eminently personal. For greater clearness 

an indirect object pronoun is often introduced. 

J'ai ferme les yeux I closed my eyes 

Vous lui avez sauve la vie You have saved his life 

II m'a dechire le gilet He tore my vest 

Note. — If the object referred to is a thing (in the singular) common to 
several individuals, the singular is generally used instead of the plural as in 
English. 

Levez la main Raise your hands (one hajid each) 

90. DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES (ADJECTIFS DEMONS- 

TRATIFS) 

Singular (Singulier) Plural (Pluriel) 

m. ce [sa, s] (cet [set, st] \ f , . .,. ces [se], these, those 

/. cette [set] / thls ' tiiat 

1 Le, la, les are direct object pronouns. They precede the verb, except in the 
imperative affirmative. Le, la become 1' before a vowel or a mute h. Cf. § 207. 



54 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 91-96 

91. Demonstrative adjectives are repeated before each noun 
that they modify. 

ces petits gar gons et ces petites filles these little boys and girls 

92. The form cet is used before masculine nouns beginning 
with a vowel or a mute h. 

cet ami, this (that)' friend cet homme, this (that) man 

93. When it is necessary to distinguish between 'this' and 
'that,' 'these' and 'those,' -ci or -la may be added to the noun 
modified. 

ce monsieur-ci et ces dames-la this gentleman and those ladies 

VERBS (VERBES) 
Compound Tenses (Temps Composes) 

94. The first of the compound tenses is called the Past In- 
definite or Perfect. It is made up of the present of avoir (rarely 
of etre) and the past participle of the verb representing the 
action. Cf . § 200. This tense is more commonly used than any 
other past tense in French, and is the regular tense used in con- 
versation to express definite past action. Cf. § 140, 1. 

j'ai donne, I gave nous avons vu, we saw 

Note. — The compound tenses of both etre and avoir like those of dormer 
are formed by the aid of the auxiliary avoir. Cf. § 200. 

j'ai ete, I have been j'ai eu, I have had 

95. Past Indefinite of donner (Passe Indefini de dormer) 

'I gave,' 'have given,' etc. 

j'ai donne [3e done] nous avons donne [nuz av5 done] 

tu as donne [ty a done] vous avez donne [vuz ave doDe] 

il a donne [il a done] ils ont donne [ilz o done] 

96. Compound tenses are made negative by placing ne before 
the auxiliary and pas before the past participle. Cf. § 243. 

Je n'ai pas donne, I did not give N'ai-je pas donne? Did I not give? 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIOXXAIRE GFLiMMATICAL) 

1. Quand est-ce que les articles definis remplacent les adjec- 
tifs possessifs? Vous pouvez repondre en anglais. 2. Dites-moi 
en francais 'Give me your hand.' 3. Mettez au tableau les ad- 
jectifs demonstratifs, Monsieur . 4. Est-ce que les adjectifs 



EXERCISES 55 

demonstratifs sont repetes devant chaque substantif qu'ils qua- 
lifient? 5. Quand est-ce qu'on emploie la forme masculine cet? 
6. Pour distinguer entre 'this' et 'that' que faut-il ajouter au 
substantif? 7. Quel est le premier des temps composes? 8. Con- 
juguez le passe indefini du verbe donner dans la forme affirma- 
tive; dans la forme negative. 9. Conjuguez le passe indefini du 
verbe etre; du verbe avoir. 10. Conjuguez j'ai ecrit ma lettre, 
tu as ecrit ta lettre, etc. 11. Conjuguez j'ai efface ce que j'ai 
ecrit, tu as efface ce que tu as ecrit, etc. 

READING EXERCISE {EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

Si vous avez des lettres a ecrire, asseyez-vous sur cette 

chaise, et vous trouverez 1 sur ce bureau etdans cestiroirs tout 2 

ce qu'il vous 2 faut. J'ai mis le courrier que le facteur vous 2 a 

apporte ce matin dans ce coin-la. Voici du papier a, lettre et 4 

des enveloppes, et pour secher les taches d'encre, voila du 

papier buvard. Vous pouvez vous servir de ce canif ou de 6 

cette gomme elastique, si vous voulez effacer quelque chose. 

Voila une bonne plume et un encrier plein d'encre. Dans 8 

ce tiroir il y a de la cire, si vous en voulez pour cacheter 

vos lettres, et dans cette petite boite vous trouverez 1 des 10 

timbres-poste. 

CONVERSATION {CONVERSATION) 

1. Qu'est-ce que je trouverai l sur ce bureau et dans ces tiroirs? 
2. Ou avez- vous mis le courrier que le facteur m' 2 a apporte ce 
matin? 3. Ou est-ce qu'il y a du papier a lettre et des enve- 
loppes? 4. Que me 2 faut-il pour secher les taches d'encre? 
5. Que me 2 faut-il pour effacer ce que j'ai ecrit? 6. Avez- vous 
une bonne plume et de l'encre? 7. Ou est-ce que je trouverai 1 
de la cire pour cacheter mes lettres? 8. Avez-vous des timbres- 
poste? 

COMPOSITION {THEME) 

Where is the mail that the postman brought me 2 this morn- 
ing? — He put the mail on that desk. — I am going (vais) 2 
[to] reply to (a) those letters now. Have you any paper and 
envelopes? — There is letter paper in this drawer and there 4 
are envelopes in that drawer. — There (voila que) I have 

1 Fut. ind. of trouver. 2 See p. 26, footnote 1. 



56 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

made a blot. What shall I do (ferai)? — Use this blotting 6 

paper. — Have you a knife in your pocket? — No, but you 

can use this eraser. Do you wish some wax to (pour) seal 8 

your letters? — No, thank you, but give me 1 some stamps, 

if you please. io 

ORAL EXERCISE {EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. Put your hand here. 2. He has his pocket full of things. 
3. He has torn (dechire) my pocket. 4. Raise (levez) your 
hands. 5. This letter paper and those envelopes. 6. Your 
mail is in this drawer. 7. The postman brought you 1 three 
letters. 8. This inkstand is full of ink. 9. That pen is good. 
10. These pencils and pens are for you. 11. The teacher gave 
me 1 this small pencil. 12. We did not give those erasers to the 
pupils. 13. Tell me 1 what is in this box. 14. Tell me 1 what 
you gave to the teacher. 15. Here is a blotter on this desk. 

LESSON XI {LEQON XI). 

VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 

l'acier [asje], m., the steel. le mal [mal] (pi. maux [mo]), the 

l'auteur [otce:r], m., the author, evil, harm; sickness; avoir le 

writer. — de mer, to be seasick. 

le bateau [bato], the boat. le metre [metr], the meter. 

une centaine [saten] (de), a hun- Naples [napl],/.. Naple 

dred, about a hundred. l'dinger forage], m., the orange- 
crier [$e:r] (/. chere [$e:r]), adj., cree. 

dear; costly, expensive. parmi [parmi], prep., among, 

construire [k5strqi:r], irr. v., to amidst. 

build, construct; pp., con- pres [pre], adv., near; — de, 

struit [kostrqi]. prep., near. 

content [kota], adj., glad, con- la princesse [preses], the princess, 

tented, satisfied. pris [pri], pp. of prendre, taken. 

la date [dat],/., the date. quitter [kite], to leave, quit. 

devoue [devwe], adj., devoted. la terminaison [terminezo], the 

la fleur [flceir], the flower. ending, end. 

l'hotel[otel],w., the hotel; mansion, le Tibre [tibr], the Tiber {river in 

interessant [eteresa], adj., in- Italy). 

teresting. la tonne [ton], the ton. 

Irene [ire:n],/., Irene. le Vesuve [vezyiv], Vesuvius. 

jamais 2 [same], adv., never; ever. le voyage [vwajass], the journey, 

la longueur [I5gce:r], the length. trip; travel. 

de retour [da ratuir], adv., at home; back. 

1 See p. 26, footnote 1. 

2 When used after a verb in the negative sense, ne must precede the verb. Cf. 
§§ 242-243. 




§§ 97-100 NOUNS — GENDER 57 



NOUNS (SUBSTANTIFS) 
Gender (Genre) 

97. All French nouns are either masculine or feminine, in 
general according to their Latin originals. Latin neuters com- 
monly become masculine in French. 

L. libruim) > livre, m. L. pluma(m) > plume, /. 

98. The gender of a word should be memorized when the 
word is learned. However, the following rules will be of as- 
sistance. 

99. Masculine are names of most 

(1) male beings, (2) titles or professions of males, (3) coun- 
tries (not ending in -e), (4) mountains (not ending in -es), 
(5) rivers, (6) cardinal points and winds, (7) seasons, months, 
and days of the week, (8) trees and shrubs, (9) metals and 
chemicals, (10) weights and measures (of metrical system), 
(11) adjectives used as abstract nouns, (12) infinitives or other 
parts of speech used as nouns. 

le (garcon, chien, roi, pretre, the (boy, dog, king, priest, Canada 

Canada, Jura, Rhin, nord, (Mt.) Jura, Rhine, north, zephyr, 

zephyr, printemps, Janvier, spring, January, Monday, apple- 

lundi, pommier, lilas, or, tree, lilac, gold, phosphate, gram, 

phosphate, gramme, metre, meter, truth, laughter, why, etc.) 
vrai, rire, pourquoi, etc.) 

Exceptions. — Most rivers of France in -e are feminine. 

la Seine [se:n], the Seine la Loire [hva:r], the Loire 

But: le Rhone [roin], the Rhone 

100. Feminine are names of most 

(1) female beings, (2) titles or professions of females, 
(3) countries in -e, (4) cities (especially in -e, -es), (5) holi- 
days (fete de being understood), (6) fruits and flowers, (7) arts, 
sciences, and trades, (8) abstracts. 

la (femme, vache, reine, nour- the (woman, cow, queen, nurse, 

rice, France, Nouvelle Or- France, New Orleans, Martinmas, 

leans, Saint-Martin, pomme, apple, rose, sculpture, chemistry, 

rose, sculpture, chimie, li- book-trade, virtue, etc.) 
brairie, vertu, etc.) 

Exceptions: (Learn) 

le Mexique [la meksik], Mexico 
le Havre [la u:vr], Havre Paris [pari], m., Paris 

Londres [15:dr], m., London Versailles [versaij], m., Versailles 



58 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 101-108 

101. The names of the letters of the alphabet are masculine, 
except f, h, 1, m, n, r, s: 

un a [a] j an 'a' une f [ef], an 'f ' 

102. Compound nouns generally take the gender of the prin- 
cipal noun, unless a verb is present in the combination, when 
they are usually masculine. 

la belle-mere [bel me:r] the mother-in-law 

le chef-d'oeuvre [§e dce:vr] the masterpiece 

le porte-plume [porta plym] the penholder 

le cure-dents [kyr da] the toothpick 

etc. 

But: la garde-robe [gard rob] the wardrobe 

103. The Months of the Year (Les Mois [mwa] de VAnnee [ane]) 

Janvier [3<ivje], m., January juillet [3yje], w., July 

fevrier [fevrie], m., February aout [u, au], m., August 

mars [mars], m., March septembre [septa :br], m., September 

avril [avril], m., April octobre [oktobr], m., October 

mai [me], m., May novembre [novel :br], m., November 

juin [3qe], m., June decembre [desa:br], m., December 

VERBS (VERBES) 
Second Regular Conjugation (Deuxieme Conjugaison Reguliere) 

104. 105. 106. 

Infinitive Present Participle Past Participle 

(Infinitif) {Partkipe Present) (Participe Passe) 

finir [fini:r], finissant [finisa], fini [fini], 

'to finish.' 'finishing.' 'finished.' 

107. 108. 

Present Indicatr t e Imper\tif 

(Present de VIndicatif) (Imperatif) 

'I finish,' 'am finishing,' 'do finish,' etc. 'finish,' etc. 

finis [fini] finissons [finiso] finissons [finiso] 

finis [fini] fini'ssez [finise] finis [fini] fini'ssez [finise] 

fini t [fini] finissent [finis] 

Learn the cardinal numbers by hundreds from one hundred 
to one thousand. Cf. § 311. 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Quels sont les genres des substantifs en francais? 2. Dites- 
moi en anglais quelques classes de substantifs qui sont masculins 




EXERCISES 59 

en francais. 3. Dites-moi en anglais quelques classes de sub- 
stantifs qui sont feminins en francais. 4. Donnez-moi un nom 
de pays en -e du genre masculin. 5. De quel genre est Paris? 
Londres? 6. De quel genre sont les lettres de Palphabet? 7. De 
quel genre sont les noms composes? 8. Dites-moi en francais 
les noms des mois de l'annee. 9. Quelle est la terminaison du 
participe passe de finir? 10. Quel est le participe present de 
finir? 11. Con juguez le present de l'indicatif de finir. 12. Con- 
juguez l'imperatif, forme negative. 13. Conjuguez le passe in- 
defini de finir. 14. Comptez par centaines de cent jusqu'a mille. 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

New York, le 2 1 avril, 1908 

Cher ami, 2 

Nous 2 voici de retour a New York, apres un hiver en Italic 

Nous avons passe les mois de decembre et de Janvier a Rome 4 

dans un hotel sur le Tibre, et le mois de fevrier et les premiers 

jours de mars parmi les orangers de Naples, pres du Vesuve. 6 

Nous avons quitte ce pays de musique et de fleurs le 20 mars. 

Le bateau que nous avons pris pour faire le voyage est laPrin- 8 

cesse Irene. C'est un vieux bateau de 10,881 tonnes et de 167 

metres de longueur, construit en grande partie en 3 acier. 10 

Le voyage a ete tres interessant et nous n'avons pas eu le 

mal de mer, mais je suis content d'etre de retour. 12 

Votre bien devoue 

A. D. 14 
CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 

1. Quelle est la date de cette lettre? 2. Ou est-ce que Pauteur 
de la lettre a passe les mois de decembre et de Janvier? 3. Ou 
est-ce qu'il a passe le mois de fevrier et les premiers jours de 
mars? 4. Quand est-ce qu'il a quitte l'ltalie? 5. Quel bateau 
a-t-il pris pour aller a New York? 6. Quelle est la longueur de 
ce bateau? 7. En quoi est-il construit? 8. Avez-vous jamais 
ete en Italie? 10. Avez-vous fini la lecture de cette lettre? 

1 In dates, with the exception of premier, cardinal numbers are used to indicate 
the days of the month. Cf. § 323. 

2 When personal pronouns are used with -voici or voila, they come before, and 
are in the accusative case. Cf. § 211, note 2. 

3 'Of.' Cf. § 328, 6, (2). 



60 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



§109 



ORIGINAL COMPOSITION {COMPOSITION ORIGINALE) 
Ecrivez a un ami une lettre d'une centaine de mots. 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 
1. This boat is built of (en 1 ) steel. 2. I am very devoted to 
my friend (m.). 3. What is the length of that house? 4. There 
are many orange- trees near Naples. 5. Paris is on the Seine. 
6. Vesuvius is a mountain in Italy. 7. Our trip has been very 
interesting. 8. Your hotel at Rome is very dear. 9. We are 
finishing our letter. 10. She is a German princess. 11. I like 
the music of the Italians. 12. Do you like the music of Mexico? 
13. Let us finish our lesson. 14. Please finish the reading. 
15. There are hundreds of flowers at Naples. 16. The year 
has twelve months. 17. What is the harm? 



LESSON XII {LEQON XII) 
VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 



admirer [admire], to admire. 

ancien [asje] (/. ancienne 
[asjen]), adj., ancient, old; 
former. 

charmant [$arma], adj., charm- 
ing, attractive. 

chez [§e], prep., at, (to, in) the 
house of; with; — nous, at 
our house. 
le college [kole:3], the college, school. 

composer [k5poze], to compose. 

demeurer [damcere], to reside, 
dwell, live. 

distingue [distege], adj., distin- 
guished. 

etait [etc] (pi. etaient [ete]), was 
(3d pers. pi. were). 
la famille [fami:j], the family. 
5es gens [3a], m. pi. (f. pi., when 
variable adj. precedes), people, 



persons, men; jeunes — , 
young men (pi. of jeune 
homme). 

il y a [il j a], ago (also means ' there 
is' or 'there are.' Meaning 
'ago' precedes expressions of 
time). 

intelligent [etelisa], adj., intelli- 
gent. 

longtemps [lota], adv., long, a 
long while. 

marier [marje], to marry; se — 
(a), to be married (to). 
le membre [ma:br], the member; 
limb. 

mort [mo:r], pp. of mourir, 'to 
die,' dead (auxiliary etre). 

pourquoi [purkwa], conj., why. 
le temps [ta], the time (duration), 
while; tense; weather. 



NOUNS (SUBSTANTIFS) 
Gender [Continuation] (Genre [Suite]) 

109. Many nouns denoting professions remain masculine 
when applied to females, as do also a few other nouns that lack 
a feminine form. 

1 'Of.' Cf. § 328, 6, (2). 



§§ 110-113 



NOUNS — GENDER 



61 



Examples: (Learn) 

l'auteur [otce:r], m., the author 
le medecin [metse], the doctor 
l'ange [0:3], m., the angel 
M u e b. est un excellent professeur 
Louise est un petit ange 



le professeur [profesceir], m., the 
professor, teacher 
etc. 
Miss B. is an excellent teacher 
Louise is a little angel 



110. Some nouns remain feminine when applied to males. 

Examples: (Learn) 

la connaissance [konesa:s], the acquain- la sentinelle [satinel], the senti- 

tance nel 

la personne [person], the person la victime [viktim], the victim 

etc. 

Georges est une ancienne connaissance George is an old acquaintance 
Vous etes sa victime, Monsieur You are his victim, Sir 

111. A few nouns, mostly in -e, are of double gender. 
Examples: (Learn) 



artiste [artist], m. or /., artist 
camarade [kamarad], m. orf., comrade, 
mate 

C'est mon (or ma) camarade 



etc. 



eleve [ele:v], m. or /., pupil 
enfant 1 [afa], m. orf., child 

He (or she) is my comrade 



112. The meaning of some nouns varies with the gender. 
Examples: (Learn) 

M- F. M. F. 

critique [kritik], critic criticism page [pai3], page page (of a book) 

livre [lirvr], book pound tour [tu:r], turn, trick tower 

etc. 



113. Most nouns denoting living 

the feminine and the masculine. 

1 . Either by an entirely different 

Examples: (Learn those in italics) 
M. 
bceuf [beef], (pi. boeufs [bo]), ox 
cheval [§9val], horse 
coq [kok], cock, rooster 
garqon [garso], boy 
homme [om], man 
mini [mari], husband- 
Pere [pe:r], father 
parrain [pare], godfather 
irere [frerr], brother 
gendre [3a:dr], son-in-law 
oncle [5:kl], uncle 

etc. 
1 Always masculine in 



beings distinguish between 



form. 



vache [va§], cow 

jument [3yma], mare 

poule [pul], hen; chicken 

fille [fi:j], girl 

femme [fam], woman 

femme [fam], wife 

mere [me:r], mother 

marraine [mar en], godmother 

soeur [sce:r], sister 

bru [bry], daughter-in-law 

tante [ta:t], aunt 

the plural. 



62 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 114-118 

2. Or by a cognate form, more or less regularly made (some- 
times by adding — e, -esse, -ine, or by changing -eur to -euse 
or -ice). Cf. §§ 141 note; 142 (4) note; 143 note. 
Examples: (Learn those in italics) 

roi [rwa], king reine [re:n], queen 

fils [fis], son file [fi:j], daughter 

neveu [navo], nephew niece [njes], niece 

ami [ami], friend, m. amie [ami], friend,/. 

cousin [kuze], cousin, m. cousine [kuzin], cousin,/. 

voisin [vwaze], neighbor, m. voisine [vwazin], neighbor,/. 

parent 1 [para], relative, m. parente [parat], relative,/. 

epoux [epu], husband epouse [epu:z], wife 

veuf [voef], widower veuve [vce:v], widow 

chat [$a], (male) cat chatte [§at], (female) cat 

chien [$je], dog chienne [§jen], bitch 

prince [press], prince. princesse [preses], princess 

'heros [ero], hero heroine [eroin], heroine 

danseur [dasceir], dancer, m. danseuse [ddseiz], dancer,/, 

acteur [aktce:r], actor etc. actrice [aktris], actress 

114. Relationship "in-law," or step-relationship, is indicated 
by prefixing beau- [bo], m., or belle- [bel], /., to the corres- 
ponding term of relationship. 

beau-pere [bo pe:r], m., father-in- belle-mere [bel me:r],/., mother-in- 
law; step-father law; step-mother 

beau-fils [bo fis], m., son-in-law; belle-fille [bel fi:j], /., daughter-in- 
step-son law; step-daughter 

beau-frere [bo freir], m., brother-in- belle-sceur [bel sceir], /., sister-in- 
law; step-brother law; step-sister 

115. The relationship of grandparent and grandchild is in- 
dicated by prefixing grand- [gra], m., or grand' 2 [grfi], /., in the 
first case, and petit- [pati], m., or petite- [patit],/., in the second, 
to the corresponding term of relationship. 

grand-pere [gra pe:r], m., grand- grand'mere [gra me:r], /., grand- 
father mother 
petit-fils [pati fis], m., grandson petite-fille [patit fi:j], /., grand- 
daughter 
grand-parents [gra para], m., grandparents 

VERBS (VERBES) 
Third Regular Conjugation (Troisieme Conjugaison Reguliere) 

116. 117. 118. 

Infinitive Present Participle Past Participle 

{Infinitif) (Participe Present) (Partia'pe Passe) 

vend re [va:dr], vend ant [vada], vendu [vady], 

'to sell.' 'selling.' 'sold.' 

1 In the plural it may also have the sense of 'parents.' 

2 Grand' is an old feminine form, and the ' is an orthographic error. 




§§ 119-120 EXERCISES 63 

119. 120. 

Present Indicative Imperative 

(Present de VIndicatif) (Imperatij) 

'I sell,' 'am selling,' 'do sell,' etc. 'sell,' etc. 

vends [va] vendons [vado] vendons [vado] 

vends [va] vendez [vade] vends [va] vendez [vade] 

vend 1 [va] vendent [va:d] 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. De quel genre est le mot professeur? 2. Est-ce qu'on em- 
ploie le mot prof esseur en parlant d'une femme? 3. Donnez-moi 
deux autres mots de la meme classe. 4. De quel genre est le mot 
connaissance? 5. Emploie-t-on le mot connaissance en par- 
lant d'un homme? 6. Donnez-moi deux autres mots de la meme 
classe. 7. De quel genre est le mot eleve? enfant? 8. Quel est 
le sens du mot page employe au masculin? au feminin? 9. Com- 
ment dit-on 'brother'? 'sister'? 'widower'? 'widow'? 'step- 
father'? 'grandson'? 10. Conjuguez le present de l'indicatif du 
verbe vendre. 11. Conjuguez l'imperatif. 12. Donnez-moi le 
participe present et le participe passe du verbe vendre. 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

Ma famille est assez grande. Elle se compose 2 de mon 
pere, de ma mere, de leurs cinq enfants, trois fils, 3 et deux 2 
filles, de mon grand-pere, de ma grand'mere, et d'un jeune 
cousin. Un de mes freres est marie. II demeure chez nous. 4 
II a deux enfants, un garcon et une fille. Mes parents aiment 
beaucoup leur petit-fils et leur petite-nlle. Ma belle-sceur est 6 
une personne charmante que j 'admire beaucoup. Son pere 
est une de nos anciennes connaissances. II etait longtemps 8 
notre voisin. Mon frere et sa femme etaient des camarades 
de classe quand ils etaient plus jeunes. J'ai aussi une tante 10 
dans la meme ville. C'est une femme tres intelligente qui est 
professeur dans un college de jeunes filles. Elle est veuve. 12 
Son mari, mon oncle, qui etait un homme charmant et un 

1 The verb rompre, 'to break,' has a t in the third person singular: rompt. It is 
the only one of this class that does. 

2 Ts composed.' The reflexive construction is often used in French instead of 
a passive. Cf. § 225, 2. 

3 Fils has the same form for the singular and plural. Cf. § 122. 



64 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

artiste distingue, est mort il y a longtemps. Ma tante est 14 
tres devouee a ses neveux x et a ses nieces, et elle passe beau- 
coup de son temps chez nous. 16 

CONVERSATION {CON VERSA TION) 

1. A quelle page est-ce que la lecon commence? 2. Quels sont 
les membres de votre famille? 3. Avez-vous des freres et 
des sceurs? 4. De qui se compose votre famille, Monsieur? 
5. Avez-vous beaucoup de parents dans votre ville? 6. Com- 
bien de personnes y a-t-il dans votre famille, Mademoiselle? 
7. Combien de personnes demeurent chez vous? 8. Avez-vous 
des freres maries? 9. Avez-vous des neveux ou des nieces? 
10. Combien de cousins ou de cousines avez-vous? 11. Est-ce 
que vos grands-parents demeurent chez vous? 12. N'avez-vous 
pas une personne de votre connaissance ici qui vend des livres? 
13. Vend-elle de jolies choses? 14. Est-ce que notre classe est 
composee de jeunes gens ou de jeunes nlles? 

COMPOSITION (THEME) 

In general there are many members in a family. There are 
the grandparents, 2 the grandfathers 2 and the grandmothers. 3 2 
There are the parents, the father and the mother. There are 
also the children, the sons and the daughters. Sometimes the 4 
sons or the daughters are married and also have children. 
These children are the grandsons 2 and granddaughters 2 of the 6 
parents of their father or their mother. There are also uncles, 
aunts, nephews, nieces, and cousins in most families. My 8 
own family is very large. There are twelve persons who live 
at our house, and most of my relations live 4 in the same city. 10 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. I have an uncle who was a professor in your college. 
2. My uncle was a charming person. He is dead now. 3. He 
was my first acquaintance in that city. 4. My sister is a student 
of music in Paris. 5. Our sister-in-law is a distinguished artist. 



*o' 



1 Neveu forms the plural by adding -x instead of -s. Cf. § 123. 

2 Both parts of such compound nouns are pluralized. Cf. § 134, 2. 

3 Plural grand'meres. Cf. § 134, 2, exception. 

4 Plural verb. 



§§ 121-123 NOUNS — NUMBER 65 

6. How many children do they have? 7. Are they sons or daugh- 
ters? 8. Who are their class-mates? 9. Here is the story of the 
page {person). 10. I was one of his relatives. 11. They were 
all young men, were they not? 12. Both were members of the 
same class. 13. Don't sell your book. 14. We have sold our 
house. 

LESSON XIII (LEQON XIII) 

VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 

Pane [am], m., the ass, donkey. par [pair], prep., by; through, 

l'animal [animal], m., the animal. parce que [pars ka], conj., be- 

autrefois [otrafwa], adv., for- cause, for. 

merly, once. plusieurs [plyzjceir], adj. pron., 

la basse-cour [bets ku:r], the poul- several. 

try-yard, barnyard. porter [porte], to bear, carry, 

batir [batiir], to build. convey; wear. 

la campagne [kapaji], the coun- le portrait [portre], the portrait, 

try. picture. 

le cochon [ko$5], the pig; hog. terminer [termine], to termi- 

la collection [koleksjo], the collec- nate, end, conclude, finish. 

tion. le travail [travaij], the work, labor, 
le dindon [dedo], the turkey-cock, task. 

turkey. le veau [vo], the calf, 
la ferme [ferm], the farm. voir [vwa:r], irr. v., to see; pp., 

la jeunesse Irenes], the youth. vu [vy]. 

le nez [ne], the nose. 

a la campagne [a la kapan], in the country. 

on appelle [on apel], one calls, you call; is called. 

NOUNS (SUBSTANTIFS) 
Number (Nombre) 

121. The plural of nouns is formed in general by adding -s 

to the singular. 

le livre, the book les livres, the books 

le clou, the nail les clous, the nails 

122. Nouns ending in -s, -x, or -z remain unchanged. 

le fils, the son les fils, the sons 

la voix, the voice les voix, the voices 

le nez, the nose les nez, the noses 

123. Nouns in -au, -eu, and seven in -ou, take -x. 

le tableau, the picture les tableaux, the pictures 

le neveu, the nephew les neveux, the nephews 



66 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 124-130 

Note. — The seven in -ou are: {Learn) 

bijou(x) [bi3u], m., jewel 'hibou(x) [ibu], m., owl 

caillou(x) [kaju], m., pebble joujou(x) [3U3U], m., toy 

chou(x) [§u], m., cabbage pou(x) [pu], m., louse 

genou(x) [30ml], m., knee 

124. Most nouns in -al, and a few in -ail, change these end- 
ings to -aux. 

le cheval, the horse les chevaux, the horses 

le travail, the work les travaux, the works 

Exceptions: (Learn) 

bal(s) [bal], m., ball detail(s) [deta:j], m., detail 

carnaval(s) [karnaval], m., carnival erentail(s) [evataij], tn., fan 

and a few other less common nouns. 

125. The following nouns have irregular plurals, except in 

certain restricted or technical senses, when their plurals are 

regular: (Learn) 

aieul [ajoel], m., grandsire ( *«*■ Wf ] ' «*•/•> grandsires 

L J J ' ' ° ( aieux [ajoj, m. pi., ancestors 

ciel [sjel], m., sky cieux [sjo], m. pi., skies 

ceil [ce:j], m., eye . yeux [je], m. pi., eyes 

126. Words of foreign origin not fully naturalized, and other 
parts of speech used as nouns, are commonly invariable in the 
plural. 

les post-scriptum, the postscripts les oui et les non, the yeas and noes 

127. Proper nouns may always take a plural sign, although 
the names of persons and families are often written without, 
les deux Racines {or Racine) the two Racines 

VERBS (VERBES) 

Imperfect Indicative of donner, finir, vendre, etre, and avoir 
(Lmparfait de VIndicatij de donner, finir, vendre, etre, et avoir) 

128. 129. 130. 

'I was giving,' 'used to 'I was finishing,' 'used 'I was selling.' 'used to 

give,' 'gave,' etc. to finish,' 'finished,' sell,' 'sold,' etc. 

etc. 

donnais [done] finissais [finise] vendais [vcide] 

donnais [done] finissais [finise] vendais [vcide] 

donnait [done] fin iss ait [finise] vend ait [vade] 

donnions [donj'5] finfssions [finisjo] vendions [vadjo] 

donniez [donje] finissiez [finisje] vendiez [vadje] 

donnaient [done] fin issaient [finise] vendaient [vadej 



§§ 131-133 IMPERFECT INDICATIVE 67 

131. 132. 

( I was,' 'used to be,' etc. 'I had,' 'used to have,' etc. 

etais [ete] etions [etj5] avais [ave] avions [avjo] 

6tais [ete] etiez [etje] avais [ave] aviez [avje] 

£tait [ete] etaient [ete] avait [ave] avaient [ave] 

Note. — All French verbs have these endings in the imperfect. 

133. The imperfect indicative is used to express: 
(1) Continued past action, (2) Customary or recurrent past 
action ('would' may be used to translate this idea), when em- 
phasis is laid upon the fact of its continuance or recurrence. 

It is the tense used to describe the state or condition of things, 
and therefore might be termed the descriptive past tense. 

Nous le faisions quand il a parle We were doing it when he spoke 

Je le voyais tous les jours I used to (or would) see him every day 

Le soleil brillait The sun was shining - 

Note — It is the past tense most commonly used in verbs that express 
states of mind rather than action, such as desire, ability, duty, thought, 
knowledge, etc., and also in etre and avoir. 

II voulait me voir He wanted to see me 

Je savais qu'il viendrait I knew that he would come 

II etait tres bon He was very good 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Comment est-ce qu'on forme, en general, le pluriel des sub- 
stantifs? 2. Quel est le pluriel des substantifs qui se 1 terminent 
en -s, -x, et -z? 3. Comment forme-t-on le pluriel des substan- 
tifs en -au, et en -eu? 4. Donnez-moi les sept substantifs en 
-ou qui forment leur pluriel en -x. 5. Quel est le pluriel des 
substantifs en -al? 6. Quel est le pluriel de bal, detail, ciel, 
ceil? 7. Comment est-ce que les noms propres forment leur 
pluriel? 8. Quelles sont les terminaisons de l'imparfait de l'in- 
dicatif dans toutes les conjugaisons? 9. Conjuguez l'impar- 
fait de donner; de finir; de vendre; d'etre; d'avoir. 10. Comment 
est-ce qu'on appelle le premier des temps composes en francais? 
11. Conjuguez le passe indefini de finir; d'etre; d'avoir. 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

J'ai une tante qui demeurait autrefois a la campagne. Ses 
neveux et ses nieces aimaient a passer Pete chez elle, 2 . 2 

1 The reflexive pronoun required in French is not to be translated in English. 
Cf. § 214 note. 2 The disjunctive pronouns (cf. § 226) are used after prepositions. 




6S FRENCH GRAMMAR 

parce qu'il y avait 1 tant de choses a, voir. Derriere la maison 
il y avait les animaux qui faisaient 2 les travaux de la ferme: 4 
les chevaux, les anes, et les boeufs. II y avait aussi des vaches, 
des veaux, des cochons, deux ou trois chiens, et plusieurs chats. 6 
Dans la basse-cour il y avait des dindons, des coqs, et des 
poules. 8 

Mais la maison de ma tante etait encore plus interessante 
que sa ferme. C'etait une maison batie il y a longtemps par 10 
ses aieux. On dit qu'on y 3 donnait autrefois de beaux bals. 
Ma tante avait une collection d'even tails et de bijoux portes 12 
par elle 4 dans sa jeunesse. Dans la salle a, manger il y avait 
deux portraits de ses aieuls. Les yeux et les nez etaient un 14 
peu effaces, mais les portraits etaient encore beaux. 5 

CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 

1. Qui demeurait a la campagne? 2. Qui aimait a passer 
l'ete chez elle? 3. Pourquoi? 4. Qu'est-ce qu'il y avait derriere 
la maison? 5. Que faisaient les chevaux? 6. Qu'est-ce qu'il y 
avait dans la basse-cour? 7. Est-ce que la maison de ma tante 
etait interessante? 8. Quand et par qui a-t-elle ete batie? 
9. Qu'est-ce qu'on y donnait autrefois? 10. De quoi est-ce que 
ma tante avait une collection? 11. Qu'est-ce qu'il y avait dans 
la salle a manger? 12. Comment etaient-ils? 13. Ou avez-vous 
passe l'ete, Monsieur? 

COMPOSITION (THEME) 

We had a farm near here, and when we had finished our 
winter's work in school, we liked to (a) spend the summer in 2 
the country. There were many animals on (dans) our farm, 
horses, oxen, cows, calves, pigs, as well as (aussi bien que) 4 
several 6 dogs and cats. We had also some very pretty 6 hens 
and roosters in our poultry-yard. Our house was quite large. 6 
It was built by my ancestors. There were portraits of my 

1 Impf. of il y a. 2 Impf. of faire, pronounced [faze]. 

3 y =' there.' Its position is the same as that of the conjunctive object pronouns 
Cf. § 221. * See p. 67, footnote 2. 

6 Adjectives generally form their plural like nouns. Cf. § 152. 
6 Repeat the adjective with each noun. 



EXERCISES 



69 



two grandfathers on the walls. There was also in the house 8 
a small collection of jewels which my grandmother used to 
wear (portait autrefois). 



IO 



ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. Erase what is (ce qu'il y a) on the (au) blackboard. 2. How 
many pictures were there on the walls? 3. Horses are animals, 
but all animals are not horses. 4. Why did you wear so many 
jewels? 5. They used to sell chickens here. 6. Did you sell 
cabbages? 7. Dogs have beautiful eyes. 8. There were many 
owls on (dans) our farm. 9. Here are toys for the children. 
10. Tell me all the details of the two carnivals. 11. Where are 
the skies so beautiful as (que) in Italy? 12. There are several 
why's. 13. There were two Corneilles, as there were two 
Racines. 14. We were finishing the work. 15. What were they 
(/.) finishing? 16. Your brother used to speak French. 17. One 
forms the plural of nouns in general by adding 1 -s to the sin- 
gular. 18. What are these pebbles called? 



LESSON XIV {LEQON XIV) 
VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 



la bourse [burs], the purse; stock- 
exchange. 

la brosse a cheveux [bros a $ovo], 
the hair-brush. 

la brosse a dents [bros a da], the 
tooth-brush. 

le carrier [kaje], the note-book. 

la carte-postale [kart postal], the 
postal-card. 

complet [kople] (/. complete [ko- 
plet]), adj., complete. 

le comptoir [kotwair], the counter. 
curieux [kyrjo] (/. curieuse [ky- 
rjoiz]), adj., curious, odd; in- 
quisitive. 
dernier [dernje] (/. derniere 
[dernjeir]), adj., last; rest 
(when it precedes noun it 



means 'last in a series'; when 
it follows, 'last elapsed'). 
entrer [dtre], to enter, go (come) 
in (dans is required before a 
following noun). 

le iace-a-main [fas a me], the lor- 
gnette. 

la fourniture [furnityir], the fur- 
nishing; supply. 
l'homme-affiche [om afi§], m., the 
sandwich-man {for advertis- 
ing). 
lequel [lokel] (/. laquelle [lakel], 
pi. m., lesquels [lekel]; pi. /., 
lesquelles [lekel]), rel. and 
int. pron., which; who, whom. 

le magasin [magaze], the store, 
shop. 



1 Use the present participle after en. 



70 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 134 

l'objet [ob3e], m., the object, ar- remarquer [romarke], to notice, 

tide. observe. 

ie peigne [pen], the comb. separer [separe], to separate, di- 

le pince-nez [pes ne], the eye- vide. 

glasses, nose-glasses. la sorte [sort], the sort, kind. 

Ie porte-monnaie [port mone], the Ie sous-main [su me], the writing- 
pocket-book, pad. 

Ie porte-plume [porta plym], the suivre [stihvr], irr. v., to follow, 

penholder. la toilette [twalet], the toilet; at- 

la preposition [prepozisjo], the tire. 

preposition. y 1 [i], pron. adv., there, thither; 

se promener [so promne], to'walk. to (at, on, in, etc.) it {or 

la reclame [reklaim], the adver- them), 
tisement. 

NOUNS (SUBSTANTIFS) 

Number [Continuation] {Nombre [Suite]) 

134. Compound nouns (of two or more words, regularly 
hyphenated) are pluralized as follows: 

1. Noun + noun: both are pluralized. 

Ie chou-fleur, the cauliflower les choux-fleurs, the cauliflowers 

le wagon-lit, the sleeping-car les wagons-lits, the sleeping-cars 

Exception. — When a preposition is understood, only the 

first noun is pluralized. 

Photel-Dieu, the hospital les hotels-Dieu {for de Dieu), the 

hospitals 
le timbre-poste, the postage- les timbres-poste, the postage- 
stamp stamps 

2. Noun + adjective: both are pluralized. 

le grand-pere, the grandfather les grands-peres, the grandfathers 

Exception. — Demi [dami], 'half,' and grand' are invariable 
in compounds, 
les demi-heures, the half-hours les grand'meres, the grandmothers 

3. Noun + preposition + noun: first noun is pluralized. 

le chef-d'oeuvre, the masterpiece les chefs-d'oeuvre, the masterpieces 

Exception. — A few words in which an ellipsis occurs are 
invariable. 

le tete-a-tete, the private interview les tete-a-tete, the private inter- 
views 

4. Verb + noun : noun is pluralized. 

le cure-dent, the toothpick les cure-dents, the toothpicks 

1 Its position relative to the verb is the same as that of the conjunctive object 
pronouns. Cf. § 221. 



§§ 135-140 



VERBS — PAST DEFINITE 



71 



Exception. — Those in which the noun has an essentially 

singular idea are invariable. 

le prie-dieu, the praying-stool les prie-dieu, the praying-stools 

le porte-monnaie, the pocket-book les porte-monnaie, the pocket-books 

5. Adverb or preposition + noun : noun is pluralized. 

L'arriere-neveu, the grand-nephew les arriere-neveux, the grand- 
nephews 
le sous-prefet, the subprefect les sous-prefets, the subprefects 

Exception. — Those in which the noun has an essentially 
singular idea are invariable, 
le sous-main, the writing-pad les sous-main, the writing-pads 

6. When no noun is present: invariable. 

un oui-dire, a hearsay des oui-dire, hearsays 

VERBS (VERBES) 

Past Definite of dormer, finir, vendre, etre, and avoir (Passe 
Defini de donner, finir, vendre, etre, et avoir) 



135. 

'I gave,' 'did give/ 
etc. 

donnai [done] 
donnas [dona] 
donna [dona] 
donnames [donam] 
donnates [donat] 
donnerent [done:r] 



136. 

'I finished,' 'did finish/ 
etc. 

finis [fini] 
finis [fini] 
fin it [fini] 
finimes [finim] 
finites [finit] 
finirent[ fini:r] 



138. 

'I was/ etc. 

fus [fy] fumes [fym] 

fus [fy] futes [fyt] 

fut [fy] furent [fy:r] 



137. 

'I sold," did sell,' 
' etc. 

vend is [vadi] 
vend is [vadi] 
vend it [vadi] 
vendimes [vadim] 
vendites [vadit] 
vendirent [vadiir] 

139. 

'I had/ etc. 

eus [y] eumes [ym] 

eus [y] eutes [yt] 

eut [y] eurent [y:r] 



Note. — All French verbs have either the -ai, -is, or -us endings in the 
past definite. 

140. The past definite, or preterit, is used to express a defi- 
nite past action (not a state or condition) of long or short 
duration, provided the idea of action and not of duration is 
emphasized. It might be termed the narrative past tense. 

II frappa trois coups et la porte s'ou- He struck three blows and the door 

vrit opened 

Louis XIV regna 72 ans Louis XIV reigned 72 years 



72 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

1. In conversational style the past indefinite is used, instead 
of the past definite, to express similar action. Cf . § 94. 
J'ai vu votre frere ce matin I saw your brother this morning 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Comment est-ce qu'on forme le pluriel des noms composes 
de deux substantifs? d'un substantif et d'un adjectif? de deux 
substantifs separes par une preposition? d'un verbe et d'un 
substantif? d'un adverbe ou d'une preposition et d'un sub- 
stantif? quand il n'y a pas de substantif? 2. Y a-t-il des excep- 
tions a ces regies? 3. Conjuguez dans la forme affirmative le 
passe defini du verbe donner. 4. Conjuguez dans la forme nega- 
tive le passe defini du verbe finir. 5. Conjuguez dans la forme 
interrogative le passe defini du verbe vendre. 6. Conjuguez le 
passe defini des verbes etre et avoir. 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

Un jour, en l se promenant a Paris, ma sceur remarqua plu- 
sieurs hommes-affiches tres curieux. Elle les suivit 2 pour voir 2 
le magasin pour lequel ils faisaient 3 la reclame. C'etait un 
magasin ou Ton vendait des articles de toilette et des objets 4 
de toute sorte. Elle entra dans le magasin et vit 4 sur le pre- 
mier comptoir des brasses a cheveux, des peignes, et des 6 
brosses a. dents. Sur le deuxieme comptoir elle remarqua 
des articles plus chers: des bourses, des porte-monnaie, des 8 
pince-nez, des faces-a-main, et des eventails. Sur le dernier 
comptoir elle trouva des fournitures de bureau: du papier a 10 
lettre, des cahiers, des plumes, des porte-plume, des sous-main, 
et des cartes-postales. C'etait un magasin tres complet et 12 
tres interessant. 

CONVERSATION (CON VERSA TION) 

1. Qui remarqua plusieurs hommes-affiches tres curieux? 
2. Que faisaient-ils? 3. Est-ce que ma sceur les suivit? 4. Ou 
est-ce qu'elle entra? 5. Quelle sorte de magasin etait-ce? 
6. Qu'est-ce que ma sceur vit sur le premier comptoir? 7. Qu'est- 

1 En, 'in' or 'while,' is the only preposition that governs a present participle. All 
others require the infinitive. Cf. § 337. 

2 Past def. of suivre. 3 Impf. of faire. 4 Past def. of voir. 




EXERCISES 73 

qu'elle trouva sur le deuxieme comptoir? 8. Sur lequel des 
comptoirs est-ce qu'elle trouva les fournitures de bureau? 
9. Qu'est-ce qu'il y avait sur ce comptoir-la? 10. Quelles four- 
nitures de bureau avez-vous dans votre pupitre? 1 1 . Avez-vous 
votre cahier ici? 12. Conjuguez le passe defini de suivre; de 

voir. 

COMPOSITION (THEME) 

We spent 1 (lit., 'passed') last summer on (lit., 'in') the farm 
of my grandparents. All their grandsons and all their grand- 2 
daughters were there (y etaient). We found 1 the poultry- 
yards very interesting. But the old house, in which there were 4 
collections of jewels and curious articles, was still more in- 
teresting. The fans, combs, lorgnettes, purses, and pocket- 6 
books that our grandmothers once had, are very odd, and 
there were many of these things in the old house. 8 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. Here are hair-brushes and tooth-brushes. 2. On my desk 
there are some pens and penholders, some ink, some letter paper, 
a note-book, and two pads. 3. They used to sell toilet articles 
in this shop. 4. Let us enter at once. 5. My two brothers-in- 
law were very inquisitive. 6. They followed (past def.) the 
sandwich-men. 7. They entered (past def.) the store. 8. They 
found (past def.) the counter where they used to sell postal 
cards. 9. We have finished our toilette. 10. I gave (past indef.) 
the brush and comb to my brother. 11. Our grandmothers 
used to have lorgnettes. 12. Which of the students wear 
nose-glasses? 

LESSON XV (LEQON XV) 

VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 

accompagner [akopane], to ac- changer [$ci3e], to change. 

company, go with. le chapeau [§apo], the hat. 

acheter [a$te], to buy. ,>i le corsage [korsa:3], the waist; 

la blouse [bluiz], the shirt-waist; body (of a dress) . 

blouse. excellent [eksela], adj., excel- 

la bottine [botin], the high-shoe; lent. 

(lady's) boot. final [final], adj., final, last. 

' l Use the past indefinite. 



74 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



§§ 141-142 



le gant [ga], the glove. 
le gilet foils] , the waistcoat, vest. 
l'habit (noir) [abi (nwair)], m., 

the dress-coat, 
'haut de forme [o d form], (of 

hats) high, silk. 
heureux [oero] (/. heureuse 
[ceraiz]), adj., happy; fortu- 
nate. 
la jaquette feaket], the jacket, 
cut-away coat; (lady's) coat, 
la jupe foyp], the skirt. 
la [la], adv., there. 
neuf [ncef] (/. neuve [noe:v]), 
adj., new (in the sense of 're- 
cently made,' while nouveau 
often means 'another'). 
le pantalon [patalo], the pant: 

loons, trousers. 
le pardessus [pardosy], the over- 
coat. 



pareil [pare:j] (/. pareille [pa- 
re: j]), adj., like, alike; simi- 
lar; such. 
prochain [pro$e], adj., next 
(when it precedes noun it 
means 'following,' 'succeed- 
ing'; when it follows, 'next,' 
'the coming'). 
la redingote [rodegot], the frock- 
coat, 
redoubler [raduble], to double, 
la robe [rob], the robe, gown, dress, 
sot [so] (/. sotte [sot]) adj., 

stupid. 
surtout [syrtu], adv., above all 
especially. 
le tailleur [tajceir], the tailor, 
le veston [vesto], the sack-coat, 
le vetement [vetma], the garment, 
suit; pi., the clothes, cloth- 
ing. 



ruse, m., rusee,/., cunning 
blesse, m., blessee,/., wounded 



ADJECTIVES (ADJECT IFS) 
Formation of the Ferninine (Formation du Feminin) 

141. The feminine of qualifying adjectives (participles in- 
cluded) is made in general by adding -e to the masculine form, 
but adjectives ending in unaccented -e remain unchanged. 

channant, m., charmante, /., 

charming 
joli, m., jolie,/., pretty 

But: riche, m. and f., rich 

Note. — Nouns form their feminine similarly. Cf. § 113, 2. 

cousin, m., cousine,/., cousin ami, m., amie,/., friend 
But: artiste, m. and f., artist 

1. Grand has remained invariable in grand'mere, grand*- 
route, and a few others (cf. p. 62, footnote 2). For demi, cf. 
§ 324 note. 

142. Orthographic changes often occur in the feminine forms. 

1. An e preceding a final consonant becomes e, unless the 
consonant is doubled. Cf. § 143. 

cher, ;;?., chere,/., dear 

Note. — The same is true of nouns. 

cuisinier, m., cuisiniere./., cook 



§§ 143-144 



ADJECTIVES — FEMININE 



2. Final -c, and -g, change respectively to -que and -gue. 
public, m., publique,/., public long, m., longue,/., long 

3. Final -gu requires a dieresis over the mute e to show that 

the u is sounded. 

aigu, m., aigue, /., sharp, acute 

4. Final -f or -x change respectively to -ve and -se. 

neuf, m., neuve,/., new heureux, m., heureuse,/., happy 

Note. — The same is true of nouns. Cf. § 113, 2. 
veuf, widower veuve, widow epoux, husband epouse, wife 

143. Adjectives ending in -el, -eil, -ien, -on, and most in 

^s and -t, double the final consonant before -e. 

cruel, m., cruelle,/., cruel bon, m., bonne,/., good, kind 

pareil, m., pareille,/., like gros, m., grosse,/., big 

ancien, m., ancienne,/., old sot, m., sotte,/., stupid 

Note. — The same is true of nouns. Cf. § 113, 2. 

mortel, m., mortelle,/., mortal lion, m., lionne,/., lion 

chien, m., chienne,/., dog chat, m., chatte,/., cat 

1. Adjectives of nationality in -ais and -ois and a few other 

adjectives in -s and -t do not double the final consonant. 

anglais, m., anglaise, /., English mauvais, m., mauvaise,/., bad 

danois, m., danoise,/., Danish complet, m., complete,/., complete 

2. Nul (/. nulle) [nyl], 'no,' gentil (/., gentille) [3&tiij] 'nice,' 
'pretty/ 'kind,' and a few other adjectives follow the analogy 
of adjectives in -el and -eil. 

144. The following adjectives have two forms in the mascu- 
line, the one in -1 being used before a word beginning with a 
vowel or mute h: (Learn) 

M. F. 

beau [bo], bel [bel] 

fou [fu], fol [fol] 

mou [mu], mol [mol] 

nouveau [nuvo], nouvel [nuvel] 

vieux 1 [vjo], vieil [vjeij] 



belle [bel] 

folle [fol] 

molle [mol] 

nouvelle [nuvel] new 

vieille [vjeij] old 



beautiful, fine 
mad, crazy 

soft 



un bel homme, a handsome man 

1 This form is allowed before a word beginning with a vowel or mute h. 
mon vieil (or vieux) ami my old friend 



76 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



§§ 145-150 



VERBS (VERBES) 

Future of donner, finir, vendre, etre, 
donner, finir, vendre, etre, et avoir) 



and avoir (Futur de 



145. 

'I shall (will) give,' etc. 
donner ai [donare] 
donner as [donara] 
donner a [donara] 
donner ons [donaro] 
donner ez [donare] 
donner ont [donaro] 



146. 

'I shall finish,' etc. 
finir ai [finire] 
finir as [finira] 
finir a [finira] 
finir ons [finiro] 
finir ez [finire] 
finir ont [finiro] 



148. 

'I shall be,' etc. 
serai [sare] serons [saro] 

seras [sara] serez [sare] 

sera [sara] seront [sar5] 



147. 

'I shall sell,' etc. 
vendrai [vadre] 
vendras [vadra] 
vendra [vadra] 
vendrons [vadra] 
vendrez [vadre] 
vendront [vadr5] 

149. 

'I shall have,' etc. 
aurai [ore] aurons [oro] 

auras [ora] aurez [ore] 

aura [ora] auront [or5] 



Note. — In regular verbs the future endings are added to the infinitive, 
the e of the third conjugation infinitive being dropped. All French verbs 
have these endings in the future. 

150. The future is used in general as in English. 
Je donnerai I shall (or will) give 

1. After si, meaning 'if {not 'whether'), use present indica- 
tive, instead of future. 

Si je le vends If I (shall) sell it 

But: Je ne sais pas s'il ira I do not know whether he will go 

2. In subordinate clauses of implied futurity, use future, in- 
stead of present. 

Je partirai quand il viendra I shall leave when he comes 

comme vous voudrez as you like 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIOXXAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Comment est-ce qu'on forme, en general, le feminin des 
adjectifs? 2. Comment est-ce qu'on forme le feminin des sub- 
stantifs qui ont des terminaisons pareilles a celles ('those') des 
adjectifs? 3. Quel est le feminin de cher? de bref? de public? 
de long? 4. Sur quelle terminaison met-on un trema? 5. Quels 
sont les adjectifs qui redoublent la consonne finale? 6. Quelles 
sont les exceptions a cette regie? 7. Quel est le feminin de nul? 
de gentil? 8. Donnez-moi les cinq adjectifs qui ont deux formes 
pour le masculin. 9. En quoi est-ce qu'on change l'f finale d'un 



EXERCISES 77 

adjectif ou d'un substantif pour former le feminin? l'x final? 
10. Ecrivez au tableau le futur des trois conjugaisons regu- 
lieres. 11. Conjuguez le futur du verbe etre; du verbe avoir. 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

Ma famille passera Fete prochain a, Paris et a Londres. Ma 
jeune cousine, qui nous 1 accompagnera, dit qu'elle sera tres 2 
heureuse de 2 voir les grands magasins de Paris, surtout le Bon 
Marche 3 et les Grands Magasins du Louvre. 3 Elle dit que les 4 
robes de femmes ne seront pas si cheres a Paris qu'a New York, 
et qu'elle achetera 4 beaucoup de jolies choses quand elle y 6 
sera. Elle aura, dit-elle, 5 toutes sortes de belles robes neuves, 
avec des jupes longues et avec des jupes courtes, une nouvelle 8 
jaquette, plusieurs corsages, quelques blouses, trois ou quatre 
chapeaux, et une quantite de gants et de bottines. 10 

Mon pere me 1 dit que je ne serai pas aussi content des ma- 
gasins de Paris que ma cousine, et que, si j'ai besoin de vete- 12 
ments, son ancien tailleur a Londres m'en fera 6 d'excellents. 
Je compte me 1 faire faire 7 deux pardessus, un bel habit noir, 14 
une redingote anglaise, une jaquette, deux ou trois vestons, 
autant de gilets, et plusieurs pantalons. J'acheterai 4 aussi 16 
un nouveau chapeau haut de forme, et deux chapeaux mous. 

CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 

1. Ou est-ce que ma famille passera Pete prochain? 2. Qui 
nous accompagnera? 3. Qu'est-ce qu'elle sera heureuse de voir? 
4. Qu'est-ce que c'est que 8 le Bon Marche? 5. Est-ce que les 
robes de femmes sont aussi cheres a Paris qu'a New York? 

6. Qu'est-ce que ma cousine dit qu'elle achetera a Paris? 

7. Que dit mon pere des magasins de Paris? 8. Que dit-il de 
son tailleur de Londres? 9. Donnez-moi les noms de quelques 
vetements d'homme. 

1 See p. 26, footnote 1. 

2 fetre followed by an adjective usually takes de before a following infinitive. 
Cf. § 333. 

3 Names of the largest department stores in Paris. 5 Cf. § 210. 

4 Notice the grave accent in this form. Cf. § 238, 1 note. 6 Fut. of faire. 

7 'To have made.' Faire when followed by another infinitive is usually trans- 
lated by 'to have,' and the infinitive following, by a past participle. Cf. § 358. 

8 'What is?' in questions regarding the nature or character of an individual or 
thing is translated in French by qu'est-ce que c'est que? Cf. § 273. 5 note. 




78 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

COMPOSITION {THEME) 

My sister is very happy. She is going to New York to 
(pour) buy some clothes. She says that she will need three 2 
new dresses, because the dresses that she has now are too 
old. Two of the dresses will have handsome corsages and 4 
long skirts. The third will have a shirt-waist and a short 
skirt. She expects also [to] have a new jacket made and two 6 
or three hats. 

I shall be in New York too in a few days. I have an old 8 
friend, a widower, with whom I always stop (descends). He 
will go with me when I buy my clothes. He will find the least 10 
expensive stores. I will have a new cut-away coat made, with 
two waistcoats and some light trousers. I will also buy a 12 
long overcoat and a high hat. 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. The next lesson especially will be a long lesson. 2. There 
is one of our old neighbors (/.). 3. That old man is a former 
friend of my grandmother. 4. What is that beautiful tree? 
5. These two endings are alike. 6. When do they double the 
final consonant? 7. One changes a final f to (en) v and one adds 
an e. 8. What a charming old plate! 9. My brother always 
wears soft hats. 10. That big English cook (/.) is very bad and 
very stupid. 11. Thank you, Miss, you are very kind. 12. 
Where will you buy your long black overcoat? 13. When I 
change my boots I will accompany you. 1 14. If you [will] go 
with my little brother, I will finish the dress. 

LESSON XVI {LEQON XVI) 

VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 

s'accorder [sakorde] (avec), to couter [kute], to cost. 

agree (with). desirer [dezire], to desire, wish; 
autre [o:tr], adj., other. like. 

bleu [bio], adj., blue. droit [drwa],aJ/., right; straight; 
le choix [5 wa], the choice; selection. upright; erect; (of collars) 

le col [kol], the collar; faux — , standing, stand-up; a droite, 

(detachable) collar. at (to) the right. 

la couleur [kulceir], the color. envoyer [avwaje], irr. v., to send. 

1 See p. 26, footnote 1. 



§§ 151-152 



ADJECTIVES — FEMININE 



79 



fonce [f5se], adj., dark (of colors). 
le 'hasard [aza:r], the chance. 
indiquer [edike], to show (point 

out, indicate). 
lilas [lila], adj., lilac (-colored). 
la lingerie [le3ri], the linen (goods). 
le magasin de nouveautes [magaze 
da nuvote], the dry-goods 
store, 
la manchette [ma$et], the cuff. 
le marche [mar$e], the market; 
bargain; (a) bon — , cheap. 
montrer [motre], to show, ex- 
hibit, display, 
le mouchoir [mu$wa:r], the hand- 



nulle part [nyl par], adv., no- 
where; (not) anywhere. 
l'obligeance [obli3(i:s], /., the 
kindness. 
le paquet [pake], the package, 
parcel, 
penser [pase], to think; — a, to 

think of. 
preferer [prefere], to prefer. 
le prix [pri], the price; prize, 
rabattu [rabaty], adj., (of col- 
lars) turn-down. 
le rayon [rej5], the ray; shelf; de- 
partment (in a store). 
la voix [vwa], the voice. 



kerchief. 

ADJECTIVES (ADJECTIFS) 

Formation of the Feminine [Continuation] (Formation du Feminin 

[Suite]) 

151. Some adjectives have irregular feminines: (Learn) 
M. F. 



blanc [bla] 


blanche [bla:§] 


white 


franc [fra] 


franche [fra: 5] 


frank 


frais [fre] 


fraiche [fre:$] 


fresh, cool 


sec [sek] 


seche [se:^] 


dry 


doux [du] 


douce [dus] 


sweet, gentle; soft 


tiers [tje:r] 


tierce [tjers] 


third 


faux [fo] 


fausse [to is] 


false 


roux [ru] 


rousse [rus] 


reddish 


coi [kwa] 


coite [kwat] 


quiet; coy 


favori [favori] 


favorite [favorit] 


favorite 


benin [bene] 


benigne [beniji] 


benign 


malin [male] 


maligne [malin] 


sly 


grec [grek] 


grecque [grek] 


Greek 


reveur 1 [revce:r] 


reveuse [revoiz] 


dreamy 


vengeur [va3ce:r] 


vengeresse [v&3res] 


avenging 


accusateur [akyzatceir] 


accusatrice [akyzatris] 


accusing 



Formation of the Plural (Formation du Pluriel) 

152. The plural of adjectives is formed in general like that 
of nouns; but adjectives in -eu and -ou regularly take -s. 
Sing. Plu. 

young beau beaux beautiful 

happy principal principaux principal 

bleu bleus blue 
fou fous foolish 



jeune 
heureux 



jeunes 
heureux 



1 Most adjectives in -eur form their feminine like reveur; some, like vengeur; 
some, like accusateur. Few are regular, like meilleur, m., meilleure, /., 'better.' 



80 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 153-160 

Agreement of the Adjective {Accord de VAdjectif) 

153. Adjectives (participial included) agree in gender and 
number with the nouns or pronouns they modify. Cf. § 203. 
une fenetre cassee, a broken window lis sont jolis, They are pretty 

Note. — Adjectives agree with vous according to its implied gender 
and number. 
Etes-vous venue seule, Mademoiselle? Did you come alone, Miss? 

154. An adjective qualifying more than one noun is made 
plural, and masculine, if any one of the nouns is masculine. In 
this case, the masculine noun and adjective should be grouped 
together. 

une nappe et une serviette blanches a white table-cloth and napkin 
de la biere et du vin excellents excellent beer and wine 

155. Two or more singular adjectives may qualify a plural 
noun, or the noun may be singular and the article be repeated l 
with each adjective. 

/ les langues grecque et latine, the Greek and Latin languages 

ila langue grecque et (la) 1 latine (or la langue latine) 
les cinquieme et sixieme pages, the fifth and sixth pages 
la cinquieme page et la sixieme (or et la sixieme page) 

Invariable Adjectives (Adjectifs Invariables) 

156. Some adjectives are invariable, especially adjectives 

used adverbially, modified adjectives of color, and adjectives 

of color formed from nouns (except rose [roiz], 'pink/ and a 

few others). 

dix livres sterling ten pounds sterling 

Cette fleur sent bon This flower smells sweet 

des yeux bleu clair light blue eyes 

des robes olive (lilas) olive green (lilac) dresses 

157. Adjectives may be used as nouns. 

le beau, the beautiful les pauvres, the poor 

VERBS (VERBES) 
Conditional of dormer, finir, vendre, etre, and avoir (Con- 
ditionnel de dormer, finir, vendre, etre, et avoir) 

158. 159. 160. 

'I should (would) give,' 'I should finish,' 'I should sell,' 
etc. etc. etc. 

donnerais [donare] finir ais [finire] vendrais [vadre] 

donnerais [donare] finir ais [finire] vendrais [vadre] 

donnerait [donore] finirait [finire] vendrait [vadre] 
1 The repetition of the article in this case is not obligatory. 



§§ 161-163 VERBS — CONDITIONAL 81 

donnerions [donarj'5] finirions [finirjo] vendrions [vadrio] 

donneriez [donorje] finiriez [finirje] vendriez [vadrie] 

donneraient [donare] finiraient [finire] vendraient [vadre] 

161. 162. 

'I should be,' etc. 'I should have/ etc. 

serais [sare] serions [sarjo] aurais [ore] aurions [orjo] 

serais [sare] seriez [sarje] aurais [ore] auriez [orje] 

serait [sare] seraient [sare] aurait [ore] auraient [ore] 

Note. — In regular verbs the conditional endings are added to the in- 
finitive, the e of the third conjugation infinitive being dropped. All French 
verbs have these endings in the conditional. 

163. The conditional expresses what would happen, if some- 
thing else were to happen. 

1. After si, meaning 'if (not 'whether'), use imperfect in- 
dicative, instead of conditional. 

Si vous etudiiez davantage, If you studied (or should study) more, 
vous apprendriez mieux you would learn better 

But: Je ne savais pas s'il partirait I did not know whether he would go 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Donnez-moi quatre adjectifs termines en -che au feminin; 
deux termines en -ce ; en -sse ; en -te ; en -igne. 2. Quel est le 
feminin de grec? 3. Comment est-ce qu'on forme le feminin des 
adjectifs en -eur? 4. Comment est-ce qu'on forme, en general, 
le pluriel des adjectifs? 5. Quelle sorte de mots un adjectif 
peut-il qualifier? 6. Avec quoi est-ce qu'un adjectif s'accorde 
en genre et en nombre? 7. Expliquez ('explain') 1' accord d'un 
adjectif qui qualifie deux ou trois substantifs. 8. Quand est-ce 
qu'on peut employer des adjectifs au singulier avec un substantif 
au pluriel? 9. Quels adjectifs sont in variables? 10. Donnez- 
moi un adjectif employe comme substantif. 11. Conjuguez le 
conditionnel du verbe dormer; du verbe finir; du verbe vendre. 
12. Mettez au tableau le conditionnel des deux verbes auxiliaires. 

READING EXERCISE {EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 
Dans un magasin de nouveautes 

Auriez-vous l'obligeance de m'indiquer le rayon de lingerie? 
— C'est ici, Mademoiselle, a droite. Que desirez-vous? — Je 2 
voudrais 1 acheter des mouchoirs. — Nous en avons de toutes 

1 Cond. of vouloir, 'to wish,' 'like.' 



82 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

les couleurs. Void des mouchoirs roses, lilas, et bleus. — 4 
J'aime beaucoup le bleu, surtout le bleu clair, c'est ma couleur 
favorite; mais ces mouchoirs sont bleu fonce. Je pense apres 6 
tout que je prefererais des mouchoirs blancs. — Tres bien, 
Mademoiselle, en void. — Quel en est le prix? — Un franc 8 
cinquante. 1 — Mais ils sont tres bon marche. 2 J'aurais pense 
qu'ils couteraient beaucoup plus cher. — On ne vend nulle 10 
part a meilleur marche qu'ici, Mademoiselle. Desirez-vous 
autre chose? — Vous n'auriez pas par hasard des manchettes 12 
et des faux cols d'hommes? Je voudrais en acheter pour mon 
frere. — Mais si, Mademoiselle, nous en avons un tres grand 14 
choix. Voulez-vous des cols droits ou des cols rabattus? — 
Rabattus, s'il vous plait. J'en prendrai dix. — Ou faut-il en- 16 
voyer le paquet? — Void ma carte. — Merci, Mademoiselle. 
— Bonjour, Monsieur. — Bonjour, Mademoiselle. Au plaisir. 3 18 

CONVERSATION (COXVERSATIOX) 

1. Qui est entre dans le magasin de nouveautes? 2. Que de- 
sirait la jeune nlle? 3. Est-ce qu'on vendait des mouchoirs de 
plusieurs couleurs? 4. De quelles couleurs? 5. Quelle etait la 
couleur favorite de la jeune fille? 6. Est-ce que les mouchoirs 
qu'on vendait etaient bleu clair ou bleu fonce? 7. De quelle 
couleur etaient les mouchoirs qu'elle a achetes? 4 8. Quel en 
etait le prix? 9. Qu'est-ce qu'elle pensait du prix? 10. Apres 
les mouchoirs qu'est-ce qu'elle a achete? 11. Est-ce qu'elle a, 
achete des cols droits ou des cols rabattus? 

COMPOSITION (THEME) 

Did you say that you would like [to] see our handkerchiefs 
in (en) colors, Miss? I should be very glad to (de) show you 5 2 
what (ce que) we have. This way (par id), to the right, please. 
Here is the linen department, and here are handkerchiefs of all 4 
colors. What is your favorite color? I think that you would 

1 The word centimes is generally omitted. 

2 The preposition a is often omitted. 

3 The expression au plaisir de vous revoir, 'pleased to see you again,' is often 
shortened to au plaisir. 

4 After avoir the past participle agrees in gender and number with a preceding 
direct object. Cf. § 206. 5 See p. 26, footnote 1. 




EXERCISES S3 

these light pink handkerchiefs. They are very pretty. 6 
Here are some dark blue handkerchiefs which would cost a 
little less. If you should desire white ones, they would be 8 
quite cheap. What do you think of these white handker- 
chiefs? You will find an excellent choice. How many do you 10 
wish? We have also some very pretty collars and cuffs. 
Would you like [to] see them? l Turn-down collars are gener- 1 2 
ally used now. Did you say that you would take six? Thank 
you, Miss. Where must I send the package? 14 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. Fresh water; a dry tongue; the Greek language; a false 
friend (/.); an avenging and accusing voice. 2. She is gentle; 
she is sly. 3. He teaches the French and Spanish languages. 
4. You are very kind, Miss. 5. Blue collars and cuffs. 6. The 
first and third 2 pages. 7. This lilac (-colored) dress is very cheap. 
8. How much would that pink waist cost? 9. There are many 
poor (pauvres) here. 10. If you had more bread, would you 
wish [to] send any to the poor? 11. What words would these 
adjectives qualify? 12. Would she not prefer [to] enter this 
dry-goods store? 13. Would you have the kindness to (de) 
show the linen department to this young girl? 14. These pic- 
tures are very beautiful. 15. His parents are crazy. 16. A 
crazy man and woman. 



LESSON XVII {LEQON XVII) 

VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 

apprendre [apraidr], irr. v., to la conjonction [ko35ksj5], the con- 
learn; teach. junction. 

assister [asiste], to assist, aid; difficile [difisil], adj., difficult, 

— a, to be present at, attend. hard. 

attentif [atatif] (/. attentive [atd- ecouter [ekute], to listen (to). 

ti:v]), adj., attentive. etudier [etydje], to study. 

aujourd'hui [o3urdqi], adv., to- exact [egzakt], adj., exact, 

day. expression [ekspresjo], /., ex- 

avant [ava], adv., before; — (de), pression. 

prep., before (in time). exprimer [eksprime], to express. 

1 Les (before the verb). See p. 53, footnote 1. 

2 Not tierce. Cf. § 321, note 1. 



84 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 164-165 

modifier [modifje], to modify. presque [presko, presk], adv., 

nommer [nome], to name, call. almost, nearly. 
la place [plas], the place, position; la question [kestjo], the question, 

square. rencontrer [rakStre], to meet; 

placer [plase], to place, put. find. 

poser [poze], to put {of questions). savoir [savwair], irr. v., to know; 

posseder [posede], to possess, know how. 

have. la signification [sinifikasjo], the 

pouvoir [puvwair], irr. v., to be meaning, signification. 

able, can, may. suivant [sqiva], prep., accord- 
precedent [preseda], adj., pre- ing to; — que, conj., as, ac- 
ceding, former. cording as. 
preceder [presede], to precede, unir [ynhr], to join, unite, 
go before. 

il precede 1 [presed], it precedes; ils precedent 1 [presed], they 

precede. 
il suit [sqi], it follows; ils suivent [siiiv], they follow. 

ADJECTIVES (ADJECTIFS) 
Position (Place) 

164. Adjectives usually follow their nouns, especially (1) long 
adjectives, (2) adjectives denoting a physical quality, (3) proper 
adjectives, and (4) participial adjectives. 

une journee magnifique, a magnificent un livre anglais, an English book 

day. une table carree, a square table 

un ruban noir, a black ribbon une histoire amusante, an amusing 

story 

Note 1. — When used figuratively, adjectives denoting a physical quality 
may precede the noun. 

un noir chagrin, a dark sorrow 

Note 2. — Most adjectives (other than proper adjectives or past par- 
ticipial adjectives) may at times be brought before the noun for the sake of 
emphasis, especially when following the definite article. 

Quelle heureuse idee! What a happy thought! 

Le charmant garcon! What a charming boy! 

165. The following very common adjectives usually precede: 

beau gros mauvais 2 

bon 2 jaune petit 2 

court joli vieux 

grand long vilain 

Note. — Determinative adjectives also precede, including numerals, possessives, 
demonstratives, indefinites. 

1 For the change of accent on the second e, cf. § 238. 

2 And comparatives of same. 



§§ 166-172 



ADJECTIVES — POSITION 



85 



1. These adjectives follow when modified by adverbs (ex- 
cept such short ones as tres, bien, etc.) or by adverbial phrases, 
une lecon extremement longue an extremely long lesson 

un enfant beau comme un ange a child as beautiful as an angel 

166. Two or more adjectives in combination follow the above 
rules, long adjectives usually coming last. 

un petit chien noir intelligent an intelligent little black dog 

1. When joined by a conjunction adjectives follow, if any 
one of them normally follows. 
C'est un livre beau et interessant It is a beautiful and interesting book 

167. Some adjectives differ in meaning before and after a 

noun. (Learn examples) 

un brave homme; un homme brave 
une certaine chose; une chose cer- 

taine 
ma chere mere; une robe chere 
le dernier mois; le mois dernier 
les diff erentes lecons; une lecon dif- 

ferente 
un nouveau chapeau; un chapeau 

nouveau 
la pauvre femme; la femme pauvre 



a good fellow; a brave man 

a particular thing; a positive thing 

my dear mother; an expensive dress 
the last month; the past month 
the various lessons; a different les- 
son 
another hat; a new (style) hat 



ma propre main; la main propre 



the poor (pitiable) woman; the poor 

(indigent) woman 
my own hand; the clean hand 



VERBS (VERBES) 

Present Subjunctive of dormer, finir, vendre, etre, and avoir 
(Present du Subjonctif de donner, finir, vendre, etre, et avoir) 



168. 

'(that) I (may) give,' 'let 
me give,' etc. 
(que) je donne [(ko) 30 don] 
(que) tu donnes [(ka) ty don] 
(qu')il donne [(k)il don] 
(que) nous donnions [(ko) nu don jo] 
(que) vous donniez [(ko) vu donje] 
(qu')ils donnent [(k)il don] 

171. 

T (may) be,' etc. 

sois [swa] soyons [swa jo] 
sois [swa] soyez [swaje] 
soit [swa] soient [swa] 



169. 

T (may) finish,' 

etc. 
finisse [finis] 
finisses [finis] 
finisse [finis] 
{missions [finisjo] 
finissiez [finisje] 
finzssent [finis] 



170. 

T (may) sell,' 

etc. 
vende [va:d] 
vendes [va:d] 
vende [va:d] 
vend ions [vadjo] 
vendiez [vadje] 
vendent [va:d] 



172. 

'I (may) have,' etc. 

aie [e] ayons [ejo] 

aies [e] ayez [eje] 
ait [e] aient [e] 



86 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 173 

Note 1. — The conjunction que, 'that,' is almost always required, even 
when omitted in English. 

Je suis content que vous l'aimiez I am glad (that) you like him 

Note 2. — The present subjunctive is sometimes used to supplement 
the forms lacking in the imperative. 

Qu'il parle Let him speak 

173. The most common use of the subjunctive is in dependent 

clauses after expressions of doubt, desire, requirement, emotion, 

purpose, concession; after superlatives, or words resembling 

superlatives, and after the conjunctions avant que [ava ka], 

'before,' aim que [afe ka], 'in order (or so) that,' pour que [purr 

ka], 'in order (or so) that', quoique [kwaka], 'although,' bien 

que [bje ka], 'although,' etc. 

Je desire que vous parliez I desire that you (or you to) speak 

II faut qu'ils finissent It is necessary that they (or they 

must) finish 

Nous sommes heureux que vous We are glad (that) you have it 

l'ayez 

Vous etes le meilleur ami que j'aie You are the best friend (that) I have 

pour qu'il parle that he may speak 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIOXXAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Ou est-ce que les adjectifs se 1 placent, suivant la regie 
generale? 2. Quels sont les adjectifs qui precedent presque tou- 
jours le substantif? 3. Ou se 1 placent les adjectifs qui sont mo- 
difies par des adverbes? 4. Est-ce que deux adjectifs unis par 
une conjonction precedent ou suivent leur substantif? 5. Don- 
nez-moi cinq adjectifs qui changent de signification suivant 
qu'ils sont places avant ou apres le substantif. 6. Conjuguez le 
present du subjonctif du verbe dormer; vendre. 7. Conjuguez 
dans la forme negative le present du subjonctif du verbe etre; 
avoir. 8. Conjuguez il faut que je finisse, il faut que tu, etc. 
9. Dites-moi en anglais dans quelles sortes d'expressions il faut 
employer le subjonctif. 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

Vous avez pour aujourd'hui la dix-septieme lecon, et, quoi- 
que vous n'ayez pas etudie tres longtemps la langue francaise, 2 
vous savez 2 main tenant pas mal de 3 choses. Vous possedez 

1 The reflexive verb often has a passive sense. Cf. § 225, 2. 

2 Pres. ind. of savoir. 3 pas mal de ='a good many.' (Familiar.) 




EXERCISES 87 

un petit vocabulaire tres utile de presque six cents mots, et 4 
vous pouvez nommer une grande quantite d'objets differents. 
II ne vous 1 est pas tres difficile de prononcer et de traduire les 6 
phrases que vous rencontrez dans les differentes lecons.- Vous 
pouvez comprendre un peu quand on vous l parle en f rancais, 8 
et vous savez 1 repondre aux questions courtes et faciles qu'on 
vous 1 pose. Pour que vous appreniez 2 a vous 1 exprimer plus 10 
facilement, il faut que vous assistiez a la classe tous les jours 
et que vous ecoutiez attentivement le professeur quand il 12 
parle. 

CONVERSATION (CON VERSA TION) 

1. Quelle est la lecon pour aujourd'hui? 2. Quelle etait la 
lecon precedente? 3. A quelle page commence la lecon d'aujour- 
d'hui? 4. Comment trouvez-vous la lecon, facile ou difficile? 
5. Qu'est-ce qu'on enseigne dans cette lecon? 6. Qu'est-ce que 
vous savez de la langue francaise? 7. Vous possedez un vocabu- 
laire de combien de mots? 8. Est-ce que vous pouvez nommer 
tous les objets qui sont dans la salle de classe? 9. Nommez 
quelques objets sur les murs de la salle. 10. Nommez quel- 
ques objets sur la table du professeur. 11. Est-ce que vous pro- 
noncez bien le f rancais? 12. Pouvez- vous traduire ce que vous 
lisez 3 ? 13. Comprenez-vous exactement quand on vous parle 
en f rancais? 14. Que faut-il faire pour que vous vous 4 exprimiez 
plus facilement? 

COMPOSITION {THEME) 

Do you wish me to show 5 you 1 the work of our French 
class? I am glad that you are here so that I may do so (puisse 2 
le faire). Let us go into the class-room. There is the teacher 
standing behind his desk. The interesting little blue book 4 
on his desk is our French grammar. You wish [to] know what 
he is saying? Let us listen and let the teacher speak. Do 6 
you understand? He is speaking in French. He says that 
the lesson for to-day is the most difficult that he has given 7 to 8 
the class up to now (jusqu'ici). It is on the subjunctive. He 

1 See p. 26, footnote 1. 4 Cf. § 213. 

2 Pres. subj. of apprendre. 5 Use subjunctive. 

3 Pres. ind. of lire, 'to read.' 

6 Feminine singular. Cf. p. 82, footnote 4, and § 206. 



88 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



explains the use of the subjunctive in French and tells the 10 
students that it is necessary that they be attentive, that they 
study a great deal, and that they be present at every class 12 
in order to possess the subject (sujet) completely. 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. White paper; the white snow (neige). 2. A black book; a 
dark sorrow (chagrin). 3. A very pretty little blue flower. 
4. The preceding lesson was very easy. 5. A short and easy 
expression. 6. An expensive garment; a dear sister. 7. Brave 
men; good fellows. 8. The poor (indigent) woman was here last 
month. 9. August is the last month of the summer. 10. Here 
are some clean pens. 11. There is a certain thing in this lesson 
that he does not know (sait) exactly. 12. Let him give; let 
them finish; let us sell. 13. That I may give; finish; have; that 
you may sell; have; be. 14. I am glad you are studying. 15. I 
doubt (doute) that he is here. 16. In order that you may pro- 
nounce well, you must 1 read (lisiez) a great deal. 



LESSON XVIII (LEQON XVIII) 
VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 



allumer [alyme], to light, kindle. 
le bonhomme [bonom], the old fel- 
low (or codger); toy man; — 
Noel, Santa Claus. 
la bougie [busi], the candle, 
le cadeau [kado], the present, gift. 
la cheminee [famine], the chim- 
ney; fireplace. 
couvert [kuve:r], pp. of couvrir. 

covered, 
dependant [depada], adj., de- 
pendent, 
descendre [desa:dr], to bring 
down; go down; get out; stop 
(at a lodging). 
etonner [etane], to astonish; 
s' — , to be astonished. 
la facon [faso], the manner, way 
(de before facon='in'); de 



cette — , in this way; de la 
meme — , in the same way. 
la fete [fe:t], the holiday; fete; 

festive occasion. 
la fois [fwa], the time (recurrence). 
illustrer [ilystre], to illustrate, 
i'image [ima:5J, /., the picture; 
livre d' — s, picture-book, 
irregulier [iregylje], adj., irreg- 
ular. 
le jouet [3 we], the plaything, 

toy. 
le monde [mo:d], the world; peo- 
ple; tout le — , everybody, 
everyone. 
Noel [noel], ;;/.. Christmas. 
l'occasion [okazjo], /.. the occa- 
sion, opportunity; a 1' — . an 
the occasion. 



1 Use il faut. 






§§174-177 ADJECTIVES — COMPARATIVE 89 

paternel [paternel], adj., pa- le tambour [tabuir], the drum. 

ternal. la trompette [tropet], the trum- 

la poupee [pupe], the doll. pet. 

la proposition [propozisjo], the les vacances [vakfiis], the holidays, 

proposition; phrase. vacation {always used in the 

ra^onter [rak5te], to narrate, plural). 

tell (of). la veille [ve:j], the eve, night be- 

unir [reyniir], to bring to- fore. 

gether; se — , to come to- vieillir [vjejiir], to grow old. 

gether, gather. 

jusqu'ici [3ysk isi], as far as here; until now; before. 
jusque la feyska la], as far as there; until then. 

ADJECTIVES (ADJECTIFS) 
Comparison (Comparaison) 

174. An adjective may express three degrees of any given 
quality, the positive (the adjective itself), the comparative, 
and the superlative. 

The Comparative (Le Comparatif) 

175. The comparative is formed by prefixing to the positive 
plus, to indicate superiority (superiorite) : plus 

grand, taller. 

(inegalite) moins, to indicate inferiority (infer iorite) : moins 

grand, less tall. 

for equality \ . , „ 

C y^\ aussi: aussi grand, as tall. 

N l. After a negative, aussi may be replaced by si. 
pas aussi (or si) grand not so tall 

176. Three adjectives have an irregular comparative form: 

Positive (Positif). Comparative (Comparatif). 

bon, good meilleur [mejceir], better 

mauvais, bad pire [pi:r], worse 

petit, small moindre [mweidr], less, lesser 

Note. — These adjectives may be compared regularly. Plus bon is very 
rare. Pire is stronger than plus mauvais. Plus petit means 'smaller' (in 
size), moindre, 'less' (in importance). 

177. The second term of a comparison is usually que [ka], 

'than,' 'as.' 

II est plus grand que Georges He is taller than George 

II est aussi grand que Georges He is as tall as George 



for inequality 



90 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 178-184 

1. Instead of aussi (or si) . . . que, comme may be used alone, 
riche comme Cresus as rich as Croesus 

2. After plus, moins, used affirmatively, 'than' before a finite 
verb is que . . . ne. 

II est plus grand que je ne pensais He is taller than I thought 

3. After plus, moins, 'than' before a numeral is de. 

II a plus de vingt livres He has more than twenty books 

178. De plus en plus = ' more and more'; de moins en 

moins, = ' less and less ' ; plus . . . (et) plus = ' the more . . . the 

more ' ; moins . . . (et) moins = ' the less . . . the less ' ; d'autant 

plus . . . = ' the more . . .' 

II devient de plus en plus grand He is growing taller and taller 

Plus il devient grand, (et) moins il The bigger he gets, the less well- 

est sage behaved he is 

II en sera d'autant plus fort He will be (all) the stronger for it 

VERBS (VERBES) 

Imperfect Subjunctive of donner, finir, vendre, etre, and 

avoir (Imparfait du Subjonctif de donner, finir, vendre, etre, et 

avoir) 

179. 180. 181. 

'(that) I gave,' 'might give,' '(that) I finished,' '(that) I sold,' 
etc. 'might finish,' etc. 'might sell,' etc. 

(que) je donnasse [donas] finisse [finis] vendisse [vadis] 

(que) tu donn asses [donas] finisses [finis] vendisses [vadis] 

(qu')il donn at [dona] fin it [fini] vend it [vadi] 

(que) nous donnassions [donasjo] finissions [finisjS] vendissions [vddisjo] 

(que) vous donnassiez [donasje] finissiez [finisje] vendissiez [vadisje] 

(qu')ils donnassent [donas] finissent [finis] vendissent [vadis] 

182. 183. 

' (that) I were,' 'might be,' etc. ' (that) I had,' 'might have,' etc. 
fusse [fys] fussions [fysjo] eusse [ys] eussions [ysjo] 

fusses [fys] fussiez [fysje] eusses [ys] eussiez [ysje] 

fut [fy] fussent [fys] eut [y] ' eussent [ys] 

Note. — All French verbs have either the -asse, -isse, or -usse endings 
in this tense. 

184. The use of the imperfect subjunctive, especially of the 
forms in -asse, is decreasing. A past tense in the principal 
clause regularly requires it, but the present subjunctive is 



EXERCISES 91 

generally used in all other cases. (For more complete treat- 
ment, cf. § 342.) An infinitive construction often replaces the 
subjunctive. (Cf. § 357.) 

Je voulais qu'il le finit I wanted him to finish it 

[ veux 1 f wish ) 

Je \ voudrai \ que vous parliez. I \ shall wish [ you to speak 



[ voudrais J [ should wish J 

Fallait-il qu'il partit? j Did he have leaye? 

or, Lui fallait-il partir? J 

Note. — If the subjects of both verbs are the same, the infinitive is 
regularly used. Cf. § 357. 

Je voulais partir I wanted to go 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Comment est-ce qu'on forme le comparatif de superiorite 
d'un adjectif? d'inferiorite? d'egalite? 2. Donnez-moi le com- 
paratif des trois adjectifs qui ont une forme de comparatif irre- 
guliere. 3. Traduisez en francais de trois f aeons differentes le 
mot ' than.' 4. Illustrez ces differents emplois dans trois phrases 
differentes. 5. Traduisez 'more and more,' 'the more . . . the 
more.' 6. Apres quels temps dans la proposition principale 
est-ce qu'on emploie l'imparfait du subjonctif dans la proposi- 
tion dependante? 7. Conjuguez l'imparfait du subjonctif du 
verbe dormer; finir; vendre. 8. Conjuguez dans la forme nega- 
tive l'imparfait du subjonctif des verbes etre et avoir. 9. Quand 
est-ce que l'mnnitif remplace le subjonctif? 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

C 'etait la veille de Noel, et nous etions tous chez mon grand- 
pere a l'occasion de cette charmante fete de famille. Mes 2 
grands-parents vieillissaient, et ils desiraient avant qu'ils mou- 
russent 1 que toute la famille se reunit encore une fois dans la 4 
vieille maison paternelle. Je n'oublierai jamais cette heureuse 
occasion ni ce bel arbre de Noel, qui etait beaucoup plus grand 6 
et bien plus joli que tous ceux ('those') que j'avais vus 2 jus- 
que la. L'arbre etait couvert de petites bougies allumees et 8 
de jouets. II y avait des livres d'images et des poupees pour 
les petites filles, des tambours et des trompettes pour les petits 10 

1 Impf. subj. of mourir, 'to die.' Avant de mourir is a better form. Cf. § 357. 

2 Plural to agree with que. Cf. §§ 206-279. 



92 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



gargons, et des cadeaux pour tout le monde. Je m'etonnais 
que le bonhomme Noel eut pu 1 trouver tant de choses cliff e- 12 
rentes ou qu'il eut pu 1 les 2 descendre par la cheminee. 

CONVERSATION (CON VERSA TION) 

1. Ou etait-on la veille de Noel? 2. Qui etait la? 3. Pour- 

quoi? 4. Est-ce que j'oublierai cette occasion? 5. Pourquoi 

pas? 6. Quelle sorte d'arbre de Noel est-ce qu'il y avait? 

7. De quoi etait-il couvert? 8. Qu'est-ce qu'il y avait pour les 

petites filles? 9. Qu'est-ce qu'il y avait pour les petits garcons? 

10. Qu'est-ce qu'il y avait pour tout le monde? 11. De quoi 

est-ce que je m'etonnais? 12. Aimez-vous la fete de Noel? 

13. Racontez-moi comment vous avez passe les dernieres va- 

cances de Noel. 

COMPOSITION (THEME) 

Last winter my uncle wished us all to spend the Christmas 
holidays (lit., 'holidays of Christmas') with him (chez lui). 2 
Never was 3 the old house more beautiful than on (a) that oc- 
casion. [On] Christmas eve an excellent dinner was waiting 4 
(attendait) us 2 in the dining-room. The table was covered 
with (de) good things, among which (lesquelles) I noticed es- 6 
pecially the big turkey, much bigger than I had ever seen. 
After the dinner they showed us 2 the Christmas tree. Santa 8 
Claus was standing before the tree. I was very glad that he 
was there in (en) person to (pour) give to everybody their 10 

presents. 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. Once more. 2. My brother is older than my sister. 3. She 
is less tall. 4. My friends are better than your friends. 5. They 
are worse than I thought. 6. He has been as good as you up to 
now. 7. He is not so tall as his uncle. 8. He is studying less 
and less every day. 9. The more one studies, the more one 
knows. 10. His superiority is (all) the greater. 11. That I 
might give; might be; might sell; might have. 12. That we 
might finish; that you may have; that he might be. 13. I de- 

1 Past part, of pouvoir. 

2 See p. 26, footnote 1; or § 210. 

3 Use ne. 




ADJECTIVES — SUPERLATIVE 93 

sired him to finish his work. 14. Must 1 you sell your house? 
15. I am very glad to (de) tell you 2 [of] my vacation. 16. The 
use of Christmas trees is not so common in France as in the 
United States. 17. Protestant (protestantes) families some- 
times have them. 

LESSON XIX (LEQON XIX) 

VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 

attacher [ata$e], to attach, fas- la 'hanche [d:$], the hip. 

ten; join. important [eportd], adj., impor- 

^la bouche [bu§], the mouth. tant. 

-i le bras [bra], the arm. la jambe [3d: b], the leg. 

le cerveau [servo], the brain. la joue [311], the cheek.. 

le cheveu [^avo], the hair; les — x, !e menton [mdto], the chin, 
the hair (of the head). l'oreille [ore:j],/., the ear. 

le coeur [kce:r], the heart. I'organe [organ], m., the organ. 

comparer [kopare], to compare. le pied [pje], the foot. 

le corps [ko:r], the body. ia poitrine [pwatrin], the chest, 
le cou [ku], the neck. breast. 

le crane [kra:n], the skull. le poumon [puma], the lung. 

doigt [dwa], the finger; toe. renfermer [rdferme], to com- 

ie dos [do], the back. prise, include. 

Vepaule [epo:l],/., the shoulder. la tete [te:t], the head. 

extreme [ekstre:m], adj., ex- le tronc [tro], the trunk. 

treme. le ventre [vd:tr], the stomach; 
la figure [figy:r], the face; figure. belly. 

le front [fro], the forehead, brow; 
front. 

ADJECTIVES (ADJECTIFS) 

Comparison [Continuation] (Comparaison [Suite]) 

The Superlative (Le Superlatif) 

185. The relative superlative (le superlatif relatif) is formed 
by placing a definite article (or a possessive adjective) before 
a comparative of inequality. When the superlative follows the 
noun the definite article is required. 

Pos. Comp. Sup. 

grand, tall plus grand, taller le plus grand, the tallest (or taller) 3 

bon, good meilleur, better le meilleur, the best (or better) 

mes meilleurs amis my best friends 

mes (or les) amis les plus intimes my (or the) most intimate friends 

1 Use faut-il. 2 See p. 26, footnote 1. 

3 There is no distinction between the comparative with the def. art. and the 
- superlative. 



94 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 186-194 

186. 'In' after a superlative is translated by de. Cf. § 328, 

5, (6). 

l'eleve le plus intelligent de la classe the most intelligent student in the 

class 

187. ' By (how much) ' after a comparative or a superlative 
is translated by de. Cf. § 328, 2, (4). 

plus age de deux ans older by two years 

188. The absolute superlative (le superlatif absolu) is made 
from the positive preceded by some qualifying adverb, e.g., 
tres, bien, fort, extremement, etc., 

Elle est tres (extremement) heureuse She is very (extremely) happy 

ADVERBS (ADVERBES) 
Formation (Formation) 

189. Some adverbs have fixed forms, but most adverbs are 
made by adding -ment to the feminine singular of adjectives. 

heureux — heureusement, happily 

190. Adjectives the masculine of which ends in a vowel other 
than -e drop the -e of the feminine before adding the ending 
-ment to the masculine. 

joli(e) — joliment, prettily 

191. Some adjectives change the -e of the feminine to -e be- 
fore -ment. 

precis(e) — precisement, 1 precisely, exactly 

192. Most adjectives in -ant, -ent, change the -nt to m before 

-ment. 

constant — constamment. 1 constantly 

Comparison (Comparaison) 

193. Adverbs are compared like adjectives. 

Pos. • Comp. Sup. 

vite, 'quickly' plus vite, 'more le (invariable) plus vite, 'most 

quickly' quickly' 

194. Four adverbs have an irregular comparative form: 

Pos. Comp. Pos. Comp. 

bien, well mieux, better beaucoup, much plus, more 

mal, badly pis, worse peu, little moins, less 

1 Learn example. 



§§ 195-198 



ADVERBS — POSITION 



95 



Position (Place) 

195. Adverbs regularly follow the verb. 

II parle bien He speaks well 

196. Most common, short adverbs (except most adverbs of 
time or place) precede a past participle (in compound tenses) 
or an infinitive. 



II a bien parle 
II ne faut pas trop faire 
But: II a parle eloquemment 
lis sont partis hier 



He spoke well 
One must not do too much 
He spoke eloquently 
They left yesterday 



VERBS (VERBES) 

197. The principal parts (parties principales) of a verb are 

the (1) infinitive, (2) present participle, (3) past participle, (4) 
present indicative, (5) preterit 1 indicative. 

(1) dormer, (2) donnant, (3) donne, (4) donne, (5) donnai 

Synopsis (Synopsis) 
remaining tenses of a regular verb may be formed 



198. The 

as follows: 2 

1. donner 
donnerai 

(Fut.) 
donner ais 
(Cond.) 

2. finir 
finirai 
finir ais 

3. vendre 
vendrai 
vendrais 



donnant 
donn ais 

(Impf. Lid.) 
donne 

(Pres. Subj.) 

finissant 
finiss ais 
finisse 

vend ant 
vend ais 
vend e 



donne 

[avoir] 

(Com- 
pound 
Tenses) 

fini 
[avoir] 

vendu 
[avoir] 



donne 
donne 
(Imp.) 



finis 
finis 

vends 
vends 



donn ai 
donnasse 
(Impf. Subj). 



finis 
finisse 



vendis 
vendis se 



Note. — These schemes form what is called a synopsis of the verb. 
They comprise the first person singular of all simple tenses, the second per- 
son singular of the imperative, the infinitive, and the participles. 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Comment est-ce qu'on forme le superlatif relatif d'un ad- 
jectif? 2. Comment faut-il traduire 'in' apres un superlatif? 
3. Comment peut-on traduire 'by' apres un comparatif ou un 

1 Or past definite. 

2 This table does not in all tenses indicate derivation, but is a convenient system 
of tabulation. 



96 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

superlatif? 4. Comment est-ce qu'on forme le superlatif ab- 
solu? 5. Comment est-ce qu'on forme les adverbes, en general? 
6. Dans quels adjectifs est-ce que l'e final du feminin est omis 
devant la terminaison -ment? 7. Comment est-ce qu'on change 
les terminaisons -ant et -ent? 8. Comparez l'adverbe bien; 
mal; beaucoup; peu. 9. Quelle est, en general, la place des ad- 
verbes dans la phrase? 10. Quelles sont.les parties principales 
d'un verbe? 11. Donnez-moi les parties principales du verbe 
finir. 12. Ecrivez au tableau la synopsis du verbe vendre; du 
verbe finir. 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

Notre corps se 1 compose de trois parties, la tete, le tronc, et 
les membres. La partie la plus importante du corps est la tete, 2 
qui comprend 2 le crane et la figure. Le crane, qui renferme le 
cerveau, est generalement couvert de cheveux. La figure 4 
comprend le front, les yeux, le nez, la bouche, le menton, les 
joues, et les oreilles. La tete est attachee au tronc par le cou. 6 
Le tronc comprend la poitrine, le dos, et le ventre, et renferme 
des organes qui sont extremement importants, surtout le cceur 8 
et les poumons. Les bras sont attaches au tronc par les 
epaules et sont termines par les mains. La main a cinq doigts. 10 
Les jambes sont attachees au tronc par les hanches et sont 
terminees par les pieds. 12 

CONVERSATION (COXVERSATIOX) 

1. Quelles sont les trois parties qui composent notre corps? 
2. Quelle est la partie la plus importante et qu'est-ce qu'elle com- 
prend? 3. Que renferme le crane? 4. De quoi est-il couvert? 
5. Quelles sont les parties principales de la figure? 6. Qu'est-ce 
qui attache la tete au tronc? 7. Que comprend le tronc? 
8. Nommez deux organes que renferme le tronc. 9. Quels sont 
les membres superieurs ('upper')? 10. Quels sont les membres 
inferieurs ('lower')? 11. Par quoi sont termines les bras? les 
jambes? 12. Par quoi est-ce que les bras sont attaches au 
tronc? les jambes? 

1 Cf. § 225, 2. 2 Pres. ind. of comprendre. 



EXERCISES 97 

COMPOSITION (THEME) 

The highest part of the body is the head, which comprises 
the skull and the face. The head is generally covered with 2 
(de) hair, which is longer in 1 women than in 1 men. The face 
comprises several very important parts, the brow, the nose, 4 
the mouth, the chin, the cheeks, the ears, and the eyes. In l 
certain persons the eyes are very large, in 1 others (d'autres) 6 
they are much smaller. The eyes are the most beautiful part 
of the face. The most important organ in the trunk is the 8 
heart. The lungs are also very important organs. All of the 
different parts of the body are extremely useful and are con- 10 
stantly employed, but some parts are more important than 
others (d'autres). The hand with its five fingers is one of the 12 
most useful parts of the body. 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. Good, better, best. 2. My best friends. 3. My most in- 
teresting books. 4. One of the most interesting things that we 
have. 5. The most attentive student in the class. 6. He is 
older than his cousin by ten months. 7. The younger of my 
two sons is not so old as the youngest of your three. 8. She was 
happiest when she was studying. 9. They (/.) were both ex- 
tremely happy. 10. She speaks so prettily. 11. That is pre- 
cisely what (ce que) I was thinking. 12. You speak French 
very well, but he speaks it better. 13. He has spoken most 2 in- 
terestingly. 14. They have finished their task to-day. 15. She 
had blue eyes, the most beautiful that I had ever seen (vus). 
16. He raised (leva) his hand as high as his head. 



LESSON XX {LEQON XX) 

VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 

l'accident [aksida], m., the acci- aveugle [avcegl], adj., blind. 

dent. bas [ba] (/. basse [bctis]), adj., 

l'age [0:3], m., the age. low; (of age) young, early. 

Pan [a], m., the year. borgne [born], adj., one-eyed. 

attaquer [atake], to attack. le chemin [Same], the way, route; 

1 Chez. 2 de la fag on la plus, etc. 



98 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



§§ 199-200 



track; — defer [d(a) fe:r], rail- 
road, railway. 

continuer [kotinqe], to continue. 
le coude [kud], the elbow. 

couper [kupe], to cut. 

crever [krave], to burst; put out 
(of eyes). 

faillir [faji:r], irr. v., to fail; 
barely miss, come near; pp., 
failli [faji]. 
la fievre scarlatine [f je:vr skarla- 
tin], the scarlet fever. 

gauche [go:$], adj., left; awk- 
ward; a — , at (to) the left. 

guerir [geri:r], to cure, heal. 

laisser [lese], to leave; let. 

malade [malad], adj., sick, ill. 
le malheur [malce:r], the misfor- 
tune. 



malheureux [malcer0], adj., un- 
fortunate, unlucky. 

manchot [ma$o], adj., one- 
handed; one-armed. 

muet [mqe] (/. muette [mqet]), 
adj., dumb; mute. 

perdre [perdrj, to lose; waste. 

rendre [m:dr], to render, make; 
return, give back; se — , to be- 
take oneself, go. 
la rougeole [ru3ol], the measles. 

sain [se], adj., healthy, sound, 
well. 

sourd [su:r], adj., deaf. 

sous [su], prep., under, beneath. 
la surdite [syrdite], the deafness. 
le tramway [tram we], the street- 
car; tramway. 



ADVERBIAL LOCUTIONS (LOCUTIONS ADVERBIALES) 
199. The commonest adverbial locutions are: 



a bon marche [a bo mar$e], cheap 
a la fois [a la fwa], at once, at the 

same time 
a peine [a pe:n], hardly, scarcely 
a peu pres [a po pre], nearly 
au (or du) moins [o (or dy) mwe], at 

least 
d'abord [dabor], at first, first 
d'ailleurs [dajce:r], besides, more- 
over 
d'ou [du], whence 
en bas [a ba], below, down-stairs 
en effet [an efe], in fact 
en 'haut [a o], above; up-stairs 



la-bas [la ba], yonder 

la-dessus [la dsy], thereupon 

par ici [par isi], this way 

par la [par la], that way 

pas du tout [pa dy tu], not at all 

sans doute [sa dut], doubtless 

tant mieux [ta mj'0], so much the 

better 
tant pis [tci pi], so much the worse 
tout a (or d'un) coup [tut a (or tu 

dee) ku], suddenly, all of a sudden 
tout a fait [tut a fe], quite 
tout de suite [tut suit], at once 



VERBS (VERBES) 
Compound Tenses (Temps Composes) 

200. The compound tenses of a verb are formed from avoir; 

rarely etre, and the past participle of the verb in question, as 

follows: 

AVOIR ETRE 

Infinitive (Infinitif) 

avoir donne, etre arrive, ' to have arrived' 

' to have given ' 
Participle (Partkipe) 

ayant donne, etant arrive, 'having — ' 



Perfect (Parfait) 



Perfect (Parfait) 



§§ 201-202 COMPOUND TENSES 99 

Indicative (Indicatif) 

Past Indefinite or Perfect j'ai donne, je suis arrive, 'I have — ' 

(Passe Indefini) 

Pluperfect (Plus -que- j'avais donne, j'etais arrive, 'I had — ' 

Parfait) 

Past Anterior 1 (Passe j'eus donne, je fus arrive, 'I had — ' 

A ntericur) 

Future Anterieur (Futur j'aurai donne, je serai arrive, 'I shall have 

Anterieur) — ' 

Conditional Anterior j'aurais donne, je serais arrive, 'I should 

(Condi tionnel A nterieur) have — ' 

Subjunctive (Subjonctif) 

Perfect (Parfait) (que) j'aie donne, (que) je sois arrive, (' that) 

'I may have — ' 

Pluperfect (Plus-que- (que) j'eusse donne, (que) je fusse arrive, (' that) 

Parfait) 'I might have' — ' 

"201. The commonest verbs requiring etre instead of avoir to 

form their compound tenses are: (Learn) 

aller [ale], to go naitre [neitr], to be born 

arriver [arive], to arrive partir [parti:r], to depart, leave, set 

descendre [desaidr], to descend, go out, start (off) 

down, stop (at a lodging) rester [reste], to remain, stay 

entrer [atre], to enter, 2 go in sortir [sortiir], to go out 

monter [mote], to go up, mount, enter 2 tomber [tobe], to fall 

mourir [muriir], to die venir [vgni:r], to come 

etc. 3 

Je suis alle, I went Elle est morte, She has died 

lis sont verms, They have come II etait tombe, He had fallen 

Note 1. — Any such verb used transitively takes avoir. 

II a monte les malles He has brought up the trunks 

Note 2. — Many verbs may take either avoir or etre, the former to de- 
note action, the latter to denote resultant state or condition. 
II a grandi vite He grew up rapidly 

II est grandi He is grown up 

The Passive Voice (La Voix Passive) 
202. The passive voice of a transitive verb is formed from 
etre and the past participle of the verb in question as follows: 

Infinitive (Infinitif) 
Present (Present) etre gronde(e)[s] [grade], 'to be scolded' 
Perfect (Parfait) avoir ete 4 gronde(e)[s], 'to have been scolded' 

1 This tense is rarely used except after conjunctions of time, such as lorsque, 
'when,' apres que, 'after,' aussitot que, 'as soon as,' etc. 

2 Use dans before following noun. 

3 So also derivatives of most of these verbs: such as rentrer, 'to return,' devenir, 
'to become,' etc. 4 The past participle ete is always invariable. 



100 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 203-206 

Participle {Participe) 

Present {Present) etant gronde(e)[s], 'being scolded' 

Perfect (Parfait) ayant ete gronde(e)[s], 'having been scolded,' etc. 

Indicative (Indicatif) 

Present (Present) je suis gronde(e), T am scolded' 
Past Indefinite j'ai ete gronde(e), 'I have been scolded,' etc. 
(Passe Indefini) 

AGREEMENT OF THE PARTICIPLE (ACCORD DU PARTICIPE) 

203. When used adjectively the participle (present or past) 
agrees in gender and number with the noun or pronoun it modi- 
fies. Cf. §§ 153-155. 

une actrice charmante a charming actress 

lis sont polis They are polite (lit., 'polished'). 

204. When used verbally the present participle is invariable, 
une actrice charmant ses auditeurs an actress charming her listeners 

205. The past participle after etre (except in reflexives) 
agrees in gender and number with the subject (sujet) : 

Elles sont sorties They ( /.) have gone out 

206. The past participle after avoir (and etre in reflexives) 
agrees in gender and number with only a preceding direct object 
(complement direct). If there is no such object, the past par- 
ticiple is invariable. 

les fleurs que l j'ai vues the flowers that I saw 

la promesse que 1 nous nous the promise we made each other 
sommes faite 

But: J'ai vu les fleurs I saw the flowers 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Donnez-moi quelques locutions adverbiales. 2. Dites-moi 
les noms de tous les temps composes. 3. Donnez-moi tous les 
temps composes de l'indicatif du verbe finir. 4. Donnez-moi dix 
verbes qui forment leurs temps composes avec etre au lieu d'avoir. 
5. Comment est-ce qu'on forme la voix passive? 6. Donnez-moi 
les regies pour l'accord du participe present quand il est employe 
comme adjectif ; quand il est employe comme participe. 7. Don- 
nez-moi les regies pour l'accord du participe passe apres le verbe 
etre; apres le verbe avoir. 

1 A relative pronoun has the gender and number of its antecedent. 



EXERCISES 101 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 
L'histoire d'un malheureux 

II etait ne 1 sain et beau, mais il avait a peine deux ans 2 
lorsqu'il a ete attaque par la rougeole, qui a failli le 3 rendre 2 
aveugle. Aussitot qu'il en 4 fut gueri, il est tombe malade de 
la fievre scarlatine, qui l' 3 a laisse sourd. La surdite le 3 frap- 4 
pant a un si bas age,il en 4 est devenu 5 malheureusement muet. 
Quand il avait dix ans un petit camarade lui 6 a creve un ceil, 6 
et il est reste borgne. Le malheur a continue a l' 3 accompagner 
et a 1'a.ge de vingt ans il est tombe sous un tramway qui lui 6 8 
a coupe au coude le bras gauche, le 3 rendant manchot. Lors- 
qu'il avait a peu pres trente ans il a perdu la jambe droite 10 
dans un accident de chemin de fer. Peu de temps apres il 
est mort, 7 et ses malheurs ont ete termines. 12 

CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 

1. Comment etait-il quand il est ne, ce malheureux? 2. Quel 
age avait-il lorsqu'il a ete attaque par la rougeole? 3. Est-ce 
qu'elle l' 3 a rendu aveugle? 4. De quoi est-ce qu'il est tombe 
malade apres qu'il fut gueri de la rougeole? 5. Comment est-ce 
que la fievre scarlatine l' 3 a laisse? 6. Quel effet ('effect') est-ce 
que la surdite a eu? 7. Comment est-ce qu'il est devenu borgne? 
8. Quel accident lui 6 est-il arrive a 1 'age de vingt ans? 9. Com- 
ment et a quel age est-ce qu'il a perdu la jambe droite? 10. Quand 
est-ce qu'il est mort? 

COMPOSITION (THEME) 

Last year there was a great railroad accident near our town. 
Several persons died and many were injured. 8 Some (quel- 2 
ques-uns) of the unfortunate were left (rendus) blind, others 
(d'autres), one-eyed, others, one-armed. Some lost their legs. 4 
There were very few persons, in fact, who did not lose some 
member. My brother came near losing his right hand, but 6 
fortunately his hand is now nearly healed. Unfortunately 

1 Past part, of naitre. 3 See p. 53, footnote 1. 

2 For expressions of age, cf. § 318. 4 'Of it,' 'from that,' cf. §§ 220-221. 
8 Past part, of devenir. 

6 Lui is the dative of le or la, and like them precedes the verb, except in the im- 
perative affirmative. 1 Past part, of mourLr. 8 Blesser = ' to injure.' 



102 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



he has always been a little deaf since (depuis) that time. I 8 
was not in the accident myself (moi-meme). I had remained 
at home somewhat (lit., 'a little') ill from the measles, which 10 
had attacked me 1 some time before, and of which (dont) I was 
not yet quite cured. 12 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. I went up-stairs first and then down-stairs. 2. Is it this 
way or that? 3. This dress was very cheap. 4. If I had con- 
tinued, I should have lost my way. 5. We would have entered; 
they would have remained. 6. I have fallen, thou hast fallen, 
etc. 7. She was so ill that she would have died, if the doctor 
had not arrived. 8. I came near dying. 9. I was attacked, thou, 
etc. 10. Having been made ill. 11. In the realm (au royaume) 
of the blind the one-eyed are kings (rois). 12. This poor man 
has had many misfortunes. 13. A charming woman; a woman 
charming her friends (/.) 14. What books have you lost? 15.1 
have been cured of the fever that I have had. 



LESSON XXI (LE^ON XXI) 
VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 



amuser [amyze], to amuse; s' — , 
to amuse oneself, have a good 
time. 

brosser [brose], to brush. 

cela [sola, sla], de'm. pron., that. 
la chambre [$a:br], the chamber, 

room. 
la cravate [kravat], the cravate, 
necktie. 

dejeuner [de3cene], to break- 
fast. 

demander [da made], to ask; de- 
mand; require; se — , to won- 
der. 
la dent [da], the tooth. 

depecher [depe$e], to despatch, 
hasten; se — , to hurry, has- 
ten, make haste. 

deshabiller [dezabije], to un- 
dress; se — , to undress (one- 
self). 



enfin [afe], adv., finally; at last; 

in short. 
l'epingle [epeigl],/., the pin. 
(se) faire mal [(so) fe:r mal], to 

hurt (oneself). 
habiller [abije], to clothe; s' — , 

to dress (oneself). 
lTieure [oe:r],/., the hour; o'clock; 

time; une — , one o'clock; 

deux — s, two o'clock, etc.; 

de bonne — . adv.. early. 
hier [je:r], adv.. yesterday. 
laver [lave], to wash, bathe, 
lever [love], to raise; se — 

rise, get up. 
manger [mase], to eat. 
se mettre [so metr] (a), iff 

to begin (to), 
peigner [pene], to comb; se 

to comb one's hair, 
piquer [pike], to prick. 



to 






1 See p. 26, footnote 1. 



§§ 207-210 



PERSONAL PRONOUNS 



103 



preparer [prepare], to prepare, 
reveiller [reveje], to awaken; 

se — , to wake, wake up. 
satisfaire [satisfeir], irr. v., to 

satisfy. 
signifier [sijiifje], to signify, 

mean. 

a la 'hate [a la cut], adv., in a hurry, in haste 



le soir [swa:r], the evening, 
tard [ta:r], adv., late, 
tromper [trope], to deceive, 
cheat; se — , to be mistaken. 
vite [vit], adv., quickly, fast. 



207. PERSONAL PRONOUNS (PRONOMS PERSONNELS) 



Sing. • 



l re pers. 

2 e pers. 
3 e pers. 



Subject 
(Sujet) 

je [59], I 



tu [ty], thou 

m. il [il], he 
/. elle [el], she 



Indirect Object 
{Complement Indirect) 

me [mo] (after verb 
moi [rawa]), to me 



it 



Direct Object 
(Complement Direct) 

me [mo] (after 
verb moi 
[mw%]), me 
te[to], (after verb te [to] (after verb toi 
toi [twa]) , thee [twa]), to thee 

lui [lqi], to him \ to 
lui [lqi], to her J it 
se [so], to himself, 
etc. 



l re pers. 
2 e pers. 

Plur. \ 3 e pers. 



nous [nu], we 
vous [vu], you 
*».ils[il], \ fh 
/. elles[el],/ they 



le[lo],him\- 
la [la], her / ll 
se [so], himself, 
herself, it- 
self, oneself 

nous [nu], us 
vous [vu], you 
les [le], \ , 
les [le], J ttiem 
se [so], them- 
selves 



nous [nu], to us 
vous [vu], to you 
leur [lceir], 1 to 
leur [lce:r], / them 
se [so], to them- 
selves 



Note. — Me. te, se, le, and la, are apostrophized before a vowel or mute h 
Je l'aime I like him (or her) 

208. The above pronouns may be called conjunctive pro- 
nouns on account of their close relation to the verb. In French 
grammars they are, in the main, called atones [atom], 'un- 
stressed,' to distinguish them from the disjunctive pronouns, 
toniques [tonik], 'stressed.' 

209. The second person plural vous is the pronoun commonly 
used (like 'you' in English) to address one or more persons. 
Tu is used to address near relatives, very intimate friends, small 
children, pets, and sometimes servants. 

210. Conjunctive subject pronouns regularly precede the 
verb, with which they agree in person and number, allowing 
only the negative ne and the object pronouns to intervene. 



104 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 211-213 

They follow the verb, connected by a hyphen, in interrogations 

and in interjected phrases. 

Je ne le lui ai pas donne I did not give it to him 

((Etes-vous ici?» dit-il "Are you here?" said he 

211. Conjunctive object pronouns precede the verb directly, 

except the imperative affirmative, which they follow, connected 

regularly by a hyphen. 1 

Je vous donne le livre I give you the book 

Donnez-moi le livre Give me the book 

But: Ne lui donnez pas le livre Do not give him the book 

Note 1. — In compound tenses they precede the auxiliary. 
Je l'ai vu I saw him 

Note 2. — They also precede void and voila. 
Me voici Here I am 

212. After the verb, moi and toi are used, instead of me and 

te, except before en (cf. § 221) when m' and t' are used. 

Dites-moi votre nom Tell me your name 

Tais-toi Keep still 

Donnez-m'en Give me some 

VERBS (VERBES) 
Reflexive Verbs (Verbes reflechis) 

213. Reflexive verbs are conjugated as follows: 

Infinitive (Infinitif) 

Present (Present) se coucher [sa ku$e], 'to go to bed' 
Perfect (Parfait) s'etre couche(e)[s], 'to have gone to bed' 

Participle (Participe) 

Present (Present) se couchant, 'going to bed' 

Perfect (Parfait) s'etant couche(e)[s], 'having gone to bed' 

Indicative (Indicatif) 

Present (Present) Past Indefinite (Passe Indefini) 

'I go to bed,' etc. 'I went to bed,' etc. 

je me couche je me suis couche(e) 

tu te couches tu t'es couche(e) 

il se couche il (elle) s'est couche(e) 

nous nous couchons nous nous sommes couche(e)s 

vous vous couchez vous vous etes couche (e)[sj 

ils se couchent ils (elles) se sont couche (e)s 

etc. 

1 A hyphen is sometimes used also before a second object pronoun. 



§ 214 REFLEXIVE VERBS 105 

Imperative (Imperatif) 
'go to bed,' etc. 'do not go to bed,' etc. 

couche-toi ne te couche pas 

couchons-nous ne nous couchons pas 

couchez-vous ne vous couchez pas 

214. Any transitive verb may be made reflexive, e.g., se 
flatter [flate], ' to flatter oneself.' In the plural, such verbs often 
have a reciprocal force which may be brought out by the addi- 
tion of Tun Pautre [Ice loitr], 'one another,' mutuellement 
[mytqelma], 'mutually,' etc. 

lis se flattent They flatter themselves (or each other) 

lis se flattent Tun Pautre They flatter each other 

Note. — Many verbs that are reflexive in French are not so in English. 
Le mot se termine en -x The word ends in -x 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL {QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Quels sont les pronoms personnels sujets? 2. Quels sont 
les complements directs? 3. Quels sont les complements indi- 
rects? 4. Dites-moi les pronoms qui perdent l leur voyelle finale 
devant une autre voyelle ou une h muette. 5. Quels sont les 
pronoms atones? 6. Comment est-ce qu'on emploie le pronom 
vous? 7. Quelle est la place dans la phrase des pronoms sujets? 
8. Quelle est la place des complements? 9. Quand est-ce qu'on 
emploie les formes moi et toi au lieu de me et te? 10. Que signifie 
le verbe reflechi se coucher? 11. Conjuguez le present de l'in- 
dicatif du verbe se coucher. 12. Conjuguez le passe indefini. 
13. Conjuguez la forme affirmative de l'imperatif ; la forme nega- 
tive. 14. Conjuguez je me demande s'il faut me coucher, tu te 
demandes s'il faut te coucher, etc. 15. Comparez l'adjectif bon; 
l'adverb bien. 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

Hier soir nous nous sommes beaucoup amuses, et je me suis 
couche un peu tard, mais le matin je me suis reveille de bonne 2 
heure, et je me suis leve tout de suite. M'etant lave, je me 
suis brosse les dents, et puis je me suis habille tres vite. En 4 
me depechant de mettre ma cravate, je me suis pique le doigt 
avec une epingle, mais je ne me suis pas fait grand mal. Apres 6 
cela, je me suis peigne, et je suis descendu a la salle a manger, 

1 Pres. ind. of perdre. 



106 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

ou j'ai dejeune un peu a la hate. Puis je suis monte a ma 8 
chambre, ou je me suis mis a etudier ma lecon de francais. 
Je n'ai pas eu beaucoup de temps pour la bien preparer, 10 
mais ermn, si je ne me trompe (pas), je pense que j'en sais 1 
assez pour satisfaire le professeur. 12 

CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 

1. Est-ce que vous vous couchez tard ou de bonne heure le 
soir? 2. A quelle heure est-ce que vous vous levez? 2 3. Qu'est- 
ce que vous faites pour vous preparer a sortir? 4. Que faites- 
vous apres cela? 5. Est-ce que vous dejeunez dans votre 
chambre ou a la salle a manger? 6. Ou est-ce que vous etu- 
diez? 7. Comment trouvez-vous le francais, facile ou difficile? 

8. Combien de temps vous faut-il pour preparer chaque lecon? 

9. Est-ce que vous comprenez ce qu'on vous dit? 10. Est-il 
facile de satisfaire le professeur? 11. Est-ce que vous vous 
amusez a l'ecole? 12. Vous etes-vous amuse hier? 13. Deman- 
dez-moi quelque chose en francais. 

COMPOSITION (THEME) 

We rise early [in] the morning, for (car) we have so much 
to (a) do. We wash ourselves, we brush our teeth, and comb 2 
our hair before (avant de) dressing. 3 Then we hasten to (de) 
dress and go down to the dining-room, where we find break- 4 
fast all prepared. After breakfast, we study our lessons a 
little while (quelque temps) before (avant de) going 3 to school. 6 
After finishing 4 the work of the day, we return home. 5 We 
then prepare ourselves for the evening meal. It is the most 8 
important meal of the day, for all the members of the family 
gather [together], and we remain at table until quite late. 10 
Then we go up to our rooms, where we undress and go to bed. 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. I brush my hair. 2. Where is that found? 3. Dress 
quickly, please. 4. Hurry up. 5. Get up. 6. Go to bed. 

1 Pres. ind. of savoir. 2 Answer, Je me leve, etc. 3 Use infinitive. Cf. § 337. 

4 Apres avoir termine. Always use perfect infinitive for this construction. Cf. 
§ 337 note. 

5 Use rentrer. 



EXERCISES 



107 



7. Do not prick yourself. 8. I was mistaken. 9. Give him 
your book. 10. Here you are. 11. There it is. 12. Give me 
the present indicative of signifier. 13. What does that verb 
mean (two ways)} 14. Have you any? 15. Give me some. 
16. They give them some bread. 17. Don't give them cake. 
18. He prepared himself for dinner. 19. Why did he undress? 
20. We rose early. 21. I pricked myself with a pin. 22. Comb 
your hair quickly. 23. Are you not mistaken? 24. Awake. 
25. I like you both. 26. I washed them yesterday. 27. They 
had a very good time (use s'amuser beaucoup). 



LESSON XXII (LEQON XXII) 
VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 



aine [ene], adj., elder; eldest. 

aise [e:z], adj., glad, pleased. 
l'arrivee [arive],/., the arrival. 

bientot [bjeto], adv., soon, short- 
ly; a — , I'll see you soon 
again. 

cadet [kade] (/. cadettefkadet]), 
adj., younger, junior (of hvo). 

car [ka:r], conj., for, because. 

charmer [$arme], to charm, de- 
light. 

connaitre [koneitr], irr. v., to 
know, be acquainted with. 
la dame [dam], the lady. 

davantage [davata3], adv., more, 
further. 

depuis [dapqi], adv., since, after- 
wards; prep., since, from, 
after. 

entendre [ataidr], to hear; — 
parler (de), to hear (of) (in 
the sense of 'to hear spoken 

[of]'). 

esperer [espere], to hope, hope 
for. 
l'hommage [oma:3], m., the hom- 
age respect (usually used in the 
plural). 

manquer [make], to fail, miss, 
be lacking. 




le moment [moma], the moment; 

en ce — , now, at present. 
la naissance [nesais], the birth. 

obliger [obli3e], to oblige; com- 
pel. 

parfaitement [parfetma], adv., 
perfectly. 

parisien [parizje] (/. parisienne 
[parizjen]), adj., Parisian. 
la pension [pasjo], the boarding- 
house. 

permettre [permetr], irr. v., to 
permit, allow- 

se porter [s9 porte], to be (in re- 
spect to health). 

presenter [prezate], to present, 
introduce. 

rapporter [raporte], to bring 
(back); se — , to agree; refer. 

remercier [ramersje], to thank. 

retablir [retabliir], to restore; 
se — , to recover (one's 
health), get well again. 

revoir [ravwair], irr. v., to see 
again; au — , till we meet 
again. 

sur [sy:r], adj., sure, certain. 

vouloir [vulwa:r], irr. v., to 
wish, will, desire, want. 



108 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 215-221 

PERSONAL PRONOUNS [CONTINUATION] 
(PRONOMS PERSONNELS [SUITE]) 

Le invariable (Le invariable) 

215. Le invariable is often used pleonastically in the predicate 
when referring to an adjective or to a noun used adjectively. 
Etes-vous heureuse? — Je le suis Are you happy? — I am 
Etes-vous mere? — Je le suis Are you a mother? — I am 

Note. — When referring to a whole phrase it is often translated by the 
English 'so.' 
Viendra-t-il? — Je le pense Will he come? — I think so 

216. When referring to a specific noun or to an adjective 
used substantively, the pronoun agrees. 

Etes-vous leur mere? — Je la suis Are you their mother? — I am 

Two Object Pronouns (Deux Pronoms Complements) 

217. Two conjunctive object pronouns are used together 
only when the direct object is le, la, or les. 

218. Before the verb, le, la, les follow other pronouns, ex- 
cept lui and leur. 

After the verb, they precede other pronouns. 

II me le donne He gives it to me 

Je les lui donne I give them to him 

Ne la leur donnez pas Don't give it to them 

Donnez-les nous Give them to us 

219. When the direct object is me, te, nous, vous, or se, the 

indirect object is expressed by a disjunctive pronoun (cf . § 226) 

after the verb and following the preposition a. 

II me presente a elle He introduces me to her 

II se presente a moi He introduces himself to me 

PRONOMINAL ADVERBS (ADVERBES PRONOMINAUX) 

220. Y [i], 'to (at, on, in, etc.) it (or them)'; 'there,' 1 'thither'; 
en [a], 'of (from, etc.) it (or them'); 'some,' 'any'; 'from there,' 
'thence.' 

221. Y and en have the same position relative to the verb as 

the conjunctive object pronouns, which they follow, if used 

with them. When used together, y precedes en. 

J'y pense, I am thinking of it N'y allez pas. Do not go there 

Va-t'en, Go away II y en a, There are some 

1 If the place has already been mentioned, y is used, otherwise la. 



§§ 222-225 



PASSIVE VOICE 



109 



222. The following table, illustrates the foregoing rules: 

Before the verb: 

1 1 

I precedes le j precedes lui precedes y precedes en 
f la f or leur 

or les 



me 
te 
se 

nous 
or vous J 



After the verb: 

Use the English order. 

VERBS (VERBES) 
The Passive Voice [Use] (La Voix Passive [Emploi]) 

223. The passive voice is used much less in French than in 

English, and when used indicates rather a state resulting from 

an action than an action proper. 

La lecon est finie The lesson is finished (not is being 

finished) 

224. Agent or instrument after a passive is expressed: 

1. By par, when specific action is implied. 

II fut mordu par le chien He was bitten by the dog 

2. By de, when general or habitual action is implied. 

II etait suivi de son chien He was followed by his dog 

Elle est aimee de tout le monde She is loved by everybody 

225. The passive is often replaced by: 

1. An active construction in which the agent is made the 
subject. 

Le chien l'a mordu The dog bit him 

2. A reflexive, especially when the action is represented as 

continuing (or customary). 

Les adverbes se placent apres le Adverbs are placed after the verb 
verbe 

3. The indefinite pronoun on [5]. 

Ici on parle anglais English is spoken here 

Note. — On is frequently written Ton. Cf. § 305 note 2. 
Si l'on veut If one wishes 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Quand le se rapporte a un adjectif ou a un substantif em- 
ploye comme adjectif, est-ce qu'il est variable ou invariable? 



110 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

2. Quand le pronom le se rapporte a, un substantia est-il va- 
riable ou invariable? 3. Expliquez par des phrases les deux 
emplois. 4. Quand on emploie ensemble ('together') deux pro- 
noms complements, de quelle personne est le complement direct? 
5. Quelle est la place du complement indirect? 6. Quand le 
complement direct est me, te, nous, vous, ou se, comment est-ce 
qu'on exprime le complement indirect? 7. Quelle est la place 
dans la phrase des adverbes pronominaux, y et en? 8. Est-ce 
qu'on emploie la voix passive en francais autant qu'en anglais? 
9. Qu'est-ce qui la remplace? 10. Comment est-ce qu'on traduit 1 
'by' apres le passif? 

READING EXERCISE {EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

Bonjour, Mademoiselle. Comment allez-vous? — Je vais 2 
tres bien, merci, Monsieur, et vous? — Parfaitement, Made- 2 
moiselle, je vous remercie. Comment se trouve Madame 
votre mere aujourd'hui? Un peu mieux, j'espere? 3 — Elle se 4 
porte beaucoup mieux, Monsieur. Elle s'est retablie pres- 
que completement depuis son arfivee a Paris. — J'en suis 6 
bien aise. Ou etes-vous descendue, Mademoiselle? — Nous 
sommes chez M me d'Harmenon. C'est une pension de famille 8 
ou Ton entend d'excellent francais. — Est-ce que M me d'Har- 
menon est francaise? — On ne saurait 4 l'etre davantage. Elle 10 
est Parisienne de naissance. C'est une dame charmante, 
aimee de tout le monde. — Ou est-ce que sa pension se trouve? 12 

— 85, rue de la Boetie. C'est tout pres des Champs-Elysees. 

— Voudriez 5 -vous me permettre d'aller un de ces jours pre- 14 
senter mes hommages a Madame votre mere? — Je suis sure 
que ma mere serait enchantee de vous voir. Ma sceur ainee 16 
vient 6 d'arriver d'Angleterre, et j'aurai aussi le plaisir de vous 
presenter a elle. — Je serai charme de faire sa connaissance. iS 
Vous dites 7 qu'elle vient d'Angleterre? — Oui, elle en vient. 
Elle y a passe l'hiver avec sa famille. — Est-ce que votre 20 
beau-frere est a Paris en ce moment? — Non, il a ete oblige 

1 Pres. ind. of traduire. 

2 Pres. ind. of aller, which verb often means 'to be' (mth regard to health). 
» Notice the accent. Cf. § 238. 

4 Cond. of savoir. Translate: 'could not.' For the omission of pas, cf. § 246, 1. 

6 Cond. of vouloir. Translate: 'would.' 

6 Venir de ='to have just.' 7 Pres. ind. of dire. 



EXERCISES 111 

de rester en Angleterre. Ma soeur etait accompagnee par ses 22 
deux enfants. — J'espere que vous me les presenterez aussi, 
car j'aime beaucoup les enfants. — Je ne manquerai pas de 24 
vous les presenter. Au revoir, Monsieur. — A bientot, 
Mademoiselle. ' 26 

CONVERSATION (CON VERSA TION) 

Preparez une dizaine de questions a, poser au professeur. 

COMPOSITION {THEME) 

Good-day, my friend. I am delighted to (de) see you 1 
again. When did you arrive? Where are you stopping? 2 — 2 
Our boat arrived last Thursday, and we are stopping 2 at the 
Waldorf Hotel. — I have been told that you were ill. — I 4 
have been a little, but I have recovered my health completely . 
now. — Is your brother well? — Oh yes, he is perfectly well. 6 
He was here a moment ago. There he is now. — Introduce 
me to him (a lui), for I have not the pleasure of knowing him. 8 

— You have never been introduced to him? George, 3 come 
(viens) here. I want (voudrais) [to] introduce you 1 to my 10 

old friend, Mr. . — Delighted, sir. — Are you the 

younger brother? — Yes, sir, I am. — Why did you never in- 1 2 
troduce him to me before, John? — I would have introduced 
him to you, but he has always been at school when we have 14 
been together. 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. Is she [very] much changed? Yes, she is. 2. lam sure of 
it. 3. What is the price of it? 4. Which is your younger sister? 

— She is. 5. I give it to you; it to him; them to them. 6. He 
gives them to me; it to us; them to her. 7. Give it to me; them 
to us; it to them. 8. Don't give it to me. 9. Introduce me to 
her. 10. Are you going there? 11. I am thinking of 4 it. 12. He 
is speaking of it. 13. There are some in my room. 14. Give us 
some; me some. 15. Don't give him any. 16. He was pre- 
sented to me by a friend. 17. He is loved by all his friends. 
18. French is spoken here. 19. That is found in lesson 20. 
20. One says so, if one desires. 

1 Use the vous forms between the friends and the tu forms between the brothers. 

2 Use past indef. a Usually written Georges. 4 Penser takes a. 




112 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



§§ 226-227 



LESSON XXIII {LEQON XXIII) 



VOCABULARY 

agreable [agreabl], adj., agree- 
able, pleasant. 
apres-demain [apre dme], adv., 

day after to-morrow. 
l'apres-midi [apre midi], m., the 

afternoon. 
attraper [atrape], to catch. 
avant-hier [ava(t) je:r], adv.. 

day before yesterday. 
chercher [$er$e], to seek, search, 

look for; get. 
decider [deside], to decide; se — 

(a), to decide, make up one's 

mind (to). 
demain [dame], adv., to-morrow. 
desagreable [desagreabl], adj., 

disagreeable. 
detester [de teste], to detest. 
done [d5:(k)], conj., pray; then; 

therefore. 
excepte [eksepte], prep., except, 

save, 
l'exemple [egzdrpl], m., example; 

par — , for instance. 
fache [fa$e] (adj., pp. of facher 

[fa§e], 'to vex'), sorry. 



(VOCABULAIRE) 

feliciter [felisite], to congratu- 
late. 
fort [fa:r], adj., strong; hard, se- 
vere. 
jouir [3wi:r] (de), to enjoy. 
la journee [3urne], the day. 
la nature [natyir], the nature, 
peut-etre [p(a)t extr(a)j, adv., 
perhaps. 
le phenomene [fenomein], the phe- 
nomenon. 
possible [posibl], adj., possible. 
la promenade [promnad], the 

walk, promenade; ride; faire 
une — , to take a walk (ride). 
puisque [pqisk(a)], conj., since, 
seeing that. 
le rhume [rym], the cold; — de 
cerveau, cold in the head, 
soigner [swajie], to take care of, 
nurse. 
la soiree [sware], the evening; eve- 
ning party. 
souvent [suva], adv., often, fre- 
quently, 
vrai [vie], adj., true, real, veri- 
table. 



PERSONAL PRONOUNS [CONTINUATION] (PRONOMS PERSON- 
NELS [SUITE]) 
226. Disjunctive Forms (Formes Toniques) 



Plur. 



nous [nu], we, us 
vous [vu], you 
m. eux [0], V they, 
/. elles [el], / them 



l re pers. moi [mwa], I, me 

2 e pers. toi [twa], thou, thee 

Sing. \ m. lui [lqi], he, him 

3 e pers. < f. elle [el], she, her 

[ refl. soi [swa], oneself 

Note. — Soi is rarely used, except in the singular with indefinite ante- 
cedent (on, chacun, etc.). Cf. §§ 304-305. 

Chacun pense a soi Everyone thinks of himself 

227. These forms are commonly employed whenever the per- 
sonal pronoun is stressed, as, for example, when used: 
1. Absolutely (or without a verb). 

Qui est la? — Moi Who is there? — I 



§228 IMPERSONAL VERBS 113 

Note. — This includes comparisons, ne . . . que, etc. 
II est plus grand que moi He is taller than I 

comme lui like him 

Je n'ai vu qu'elle I have seen only her 

2. Separated from the verb by any words save ne and the 
conjunctive object pronouns. 

Toi seul es venu You alone came 

3. In apposition, for emphasis. 

Moi, je le pense / think so 

Note. — Disjunctives of the third person are often used without a con- 
junctive in apposition. 

Lui n'a rien fait He did nothing 

4. In a compound subject or object. An appropriate con- 
junctive form is usually employed to sum up the whole. 

Lui et moi (nous) sommes amis He and I are friends 

Je vous vois toi et Pierre I see you and Peter 

5. After c'est or ce sont. 1 The latter is used only with eux 

and elles, but is not obligatory. 

C'est moi, It is I C'est nous, It is we 

But: Ce sont (or c'est) eux, It is they 

6. After prepositions. 

avec moi, with me pour elle, for her 

Note. — After certain verbs, especially those of motion, a with a dis- 
junctive is used instead of a conjunctive dative. 
Je pense a lui, I think of him II courut a elle, He ran to her 

7. To form compound intensives with meme [meim], 'self.' 
moi-meme, myself; nous-memes, ourselves; soi-meme, oneself 

IMPERSONAL VERBS (VERBES IMPERSONNELS) 

228. Impersonal verbs are conjugated only in the third per- 
son singular, with il, 2 'it,' as subject: e.g., tonner [tone], 'to 
thunder.' 

Indicative 

Pres. il tonne, it thunders Impf. il tonnait, it was thundering 

Past Indef. il a tonne, it thundered 
etc. 

1 This form may be used also before plural nouns. 

Ce sont (or c'est) mes enfants qui l'ont It is my children who broke it 
casse 

2 II is sometimes omitted. 

N'importe, It does not matter Reste a savoir, It remains to be seen. 



114 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§229-230 

229. Natural phenomena are often expressed by impersonal 

verbs, such as: {Learn) 

geler [39le], to freeze pleuvoir [plcevwair], to rain 

degeler [de3le], to thaw neiger [ne3e], to snow 

greler [grele], to hail eclairer [eklere], to lighten 

II tombe de la pluie (de la neige) It is rainy (snowy) 

230. Many verbs not impersonal by nature may be used 

impersonally. The subject il is often translated 'there/ or is 

not translated at all. 

II n'en reste que deux There remain but two (or but two 

remain) 

1. Faire is very commonly so used to express states of 

weather: {Learn) 

Quel temps fait-il? What kind of weather is it? 

II fait beau (temps) It is pleasant 

II fait un temps couvert It is cloudy 

II fait clair It is clear 

II faisait chaud (froid) It was warm (cold) 

II a fait du vent (du soleil) It was windy (sunny) 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Quelles sont les formes toniques des pronoms personnels? 
2. Quand est-ce qu'on les emploie? 3. Comment est-ce qu'un 
verbe impersonnel se conjugue? 4. Donnez-moi six verbes qui 
expriment certains phenomenes de la nature. 5. Est-il possible 
d'employer impersonellement un verbe qui n'est pas impersonnel 
par nature? 6. Donnez-m'en un exemple. 7. Quel verbe est-ce 
qu'on emploie le plus souvent pour indiquer le temps? 8. Quel 
temps est-ce qu'il fait aujourd'hui? 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

{Onfrappe a la porte.) Qui est la? — Moi. Peut-on entrer? 
— Oh! c'est vous? Mais certainement. Entrez done. — II 2 
fait si beau (temps) cet apres-midi que je me suis decide a venir 
vous chercher. Ne voulez-vous pas faire une petite prome- 4 
nade avec moi? — Merci beaucoup. Je pense que je pourrai 1 
vous accompagner, puisqu'il ne fait pas froid. Avant-hier, 6 
comme vous savez, 2 il faisait un temps tres desagreable. II 
neigeait et il faisait beaucoup de vent, et j'ai attrape un rhume 8 

1 Fut. of pouvoir. - Pres. ind. of savoir. 



EXERCISES 115 

assez fort, qui m'a rendu presque malade. — J'en suis tres 
fache. — C'est vrai que je me trouve beaucoup mieux au- 10 
jourd'hui, mais il faut que je me soigne encore un peu. — On 
dit que ce beau temps va continuer et que demain peut-etre il 12 
va faire encore plus chaud. — J'en suis bien aise, car j'ai un 
rendezvous pour la soiree, et apres-demain mon frere et moi 14 
(nous) comptons partir pour l'ltalie ou nous allons 1 passer le 
mois de mars. — Je vous felicite. Moi, il me faut rester a 16 
Paris, et Paris n'est pas toujours tres agreable en cette saison. 
S'il ne tombe pas de neige, il tombe souvent beaucoup de 18 
pluie, et je deteste le mauvais temps. Mais nous perdons 
notre apres-midi a parler du temps, et il faut jouir d'une si 20 
belle journee. — Vous avez raison. Sortons. 2 

CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 

1. Monsieur , prenez le role du jeune homme qui est chez 

lui. 2. Monsieur , prenez le role du visiteur ('visitor'). 

3. Main tenant repetez plus ou moins exactement leur conver- 
sation. 

COMPOSITION (THEME) 

Don't you wish [to] take a walk? It is such pleasant 
weather to-day! When I got up this morning it was very 2 
windy, and I thought that it would rain (pleuvrait). It was 
even (meme) thundering a little, but now it is quite clear. — 4 
You are right. What a beautiful day! Let us take (faisons) 
a walk into the country. I love to (a) walk in the country 6 
when it is clear and dry. — You are like me. I too love the 
country when it' is pleasant weather, but I like the city much 8 
better when it is bad weather. There are so many things to 
(a) do in the city, and in the country one must remain in the 10 
house when it is rainy. But you and I are wasting our time 
in talking of the weather when we might enjoy it more (pour- 12 
rions en jouir davantage), if we went out (sortions). — That 
is true. Let us go out at once. 14 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. My cousin is taller than I. 2. You are like him. 3. He 
too is coming. 4. / don't think so. 5. She does all the work; 

1 Pres. ind. of aller. 2 Imp. of sortir. 



J 



116 FRENCH GRAMMAR §231 

he does very little. 6. You and I are friends, are we not? 7. I 
see him and her. 8. It is I; it is she; it is we; it is they. 9. Who 
is with her? 10. He and she are at my house. 11. This is for 
them (m.). 12. Say it yourself. 13. I am thinking of (a) you. 
14. He is coming to me. 15. It thundered last night. 16. It 
will snow to-morrow. 17. It was hailing yesterday. 18. I am 
afraid when it lightens. 19. It was windy. 20. It is too cold 
to thaw. 21. It is disagreeable weather. 22. He is glad of it, 
but I am sorry for it (en). 23. Let us all be comfortable. 
24. There presented himself at the door a poor man. 

LESSON XXIV (LE^ON XXIV) 

VOCABULARY ( VOCABULAIRE) 

arreter [arete], to stop, hold marquer [marke], to mark, 

back; s' — , to stop. la montre [m5:tr], the watch- 

aussitot [osito], adv., immediate- la nuit [nip], the night. 

ly, at once. pendant [pada], prep., during, 

l'autobus[otobys],m., the autobus. for; — que, conj., whilst, 

avancer [avase], to advance; (of while. 

timepieces) to be fast, gain la pendule [padyl], the clock, 

time. chimney-clock, 

conserver [koserve], to preserve, regarder [ragarde], to regard, 

keep. consider; look at. 

constater [kostate], to ascertain. rentrer [ratre], to reenter, return, 

deja [de3a], adv., already. le retard [ratair], the delay; en — , 

dormir [darmiir], irr. v., to sleep. late; etre en — , to be late, 

l'ecriteau [ekrito], m., the signj slow {of timepieces). 

sign-board. le reveille-matin [revej mate], the 

ennuyer [anqije], to weary, bore; alarm-clock. 

s' — , to be wearied, bored. la rue [ry], the street. 

expliquer [eksplike], to explain. le son [so], the sound. 

la gare [ga:r], the station. sonner [sane], to sound, ring; 

l'horloge [arla:3],/., the clock (es- (of clocks) strike. 

peci ally of a tower). la station [stasja], the station; 

l'indicateur [edikatoe:r], m., the stand. 

guide, time-table. le train [tre], the train. 
le lieu [ljo], the place; avoir — , to 
take place. 

de nouveau [da nuvo], adv., again. 

mettre a l'heure [metr a lce:r], to set (of timepieces). 

DEPUIS 
231. With depuis, 'since,' the present is used, instead of the 
perfect, to express an action or state that began in the past and 
is still continuing. 



§§232-236 ETRE AND AVOIR USED IMPERSONALLY 117 

J'etudie le francais depuis un mois I have been studying French for a 

month 

232. With depuis the imperfect is used, instead of the plu- 
perfect to express an action or state that began in the past and 
was still continuing when something else happened. 

J'etudiais depuis une heure, quand I had been studying for an hour 
il est entre when he came in 

Note. — To express 'how long' in corresponding questions, use depuis 
quand, instead of combien de temps, the usual expression. 

Depuis quand { Itrez^iTs^cf? How long { had" } yOU been here? 

ETRE AND AVOIR USED IMPERSONALLY (ETRE ET AVOIR 
EMPLOYEES IMPERSONNELLEMENT) 

233. fhre is used impersonally to express the time of day. 
The hour (heure [cesr],/.) is mentioned, but the minutes (minutes 
[minyt], /. pi.) are generally omitted. 'Twelve o'clock' is ex- 
pressed by either midi [midi], tn., 'noon,' or minuit [minqi], m., 
'midnight,' e.g.: (Learn) 

Quelle heure est-il? What time is it? 

II est deux heures et demie 1 It is half past two o'clock 

II est trois heures et quart It is quarter past three 
II est cinq heures moins (le or un) It is quarter to five 

quart 

II est midi dix It is ten minutes past twelve (noon) 

II est minuit moins cinq It is five minutes to twelve (at night) 

234. 'There is' and 'ago' are commonly expressed by y 
avoir. 

II y avait un roi, There was a king il y a longtemps, long ago 

VERBS (VERBES) 
Orthographical Changes (Chang ements Orthographiques) 

235. Verbs in -cer, to preserve the soft c of the infinitive 
throughout their conjugation, add a cedilla whenever c pre- 
cedes a or o. 

placer [plase], 'to place' — placant; nous placons; je placais; je placai; je 

placasse; etc. 

236. Verbs in -ger, to preserve the soft g of the infinitive, in- 
sert an e after g before a or o. 

I manger [ma3e], 'to eat' — mangeant; nous mangeons; je mangeais; etc. 
1 When used before the noun the form is demi. Cf. § 324, note. 



une demi-heure a half-hour 



118 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§237-238 

237. Verbs in -yer change y to i before mute e. 
employer [aplwaje], 'to use' — j'emploie; j'emploierai; etc. 

Note. — Verbs in -ayer and -eyer may retain the y. 

payer [peje], ' to pay' je ( paie; je { P aierai / etc. 
f j u' j j> f j j ^ paye; J [ payerai; 

238. Verbs whose stem vowel is e or e change to e before a 

syllable containing a mute e; but in the future and conditional 

those in e retain the acute accent. 

mener [mane], 'to lead,' 'take' — je mene, tu menes, il mene (nous menons, 

vous menez) ; ils menent; je menerai; etc. 
ceder [sede], 'to yield' — je cede; je cederai; etc. 

Note. — Verbs like creer, 'to create,' are regular: je cree, etc. 

1. Most verbs in -eler, -eter, however, double 1 or t before a 
syllable containing a mute e. 

appeler 1 [aple], 'to call' — j'appelle; j'appellerai; etc. 
jeter [3ate], 'to throw' — je jette; je jetterai; etc. 
Note. — Acheter, 'to buy,' is like mener. 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Expliquez l'emploi du verbe apres la preposition depuis. 

2. Dites-moi en francais 'How long have you been here?' 

3. Regardez votre montre, Monsieur , et dites-moi l'heure. 

4. Quelle heure est-il a votre montre, Monsieur ? 5. A 

quelle heure commence la classe de francais? 6. Comment dit- 
on 'ago' en francais? 7. Que fait-on pour conserver au c et au 
g le son doux qu'ils ont dans placer, manger? 8. Quels change- 
ments ont lieu dans les verbes en -yer? 9. Dans les verbes 
comme mener? comme ceder? 10. Est-ce que ces changements 
ont lieu dans le verbe creer? 11. Quels changements ont lieu 
dans les verbes en -eler et -eter? 12. Donnez-moi un verbe en 
-eter qui est une exception a, la regie. 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

La nuit derniere je me suis couche tres tard, et ce matin a. 
neuf heures et demie je dormais 2 encore quand mon reveille- 2 
matin a sonne. Je me suis leve tout de suite. Ma montre 
avancait de cinq minutes, et je l'ai mise a l'heure. Puis je me 4 
suis vite habille, et je me suis fait servir mon petit dejeuner 

1 The reflexive s'appeler ='to be called,' 'named.' 2 Impf. ind. of dormir. 



EXERCISES 119 

dans ma chambre. Pendant que je mangeais, j'ai regarde 6 
l'indicateur des chemins de fer, et j'ai constate que ma sceur, 
qui etait en Angleterre depuis un mois, arriverait a la gare St- 8 
Lazare par le train de onze heures vingt-deux. 

Alors, je suis descendu dans la rue, et je me suis rendu a io 
une station d'autobus. Presque aussitot un autobus portant 
un ecriteau avec les mots ((gare St-Lazare)) s'est arrete, et je 12 
suis monte tout de suite. On ne paie pas cher sa place dans 
les autobus de Paris, et on ne s'y ennuie pas, car il y a tou- 14 
jours tant de choses a voir. 

Quand l'autobus s'est arrete devant la gare St-Lazare, la 16 
grosse horloge de la gare marquait deja onze heures et quart. 
Le train devait 1 arriver dans sept minutes, mais on m'a dit 18 
qu'il etait plus d'une demi-heure en retard. C'etait vrai, en 
effet, et il etait bien midi dix quand ma sceur et moi avons 20 
quitte la gare, et quand nous sommes rentres chez nous, la 
pendule de la cheminee sonnait une heure. 22 

CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 

1. A quelle heure est-ce que je me suis reveille ce matin? 
2. Qu'est-ce qui m'a reveille? 3. De combien est-ce que ma 
montre avancait? 4. Qu'est-ce que j'ai fait apres l'avoir mise 
a, l'heure? 5. Qu'est-ce que j'ai regarde pendant que je man- 
geais? 6. Qu'est-ce que j'ai constate? 7. Alors qu'est-ce que 
j'ai fait? 8. Que portait l'autobus qui s'est arrete? 9. Est-ce 
qu'on s'ennuie dans les autobus de Paris? 10. Pourquoi? 
11. Quand nous sommes arrives a la gare St-Lazare, quelle 
heure etait-il deja? 12. Est-ce que le train etait en retard? 
13. A quelle heure ma sceur et moi sommes-nous rentres chez 
nous? 

COMPOSITION (THEME) 

Yesterday I rose too late, for my alarm-clock did not ring. 
I dressed very quickly, and ate a very small breakfast, but it 2 
was already half-past seven when I left the house. For that 
reason I missed my train, which left at twenty minutes to 4 
eight, and I did not have the pleasure of spending the day 

1 Impf. ind. of devoir, 'to owe,' 'ought.' Translate: 'was to.' 




120 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

with my friends in the country, as I had hoped. Instead of 6 
that, I wearied myself in the city, looking [for] something to 
(a) do. I took my lunch at a very early (matinal) hour, and 8 
before noon I was again in the streets. In (de) this way I 
passed the whole day, and went to bed at nine o'clock. I io 
tell you that, as true as my name is John, I shall throw that 
old alarm-clock out of (par) the window, and I shall buy my- 1 2 
self another this very day (aujourd'hui meme). 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. I have kept your letter for a month. 2. Stop a moment. 
3. My watch stopped again an hour ago. 4. How long have 
you been in Paris? 5. I have been here two weeks. 6. I had 
been there a few days when my brother arrived. 7. What time 
is it? 8. It is eight o'clock; ten minutes to eight; half past four; 
quarter to five. 9. The clock is striking six. 10. The alarm- 
clock has just rung. 11. I place; was placing; placed; we place; 
that he might place. 12. We eat; they eat; they were eating; 
I ate; we ate. 13. I use; I shall use; they use; you were using. 
14. I lead; we lead; they will lead; let them lead. 15. I yield; 
I would yield; let him yield; you were yielding. 16. My name 
is John: your name is Mary; his name is John. 17. I throw; 
you will throw; they were throwing; throw. 

LESSON XXV {LEQON XXV) 

VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 

l'Atlantique [atlatik], m., the At- la destination [destinasjo], the des- 

lantic (Ocean). tination; a — de, for, to. 

le billet [bije], the ticket; note. 1' emotion [emosjo], /., the emo- 

causer [koze], tr., to cause; intr., tion. 

to chat, talk, converse. l'equipage [ekipa:3], m., the crew 

commode [komad], adj., con- (of a ship). 

venient, comfortable. le guichet [gi$e], the ticket-win-' 

la compagnie [kopajii], the com- dow; small window. 

pany, society. l'impression [epresjo], /., the im- 

le compartiment [kopartimu], the pression. 

compartment. 1'officier [ofisje], m., the officer, 

la cote [ko:t], the coast; rib. omettre [ometr], irr. v., to omit. 

debarquer [debarke], to land le paquebot [pakbo], the packet, 

(tr. and intr.). steamer, liner. 






§§ 239-243 ADVERBS OF AFFIRMATION AND NEGATION 121 

parfait [parfe], adj., perfect. tout [tu], adv., wholly, quite, all. 

^plut6t[plyto],aJz;., rather, sooner. le trajet [tra3e], the passage, jour- 
promettre [prometr], irr. v., to ney, trip. . 

promise. la traversee [traverse], the pas- 
le retour [rotu:r], the return; (d') sage, voyage, crossing. 

aller et — , round-trip. le voyageur [vwaja3ce:r], the trav- 
sembler [sable], to seem, appear. eler, passenger. 

le service [servis], the service. la vue [vy], the sight, view. 

seul [seel], adj., alone, single, le wagon [vago], the (railway) car, 

sole, only. coach. 

simple [se:pl], adj., simple; single. 

ADVERBS OF AFFIRMATION AND NEGATION (ADVERBES 
D' AFFIRMATION ET DE NEGATION) 

239. The principal affirmative adverbs are oui and gi. Si 

contradicts a previous negation. 

Vous viendrez? — Oui You will come? — Yes 

Vous ne venez pas? — Si You are not coming? — Yes, I am 

240. The principal negative adverb used without a verb is 
non, 'no,' 'not.' 

Vous viendrez? — Non You will come? — No 

Coupable ou non, je l'aime Guilty or not, I love him 

Note. — Non plus =' nor . . . (either).' 

Moi non plus Nor I (either) 

241. Both affirmative and negative adverbs are sometimes 

preceded by a pleonastic que. 

Je dis que oui (non) I say yes (no) 

Peut-etre que oui (non) Perhaps so (not) 

242. The principal negatives used with verbs are: (Learn) 
ne [no] . . . pas [pa], not ne . . . rien [rje], nothing 



personne [person], nobody 
que [ko], only 
aucun [okoe], not any 
nul [nyl], not any 



ne . . . point [pwe], not at all ne 

ne . . . jamais [3ame], never ne 

ne . . . plus [ply], no more, no longer ne 
ne . . . guere [ge:r], scarcely^ yne 

ne . . . ni [ni] . . . ni [ni], neither . . . nor 

Note. — The second members of these groups were mostly affirmative 
in origin: pas = ' step'; point = ' point'; rien = ' thing,' etc., and they may have 
an affirmative force now, if the context implies negation. 

Avez-vous rien a me dire? Have you anything to say to me? 

243. Their general position is immediately before and after 
the verb in simple tenses and immediately after the auxiliary 
in compound tenses, allowing only the conjunctive object pro- 



122 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 244^246 

nouns to intervene. In the interrogative form, the subject pro- 
nouns come between the verb and the second negative word. 

Je ne vous le donne pas I do not give it to you 

Je ne l'ai jamais trouve I have never found it 

Ne donnez-vous rien? Do you give nothing? 

N'ont-ils rien vu? Have they seen nothing? 

Exceptions. — In compound tenses both auxiliary and past 

participle regularly intervene between ne . . . personne, between 

ne . . . que, and between ne . . . ni . . . ni. 

Je n'ai entendu personne I have heard nobody 

Tu n'as parle qu'a ton frere You spoke only to your brother 

Nous n'avons vu ni l'un ni l'autre We have seen neither the one nor 

the other 

244. Sometimes these negatives precede the verb in in- 
verted order. 

Rien n'est venu Nothing came 

Personne n'a parle Nobody spoke 

Ni Jean ni son frere ne sont 1 Neither John nor his brother is 
ici here 

245. When a verb is understood, ne is omitted and the com- 
plementary negative used alone to express the negation. Pas 
must be supported by some other word in this case. 

Voulez-vous du sucre? — Pas de Do you wish some sugar? — Xo 

sucre sugar 

Vous ne l'avez jamais vu? — Jamais You never saw him? — Never 

Avez-vous aucune objection? — Have you any objection? — None 

Aucune * 

Qui est la? — Personne Who is there? — Nobody 

246. Ne is sometimes used without pas or point: 

1. With certain verbs, especially with cesser ('to cease'), 
oser ('to dare'), pouvoir, and savoir. 

Je n'ose le faire I don't dare to do it 

2. After que meaning 'why.' 

Que ne le dites-vous? Why don't you say so? 

3. Before compound tenses after depuis que, il y a . . . que. 

II y a longtemps que je ne I haven't seen you for a long time 
vous ai vu 

But: II y a longtemps qu'ils ne se They haven't spoken for a long 

parlent pas time 

1 Notice that the verb is plural in this case. 




EXERCISES 



123 



GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Quels sont les deux principaux adverbes d'affirmation? 
2. Lequel est employe pour repondre a, une interrogation nega- 
tive? 3. Quel est le principal adverbe de negation employe sans 
verbe? 4. Dites-moi en francais 'I think so.' 5. Quels sont 
les principaux adverbes de negation employes avec des verbes? 
6. Ou est-ce que les deux parties de la negation se placent dans 
les temps simples? dans les temps composes? 7. Terminez de 
trois f aeons differentes la phrase: je n'ai vu . . . 8. Donnez- 
moi une phrase dans laquelle les mots negatifs precedent le 
verbe. 9. Quand le verbe n'est pas exprime, quelle partie de 
la negation faut-il omettre? 10. Est-ce que le mot pas peut 
s'employer tout seul? 11. Que veut dire rien, employe affirma- 
tivement? pas? point? 



READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

Je n'oublierai jamais mon premier voyage en Europe. Nous 
avions pris la ((France,)) paquebot de la Compagnie Generate 
Transatlantique, qui fait la traversee de New York au Havre 
en cinq jours et demi. La ligne francaise n'a pas de meilleur 
bateau, et il n'y en a guere de meilleur sur l'Atlantique. La 
cuisine est excellente et le service parfait. Rien n'y manque. 
On n'a point l'impression d'etre sur un bateau: on se dirait 
plutot dans un grand hotel ou dans un grand club. Je ne puis 
(pas) vous dire la premiere emotion que m'a causee la vue de 
la France, pays que j'avais aime sans le connaitre et que de- 
puis si longtemps deja je me promettais 1 de voir. Quelques 
heures apres avoir vu 2 la cote francaise, nous avons debarque 
au Havre. 

Ici les voyageurs qui avaient oublie d'acheter des billets a 14 
destination de Paris etaient obliges de se presenter au guichet, 
et on entendait des phrases comme celles-ci ('these'): ((Une 16 
premiere 3 pour Paris, s'il vous plait.)) — ((Aller et retour?)) — 
((Aller seulement.)) 18 

Enfrn tout le monde est monte dans le train, et nous sommes 
partis. C'etait la premiere fois que je voyais 4 des wagons a 20 



10 



12 



1 Impf. ind. of promettre. 

2 Cf. § 337 note. 



3 Feminine referring to classe. 

4 Impr. ind. of voir. 



124 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

compartiments, mais je les ai trouves si commodes et le voyage 

si interessant que le trajet du Havre a Paris m'a semble tres 22 

court. 

CONVERSATION (CON VERSA TION) 

1. Dans quel bateau est-ce que j'ai fait mon premier voyage 
en Europe? 2. Quelle est la ligne de paquebots qui possede la 
((France))? 3. En combien de jours est-ce qu'elle fait la traversee 
de l'Atlantique? 4. Quelle sorte de bateau est-ce? 5. Est-ce que 
la vue de la France m'a cause de l'emotion? 6. Pourquoi? 
7. Qu'est-ce que nous avons fait quelques heures apres avoir vu 1 
la cote francaise? 8. Est-ce que tous les voyageurs avaient 
achete des billets a, destination de Paris? 9. Pourquoi est-ce 
qu'on se presente au guichet? 10. Qu'est-ce qu'on dit pour avoir 
un billet de premiere classe pour Paris? 11. Est-ce que les 
wagons des trains francais sont comme les wagons americains? 
12. En quoi sont-ils differents? 

COMPOSITION (THEME) 

If you have never been to France, you must 2 try to (de) 
make the journey soon. There are so many transatlantic lines 2 
that one has a great choice of steamers. If you wish to speak 
French only during the voyage, take one of the boats of the 4 
General Transatlantic Company. Everything is French on 
these steamers, the officers, the crew, and most of the passen- 6 
gers. One has the impression of being in a great French hotel, 
and there are many opportunities to (pour) converse in 8 
French. When you arrive at Havre, if you have not already 
bought your ticket to Paris, go to the ticket-window and ask 10 
[for] a first-class ticket (billet de premiere). You will rind 
the Paris train quite near the harbor. 12 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. You do not find French grammar difficult, do you? — Yes, 
I find it quite difficult. 2. Do you like it? — Yes, I like it very 
much. 3. Let us chat a little. — No, I haven't time now. 
4. Are you going to take that boat or not? 5. The trains of this 
railway are not convenient. 6. Perhaps not, but I have always 

1 Cf. § 337 note. : Use il faut with subjunctive. 



125 



r§ 247 POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS 

thought so. 7. They have landed no one. 8. No one lands. 
9. That causes me no emotion. 10. I bought nothing, for they 
had nothing to (a) sell. 11. The crossing was scarcely long 
enough. 12. Never did the sight of France cause me so much 
emotion. 13. My first impression was not at all good. 14. I 
have only one round- trip ticket. 15. Neither my brother nor 
my sister has arrived. 16. Who has arrived? — Nobody. 
17. I alone do not dare [to] promise it. 18. I have not heard 
your voice for a long time. 

LESSON XXVI {LEQON XXVI) 
VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 



attendre [ata:dr], to expect, 

wait for, await. 

les bagages [baga:3], the baggage, 

luggage (usually used in 

plural) ; salle des — , baggage 



room. 



enregistrer [ar^istre], (of baggage) 
to check. 

eprouver [epruve], to prove, 
try; feel, experience. 

examiner [egzamine], to exam- 
ine. 



ca [sa], adv., here; — et la, here 

and there, up and down, to 

and fro. 

charger [§ar3e], to load, charge. 

le colis [koli], the package, case; 

pi., hand-baggage. 
le conducteur [k5dyktce:r], the 
conductor, 
conduire [kodqiir], irr. v., to 

conduct; drive, take. 
courir [kuriir], irr. v., to run. 
le cri [kri], the cry, call, shout. 
le debarcadere [debarkadeir], the 
platform, landing. 
declarer [deklare], to declare, 
la douane [dwan], the custom- 
house; duty. 
- douanier [dwanje], the custom- 
house officer. 

En voiture! [a vwatysr] 
En wagon! [a vago] 



le fiacre [fjakr], the cab, hack. 
la joie [3wa], the joy, delight. 
la malle [mal], the trunk. 

l'ordre [ordr], m., the order. 
le possesseur [posesce:r], the pos- 
sessor. 
la possession [posesjo], the posses- 
sion. 
le pourboire [purbwair], the tip. 
retenir [ratnirr], irr. v., to retain; 

engage. 
stationner [stasjone], (of cabs) 
to stand, be stationed. 
le taxi [taksi], (brief for taxi-auto) 

the taxi, taxi-cab. 
la visite [vizit], the visit; inspec- 
tion, 
voyager [vwaja3e], to travel, 
journey. 



All aboard! 



247. POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS (PRONOMS POSSESSIFS) 



M. 
l re pers. le mien [mje] 
2 e pers. le tien [tje] 
3 e pers. le sien [sje] 



Singular (Singulier) 

F. 
la mienne [mjen] 
la tienne [tjen] 
la sienne [sjen] 



'thine' 

'his,' 'hers,' 'its/ 



'one's own' 



126 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



§§ 248-252 



la notre [no:tr] 
la votre [vo:tr] 
la leur [lce:r] 


'ours' 

'yours' 

'theirs' 


Plural (Plnriel) 
F. 
les miennes [mjen] 
les tiennes [tjen] 
les siennes [sjen] 




'mine' 
'thine' 
'his,' 'hers,' 


les notres [no:tr] 
les votres [vo:tr] 
les leurs [loe:r] 


'one's own' 
' ours ' 
' yours ' 
'theirs' 



'its,' 



l ie pers. le ndtre 1 [noitr] 
2 e pers. le votre 1 [vo:tr] 
3 e pers. le leur [loeir], 

M. 
l re pers. les miens [mje] 
2 e pers. les tiens [tje] 
3 e pers. les siens [sje] 

l re pers. les notres [no:tr] 
2 e pers. les votres [voitr] 
3 e pers. les leurs [lce:r] 

Note. — Le and les contract with de and a, e.g., du mien, aux siennes, 
etc. 

248. The possessive pronouns agree in gender and number 
with the noun indicating the thing possessed, and in person 
with the possessor, and are used in general as in English. 

J'ai ma plume et les votres I have my pen and yours 

1. When the possessor is indefinite, the forms le sien, la 
sienne, are used. 

Chacun a le sien (or la sienne) Each one has his 

249. After etre, possession is regularly expressed by a + a 

disjunctive pronoun. Only when a distinction of ownership is 

implied, may the possessive pronoun be used after etre. 

Ce chapeau est a moi This hat is mine 

Ce chapeau est le mien This hat is (the one that is) mine 

250. The English idiom l a friend of mine,' etc., may be trans- 
lated by un de mes amis, un ami a moi, or, more rarely and less 
seriously, un mien ami. 

IRREGULAR VERBS (VERBES IRREGULIERS) 

251. There are only two irregular verbs in -er, aller and 
envoyer. 

252. aller [ale], 'to go' (aux. etre). 

Parties principaJcs aller, allant, alle, vais, allai 

Indicate? 

Present vais [ve], vas, va, allons, allez, vont 

Imparfait all ais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
Passe Defini allai, as, a, ames, ates, erent 
Fulur irai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel irais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

* Note the circumflex accent, which is not in the possessive adjective forms. 




§ 253 IRREGULAR VERBS IN -ER 127 



SUBJONCTIF 

Present aille,ailles, aille, allions, alliez, aillent 

Imparfait allasse, asses, at, assions, assiez, assent 

Imperatif 
va, allons, allez 
Like aller: s'en aller, 'to go away.' 

Note. — The present and imperfect of aller + an infinitive convey an idea 
of immediate futurity. 

Je vais partir I am going to leave 

253. envoyer [avwaje], 'to send' (aux. avoir). 

Parties principalis envoyer, envoyant, envoye, envoie, envoyai 

Indicatif 

Present envoie, envoies, envoie, envoyons, envoyez, envoient 

Imparfait envoy ais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Passe Defini envoy ai, as, a, ames, ates, erent 

Futur enverrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel enverrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjonctif 

Present envoie, envoies, envoie, envoyions, envoyiez, en- 

voient 
Imparfait envoy asse, asses, at, assions, assiez, assent 

Imperatif 
envoie, envoyons, envoyez 
Like envoyer: renvoyer, 'to send away.' 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 
1. Mettez les pronoms possessifs au tableau, Monsieur 



2. En quoi est-ce que les pronoms possessifs s'accordent avec la 
chose possedee? 3. En quoi est-ce qu'ils s'accordent avec le 
possesseur? 4. Quand le possesseur est indefini, quelles formes 
est-ce qu'on emploie? 5. Comment est-ce qu'on exprime en 
general la possession apres le verbe etre? 6. Dites-moi en fran- 
cais 'our people'; 'a cousin of mine.' 7. Conjuguez le verbe 
irregulier aller au present de l'indicatif; au passe defini; au pre- 
sent du subjonctif. 8. Donnez-moi les parties principales du 
verbe aller; du verbe envoyer. 9. Quel est le futur du verbe 
aller? du verbe envoyer? 10. Conjuguez le present de l'indica- 
tif et du subjonctif du verbe envoyer. 11. Ecrivezau tableau 
la conjugaison du present et du passe indefini de l'indicatif du 
verbe s'en aller. 



128 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE BE LECTURE) 

J'avais eprouve au Havre un vrai plaisir en entendant le 
cri du conducteur, ((Les voyageurs pour Paris en voiture,)) et 2 
ma joie etait encore plus grande quand, apres trois heures de 
voyage, j'ai entendu les mots, ((Paris, tout le monde descend.)) 4 
Je me suis trouve presque aussitot sur le debarcadere de la 
gare St-Lazare, la plus grande de toutes les gares de Paris. 6 
Des facteurs couraient 1 ca et la, portant aux nacres ou aux 
taxis, qui stationnaient sur la place devant la gare, les bagages 8 
des voyageurs. J'ai dit a un des facteurs de prendre les miens 
et de me retenir un taxi. Alors nous sommes alles a la salle 10 
des bagages attendre la visite des douaniers. La plupart des 
voyageurs desEtats-Unis font 2 enregistrer leurs malles a desti- 1 2 
nation de Paris, mais plusieurs de mes amis, qui avaient ou- 
blie de le faire, ont ete obliges d'ouvrir les leurs a la douane du 14 
Havre, ou les colis de tout le monde sont toujours examines. 
Apres avoir attendu assez longtemps mon tour dans la salle 16 
des bagages, un des douaniers est venu 3 et m'a demande si 
j'avais quelque chose a declarer. Je lui ai dit que non, en ou- 18 
vrant 4 mes malles, et puis il les a marquees avec un morceau 
de craie. La visite passee, on a charge mes malles sur le taxi. 20 
Apres avoir donne au facteur un petit pourboire, j'ai de- 
mande au chauffeur de me conduire a l'Hotel Bellevue. 22 

CONVERSATION {CONVERSATION) 

1. Que dit le conducteur pour faire entrer les voyageurs dans 
le train? pour les faire descendre? 2. Apres avoir entendu ces 
derniers mots, ou est-ce que je me suis trouve? 3. Qu'est-ce 
que j'ai vu? 4. Ou est-ce que ces facteurs allaient? 5. Qu'est- 
ce que j'ai dit a un des facteurs? 6. Ou sommes-nous alles apres 
cela? 7. A quelle destination est-ce que la plupart des voya- 
geurs des Etats-Unis font enregistrer leurs malles? 8. Ou est-ce 
que plusieurs de mes amis ont ete obliges d'ouvrir les leurs? 

1 Impf. ind. of courir. 

2 Pres. ind. of faire. For this use of faire followed by an infinitive, cf. p. 
footnote 7, or § 358. 

3 Past part, of venir. 4 Pres. part, of ouvrir. 




EXERCISES 129 

9. Qu'est-ce qu'on est toujours oblige d'ouvrir a la douane du 
Havre? 10. Qui est venu 1 a, moi 2 apres quelque temps? 

11. Qu'est-ce qu'il m'a dit? 12. Qu'est-ce qu'il a fait alors? 
13. La visite passee, qu'a fait le facteur? 14. Et moi, qu'est-ce 
que j'ai fait? 15. Quel ordre ai-je donne au chauffeur? 

COMPOSITION {THEME) 

Will you please wait [for] me here? I am going [to] buy our 
tickets. Where is the window? Oh! yes, there it is. .. . Two 2 
first-class tickets for Paris, if you please. — Round trip? — 
No, just one way. . . . Well! I have the tickets. Here is yours. 4 
Now let's go to the baggage-room and have our trunks 
checked. There is mine, but yours is not there. — Yes, it is 6 
(si fait), there behind yours. — Oh! yes, I see (vois) it now. 
Have you any hand-baggage {pi.)} — Yes, the porter has it 8 
{pi.) on the platform. — I left mine {pi.) in the cab. I will 
send for (envoyer chercher) it {pi.) now. . . . Porter, put my 10 
baggage and hers, too, in this compartment. Here is a tip. . . . 
We must hurry, for I hear the conductor's call, "Travelers 12 
for Paris, all aboard!" 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. Where is your baggage {pi.)? Mine is here. 2. His is in 
the baggage room, and theirs is on the platform. 3. Have you 
your ticket? Here is mine. 4. This package is mine {two ways). 
5. Have you trunks to (a) be (faire) examined? 6. Yes, there 
are two. 7. Have you anything to (a) declare? — No, nothing 
at all. 8. Did you ask the (au) chauffeur to (de) drive us to the 
Hotel Bellevue? — Yes, and I gave a tip to the porter. 9. I am 
glad that you did not forget that. 10. Have you ever traveled 
in France? — Never. 11. Everybody loves his own [people]. 

12. Let us go; we went; they would go; go; let me go; I shall go; 
etc. 13. Go away; don't go away; he goes away; they went 
away; etc. 14. Send us something; they send; they sent; he 
will send; we are sending; we were sending; that he might send 
away; etc. 

1 Past part, of venir. ■ Cf. § 227, 6 note. 



130 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



§§ 254-255 



LESSON XXVII {LEQON XXVII) 

VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 

l'entree [atre], /., the entrance, 



l'adresse [adres],/., the address, 
F antecedent [ateceda].. m., the 

antecedent. 
l'appartement [apartoma], m., the 
apartment, flat. 
le bain [be], the bath; la salle de 

— s [sal da be], bath-room. 
la bibliotheque [bibliotek], the li- 
brary. 
le boulevard [bulvair], the boule- 
vard. 
la chambre a coucher [$a:br a 
ku$e], the bedroom, sleeping- 
room. 
choisir [§wazi:r], to choose. 
le (or la) concierge [k5sjer3], the 
janitor; janitress; door-keep- 
er; porter, 
convenir [k5vni:rj, irr. v., to 
suit, become. 
la cour [ku:r], the court, court- 
yard, yard. 
le cours [ku:r], the course. 

determiner [determine], to de- 
termine; adj., pp. determine, 
determined; definite. 
ensuite [astiit], adv., after, after- 
wards, then. 

donnez-vous la peine de 



entry. 
l'escalier [eskalje], m., the stair- 
case, stairs, flight of stairs. 
Petage [eta:3], m., the story, floor 
(of a house). 
la garde [gard], the guard; care. 

latin [late], adj., Latin, 
la loge [10:3], the lodge, box; room. 
loin [lwe], adv., far, far off. 
louer [lwe], to rent, let. 
le milieu [miljo], the middle, cen- 
ter; au — de. in the midst of; 
au beau — , in the very mid- 
dle. 
la piece [pjes], the piece; room; 

play. 
le quartier [kartje], the quarter, 

ward, district. 
le rez-de-chaussee [re t $ose], the 

ground-floor, 
la rive [ri:v], the shore, bank, side. 
ie salon [salo], the drawing-room. 

salon, parlor. 
le sejour [se5u:r], the sojourn, 
stay. 
visiter [vizite], to visit; exam- 
ine, inspect. 
., kindly . . ., please . . . 



Va- 
riable 



celui [salqi] celle [sel] ] ' 
celui-ci celle-ci > ' 



254. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS (PRONOMS DEMONSTRATES) 

Sing. Plur. 

M. F. M. F. 

this (one),' ceux [so] celles [sel] ] < , , 
that (one),' ceux-c* celles-ci [■ t , *, 
celui-la celle-la J 'he,' etc. ceux-la celles-la J 
1 ce.{sa, s], 'this (these),' 'that (those),' 'it (he, she, they)' 

riahle tcela [sola, slap that' 

Note. — Ce is apostrophized before a vowel, c' becoming c' before a. 
C'a ete bien It was well 

255. The variable forms agree in gender and number with 

the noun for which they stand. 

Mes livres et ceux de mon frere My books and my brother's 

J'aime cette plume-ci, mais je I like this pen, but I don't like that 
n'aime pas celle-la one 



§§ 256-262 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS 131 

256. The variable forms without -ci or -la are used only before 

a relative or prepositional clause. 

Celui de mon frere est plus petit que My brother's is smaller than the 
celui qui est sur la table one (that is) on the table 

257. The variable forms with -ci or -la may be used in any 

other construction. Ci and la serve to distinguish the nearer 

from the more remote. Celui-ci, etc. ='the latter,' celui-la, etc. 

= ' the former.' 

J'aime mieux celles-ci I prefer these 

Henri IV et Louis XIII — celui-ci Henry IV and Louis XIII — the 
etait fils de celui-la latter was the son of the former 

258. Of the invariable forms, ce may be used before a rela- 
tive clause or as subject of etre (sometimes modified by devoir, 
pouyoir, or sembler). 

Ce que vous dites est ce qui "What (that which) you say is what 

m'amuse amuses me 

C'est vrai. Ce doit etre lui That is true. It must be he 

259. Ceci and cela may be used in all constructions, usually 

without reference to a definite antecedent. 

Ceci me plait, mais je n'aime This pleases me, but I don't like that 
pas cela 

260. Cela is often contracted to ca. It is so used in many 

colloquial expressions, and may be applied contemptuously to 

persons. 

Comment ca va? How goes it? 

Qui ca? Who? 

£a parle trop He talks too much 

IRREGULAR VERBS IN -OIR 1 (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -OIR) 

261. There are a few irregular verbs in -oir, which form in 
some grammars a third conjugation, of which recevoir serves 
as the model, verbs in -re thus forming a fourth conjugation. 

262. recevoir [rasavwair], 'to receive' (aux. avoir). 
Parties principalcs recevoir, recevant, recu, recois, recus 

Indicatif 
Present recois, recois, recoit, recevons, recevez, recoivent 

Imparfait recevais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
Passe Defini recus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 
Futur recevrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel recevrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

1 These verbs are given here before the irregular verbs of the second conjugation 
because of their frequent use. 




132 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 263 

SUBJOXCTIF 

Present recoive, regoives, recoive, recevions, receviez, regoivent 

Imparfait recusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

Imterattf 
recois, recevons, recevez 

263. devoir [davwair], 'to owe,' 'ought,' 'should,' 'must' 

(aux. avoir). 

Parties principales devoir, devant, du (/. due), dois, dus 

Indicatif 

Present dois, dois, doit, devons, devez, doivent 

Imparfait devais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Passe Defini dus, us, ut, umes, utes, urent 

Futur devrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel devrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjoxctef 
Present doive, doives, doive, devions, deviez, doivent 

Imparfait dusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

Imperatef 
dois, devons, devez 

Note. — Translate 'is to,' 'was to,' by dois, devais, etc.; 'ought to' by 
devrais, etc.; 'ought to have' by aurais du, etc. 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIOXXAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Quels sont les pronoms demonstratifs variables en fran- 
cais? 2. Donnez-moi ceux qui sont in variables. 3. Quand est- 
ce qu'on emploie les formes variables sans -ci ni -la et celles 
avec -ci ou -la? 4. Comment est-ce qu'on exprime en francais 
'the former'? 'the latter'? 5. Comment est-ce qu'on emploie 
le pronom ce? 6. Quels sont les pronoms demonstratifs qui s'em- 
ploient sans rapport ('reference') a un antecedent determine? 
7. Donnez-moi les parties principales de recevoir. 8. Continuez 
la conjugaison de je recois mes amis, tu recois tes amis, etc.; 
je n'ai pas recu la lettre, etc.; je ne les recevrai pas, etc.; je ne 
devrais pas le faire, etc. 9. Dites-moi en francais k I was to 
see him,' 'I ought to have received him,' 'let them receive us,' 

etc. 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

Apres avoir 1 passe quelques jours a l'hotel, nous avons de- 
cide que nous devrions louer un appartement, puisque pour un 2 

i Cf. § 337 note. 




EXERCISES • 133 

long sejour a Paris ce serait a la fois moins cher et plus com- 
mode. Ayant recu de nos amis les adresses de plusieurs ap- 4 
partements, nous avons commence par visiter ceux qui se 
trouvaient sur la rive droite. Ensuite nous avons visite ceux 6 
de la rive gauche. Parmi ceux-ci nous avons choisi un tres 
bel appartement sur le boulevard St-Germain, au beau milieu 8 
du quartier latin, et pas tres loin de la Sorbonne. Cela me 
convient, 1 car je vais y suivre des cours cet hiver. L'apparte- 10 
ment que nous avons choisi est au premier 2 (etage). Nous 
n'avons done qu'un escalier a monter. L'appartement se 12 
compose de huit pieces: un salon, une bibliotheque, une salle a 
manger, une cuisine, une salle de bains, et trois chambres a 14 
coucher. La mienne donne 3 sur le boulevard et celle de ma 
mere, sur la cour. La concierge, qui a la garde de l'entree de 16 
la maison, a sa loge au rez de chaussee. 

CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 

1. Apres avoir passe quelques jours a l'hotel, qu'est-ce que 
nous nous sommes decides a faire? 2. Pourquoi? 3. De qui 
avons-nous recu des adresses d'appartements? 4. Alors qu'est- 
ce que nous avons commence a. faire? 5. Apres cela, qu'est-ce 
que nous avons fait? 6. Ou se trouve l'appartement que nous 
avons choisi? 7. Qu'est-ce que e'est que la Sorbonne? 8. Dans 
quel quartier de Paris est-ce qu'elle se trouve? 9. A quel etage 
est notre appartement? 10. Quelles sont les pieces qui le com- 
posent? 11. Sur quoi est-ce que ma chambre donne? celle de 
ma mere? 12. Ou est-ce que la concierge a sa loge? 

COMPOSITION (THEME) 

I have received the addresses of several flats, and I think 
that I ought [to] inspect them this morning. Will you ac- 2 
company me? — Gladly. — Well then! let us visit first the 
one that is on the Boulevard St-Germain. — Here we are. 4 
This is the number, isn't it? — Yes, that's it. Ah! there is the 

1 Pres. ind. of convenir. 

2 In France the premier is what we call the 'second story,' the deuxieme, 'the 
third,' and so on. Our 'first' is called rez de chaussee. 

3 'Looks out upon.' 

* 



134 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

janitress in her lodge. Good day, Madam. I have been told 6 
(use on) that you have a flat to rent. May one see it? — Why 
certainly, sirs. Kindly follow me. The apartment is on the 8 
(au) second [floor], and you have only one flight of stairs to (a) 
climb. This is (voici) the salon. The room to the right is the io 
library, the one to the left is the dining-room, and behind that 
is the kitchen. There are four sleeping-rooms. Those that 12 
open on the court are smaller than those that look out upon 
the boulevard. Here is also an excellent bath-room, a thing 14 
that one does not always find in the flats of this district. — 
Thank you very much, Madam. I am delighted with this 16 
apartment, and I shall seek no further. 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. My apartment is in the midst of the Latin quarter; my 
brother's is on the right bank of the Seine. 2. These (rooms) are 
larger than those. 3. That makes (rend) them more comfort- 
able. 4. These apartments are more expensive than those of 
the Latin quarter. 5. Why are the latter less dear? 6. The 
one that we inspected this morning is on the third floor. 7. It 
has five rooms; these open upon the court, and those open upon 
the street. 8. Did you like that book? — It has been very in- 
teresting. 9. This one is more interesting than that one. 
10. What he says is true. 11. Who [is] that? 12. How goes it? 
13. You ought not [to] do that. 14. I received this this morn- 
ing. 15. I shall receive; he received; we were receiving; let 
them receive; etc. 16. I am [to] leave; he was [to] leave; I 
shall be obliged [to] leave; you ought [to] leave; etc. 

LESSON XXVIII (LEQOX XXVIII) 

VOCABULARY I 'OC. 1 B VIA IRE) 

Pacajou [aka3u], m., the mahog- le buffet [byfe], the sideboard, 

any. le canape [kanape], the sofa, di-_ 
ainsi [esi], adv., thus, so, in this van. 

manner; — que, conj., as, la chaise a bascule [$e:z a baskyl], 
like, as well as. the rocking-chair. 

Parmoire [armwa:r],/., the closet, le chene [$e:n], the oak. 

clothes-press, wardrobe. la commode [komod], the com- 
le bronze [bro:z], the bronze. mode, bureau. 



■S 264-265 



DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS 



135 



confortable [k5fortabl], adj., 

comfortable, 
elegant [elega], adj., elegant, 
stylish. 

le gueridon [gerido], the round 
table, stand. 

ie lavabo [lavabo], the wash-stand. 

le lit [li], the bed, bedstead. 

le lustre [lystr], the chandelier. 

le marbre [marbr], the marble. 

ie meuble [mcebi], the piece of fur- 
niture. 

le rniroir [mirwair], the mirror, 
looking-glass. 

le mobilier [mobilje], the furni- 
ture. 



ordinaire [ordinesr], adj., ordi- 
nary, usual; a 1' — , ordinarily, 
pendre [pa:dr], to hang. 

le piano [pjano], the piano. 

le plafond [plafo], the ceiling. 

le plancher [pla$e], the floor. 

ie rideau [rido], (pi. -x), the cur- 
tain, 
sculpter [skylte], to carve. 

le sofa [sofa], the sofa. 

le store [stoir], the shade, window- 
shade. 

le tapis [tapi], the carpet, rug. 

la tapisserie [tapisri], the tapestry, 
upholstery. 

la valeur [valceir], the value. 



DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS [CONTINUATION] (PRONOMS DE- 
MONSTRATES [SUITE]) 

264. Ce regularly replaces il(s) or elle(s) before etre followed 
by a noun, a pronoun, or a superlative. £tre is regularly 
pluralized 1 before a plural noun or pronoun (except nous and 

vous) . 

C'est ma soeur, She is my sister C'est la meilleure, She is the best 
Ce sont mes freres, They are Ce sont les miens, They are mine 
(or it is) my brothers 
But: C'est nous, It is we 

Note 1. — Ce is often used redundantly to repeat the subject. 
L'Etat, c'est moi I am the State 

Note 2. — A redundant que may be employed to introduce the logical 
subject when it follows the phrase. 

C'est une belle chose que la vertu Virtue is a fine thing 
Note 3. — Ce is sometimes emphasized by the adverb la following etre. 

Ce sont la des idees etranges Those are strange ideas 
Note 4. — ' This is ' and ' that is ' are usually best expressed by voici 
and voila. 

Voici votre roi, peuple, et voila This is your king, people, and that 
votre reine is your queen 

1. If a noun following etre is used adjectively, the subject 

pronoun of the third person is il(s) or elle(s). 

Elle est couturiere \ She is a lis sont cousins 1 They are 

But: C'est une couturiere J dressmaker But : Ce sont des cousins / cousins 

265. Colloquially ce may replace il or elle before etre fol- 
lowed by an adjective when referring to a thing (not a person). 

1 The singular form is, however, always allowable. 



136 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 266-267 

In that case, the adjective is always masculine, even when re- 
ferring to a feminine object. lis or elles is required in the 
plural, however, instead of ce. 

En parlant de la maison, on peut dire, \ elle est grande, ou 
In speaking of the house, one may say, / c'est grand. 
But: lis sont riches They are rich 

266. 'It,' as impersonal subject of etre, may be expressed by 

either il or ce, but ce regularly replaces il when the phrase is 

closed by an adjective, an adverb, an infinitive preceded by a 

(whether governed by a preceding adjective or not), or by a 

prepositional or adverbial clause. 

C'est vrai, It is true C'est a desirer, It is to be desired 

C'est bien, It is well C'est pour vous, It is for you 

Ce doit etre facile a faire, It Ce sera comme vous voudrez, It 
must be easy to do shall be as you like 

Exception. — The parenthetical il est vrai. 

Note. — When the thought continues beyond the adjective or infinitive, 
il is the proper subject of etre, though in colloquial style ce is often so used. 
U (or c')est facile de faire cela, It is easy to do that 

IRREGULAR VERBS IN -OIR {VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -OIR) 

267. asseoir [aswair], 'to seat' (anx. avoir). 

Parties principalis asseoir, < ' } assis, < . ' > assis 

*■ ** r t » ^ assoyant, J ' [ assois, J 

Indicate? 

p , . ( assieds, assieds, assied, asseyons, asseyez, asseyent 

res l \ assois, assois, assoit, assoyons, assoyez, assoient 

Imparfait < eyai i • a - [ ons - iez a i en t 

r J { assoyais J 

Passe Defini assis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

f assierai 
Futur -j asseyerai > as, a, ons, ez, ont 

I assoirai J 
| assier ais 
Conditionnel \ asseyerais \ ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
[ assoir ais J 

Subjoxctif 
p . ( asseye, asseyes, asseye, asseyions. asseyiez, asseyent 

rese i <y assoie, assoies. assoie, assoyions, assoyiez, assoient 

Imparfait assisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

Imperatif 
assieds, asseyons, asseyez 
assois, assoyons, assoyez 

Like asseoir: s'asseoir, 'to sit down' (aux. etre). 



§ 268 EXERCISES 137 

268. falloir [falwair], 'to be necessary,' 'must' (impers. — 

aux. avoir). 

Parties principales falloir, , fallu, il faut, il fallut 

Indicatif 
Present il faut 

Imparfait il fallait 
Passe Defini il fallut 
Futur il faudra 

Conditionnel il faudrait 

Subjonctif 
Present qu'il faille 
Imparfait qu'il fallut 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Quand est-ce qu'on peut remplacer il(s) ou elle(s) par ce 
devant le verbe etre? 2. Quand est-ce qu'on emploie la forme 
ce sont? 3. Dites-moi en francais 'it is you'; 'it is they'; 'it is 
we.' 4. Comment est-ce qu'on dit a l'ordinaire 'this is'; 'that 
is'? 5. Dites-moi de deux facons difTerentes 'French is an easy 
subject.' 6. Quand est-ce qu'on peut employer il(s) ou elle(s) 
comme sujet du verbe etre suivi d'un substantif? 7. Quand 
est-ce qu'on peut remplacer il impersonnel par ce? 8. Mettez 
au tableau la conjugaison du present et du passe indefini du 
verbe s'asseoir. 9. Conjuguez je m'asseyais la, etc. ; ne t'assieds 
pas ici, etc.; que je m'asseye pres d'elle, etc. 10. Ecrivez au 
tableau toutes les formes du verbe falloir. 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

II faudra que je vous montre le mobilier de notre nouvel ap- 
partement. II est tres elegant. Voici le salon. Les fauteuils, 2 
le gueridon, et le piano sont en 1 acajou. Ce sont la de jolis 
meubles, n'est-ce pas? Le canape (ou sofa) est en 1 tapisserie, 4 
ainsi que cette chaise a bascule. Asseyez-vous-y, et vous 
verrez 2 combien elle est confortable. Les rideaux et les stores 6 
sont blancs, comme vous voyez. 3 La cheminee est en l marbre 
blanc. Le plancher est couvert d'un beau tapis de Smyrne. 4 8 
Ce lustre-la qui pend du plafond, c'est un bronze de grande 
valeur. Les meubles de la salle a manger sont en 1 chene 10 

1 'Of,' cf. § 328, 6, (2). 3 Pres . ind . f voir- 

2 Fut. ind. of voir. 4 'Smyrna.' 




138 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

sculpte. Quel joli buffet, n'est-ce pas? Void ma propre cham- 
breacoucher. Son mobilier est tres simple. II comprend 1 un 12 
lit, plusieurs chaises, une armoire, une commode avec un 
miroir, et un lavabo. Enfin, le mobilier de notre appartement 14 
nous plait 2 beaucoup. 

CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 

1. Que faudra-t-il que je vous montre? 2. Est-il elegant? 
3. En 3 quoi sont les meubles du salon? 4. En 3 quoi est la chaise 
a, bascule? 5. Est-ce que les chaises a bascule sont ordinaire- 
ment confortables? 6. De quelle couleur sont les rideaux et les 
stores? 7. En 3 quoi est la cheminee? 8. De quoi est-ce que le 
plancher est couvert? 9. Qu'est-ce qui pend du plafond? 10. En 3 
quoi sont les meubles de la salle a manger? 11. Que comprend 
le mobilier de ma propre chambre? 

COMPOSITION (THEME) 

Since the apartment that we have chosen was not fur- 
nished (meuble), I have had to buy some furniture. Here is 2 
the furniture that I have bought for the library. The desk 
and the armchairs are of (en 3 ) carved oak. Those are the 4 
chairs for the dining-room. They are of (en 3 ) mahogany, 
like those of the drawing-room. Don't you think that they 6 
are comfortable and elegant? It is not easy to (de) find such 
(de si) handsome furniture in the United States. This is the 8 
drawing-room. What do you think 'of it? Everything is 
blue, the shades, curtains, furniture, and carpet. It is my 10 
favorite color. We have only one rocking-chair. You know 
that the French do not use rocking-chairs much. This is my 1 2 
bedroom. Here everything is white, the chairs, the bed, the 
wardrobe, the bureau, and the washstand. White always 14 
looks (a Pair) clean. 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. She 4 is my French teacher. 2. She is the tallest in the 
class. 3. It is you; it is he; it is we; it is they. 4. I am 

1 Pres. ind. of comprendre. 

2 Pres. ind. of plaire, 'to please.' \ 'Of.' cf. § 328, 6, (2). 
* In this case elle may be used in order to specify the gender. 



EXERCISES 



139 



the State. 5. Patriotism is a fine thing (two ways). 6. Those 
are comfortable chairs. 7. This is my friend, of whom I have 
spoken to you. 8. He is a teacher (two ways). 9. They are 
friends (two ways). 10. Is the table large or small? — It is small 
(two ways). 11. Are the rooms comfortable? — They are very 
comfortable. 12. It is true, is it not? 13. It must be very 
easy. 14. It is to be desired. 15. It is hard to do that. 16. I 
sit down; I was sitting down; I was seated; I sat down; sit down; 
don't sit down; etc. 17. It is necessary; it was necessary; that 
it may be necessary; that it might be necessary; etc. 18. I 
must speak to you; I had [to] speak to you. 



LESSON XXIX (LEQON XXIX) 



VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 



l'Arc de triomphe [ark da trioif], 
m., the arch of triumph (a 
famous triumphal arch in 
Paris, begun by Napoleon I, 
i8o6). 
l'avenue [avny],/., the avenue. 
le bout [bu], the end, extremity. 
celebre [seleibr], adj., celebrated, 

famous, 
classique [klasik], adj., classic, 
classical. 



magnifique [majiifik], adj., mag- 
nificent. 
le monument [monyma], the monu- 
ment, structure. 
le musee [myze], the museum. 
l'opera [opera], the opera, opera- 
house. 
oppose [opoze], adj., opposite. 
le palais [pale], the palace; court 

of justice. 
la peinture [petyir], the painting; 



conteiir [kotniir], irr. v., to con- paint. 

tain; pres. ind., contiens. le quai [ke], the quay, wharf. 



le cote [kote], the side; direction; 
d'un — , on one side; du — 
(de), on the side (of), in the 
direction (neighborhood) (of). 
decrire [dekri:r], irr. v., to de- 
scribe. 

le depute [depyte], the deputy, 
representative. 

la facade [fasad], the facade, front. 

le jardin [3arde], the garden. 

le lointain [lwete], the distance. 



regagner [ragane], to regain, re- 
turn to. 
la sculpture [skylty:r], the sculp- 
ture; carving. 

splendide [spladid], adj., splen- 
did. 

superbe [syperb], adj., superb, 
stately. 
le theatre [teaitr], the theater. 

traverser [traverse], to cross, 
traverse, pass over (through). 




a pied [a pje], on foot. 

a present [a preza], at present, now. 

en face (de) [a fas (da)], opposite. 

faire le tour de [fe:r la tu:r da], to go round. 



140 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 269-273 

269. INTERROGATIVE ADJECTIVES (ADJECTIFS INTERROGATES) 

Sing. Plur. 

M. quel? [kel] quels? [kel] 1 'what?' 'which?' etc. 
F. quelle? [kel] quelles? [kel] / (of persons or things) 

270. The interrogative adjectives agree in gender and number 

with the nouns they modify. 

Quel homme? Which man? 

Quelle est la lecon? What (which) is the lesson? 

271. In exclamations quel may mean 'what a.' Cf. § 51, 2. 
Quelle femme! What a woman! 

272. INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS (PRONOMS INTERROGATES) 

Sing. Plur. 

T/ . ,, j M. lequel? 1 [bkel, lkel] lesquels? 1 [lekel] { 'which?', 

Variaoie ^ p laqueUe? [ lakel] lesqueUes? 1 [lekel] 'which (or 

[ what) one? ' 
f qui? [ki], 'who?,' 'whom?' 
Invariable -j que? 2 [ka], 'what?' 
[ quoi? [kwa], 'what?' 

Note. — There are also compound forms with est-ce: 

qui est-ce ( Jjji^ll? ' . <* u ' est - ce { quf? 2 } ' what? ' 

273. Their principal uses are as follows: 

1. 'which,' 'which one' =lequel? etc. (in all constructions). 

Lequel est votre frere? Which is your brother? 

Duquel parlez-vous? Of which one are you speaking? 

2. 'who?' =qui? or qui est-ce qui? 

Qui (est-ce qui) est la? Who is 3 there? 

3. 'whom' =qui? or qui est-ce que 2 ? 

Qui avez-vous vu? WTiom have you seen? 

Qui est-ce que vous voyez? 4 Whom do you see? 

Pour qui < ve ° ez-vous - I For whom do vou come? 

* v h ^ est-ce que vous venez? 4 J 

t , r a qui? (denoting ownership) 

' " ose * " I de qui? (denoting relationship) 

A qui est ce crayon? 4 Whose pencil is this? 

De qui est-il l'ami? 4 Whose friend is he? 

1 These forms contract with de and a, e.g., duquel. auxquels, etc. They agree 
in gender and number with the nouns for which they stand. 

2 Que is written qu' before a vowel or mute h. 

3 The English ' who are? ' is translated also by the singular in French. 

4 Note the order of the phrase. 




§§ 274-276 INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS 141 



5. 'what?' = 



qu'est-ce qui? (subject) 

qu'est-ce que? or que? (object or predicate nomi- 
native) 
, quoi? (after prepositions or absolutely) 

Qu'est-ce qui est sur la table? What is on the table? 

Qu'est-ce que vous avez? 1 or Qu'avez-vous? What have you? 

Qu'est-ce que la mort sera? 1 or Que sera la mort? What will death be? 
De quoi parlez-vous? Of what are you speaking? 

Quoi? Rien? What? Nothing? 

Note. — An extension of the predicate nominative use of qu'est-ce que? 
may be seen in the phrase Qu'est-ce que c'est que . . .?=' What is . . .? 

274. Que may be used also adverbially in the sense of 'how!' 

or 'why?' 

Que vous etes joli! How pretty you are! 

Que n'est-il 2 venu? Why did he not come? 

Note. — Que used with the partitive de in exclamations has the sense 
of ' how much {or many) ! ' 

Que de choses! How many things! 

275. Most interrogative adjectives and pronouns may be 
used in either direct or indirect discourse, but 'what' in indi- 
rect discourse is the same as the compound relative ce qui, etc. 
(cf. § 286), except before an infinitive, when it is que. 

( lequel 1 f which ) 

Je ne sais pas \ qui > vous avez vu I don't know I whom [• you have seen 

[ ce que J [ what J 

Je ne savais pas que penser I did not know what to think 

IRREGULAR VERBS IN -OIR (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -OIR) 

276. pleuvoir [plcevwair], 'to rain' (impers. — aux. avoir). 

Parties principales pleuvoir, pleuvant, plu, il pleut, il plut 

Indicatif 
Present il pleut 

Imparfait il pleuvait 
Passe Defini il plut 
Futur il pleuvra 

Conditionnel il pleuvrait 

Subjonctif 

Present qu'il pleuve 

Imparfait qu'il plut 

1 Note the order of the phrase. 

2 Note the omission of the negative pas. Cf. § 246, 2. 



142 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 277 

277. pouvoir [puvwair], 'to be able/ 'can' (aux. avoir). 

Parties principales pouvoir, pouvant, pu, < ' pus 

Indicattf 

Present < *| ' peux, peut, pouvons, pouvez, peuvent 

Imparfait pouvais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
Passe Defini pus, us, ut, umes, utes, urent 
Futur pourrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel pourrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjoxctif 

Present puisse, puisses, puisse, puissions, puissiez, puissent 

Imparfait pusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

Note. — Translate 'could' {in the sense of 'would be able') by pourrais, 
etc.; 'could have,' by aurais pu, etc. 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Mettez au tableau, Monsieur, les adjectifs interrogatifs; 
les pronoms interrogatifs. 2. En quoi est-ce que les adjectifs 
interrogatifs s'accordent avec les noms qu'ils qualifient? 3. 
Dites-moi en francais ' What a man! ' 4. Donnez-moi une phrase 
avec le pronom 'which?' 'who?' 'whom?' 'whose?' 'what?' 
(comme sujet); 'what?' (comme objet); 'what?' (apres une pre- 
position). 5. Comment dit-on en francais 'What is grammar?' 

6. Comment est-ce qu'on exprime 'how! ' dans une exclamation? 

7. Ecrivez au tableau la synopsis du verbe impersonnel pleuvoir. 

8. Donnez-moi les parties principales du verbe pouvoir. 9. Con- 
juguez le present de l'indicatif ; le present du subjonctif ; le passe 
defini; le futur; etc. 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

Quel bel apres-midi pour ma premiere promenade a Paris! 
Heureusement il ne pleut pas et nous pourrons sortir. — 2 
Bon! Partons. 1 Nous prendrons le ((metro)) 2 a la place St- 
Michel. 3 — Quelle partie de Paris est-ce que vous allez me 4 
montrer aujourd'hui? — Les principaux monuments de la rive 
droite . . . Nous voici deja a la place de l'Opera. Sortons. 4 Que 6 

1 Imp. of partir 

2 For metropolitain, one of the two great subways of Paris. 

3 For most of the proper names, consult hereafter the general vocabulary. 

4 Imp. of sortir. 



EXERCISES 143 

le trajet a ete court, n'est-ce pas? — Tres court. Est-ce que 
nous allons continuer notre promenade a pied? — Non, pre- 8 
nons 1 ce taxi en face de l'Opera. — Quel splendide monument! 

— C'est le plus beau theatre du monde. Nous allons suivre 10 
l'avenue de l'Opera jusqu'a la Comedie-Francaise. — Qu'est- 

ce que c'est que la Comedie-Francaise? — C'est le principal 12 
theatre classique de Paris. Maintenant nous arrivons a la 
place du Palais-Royal. Au nord de la place se trouve le palais. 14 

— Qui est-ce qui a fait construire 2 le Palais-Royal? — Riche- 
lieu. Nous suivons 3 a present la rue de Rivoli. A gauche vous 16 
voyez 4 les Grands Magasins du Louvre, et a droite, le celebre 
palais du Louvre. — Que contient le palais du Louvre? — Un 18 
grand musee de peinture et de sculpture, que vous visiterez 
plus tard en detail. Maintenant nous faisons le tour du 20 
Louvre et nous suivons 3 les quais du Louvre et des Tuileries 
jusqu'a la place de la Concorde. D'ici vous pouvez voir tout 22 
ce qu'il y a de plus beau a Paris; d'un cote, les grands jardins 
des Tuileries, du cote oppose, la magnifique avenue des 24 
Champs-Ely sees avec l'Arc de triomphe dans le lointain, et a. 
l'autre bout de la rue Royale, la superbe facade de la Made- 26 
leine. Maintenant nous allons regagner votre appartement 
en traversant la Seine en face de la Chambre des deputes et 28 
en prenant 5 le boulevard St-Germain. 

CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 

1. Est-ce que vous etes bien installe ('installed') maintenant 
a Paris? 2. Ou se trouve votre appartement? 3. Est-ce un ap- 
partement meuble ('furnished') ou non meuble? 4. Quelle sorte 
d'apres-midi avez-vous eu pour votre premiere promenade a 
Paris? 5. Comment etes- vous alle a la place de l'Opera? 6. Est- 
ce que le trajet vous a semble long? 7. Que pensez-vous de 
l'Opera? 8. Comment avez-vous continue votre promenade? 
9. Quelle avenue vous a-t-il fallu suivre pour aller de l'Opera a 
la Comedie-Francaise? 10. Qu'est-ce que vous savez 6 de la 
Comedie-Francaise? 11. A quelle place pres de la Comedie- 

1 Imp. of prendre. 4 Pres. ind. of voir. 

2 Cf. p. 77, footnote 7, and § 358. B Pres. part, of prendre. 

3 Pres. ind. of suivre. 6 Pres. ind. of savoir. 



144 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

Franchise etes-vous arrive ensuite? 12. Quels grands edifices est- 
ce qu'on voit 1 de la place du Palais-Royal? 13. Que contient le 
palais du Louvre? 14. A quelle place etes-vous alle ensuite? 
15. Qu'est-ce qu'on voit 1 de la place de la Concorde? 16. Que 
pensez-vous de votre premiere promenade? 

COMPOSITION (THEME) 

Paris, June 20, 19— 
Dear Friend: 2 

How beautiful Paris is! What splendid avenues! What 
magnificent monuments! How many interesting things! 4 
Although we have been here for (nous soyons ici depuis) so 
short a time, we have seen many beautiful buildings. I should 6 
like [to] describe them all to you, but what can I say to (pour) 
give you an idea of them? Who could describe the magnifi- 8 
cent palace of the Louvre, the elegant facade of the Opera- 
house, or the classic church of the Madeleine? Which of these 10 
buildings is the most beautiful or what has impressed (im- 
pressione) me most in Paris I do not know (sais). Why can 12 
you not pass the summer with us here? What good times we 
would have (lit., 'how we would amuse ourselves')! I hope 2 14 
that you will be able to come. 

Your devoted 16 



ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. What is the lesson for to-day? 2. What time is it? 3. What 
a sentence! 4. Here are several rooms. Which one do you pre- 
fer? 5. Which of these boys is your brother? 6. Of which (m.) 
are you speaking? 7. Of which (m.) are you thinking? 3 8. Who 
is going [to] show you the monuments of Paris? 9. With whom 
are you going [to] walk? 10. Whom have you scolded? 1 1 . Whose 
book is this? 12. Whose daughter is she? 13. What is in the 
Louvre? 14. What does the Louvre contain? 15. Of what are 
you thinking? 3 16. What is a museum? 17. How magnificent 
this palace is! 18. He does not know what [to] say. 19. It was 

1 Pres. ind. of voir. 

2 Esperer takes the indicative. Cf. § 346, 3, not 
s Penser takes a. Cf. § 363. 



§§ 278-279 



RELATIVE PRONOUNS 



145 



raining yesterday, it is raining to-day, and it will rain to-morrow. 
20. Well, let it rain. 21. I can; he could; they will be able; 
that we might be able; may I be able; etc. 



LESSON XXX (LEQON XXX) 
VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 



afin de [afe da], prep., to, in or- 
der to. 
l'ambiguite [abigqite],/., the am- 
biguity. 
l'antiquite [atikite], /., the an- 
tiquity. 
l'automobile [otomobil], m., the 
automobile. 
le batiment [batima], the building, 
edifice. 
cacher [ka$e], to hide, conceal. 
la cathedrale [katedral], the ca- 
thedral, 
le centre [sditr], the center. 
la chapelle [§apel], the chapel. 
le coup [ku], the blow, stroke, shot; 
— d'ceil, glance. 
dater [date], to date. 
la disposition fdisposisjo], the dis- 
position; disposal; service. 
eviter [evite], to avoid. 
fameux [famo] (/. fameuse [fa- 
mo:z]), adj., famous. 

c'est dommage [se 



l'hopital [opital], m., the hospital. 
Phdtel-Dieu [otel djoj, m., the 
hospital (the principal hospi- 
tal of a town). 
Pile pi],/., the island, 
irnposant [epoza], adj., imposing, 

stately. 
installer [estale], to install, set- 
tle. 
la justice [3ystis], the justice; pa- 
lais de — , court of justice, 
law-court. 
le mausolee [mozole], the mauso- 
leum. 
la nation [nets j 5], the nation. 
le pare [park], the park. 
le pont [p5], the bridge. 
le senat [sena], the senate. 

sieger [sJ83e],to sit; hold session. 
situer [sitqe], to situate, place, 
tourner [turne], to turn, 
vers [ve:r], prep., towards, in 
the direction of; about. 

doma:3], it is a pity. 



278. RELATIVE PRONOUNS (PRONOMS RELATIFS) 

Sing. Plur. 

T/ . ,, / M. lequel 1 [lokel] lesquels 1 [lekel] \ 'which,' 'that,' 'who,' 
vanaoLe<y F ^ laque u e [lakel] lesquelles 1 [lekel] / 'whom' 

qui [ki], 'who,' 'which,' 'that'; 'whom' (after prepositions) 
que [ko], 'whom,' 'which,' 'that' 
Invariable -jmont [do], 'whose,' 'of whom,' 'of which' 

\ou [u], 'to which,' 'at which,' 'in which,' etc. 
quoi [kwa], 'what,' 'which' 

279. Relative pronouns agree in gender, number, and per- 
son with their antecedents, to which they should be placed as 
near as possible. They are never omitted. 

1 These forms contract with de and a, e.g., duquel, auxquelles, etc. 



146 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 280-281 

moi qui suis votre ami I who am your friend 

Void les plumes que j'ai trouvees Here are the pens (that) I found 

Note. — If a predicate noun, or an adjective used as such, is the ante- 
cedent, the relative pronoun may agree with this antecedent or with the 
subject of the sentence. 

Nous sommes les seules (personnes) We are the only ones who believe it 
qui le croyions (or croient) 

280. Lequel, laquelle, etc., are used infrequently, and then 

only after prepositions or to avoid ambiguity. They generally 

indicate the more remote antecedent. 

le chien duquel je parle the dog of which I speak 

la femme de mon frere, laquelle est my brother's wife, who is ill 
malade 

281. The principal uses of relative pronouns are as follows: 

1. 'who,' 'that,' ' which' (subject — of persons, animals, and 
things)— qui. 

l'homme qui est arrive the man who has arrived 

le livre qui est sur la table the book which is on the table 

2. 'whom,' 'that,' 'which' (object — of persons, animals, 

and things) = que. 

l'homme que je vois the man whom I see 

le cheval que j'ai vendu the horse that I sold 

3. 'whom' (after prepositions — of persons) = qui or rarely 
lequel. 

l'homme a qui (or auquel) je parle The man to whom I speak 

4. 'which' (after prepositions — of animals and things) = le- 
quel, etc. » 
le livre auquel je pense the book of which I am thinking 

5. 'whose,' 'of whom,' 'of which' (often used instead of de 
qui or duquel, etc.) = dont. A noun modified by 'whose' re- 
quires the definite article. If the noun is the object of a verb, 
it must follow the verb. 

mon ami dont le fils est ici my friend whose son is here 

mon ami dont vous avez vu le fils my friend whose son you saw 

Note. — If the noun modified by 'whose' is the object of a preposition, 
de+lequel or qui, etc. (not dont) is used. 
la dame au fils de laquelle (or de qui) the lady to whose son I was speak- 

je parlais ing 



§§ 282-283 IRREGULAR VERBS IN -OIR 147 

IRREGULAR VERBS IN -OIR (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -OIR) 

282. savoir [savwair], 'to know,' 'know how' (aux. avoir). 
Parties principalis savoir, sachant, su, sais, sus 

Indicatif 

Present sais, sais, sait, savons, savez, savent 

'* Imparfait savais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Passe Defini sus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 

Futur saurai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel saurais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjonctif 

Present sache, saches, sache, sachions, sachiez, sachent 

Imparfait susse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

Imperatif 
sache, sachons, sachez 
Note. — The conditional saurais, etc., is often used to translate the Eng- 
lish 'can' (in the sense of 'would know how'). 

283. valoir [valwair], 'to be worth,' 'equal' (aux. avoir). 
Parties principales valoir, valant, valu, vaux, valus 

Indicatif 

Present vaux, vaux, vaut, valons, valez, valent 

Imparfait valais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Passe Defini valus, us, ut, umes, utes, urent 

Futur vaudrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel vaudrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjonctif 

Present vaille, vailles, vaille, valions, valiez, vaillent 

Imparfait valusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

Imperatif 

vaux, valons, valez 

Note the idioms valoir la peine, 'to be worth while,' and valoir mieux, 
'to be better.' 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Nommez les pronoms relatifs. 2. Avec quoi est-ce qu'ils 
s'accordent? 3. En quoi est-ce qu'ils s'accordent? 4. Quand 
l'antecedent du pronom relatif est un substantif employe comme 
complement du verbe etre, avec quoi est-ce que le pronom relatif 
s'accorde? 5. Quel pronom faut-il employer pour eviter l'ambi- 
gui'te? 6. Donnez-moi une phrase dans laquelle vous emploierez 
le mot qui comme sujet; que comme objet; qui apres une preposi- 
tion; lequel apres une preposition; dont. 7. Mettez au tableau 



148 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

les parties principales du verbe savoir. 8. Ecrivez au tableau 
la synopsis du verbe valoir. 9. Conjuguez le present de l'indi- 
catif , le passe defini, et le present du subjonctif des verbes savoir 
et valoir, etc. 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

Aujourd'hui nous allonsdonner un coup d'ceil general sur les 
principaux monuments du centre de Paris. Voici mon auto- 2 
mobile que je mets 1 a votre disposition. Montez, s'il vous 
plait. 4 

Nous allons commencer par le jardin du Luxembourg qui 
est, comme vous savez, un des plus beaux pares de la ville. 6 
Ceci, c'est le palais du Luxembourg ou siege le senat francais. 
Le musee du Luxembourg est installe dans ce batiment a 8 
l'ouest du palais. Nous voici sur le boulevard St-Michel. 
Nous descendons vers la Seine. Regardez ce monument im- 10 
posant qui est a notre droite, a l'autre bout de la rue Soufflot. 
fa, e'est le Pantheon, mausolee des grands hommes de la na- 12 
tion. Voila l'eglise de la Sorbonne, dont vous voyez 2 la fa- 
cade, aussi a notre droite. Nous sommes maintenant au beau 14 
milieu des ecoles de Paris. Voici le grand edifice de la Sor- 
bonne, voila un peu plus loin, dans la rue des Ecoles, le College 16 
de France. Nous passons maintenant devant 1 'hotel de Cluny, 
qui contient un musee compose d'antiquites de toutes sortes, 18 
lequel vaudra la peine d'etre vu. Nous voici sur le pont St- 
Michel. Remarquez la belle vue que nous avons de la fameuse 20 
cathedrale de Notre Dame. Voici a, notre gauche un bijou plus 
petit, mais plus parfait. C'est la Sainte Chapelle, qui date de 22 
1245. C'est dommage qu'elle soit cachee en grande partie par 
le palais de justice. Maintenant nous sortons 3 de l'ile de la 24 
cite en traversant l'autre bras de la Seine par le pont au 
Change, et nous tournons a droite, afin de voir le magnifique 26 
edifice de l'hotel de ville ('city hall'). Ici nous rentrons dans 
Tile de la Cite, et nous passons devant le grand hopital de 28 
Paris, l'Hotel-Dieu, et la magnifique facade de Notre Dame, 
qui sera le dernier monument que nous verrons 4 cet apres-midi. 30 

1 Pres. ind. of mettre. s Pres. ind. of sortir. 

2 Pres. ind. of voir. 4 Fut. ind. of voir. 



EXERCISES 149 

CONVERSATION (CON VERSA TION) 

1. Qu'est-ce que vous allez me montrer aujourd'hui? 2. Par 
quoi est-ce que nous allons commencer? 3. Qu'est-ce que c'est 
que le jardin du Luxembourg? 4. Ou est-ce que le musee du 
Luxembourg est installe? 5. Quel est le principal boulevard du 
quartier latin? 6. Savez-vous comment les etudiants l'appel- 
lent? 1 7. Au bout de quelle rue se trouve le Pantheon? 8. Sau- 
riez-vous, par hasard, quel celebre homme d'Etat 2 est enseveli 
('buried') dans l'eglise de la Sorbonne? 9. Qu'est-ce qui est 
situe dans la rue des Ecoles? 10. Que contient l'hotel de Cluny? 
11. Qu'est-ce que c'est que l'ile de la Cite? 12. Quels sont les 
fameux edifices situes dans l'ile de la Cite? 

COMPOSITION {THEME) 

We have been here in (a) Paris now for some time, but every 
day I see (vois) new wonders (merveilles, m. pi.). We are in- 2 
stalled in an apartment in the rue des Ecoles, not very far from 
the Sorbonne, the courses of which I am attending. I some- 4 
times go to the College de France, which is near the Sorbonne, 
in order to hear some (quelques-uns) of its famous professors. 6 
I take long walks almost every day in the quarter, which are 
always very interesting to me. I have already visited the 8 
Pantheon, that superb mausoleum of the great men of France, 
the museum of the Luxembourg, which contains the paintings 10 
of contemporary (contemporains) artists, the court of justice, 
the city hall, the Sainte Chapelle, the cathedral of Notre 12 
Dame, etc. In fact, I cannot (trans, 'would not know how 
[to] ') name to you all the monuments that I have visited. 14 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. Did you observe the facade of Notre Dame, which is very 
beautiful? 2. It is not we who have bought it. 3. That is not 
worth while. 4. The man for whom they built the mausoleum 
is not yet dead. 5. There is the chapel that I am always think- 
ing of. 6. The palace of the Luxembourg is the building in 
which the senate holds session. 7. The cathedral whose chapels 

1 «Le boul' Mich')). * Richelieu. 



150 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



§284 



we are visiting is Notre Dame. 8. You shall know whose mauso- 
leum this is. 9. I did not know that there were so many famous 
structures in the ile de la Cite. 10. Why do you avoid the per- 
son to whose son I was speaking? 11. It would be better not 
(ne pas) [to] speak of it. 12. This hospital does not equal the 
Hotel-Dieu of Paris. 13. The bridge of which I am speaking is 
more imposing than the one we are crossing. 14. I know; he 
knew; we shall know; let me know; etc. 15. He was worth; 
you will be worth; that he might be worth; etc. 



LESSON XXXI (LEQON XXXI) 
VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 



assurer [asyre], to assure, 
le bois [bwa], the wood; forest, 
le chateau [Sato] (pi. r^jr- 

[$ato]), the castle, chateau. 
le cimetiere [simtjeir], the cemetery. 
la colonne [kolon], the column, 
la curiosite [kyrjozite] the curios- 
ity, place of interest, 
la difference [diferdis], the differ- 
ence, distinction, 
divertir [divertirr], to divert, en- 
tertain; se. — , to have a good 
time, enjoy oneself. 
le dome [do:m], the dome, cupola, 
doute [dut], the doubt, 
durer [dyre], to last, continue. 
1* emplacement [aplasma], m., the 
site. [spot. 

l'endroit [adrwa], m., the place, 
entre [a:tra, a:tr], prep., be- 
tween; among. 
enumerer [enymere], to enu- 
merate. 
les environs [avir5], the environs, 
vicinity, country round. 



Pexcursion [ekskyrsjo],/., the ex- 
cursion, 
historique [istorik], adj., histor- 
ical, 
l'intention [etasj5], /., the inten- 
tion; avoir 1' — , to intend, 
interesser [eterese], to interest, 
l'interet [etere], m., the interest, 
l'invalide [evalid], m., the dis- 
abled soldier; pensioner; ho- 
tel des — s, soldiers' home, 
meme [me:m], adv., even. 
national [nasjonal], adj., na- 
tional. 
occuper [okype], to occupy; 

busy; concern, 
ombrage [5bra5e], adj.. pp. of 

ombrager, shady, shaded. 
quelqu'un [kelkce] (/>/., quelques- 
uns [kelkaz 6?]), indef. pron. 
m.. somebody, some one. 
rare [ra:r], adj.. rave, uncommon. 
la reine [re:n], the queen. 
le roi [rwa], the king. 
le tombeau [tobo], the tomb. 



RELATIVE PRONOUNS [CONTINUATION] (PRONOMS 
RELATIFS [SUITE]) 

284. The adverb ou is often used instead of a relative pro- 
noun preceded by a preposition meaning 'to,' 'at,' or 'in.' 

la maison ou (or dans laquelle) je the house where I lived 
demeurais 



§§285-289 RELATIVE PRONOUNS 151 

Note. — D'ou, 'from where,' 'whence,' is used similarly. It is some- 
times replaced by dont, especially when referring to source, lineage', and 
the like. 

la maison d'ou il sort the house out of which he comes 

la race dont il sort the race from which he comes 

285. Quoi, 'what,' 'which,' whose antecedent is always 

indefinite, is used rarely, except after prepositions. 

Voila a quoi je pensais That is what I was thinking of 

II n'y a pas de quoi Don't mention it, or you are wel- 

come [to it] {lit., 'there is not of 
what') 
II a un je ne sais quoi de hautain He has something haughty about him 

286. The compound relative 'what,' 'that which,' is made up 
with the aid of the demonstrative pronoun ce as follows: 

Nominative (Nomina tif) ce qui 

Genitive (Genitif) ce dont 

Dative (Daiif) ce a quoi L 

Accusative (Accusatij) ce que 

Dites-moi ce qui vous amene Tell me what brings you ' 
ce dont je parle that of which I am speaking 

ce a quoi je pense that of which I am thinking 

Dites-moi ce que vous avez Tell me what you have 

Note. — Sometimes there is an ellipsis of the antecedent ce. 
Voila qui vous plaira That is what will please you 

287. Qui is sometimes used absolutely, without antecedent. 

Qui sert bien son pays n'a pas be- He who serves his country well needs 
soin d'aieux no ancestors 

Note. — A qui often expresses emulation. 
C'est a qui finira le premier Each tries to finish first 

288. After verbs of perception, a relative clause often re- 
places an English gerund. Sometimes an infinitive is used. 

T . . f qui court T , . 

Je le vois < * . I see him running 



counr 

IRREGULAR VERBS IN -OIR (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -OIR) 

289. voir [vwair], 'to see' (aux. avoir). 

Parties principales voir, voyant, vu, vois, vis 

Indicatif 
Present vois, vois, voit, voyons, voyez, voient 

Imparfait voyais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
Passe Defini vis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 
Fakir verrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel verrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 



152 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 290 

SUBJONCTIF 

Present voie, voies, voie, voyions, voyiez, voient 

Imparfait visse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

Imperatif 
vois, voyons, voyez 

290. vouloir [vulwair], 'to wish,' 'will' (aux. avoir). 

Parties principales vouloir, voulant, voulu, veux, voulus 

Indicatif 

Present veux, veux, veut, voulons, voulez, veulent 

Imparfait voulais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Passe Defini voulus, us, ut, umes, utes, urent 

Futur voudrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel voudrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjonctef 

Present veuille, veuilles, veuille, voulions, vouliez, veuillent 

Imparfait voulusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

Imperatif 

veux, voulons, voulez 1 (very rare) 

Note 1. — For 'I wish,' use in general je voudrais. 
Note 2. — Vouloir bien = 'to be willing' or 'to please.' 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Comment est-ce qu'on peut employer l'adverbe ou? 2. In- 
diquez par deux phrases la difference de signification qu'il y a 
entre les mots d'ou et dont. 3. Comment est-ce que quoi s'em- 
ploie comme pronom relatif? 4. Donnez-moi les differentes 
formes du pronom relatif compose. 5. Est-ce qu'on peut em- 
ployer qui absolument? 6. Donnez-moi une phrase pour ex- 
pliquer cet emploi. 7. Dites-moi en francais 'I hear him speak- 
ing.' 8. Conjuguez le present de l'indicatif du verbe voir; le 
passe defini; le conditionnel; Pimperatif ; le present du subjonctif. 
9. Donnez-moi les parties principales du verbe vouloir ; la synop- 
sis. 10. Conjuguez le present et l'imparfait du subjonctif de 
vouloir. 11. Lequel est le plus rarement employe comme im- 
peratif — voulez ou veuillez? 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

A Paris il y a beaucoup de choses interessantes que vous 
n'avez pas encore vues, et que j'ai l'intention de vous montrer 2 

1 Veuillez, 'have the kindness to,' is the general second pers. plural imperative. 



EXERCISES 



153 



quand nous en aurons le temps. II faudra que vous voyiez 
le tombeau de Napoleon I er (qui se trouve sous le dome de 4 
l'hotel des Invalides), la tour Eiffel, le palais du Trocadero, 
la colonne Vendome, la Bibliotheque Nationale, la Bourse, 6 
la colonne de Juillet (qui est situee sur l'emplacement de la 
Bastille), le cimetiere du Pere-Lachaise, et le bois de Bou- 8 
logne, pour enumerer seulement quelques-unes des princi- 
pales curiosites qu'il vous reste a visiter. 10 

Vous voudrez aussi faire, sans doute, quelques excursions, 
afin de connaitre les endroits historiques qui sont dans les 12 
environs de Paris. Voila ce qui vous interessera beaucoup. 
Vous verrez, par exemple, l'ancienne eglise de St-Denis, ou se 14 
trouvent les tombeaux de la plupart des rois et des reines de 
France, le beau pare ombrage de St-Cloud, et les superbes 16 
chateaux de St-Germain, de Versailles, et de Fontainebleau. 
Je vous assure qu'il y aura de quoi vous occuper et vous diver- 18 
tir, meme si votre sejour a Paris dure tres longtemps. 

CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 

1. Qu'y a-t-il que vous n'avez pas encore vu a Paris? 2. 
Qu'est-ce que j'ai l'intention de faire? 3. Quand? 4. Que fau- 
dra- t-il que vous voyiez? 5. Ou se trouve le tombeau de Napo- 
leon? 6. Ou est situee la colonne de Juillet? 7. Qu'est-ce que 
vous voudrez faire encore dans les environs de Paris? 8. Est- 
ce que tout cela vous interessera? 9. Qu'est-ce que vous verrez 
dans ces excursions? 10. Qu'est-ce qui se trouve dans l'eglise 
de St-Denis? 11. Dites-moi quelque chose de la tour Eiffel; du 
bois de Boulogne; de Versailles. 12. Est-ce qu'il y aura de quoi 
vous divertir pendant votre sejour a Paris? 

COMPOSITION (THEME) 

Whoever (or he who) intends to (de) remain in Paris for a 
long time should not fail to (de) make a few excursions in the 2 
vicinity. There are objects of interest in every direction (de 
tous cotes). Perhaps the most imposing of all of the castles 4 
in the country round Paris is the chateau de Versailles. No 
one would wish to leave Paris without having seen it. Another 6 
chateau that one should visit is that of Fontainebleau. It is 



154 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

situated to the southeast of Paris, in the midst of a large 8 

forest (foret, /.). The palace of St-Cloud, whose former site 

is to the west of Paris, was destroyed (detruit) by the Germans 10 

in (en) 1871, but its park is still very beautiful and is worth 

seeing (lit., 'worth the trouble of being seen'). Then (puis) 12 

there is the castle of St-Germain-en-Laie, whence one has a 

superb view of the Seine. One must certainly see that. It 14 

(ga) goes without saying that everybody will desire [to] visit 

the church of St-Denis, which is situated to the north of 16 

Paris, in order to see the old tombs of the kings and queens 

of France. 18 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. This is the church of the Sorbonne, where the tomb of 
Richelieu is. 2. There is the Eiffel tower, from which one has a 
superb view of the whole city of Paris. 3. That is what I was 
busying myself about (a). 4. Thank you very much for the 
interesting 1 automobile ride in the old quarter of Paris. 5. Don't 
mention it. 6. Tell me what will entertain him. 7. That is 
what you were speaking of. 8. Each tries to continue longest. 
9. I heard her enumerating the things she wished to see. 10. I 
see him showing the castle to your uncle. 11. Is this* the tomb 
of a king or a queen? 12. Whoever (or he who) wishes to have 
a good time has only to go to Paris. 13. We wished you to see 2 
some of the castles in the country round Paris. 14. The cem- 
etery that I saw has not even any historical interest. 15. I see; 
we shall see; he saw; that they may see; etc. 16. I wish; I 
wished; we wished; he will wish; let him wish; etc. 



LESSON XXXII (LEQON XXXII) 

VOCABULARY ( VOCA BULA IRE) 

l'affaire [afe:r], /., the affair; le but [by], the object, end, aim. 

thing; business; pi. business. champetre [$ape:tr], adj., rural, 

l'air [e:r], m., the air, appearance; rustic. 

avoir 1' — , to look. coquet [koke] (/. c oqu e tte t ko- 

l'art [a:r], m., the art. ket]),a<?/'., trim, smart, dainty. 

brillant [brija], adj., brilliant, emporter [aporte], to carry 

gay. (away), take (away). 

1 Let the adjective precede here. Cf. § 164 note 2. 2 Use subjunctive. 



§§ 291-293 



INDEFINITE ADJECTIVES 



155 



encombrer [akobre], to obstruct, 
encumber, block (up). 
l'enjouement [a3uma], m., the 
jollity, liveliness, light-heart- 
edness. 
extasier [ekstazje], to enrapture; 
s' — , to be enraptured, go in- 
to ecstasy (raptures). 
le flaneur [flanceir], the loiterer, 

saunterer, stroller. 
la gaiete [gete], the gayety, merri- 
ment, mirth. 
glisser [glise], to slip, slide, glide. 
'hater [ate], to hasten, hurry; 
se — , to make haste, hurry. 
idiomatique [idjamatik], adj., 
idiomatic. 
le lac [lak], the lake, 
le marronnier [maronje], the 
(French) chestnut-tree. 
militaire [militeir], adj., mili- 
tary. 



la moitie [mwatje], (the) half. 
la multitude [myltityd], the mul- 
titude. 
parer [pare], to adorn, dress, 

deck (out). 
partout [partu], adv., every- 
where. 
perfectionner [perfeksjone], to 
perfect, 
la recherche [ra$£r§], the search, 
seeking; a la — , in search. 
regner [rejie], to reign, hold 

sway. 
remonter [rsmote], to ascend, 
mount, go up; reascend, re- 
mount, reenter. 
la route [rut], the route, way, 
road; en — pour, on the way 
to. 
le ruban [ryba], the ribbon. 
le trottoir [trotwa:r], the sidewalk. 



291. INDEFINITE ADJECTIVES 

aucun [okce], any, no 

autre [o:tr], other 

certain [serte], certain 

chaque [$ak], each, every 

di£ferent(e)s [difera(:t)], pi., 
various 

divers(es) [dive:r(s)], pi., di- 
verse, various 

maint [me], many (a) 

meme [me:m], same 



(ADJECTIFS INDEFINIS) 

nul [nyl], (/. nulle [nyl]), no 

plusieurs [plyzjce:r], several 

quelconque [kelkSik], any, what- 
ever, some ... or other (always 
follows noun) 

quelque [kelka, kelk], some, a 
few 

tel [tel], (/. telle [tel]), such, like 

tout [tu], all, every 

un [ce], a, one 



292. The following may also be used as pronouns: 
aucun, autre, certains, meme, nui, plusieurs, tel, tout, 1 un 

Note. — For those that are employed in negations, cf. §§ 242-245. 

293. Autre in combination with un is used in several idio- 
matic expressions: 

Tun l'autre, each other les uns les autres, one another 

l'un et l'autre, both Fun ou l'autre, either 

Fun a l'autre, to each other ni l'un ni l'autre, neither 

etc. 

lis se taquinaient Fun l'autre They teased each other 

Vous serez trompes l'un et l'autre You will both be deceived 



1 When used as pronoun, pronounce the s of the plural tous [tus]. 



156 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 294r-299 

1. Autres is added to nous or vous when it is desired to give 

them a sort of class distinction. 

nous autres Americains we Americans 

vous autres artistes you artists 

2. D'autres is used- in a partitive sense for 'others,' 'other 

people.' 

D'autres le disent Others say so 

294. Certain may be used with or without the indefinite 

article. 

(un) certain empereur a certain emperor 

1. Certains as pronoun means 'some' or 'certain ones.' 
certains disent, etc. some say, etc. 

295. Chaque is used only in the singular. It individualizes, 

while tout, 'all,' 'every,' generalizes. 

Chaque age a ses devoirs Each age has its duties 

Tout homme cherche le bonheur Every man seeks happiness 

chaque jour, each day tous les jours, every day 

296. Different (e)s, divers(es) must precede their nouns when 
used as indefinite adjectives. When they follow, they are or- 
dinary adjectives. 

Differentes choses m'ont in- Various things have influenced me 
fluence 

But: Voila deux choses differentes There are two different things 

Diverses personnes l'ont ra- Divers (various) persons have told 

conte it 

But: les formes les plus diverses the most varied forms 

297. Meme before a noun means 'same.' After a noun it 

means 'self,' 'very,' 'even.' 

Ce n'est pas la meme chose That is not the same thing 

C'est la chose meme qui m'a trompe It is the thing itself {or that is the 

very thing) that deceived me 

298. Quelque(s), 'some,' 'a few,' limits more than does the 
partitive des, 'some.' 

J'ai quelques pommes I have a few apples 

299. Tel as an adjective means 'such,' 'like'; as pronoun, 
' he,' ' one,' ' so and so,' ' some,' etc. The English ' such a ' should 
be rendered by un tel, etc. 

Un tel a fait un mauvais pas dans So and so has done poorly in such 
une telle affaire and such an affair 

Note. — 'Such' as adverb=tellement or si. 



§§ 300-301 



IRREGULAR VERBS IN -IR 



157 



IRREGULAR VERBS IN -IR (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -IR) 

300. courir [kuriir], 'to run' (aux. avoir). 

Parties principales courir, courant, couru, cours, courus 

Indicatif 

Present cours, cours, court, courons, courez, courent 

Imparfait courais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Passe Defini courus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 

Futnr courrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel courrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjonctif 

Present coure, coures, coure, courions, couriez, courent 

Imparfait courusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

Imperatif 
cours, courons, courez 



301. cueillir [kcejiir], 'to gather,' 'pick' {aux. avoir). 

Parties principales cueillir, cueillant, cueilli, cueille, cueillis 

Indicatif 

Present cueille, cueilles, cueille, cueillons, cueillez. cueillent 

Imparfait cueillais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
Passe Defini cueillis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

cueillerai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

cueillerais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjonctif 

cueille, cueilles, cueille, cueillions, cueilliez, cueillent 
cueillisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

Imperatif 
cueille, cueillons, cueillez 



Futur 
Conditionnel 



Present 
Imparfait 



GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Nommez les adjectifs indefmis. 2. Lesquels peuvent s'em- 
ployer comme pronoms? 3. Donnez-moi quelques expressions 
idiomatiques ou Pun s'emploie avec 1'autre. 4. Dites en fran- 
cais 'you Frenchmen.' 5. Est-ce que certain est employe au 
singulier avec ou sans Particle indefini? 6. Est-ce que chaque 
s'emploie au pluriel? 7. Quand est-ce que differents et divers 
precedent le substantif? 8. Lorsque meme vient avant le sub- 
stantia qu'est-ce qu'il veut dire? 9. Quelle est la difference entre 
quelques et des? 10. Dites-moi en francais 'such a man.' 
11. Donnez-moi les parties principales de courir; de cueillir. 



158 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

12. Mettez au tableau la synopsis des deux verbes. 13. Con- 
juguez je cours dans le pare, tu cours, etc. 14. Conjuguez je 
cueille de jolies fleurs, tu cueilles, etc. 

READING EXERCISE {EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

II n'y a aucune autre ville au 1 monde oil l'art de se divertir 
ait 2 ete perfectionne autant qu'a Paris. Ici la gaiete ne 2 
cesse jamais, l'enjouement regne partout. On dirait 3 que la 
recherche du plaisir est le seul but des Parisiens. 4 

Chaque jour de soleil tout le monde est dans les rues. Les 
boulevards sont pleins de gens heureux, qui se promenent 6 
sans se hater ou qui s'asseyent aux petites tables qui encom- 
brent la moitie du trottoir devant les differents cafes. Meme 8 
ceux qui courent a leurs affaires ont un certain air de fete. 

Une multitude de voitures et d'automobiles remontent 4 les 10 
Champs-Elysees en route pour le bois de Boulogne. Sur la 
Seine les petits bateaux-mouches 5 glissent ca et la, emportant 12 
les gens a quelque fete champetre. Et les divers pares de la 
ville offrent 6 aux flaneurs leurs longues avenues de marron- 14 
niers, leurs petits lacs coquets, et leurs musiques militaires. 

Les enfants surtout avec leurs bonnes, parees de longs ru- 16 
bans aussi brillantsque les fleurs des jardins, que Ton ne cueille 
pas mais qu'on admire, s'extasient devant quelque Guignol. 7 18 

CONVERSATION {CON VERS A TIOX) 

1. Ou est-ce que l'art de se divertir a ete perfectionne? 
2. Qu'est-ce qui ne cesse jamais, et qu'est-ce qui regne partout 
a Paris? 3. Qu'est-ce qui semble etre le seul but des Parisiens? 
4. Qu'est-ce qu'on voit les jours de soleil? 5. De quoi les bou- 
levards sont-ils pleins? 6. Comment est-ce que les gens se 
promenent? 7. Ou sont les petites tables auxquelles ils s'as- 
seyent? 8. Est-ce que le trottoir devant nos cafes americains est 
encombre de la meme facon? 9. Quel air ont ceux qui courent 
a. leurs affaires? 10. Qu'est-ce qui remonte les Champs-Elysees? 

1 Either au or du is correct here. 

2 Cf. § 350, 3. 3 Cond. of dire. 
4 For the use of the plural here, cf. § 367. 

6 The name of the little passenger boats that ply the Seine. 

6 Pres. ind. of offrir, 'to offer.' 7 Guignol =' Punch and Judy show.' 



EXERCISES 159 

11. Ouvont-ils? 12. Qu'est-ce qui glisse sur la Seine? 13. Qu'est- 
ce que les divers pares de la ville offrent aux flaneurs? 14. Que 
font les enfants? 15. Que pensez-vous de la vie de Paris? 

COMPOSITION {THEME) 

Paris is a much gayer 1 city than New York. The Parisians 
are always in search of pleasure, while (tandis que) the people 2 
of New York think of nothing but (qu'a) their business. Even 
in the cafes of New York everybody looks busy, and there are 4 
no loiterers in the streets. No one seems [to] possess wholly 
the art of enjoying oneself. The city has given to the people 6 
several beautiful parks, full of shady trees, with gardens of 
pretty flowers, and many a dainty lake, but, save the children 8 
and their nursemaids, few people frequent (frequentent) them. 
They are all too busy. 10 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. One sees many a loiterer in the streets of Paris. 2. There 
are always tables on the sidewalk before every cafe. 3. From 
there one can see the people passing. 4. Joy and merriment hold 
sway everywhere. 5. They have no other aim than the search 
for (de) pleasure. 6. There are beautiful trees in the various 
parks. 7. Certain parks have also dainty little lakes. 8. Others 
have flower gardens. 9. Every nursemaid was decked in (de) 
ribbons more brilliant than the flowers of the Luxembourg gar- 
den. 10. It was some festivity or other, but I don't know what. 
11. Both were running in the street. 12. You Americans are 
always running. 13. Do not pick these flowers. 14. I have 
only gathered a few flowers. 15. I run; he ran; we shall run; 
let them run; etc. 16. I gather; you were gathering; they would 
gather; that we might gather; etc. 

LESSON XXXIII {LEQON XXXIII) 

VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 

artistique [artistik], adj., artistic. boheme [boeim], adj., Bohemian, 

l'attrait [atre], m., the attraction, la bouteille [buteij], the bottle, 
allurement. le cafe chantant [kafe $ata], the 

1 gay = gai [ge]. 



160 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



§§ 302-304 



cafe chantant, music hall 
{where refreshments are often 
served). 
la casserole [kasrol], the sauce- 
pan, stewpan, pot. 
la cave [ka:v], the cellar; wine cel- 
lar. 

consister [kosiste], to consist. 

correspondre [korespoidr], to 
correspond. 

couteux [kuto] (/. couteuse [ku- 
to:z]), expensive, costly. 

defaire [defeir], irr. v., to undo; 
se — de, to rid oneself of; get 
rid of. 

delicieux [delisjo] (/. delicieuse 
[delisjoiz]), adj., delicious. 

depenser [depase], to spend, ex- 
pend. 

diner [dine], to dine. 

enivrant [anivra], adj., intoxi- 
cating. 
la fortune [fortyn], the fortune. 

frequenter [frekate], to frequent, 
resort to. 



le fruit [fnri], the fruit. 

gai [ge], adj., gay, merry, lively, 
le gout [gu], the taste; liking. 
'hors [o:r], prep., out of; be- 
yond. 
le 'hors-d'oeuvre [or doeivr], {pi. 
same), the side-dish. 
litteraire [litere:r], adj., literary. 
le poisson [pwaso], the fish. 

poudreux [pudro] (/. poudreuse 

[pudroiz]), adj., dusty. 
renomme [ronome], adj., re- 
nowned, famed, celebrated. 
la richesse [ri$es], the wealth, 
riches. 
scandaleux [skadalo] (/. scanda- 
leuse [skadaloiz]), adj., scan- 
dalous, 
succulent [sykyla], adj., succu- 
lent, juicy. 
la taverne [tavern], the tavern. 
la tranquillite [trakilite], the tran- 
quillity, quiet. 



302. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS (PRONOMS INDEFINIS) 
autrui [otrqi], another, other people, etc. 

^c:L l &1i]j:,} each(one) - CTery(one) 

on (l'on) [5 (15)], one, people, they 
personne [person], no one, nobody; any one, anybody 
quiconque [kikoik], whoever 

quelqu'un [kelkce], m., ) some one, somebody; any one, 
quelqu'une [kelkyn],/., / anybody 
quelques-uns [kelkoz &], m pi \ & fcw 

quelques-unes [kelkoz yn],/. pi., ) ■' 

quelque chose [kelka $o:z], something; anything . 
rien [rje], nothing; anything 
Note. — For those that are used in negations, cf. §§ 242-245. 

303. Autrui is commonly used after prepositions. 

Je ne veux pas les biens d'autrai I do not wish another's property 

304. Chacun(e) corresponds with the indefinite adjective 
chaque. It is used only in the singular. Except when the con- 
text requires otherwise, its possessive adjective is son and its 
reflexive pronoun se {or soi) . 

Chacun va a ses affaires Everyone goes to his business 

Chacun pense a soi Everyone thinks of himself 




§§ 305-309 INDEFINITE PRONOUNS 161 

305. On has no exact equivalent in English. It is commonly 
rendered by 'one,' 'you,' 'we,' 'they/ 'people.' It is used only 
as subject. Its possessive adjective is son and its reflexive pro- 
noun is se {or soi). 

On s'occupe de ses propres affaires One concerns oneself with one's own 

affairs 
On ne pense pas toujours a soi One does not always think of oneself 

Note 1. — When on refers evidently to a noun that is feminine or plural, 
an adjective used with it should agree accordingly. 
Quand on est jeune fiUe on est re- When one is a young girl, one is 

veuse pensive 

Note 2. — On is frequently written l'on after et, si, ou, ou, or que, unless 
followed by a word beginning with 1. 

si l'on veut if one wishes 

But: si on le permet if it is allowed 

Note 3. — For on replacing the passive construction, cf. § 225, 3. 

306. Quiconque is invariable. 

Quiconque le fera sera mon ami Whoever does it will be my friend 

307. Quelqu'un(e) {pi. quelques-un[e]s) corresponds with 

the indefinite adjective quelque. 

Quelqu'un l'a dit Somebody said it 

J'ai repondu a quelques-unes de ces I have replied to a few of those 
lettres letters 

308. Quelque chose is construed as masculine, although chose 
is feminine. 

Quelque chose est arrive Something has happened 

Note. — An adjective following quelque chose must be introduced by 
de. The same is true of rien. 

J'ai quelque chose de bon I have something good 

II n'a rien de bon He has nothing good 

IRREGULAR VERBS IN -IR (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -IR) 

309. dormir [dormiir], 'to sleep' {aux. avoir). 
Parties principales dormir, dormant, dormi, dors, dormis 

Indicatif 

Present dors, dors, dort, dormons, dormez, dorment 

Imparfait dormais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Passe Defini dormis, is, it, imes, ttes r irent 

Futur dormir ai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel dormi ais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 



162 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 310 

StTBJONCTTF 

Present dorme, dormes, dorme, donnions, dormiez, dorment 

Imparfait dormisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

Imperatif 
dors, dormons, dormez 

1. There is a large number of verbs conjugated like dormir, 
the most common of which are: 

mentir [mati:r], 'to lie': Pres. hid., mens, mens, ment, mentons, mentez, 
mentent 

partir [parti:r], 'to leave': Pres. hid., pars, pars, part, partons, partez, par- 
tent 

sentir [sati:r], 'to feel': Pres. Ind., sens, sens, sent, sentons, sentez, sentent 

servir [servi:r], 'to serve': Pres. hid., sers, sers, sert, servons, servez, 
servent 

sortir [sortiir], 'to go out': Pres. hid., sors, sors, sort, sortons, sortez, 
sortent 

310. fuir [fqiir], 'to flee,' 'fly' (aux. avoir). 

Parties principales fuir, fuyant, fui, fuis, fuis 

Indicate? 

Present fuis, fuis, fuit, fuyons, fuyez, fuient 

Imparfait fuyais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Passe Defini fuis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

Futur fuirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionncl fuir ais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjoxctif 

Present fuie, fuies, fuie, fuyions, fuyiez, fuient 

Imparfait fuisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

Imperatif 
fuis, fuyons, fuyez 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIOXXAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Quels sont les pronoms indefinis? 2. Quel est l'adjectif 
possessif qui correspond a chacun? le pronom renechi? 3. Quel 
est l'adjectif possessif qui correspond a on? le pronom reflechi? 
4. Quand est-ce que on s'ecrit 1 Ton? 5. Quand le mot on se 
rapporte a un nom qui est au feminin, de quel genre est l'adjectif? 
6. Est-ce que quelque chose est considere ('considered') comme 
masculin ou comme feminin? 7. De quel genre est le mot chose? 
8. Donnez-moi les parties principales de dormir; de mentir; de 
partir; de sentir; de servir; de sortir. 9. Ecrivez au tableau la 

i Pres. ind. of s'ecrire, ' to be written.' 



EXERCISES 163 

conjugaison du present de l'indicatif de tous ces verbes-la. 10. 
Donnez-moi la synopsis du verbe fuir. 11. Conjuguez le passe 
defini, le futur, et le present du subjonctif de fuir. 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

On peut diner a Paris pour tres peu d'argent, ou Ton peut y 
depenser une vraie fortune en un seul repas. II y a des cafes 2 
charmants, un peu hors du centre de la ville, renommes pour 
leur tranquillite et pour leur bonne cuisine. Parmi ceux-ci on 4 
peut nommer les cafes Laperouse, 1 et la Tour d'Argent, 2 situes 
sur les quais de la rive gauche. Leur richesse consiste, comme 6 
a dit quelqu'un, dans leurs casseroles et dans leurs bouteilles 
poudreuses. Les etudiants du quartier latin frequentent plu- 8 
tot le cafe d'Harcourt ou la taverne du Pantheon, tous les 
deux sur le fameux bouT Mich'. 10 

Pour quiconque veut se defaire de son argent il y a des cafes 
scandaleusement gais et couteux, avec des attraits de toutes 12 
sortes, — poissons rares, viandes succulentes, legumes hors de 
saison, fruits delicieux, musique enivrante. 14 

Quelques uns des meilleurs cafes de la rive droite sont le 
cafe de Paris, 3 le cafe de la Paix, 4 Marguery, 5 le Grand Ve- 16 
four, 6 Ledoyen, 7 et Voisin, 8 dont la cave passe pour etre la 
meilleure de l'Europe. On ne devrait pas oublier non plus la 18 
Brasserie Universelle, 9 fameuse pour ses hors-d'ceuvre. 

11 y a des cafes tels que Maxim's, 10 et l'Abbaye de Theleme, 11 20 
oii la gaiete ne commence que tres tard dans la nuit. II y a des 
cafes bohemes, des cafes artistiques et litteraires, des cafes 22 
chantants. II y en a, enfin, pour tous les gouts comme pour 
toutes les bourses, et chacun peut trouver le genre 12 qu'il 24 
desire. 

1 Quai des Grands-Augustins, 51. 

2 Quai de la Tournelle, 15. It has existed upon its present site since 1582. Its 
pressed duck is justly famous. 

3 Avenue de l'Opera, 41. 

4 Boul. des Capucines, 12 (au Grand-Hotel). 

5 Boul. Bonne Nouvelle, 36, famous for its sole Marguery. 

6 Palais-Royal, Galerie Beaujolais, 79-82. 

7 A l'entree des Champs-Elysees. 

8 Rue Cambon, 16. w R ue Royale, 3. 

9 Avenue de l'Opera, 31. u Place Pigalle. 

12 Genre = ' kind,' 'sort,' 'style,' as well as 'gender.' 



164 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 

1. A quel prix peut-on diner a Paris? 2. Quelle sorte de cafes 
sont les cafes Laperouse et la Tour d 'Argent? 3. Ou sont-ils 
situes? 4. Lequel est le plus ancien? 5. En quoi consiste sa 
richesse? 6. Indiquez-moi des cafes de la rive gauche qui sont 
frequentes par les etudiants? 7. Quels cafes y a-t-il a, Paris pour 
ceux qui veulent se defaire de leur argent? 8. Quels sont quel- 
ques-uns de leurs attraits? 9. Nommez plusieurs des cafes de 
la rive droite. 10. Lequel passe pour avoir la meilleure cave de 
l'Europe? 11. Quelle sorte de cafe est Maxim's? 12. Indiquez- 
moi les differents genres de cafes que Ton peut trouver a Paris. 

COMPOSITION (THEME) 

We have nothing in America that corresponds (use subjunc- 
tive) 1 precisely with the Parisian cafe, although there are 2 
imitations (imitations) of it in the city of New York. Who- 
ever has passed a little time in Paris cannot fail to see the dif- 4 
ference between the cafes of that city and those of New York. 
The gayety of the Parisian cafe is spontaneous (spontanee), 6 
that of the New York cafe has always something false [about 
it]. In the latter, one makes an effort (effort) to (de) have a S 
good time, in the former one has a good time without effort. 
The cuisine, too, of the French cafe is always better than that 10 
of the American cafe. In fact, everything is superior there, 
wines, meats, fish, fruits, and music. 12 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. Each one has his favorite cafe. 2. The French students 
frequent especially the cafe d'Harcourt. 3. There is something 
interesting in every cafe of Paris. 4. There is nothing interest- 
ing in some of them. 5. No one desires to spend his entire for- 
tune in a single meal. 6. Here are cafes whose wealth is in their 
pots and dusty bottles. 7. Who sleeps dines. 8. Serve yourself 
to (de) these delicious fruits. 9. He has fled, after having spent 
all his own fortune and that of others. 10. I felt (myself) very 
merry. 11. No one lies for the sole pleasure of lying. 12. There 
is nothing more expensive than the cafe de Paris. 13. I was 

1 Cf. § 350, 3. 




§311 



CARDINAL NUMBERS 



165 



sleeping; let me sleep; do not sleep; we shall sleep; etc. 14. He 
flees; they flee; we were fleeing; they would flee; do not flee; etc. 



LESSON XXXIV {LEQON XXXIV) 
VOCABULARY {VOCABULAIRE) 



l'administrateur [administra- 
tceir], m., the administrator, 
director. 
botanique [botanik], adj., bo- 
tanical. 
le botaniste [botanist], the bota- 
nist. 
le chameau [§amo], the camel. 
la description [deskripsjo], the de- 
scription. 
l'elephant [elefa], m., the ele- 
phant. 
l'espece [espes], /., the species, 

kind, sort. 
l'etiquette [etiket], /., the ticket, 
label; etiquette. 
fonder [fode], to found, establish. 
la fosse [fos], the pit; grave; — ■ 
aux ours, bear-pit. 
fruitier [frytje], adj., fruit, fruit- 
bearing. 



la 'halle [al], the market; — aux 
vins, wine market. 
jaune [30m], adj., yellow. 
le lion [ljo], the lion. 
la menagerie [mena3ri], the men- 
agerie. 
naturel [natyrel] (/. naturelle 
[natyrel]), adj., natural. 
l'oiseau [wazo], m., the bird. 
l'orange [ora:3], /., the orange. 
i'ours [urs], m., the bear. 
la plante [plait], the plant. 
la poire [pwair], the pear. 
la pomme [pom], the apple. 

pro jeter [pro3te], to project, plan. 
le public [pyblik], the public. 

rouge [ru:3], adj., red. 
le singe [se:3], the monkey. 
le tigre [tigr], the tiger. 
la variete [varjete], the variety. 
vert [veir], adj., green. 



311. CARDINAL NUMBERS (NOMBRES CARDINAUX) 

vingt et un [vet e tie] 
vingt-deux [vet do] 
trente [trait] 
trente et un [trait e tie] 
quarante [kardit] 
cinquante [sekdit] 
soixante [swasdit] 
soixante-dix [swasait dis] 
soixante et ffnze [swasait e 5:z] 
quatre-vingts [katr ve] 
quatre-vingt-un [katr ve ce] 
quatre-vingt-dix [katr ve dis] 
quatre-vingt-onze [katr ve 5:z] 
cent [sa] 
cent un [sa tie] 
deux cents [do sa] 
deux cent un [do sa tie] 
mille [mil] 
mille un [mil tie] 
deux mille [do mil] 



1 un, une [tie, yn] 


21 


2 deux [do] 


22 


3 trois [trwa] 


30 


4 quatre [katr] 


31 


5 cinq [seik] 


40 


6 six [sis] 


.50 


7 sept [set] 


60 


8 'huit [qit] 


70 


9 neuf [ncef] 


71 


10 dix [dis] 


80 


11 onze [o:z] 


81 


12 douze [duiz] 


90 


13 treize [treiz] 


91 


14 quatorze [katorz] 


100 


15 quinze [keiz] 


101 


16 seize [seiz] 


200 


17 dix-sept [dis set] 


201 


18 dix-huit [diz qit] 


1000 


19 dix-neuf [diz ncef] 


1001 


20 vingt [ve] 


2000 



166 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§312-316 

Note 1. — There are also nouns of number, e.g., 1,000,000, un million 
[cb milj 5]; 1,000,000,000, un milliard [ce milja:r], etc. 

Note 2. — A hyphen regularly joins compound numerals under 100, 
except where et is used (in 21, 31, 41, 51, 61, and optionally in 71). 

312. Pronunciation (Prononciation) 

1. The final consonants of cinq, six, sept, huit, neuf, dix, dix-sept, dix- 
huit, dix-neuf are silent when these numerals qualify words beginning with 
consonants. They form the liaison before words beginning with vowels. 

neuf livres [ne li:vr] neuf hommes [ncev om] 

2. The t sounded in vingt from 21 to 29 is silent from 81 to 99. and is 
silent also in cent. 

3. 'Huit and onze allow no elision or liaison. 

313. Cardinals are invariable in gender, except un (/. une), 

and in number, except quatre-vingt and cent, which take s in 

the plural, unless followed by other numerals. 1 

une plume, a (or one) pen 

quatre-vingts livres, 80 pounds; but, quatre-vingt-deux livres, 82 pounds 

deux cents francs, 200 francs; but, deux cent trois francs, 203 francs 

314. The indefinite article is not used with cent or mille 

(cf. § 51, l), but is required with million and milliard, both of 

which take also de. 

cent (mille) hommes a hundred (thousand) men 

un million (milliard) de francs a million (billion) francs 

315. The form mil is often used in dates. 

en mil huit cent quatorze in 1814 

But: l'an mille the year 1000 

1. However, dates are usually expressed by hundreds, ex- 
cept 18 — , when mil is preferably used. 

en dix-neuf cent vingt in 1920 

But: en mil huit cent vingt in 1820 

MULTIPLICATIVE NUMERAL ADJECTIVES (ADJECTIFS NUMERAUX 

MULTIPLICATIFS) 

316. 'Once,' ' twice,' 'three times,' etc. = une fois, deux fois, 
trois fois, etc. 

Deux fois deux font quatre Two times two make (or are) four 

1 Even when followed by other numerals, the s is allowable. 



§§ 317-320 COLLECTIVE NUMBERS 167 

COLLECTIVE NUMBERS (NOMBRES COLLECTIFS) 

317. Except un(e) couple 1 [kupl], 'a couple,' une paire 

[peir], 'a pair,' and un millier [milje], 'a thousand,' collective 

nouns are made in general by adding -aine to certain of the 

cardinals (8, 10,. 12, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 100), which drop their 

final e before the ending. They are followed by de. 

une dizaine, 2 about ten une vingtaine, about twenty 

une douzaine, a dozen une centaine, about a hundred 

une trentaine d'eleves, some thirty pupils 

AGE (AGE) 

318. Age is expressed by avoir + a cardinal + an(s). 

Quel age avez-vous? — J'ai seize ans How old are you? — I am sixteen 

1. Age de, 'old/ is used adjectively. 
un enfant age de cinq ans a child five years old 

IRREGULAR VERBS IN -IR (VERBES IRREGULIERS 

EN -JR) 

319. mourir [muriir], 'to die' {aux. etre). 

Parties principales mourir, mourant, mort, meurs, mourus 

Indicatef 

Present meurs, meurs, meurt, mourons, mourez, meurent 

Imparfait mourais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Passe Defini mourus, us, ut, umes, utes, urent 

Futur mourrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel mourrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

SUBJONCTLF 

Present meure, meures, meure, mourions, mouriez, meurent 

Imparfait ' mourusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

Imperatif 
meurs, mourons, mourez 

320. ouvrir [uvriir], 'to open' (aux. avoir). 

Parties principales ouvrir, ouvrant, ouvert, ouvre, ouvris 

Indicatif 

Present ouvre, ouvres, ouvre, ouvrons, ouvrez, ouvrent 

Imparfait ouvrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Passe Defini ouvris, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

Futur ouvrir ai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel ouvrir ais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

1 The feminine form is used to indicate ' two ' regardless of sex. 

2 Note the change of x to z. 



168 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

SUBJONCTIF 

Present ouvre, ouvres, ouvre, ouvrions, ouvriez, ouvrent 

Imparfait ouvrisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

Imperatif 
ouvre, ouvrons, ouvrez 
Like ouvrir: couvrir, 'to cover,' souffrir, 'to suffer.' 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Voulez-vous bien compter jusqu'a dix? 2. Comptez de dix 
a vingt. 3. Comptez par dizaines de dix a cent. 4. Combien 
font deux fois deux? deux fois quatre? quatre fois huit? huit fois 
neuf? dix fois douze? etc. 5. Dans quels nombres cardinaux 
est-ce qu'on met un trait d'union? 6. Expliquez la prononcia- 
tion des consonnes finales dans cinq, six, sept, huit, etc. 7. Quand 
est-ce que le t final de vingt se prononce? 8. Dites-moi en fran- 
cais 'the eleven books.' 9. Quand est-ce que les nombres car- 
dinaux sont invariables? 10. Est-ce qu'on emploie Particle 
indefini avec cent et mille? 11. Dites-moi en francais la date de 
votre naissance. 12. Quel age avez-vous, Monsieur? 13. Dites- 
moi en francais 'about ten,' 'about twenty,' 'about a hundred.' 
14. Ecrivez au tableau les parties principales des verbes mourir 
et ouvrir. 15. Donnez-moi la synopsis de mourir. 16. Quel 
auxiliare faut-il employer avec mourir? 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

Une des curiosites de Paris est le Jardin des Plantes. II se 
trouve sur la rive gauche de la Seine, du cote de la Halle aux 2 
vins, et couvre plus de 30 hectares. 1 Projete en 1626 et fonde 
en 1635 par Guy de Labrosse, un des premiers botanistes de 4 
son temps, le Jardin des Plantes a eu comme administrateurs 
quelques hommes tres celebres: en 1739, BurTon, 2 qui y reunit 6 
de superbes collections d'histoire naturelle; en 1792, Bernardin 
de St-Pierre, 3 qui y fonda la menagerie; et d'autres encore. 8 

Le jardin botanique est, a l'ordinaire, ouvert au public de 6 
heures all heures du matin et de 1 heure a 6 heures du soir. 10 
II contient des milliers de plantes, dont les differents genres 

1 A hectare = ten thousand square meters. 

2 1707-1788. Author of VHistoire naturelle. 

3 1737-1814. Author of P a id et Yirginie. 



EXERCISES 



169 



>ont indiques par des etiquettes en couleurs, — rouges, vertes, 12 
bleues, jaunes, noires. Les arbres fruitiers ont une place im- 
portante dans la collection, et leurs mille varietes de fruits 14 
— oranges, pommes, poires, et autres — font venir l'eau a 
la bouche. 1 16 

Du cote du jardin botanique se trouve la menagerie, ou- 
verte tous les jours depuis 11 heures jusqu'a 5 heures en ete, 18 
et jusqu'a 4 heures en hiver. On y voit des centaines d'ani- 
maux de toute espece, — lions, tigres, ours, elephants, cha- 20 
meaux, singes, etc. Le palais des singes et la fosse aux ours 
charment surtout les enfants, et la grande voliere (' aviary'), 22 
oii il y a des oiseaux tres curieux, ne les interesse pas moins. 

CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 

1. Donnez-moi une courte description du Jardin des Plantes 
de Paris. 2. Ou se trouve le Jardin des Plantes? 3. Combien 
d'hectares est-ce qu'il couvre? 4. Quand est-ce qu'il fut fonde 
et par qui? 5. Quand est-ce que Buffon en fut administrateur? 
Bernardin de St-Pierre? 6. Quand mourut Buffon? Bernardin 
de St-Pierre? 7. Lequel des deux est l'auteur de VHistoire na- 
turelle? de Paul et Virginie? 8. Comment les differents genres 
de plantes sont-ils indiques au jardin botanique? 9. Donnez- 
moi les noms de plusieurs couleurs. 10. Donnez-moi les noms 
de plusieurs fruits. 11. Qui fonda la menagerie du Jardin des 
Plantes? 12. Quand est-ce que la menagerie est ouverte en 
ete? 13. Nommez quelques animaux qui s'y trouvent. 14. 
Qu'est-ce qui charme surtout les enfants? 

COMPOSITION {THEME) 

Georges-Louis Leclerc, son of Benjamin Leclerc, was born 
(naquit) at Montbard, the 7th 2 [of] September, 1707. The 2 
name of Buffon came (vint) to him from an estate (terre, /.) 
which his family possessed. He studied at Dijon and at 4 
Angers. At the age of 26, in 1733, he was elected (elu) mem- 
ber of the Academie des Sciences. Named director of the 6 
king's garden in 1739, Buffon conceived (congut) at once the 
great plan (dessein) of writing the history of nature. The 8 

1 'Make the mouth water.' 2 Use cardinal. 



170 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



12 



14 



first 1 three volumes 2 appeared (parurent) in 1749 and caused 
a great impression on the public. Buff on was elected to the 10 
French Academy, and [on] the 25th 3 [of] August, 1753, he 
pronounced before its members his immortal address (immor- 
tel discours) on style. 2 Everyone should read that famous 
address and also his beautiful descriptions of the Hon, king of 
animals, as he calls him, and of the horse. Buffon died at 
Paris, the 16th 3 [of] April, 1788. He was nearly 81 years old. 16 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. (Name in French the following numbers:) 20, 21, 22, 30, 39, 
41, 53, 61, 71, 72, 81, 88, 91, 95, 100, 203, 506, 700,. 1001. 2. 5 
times 1 are (font) 5, 5 times 2 are 10, 5 times 3 are 15, etc. 3. A 
hundred trees, a thousand varieties of plants, a million flowers. 
4. In the menagerie there were a couple 4 of elephants, some ten 
camels, and some twenty wild (sauvages) animals, such as (que) 
lions, tigers, bears, monkeys, etc., and about a hundred curious 
birds. 5. How old are you? — I am fourteen. 6. What is your 
name? — My name is John. 7. How old is your little brother? 
— He is only six. 8. Here is a child four years old. 9. I have 
two oranges, three pears, and six apples. 10. Give in French 
the following dates: 1492, 1776, 1789, 1812, 1913. 11. I am dy- 
ing; he is dying; he will die; that they might die; they have died; 
etc. 12. Open; let us open; he opens; we shall open; we should 
open; let me open; etc. 

LESSON XXXV {LEQON XXXV) 
VOCABULARY {VOCABULAIRE) 



actuel [aktqel] (/. acr.eHe [ak- 

tqel]), adj., present. 
agrandir [agrddhr], to enlarge; 
s' — , to become enlarged, 
grow. 
l'amelioration [ameljorasj5], /., 
the amelioration, improve- 
ment. 
la bourgade [burgad], the small 

village. 
la capitale [kapital], the capital, 
chief city. 



cependant [sopadci, spada], adv.. 
however, nevertheless; in the 
meantime, meanwhile. 
le comte [k5:t], the count, 
contre [k5:tr], prep., against. 
eclater [eklate], to explode; 
break forth, break out. 
l'empereur [5prce:r], ;«., the em- 
peror. 
1'epoque [epok], /., the epoch, 
period, era. 
fortifier [fortifje], to fortify. 



1 Cf. § 322. 2 Same word; m. 3 Use cardinal. * See p. 167, footnote 1. 



§§ 321-323 



ORDINAL NUMBERS 



171 



gouverner [guverne], to govern. 
l'habitant [abitd], m., the inhabi- 
tant, 
l'invasion [evazjo], /., the inva- 
sion. 
jouer [3 we], to play. 
le massacre [masakr], the mas- 
sacre. 
notable [notabl], adj., notable, 
pourtant [purtd], adv., neverthe- 
less, however, yet, still, 
le pouvoir [puvwa:r], the power; 
au — de, in the power of. 
preserver [prezerve], to pre- 
serve; protect. 



le protestant [pro testa], the Prot- 
estant. 
le ravage [rava:3], the ravage. 
la reponse [repois], the answer, re- 
ply, response, 
reprendre [rapm:dr], irr. v., to 
take back; retake, recapture; 
take up again. 
la revolution [revolysjo], the revo- 
lution. 
romain [rome], adj., Roman, 
la scene [se:n], the scene; stage. 
le siecle [sjekl], the century. 
le siege [sje:3], the seat; siege. 
terrible [teribl], adj., terrible. 



ORDINAL NUMBERS (NOMBRES ORDINAUX) 



321. Ordinals are formed in general by adding -ieme to the 
cardinals. Final e is dropped, cinq adds a u, and neuf changes 
f to v before the ending 



-ieme. 



1st 

2d 

3d 
4th 
5th 
6th 



premier [pramje] 

( second [sago] 

\ deuxieme [d0zjem] 
troisieme [trwazjem] 
quatrieme [katriem] 
cinquieme [sekjem] 
sixieme [sizjem] 



7th septieme [setjem] 

8th 'huitieme [qitjem] 

9th neuvieme [noevjem] 

10th dixieme [dlzjem] 

11th onzieme [ozjem] 

21st vingt et unieme [vet e ynjem] 

22d vingt-deuxieme [vet dozjem] 
etc. 



Note 1. — Tiers [tje:r] (/. tierce [tjers]), 'third,' and quart [ka:r], 'fourth/ 
are found in certain expressions and in fractions (le tiers etat, the third 
estate, une flevre quarte, a quartan ague). Quint [ke], 'fifth,' occurs only 
in Charles- Quint, 'Charles V,' and Sixte- Quint, 'Sixtus V.' 

Note 2. — Deuxieme is used instead of second in a series of more than 
two and in all compounds. 

le second livre the second book (of two) 

le deuxieme livre the second book (of three or more) 

le vingt-deuxieme the twenty-second 

322. Ordinals, which are like other adjectives in inflection 
and agreement, usually precede the noun. Cardinals precede 
ordinals. 

les cinq premieres lecons the first five lessons 

USE OF THE NUMERAL ADJECTIVES (EMPLOI DES 
ADJECTIFS NUMERAUX) 

323. With the exception of premier, 'first,' cardinals are 
used to indicate days of the month and numerical titles in which 



172 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 324^325 

the number follows. Observe that the preposition 'of ' in dates 

and the definite article in titles are omitted. 

le premier (deux, trois, etc.) juin the first (second, third, etc.) of June 

Charles Premier Charles [the] First 

Louis Quatorze Louis [the] Fourteenth 

lecon trois lesson three 

Note. — One asks a date as follows: 

~ , . , . f avons-nous ) 

Quel jour du mois I . ,,, . 

A_ < *• - 1 sommes-nous > aujourd'nui? 

or Quel quantieme . 

The answer is: 

Nous avons 

Nous sommes [ le dix, etc. 

C'est J 

FRACTIONS (FRACTIONS) 

324. In fractions the numerator (numerateur) is regularly a 

cardinal and the denominator (denominateur) , an ordinal; but 

i fun(e) demi, h .. , i 

k = < v , , ' . A ., > \ = un tiers, and i =un quart. 

J I une (or la) moitie, / 6 * ^ 

^, un cinquieme |, trois huitiemes 

i\, cinq seiziemes ^(/Vj ^i 1 centiemes, etc. 

Note. — Demi as noun is used almost exclusively in arithmetical cal- 
culations. As adjective, its form is demi- before a noun of either gender 1 ; 
after a noun, it is demi, m., or demie, /. (without article), according to the 
gender of the noun. 

deux demis, f une demi-heure, a half hour 

une heure et demie an hour and a half 

1. The definite article precedes and de follows fractions in 

most constructions. 

la moitie de la pomme (the or a) half (of) the apple 

les trois quarts du temps three quarters of the time 



NUMERAL ADVERBS (ADVERBES NUMERAUX) 

325. They are formed as other adverbs by the addition of 
-ment to the ordinals. 

premierement first, firstly 

secondement \ „ Q „^„ ji 
, . . . > secondly 

deuxiemement J ■* 

etc. 

1 The form demie is, however, not considered incorrect in this position, and the 
hyphen may be omitted. 



326-327 IRREGULAR VERBS IN -IR 173 

IRREGULAR VERBS IN -IR (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -IR) 

326. tenir [taniir], 'to hold' (aux. avoir). 
Parties principales tenir, tenant, tenu, tiens, tins 

Indicate? 

Present tiens, tiens, tient, tenons, tenez, tiennent 

Imparfait tenais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Passe Defini tins, ins, int, inmes, intes, inrent 

Futur tiendrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel tiendrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjonctif 
Present tienne, tiennes, tienne, tenions, teniez, tiennent 

Imparfait tinsse, insses, int, inssions, inssiez, inssent 

Imperatif 
tiens, tenons, tenez 
Like tenir: contenir, soutenir, ' to sustain,' ' undergo,' and other compounds. 

327. venir [vaniir], 'to come' {aux. etre). 
Parties principales venir, venant, venu, viens, vins 

Indicatif 

Present viens, viens, vient, venons, venez, viennent 

Imparfait venais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Passe Defini vins, ins, int, inmes, intes, inrent 

Futur viendrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel viendrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjonctif 
Present vienne, viennes, vienne, venions, veniez, viennent 

Imparfait vinsse, insses, int, inssions, inssiez, inssent 

Imperatif 

viens, venons, venez 

Like venir: convenir, devenir, (se) souvenir, 'to remember,' survenir, 'to 
come on,' 'befall,' and other compounds. 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Comment les nombres ordinaux se forment-ils? 2. Quels 
changements ont lieu devant la terminaison -ieme? 3. Quelle 
est la difference entre second et deuxieme? 4. Est-ce que les 
nombres ordinaux precedent ou suivent, en general, le substantif? 
5. Si Ton emploie des nombres cardinaux avec des nombres ordi- 
naux, lesquels precedent? 6. Donnez-m'en un exemple. 7. Quel 
genre ('kind') de nombres faut-il employer pour indiquer le jour 
du mois ou un titre de roi? 8. Comment demande-t-on la date? 
9. Quelle en est la reponse? 10. Comment forme-t-on les frac- 



174 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



tions? 11. Dites-moi en francais 'a, half,' 'a third,' 'a fourth,' 'a 
fifth,' etc. 12. Ecrivez au tableau 'a half hour' et 'an hour and 
a half,' et expliquez la difference qu'il y a entre les deux mots 
'half.' 13. Dites-moi en francais 'half the lesson.' 14. Com- 
ment est-ce qu'on forme les adverbes numeraux? 15. Mettez 
au tableau la synopsis du verbe tenir; du verbe venir. 16. Con- 
juguez le present de l'indicatif , le passe defini, et le passe indefini 
des deux verbes, etc. 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

Paris est tres vieux. Son nom vient de celui des Parisii, an- 
ciens habitants de Lutetia (Lutece) , une petite bourgade situee, 2 
du temps de Cesar, sur Pile qu'on appelle aujourd'hui la Cite. 
Lutece s'agrandit peu a peu, 1 et devint entre les annees 292-306 4 
la capitale de Pempereur romain, Constance Chlore. En 451 
sainte Genevieve la preserva de Pinvasion des Huns. Clovis 6 
en fit 2 sa capitale en 508. En 885 la ville sou tint contre les 
Normands un siege de 13 mois. Gouverne par des comtes sous 8 
les Carolingiens (751-987), Paris redevint capitale de la France 
sous les Capetiens. Philippe Auguste, qui regna de 1180 a 10 
1223, fit 2 de notables ameliorations dans la ville, et la fortifia. 
Entre 1420 et 1436 Paris fut au pouvoir des Anglais, et Jeanne 12 
d'Arc ne put pas le reprendre. En 1572, sous Charles IX, 
Paris fut la scene du terrible massacre des protestants, la 14 
Saint-Barthelemy . La ville devint ensuite le centre de la 
Ligue, mais elle ouvrit ses portes a Henri IV en 1594. En 16 
1789 la Revolution francaise y eclata, et le 14 juillet de cette 
annee la Bastille fut prise. Paris joua le role principal dans 18 
les revolutions de 1830 3 et 1848, 4 dut ceder aux Allemands en 
1870, et, en 1871, souffrit de terribles ravages sous la Com- 20 
mune. Pourtant, la capitale n'a jamais cesse de s'agrandir. 
Deja dans la premiere moitie du XVI e siecle Charles-Quint 22 
disait 5 a Francois I er , ((Paris n'est pas une ville, c'est un 
monde,)) et cependant a cette epoque-la Paris n'avait guere 24 
qu'un dixieme du nombre actuel de ses habitants. 

1 'Little by little.' 2 Past def. of faire. 

3 Which overthrew the elder branch of the Bourbons and gave the throne to the 
younger branch (Louis-Philippe). 

4 Which proclaimed the Republic that was stifled by the coup d'etat of Dec. 2, 
1851. 6 Impf. of dire. 



EXERCISES 175 

CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 

1. D'ou vient le nom de Paris? 2. Quel etait l'ancien nom de 
la ville? 3. Quelle est la partie de la ville actuelle ou se trou- 
vait la premiere bourgade? 4. De quel empereur romain est-ce 
qu'elle devint la capitale? 5. Qui la preserva de l'invasion des 
Huns? 6. Qui en fit 1 sa capitale en 508? 7. Quand est-ce que 
la ville soutint un siege contre les Normands? 8. Par qui est-ce 
que Paris fut gouverne sous les Carolingiens? 9. Sous qui est-ce 
que Paris redevint la capitale de la France? 10. Quand regna 
Philippe Auguste, et que fit Ml pour la ville de Paris? 1 1 . Quand 
est-ce que Paris fut au pouvoir des Anglais? 12. Sous quel roi 
eut lieu le terrible massacre de la Saint-Barthelemy? 13. Quelle 
en etait la date? 14. Quand est-ce que Paris ouvrit ses portes. 
a, Henri IV? 15. Donnez-moi la date de la Revolution fran- 
caise. 16. Donnez-moi la date de la Commune. 17. Que di- 
sait 2 de Paris Charles-Quint a Francois I er ? 



COMPOSITION (THEME) 
Money (Monnaie [mone]/.) 

In France they generally count by francs 3 and centimes. 3 
A franc is worth nearly 20 American cents, and a centime is 2 
the 100th part of a franc, or j of an American cent. There- 
fore, to change French money into (en) American money, 4 
one must divide (diviser) by 5, and to change American money 
into French money one must multiply (multiplier) by 5. The 6 
coins (pieces de monnaie) that one sees most often are gold 4 
pieces of 10 and 20 francs, silver pieces of 50 centimes, 1 franc, 8 
2 francs, and 5 francs, nickel 3 pieces of 25 centimes, and bronze 
or copper 5 pieces of 5 centimes or of 10 centimes. The piece 10 
of 5 centimes is sometimes called a ((sou,)) 3 and there are per- 
sons who always calculate by sous. A sou is grg- of a franc. 12 
There is also paper money (papier-monnaie) that is called 
((billets de banque.)) There are bank notes of 1000, 500, 200, 14 
100, and 50 francs. 

1 Past def. of faire. 3 Same word, m. 

2 Impf. of dire. * D'or [da:r], m. 5 Cuivre [kqi:vr], m. 



176 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. (Give in American money the equivalents 1 of) 5 centimes, 10 
centimes, 20 centimes, 25 centimes, 50 centimes, 75 centimes, 
1 franc 25 (centimes 2 ), 1 fr. 3 60, 2 frs. 4 35, 3 frs., 5 frs. 25, lOfrs., 
25 frs. 90, etc. 2. (Give in francs and centimes the equivalents 1 of) 
5 cents, 25 cents, 50 cents, $1.50, $1.75, $4.00, $5.30, $6.85, etc. 
3. (Give the following dates in French) March 15, 44 B.C. 5 ; De- 
cember 25, 800; July 15, 1099; April 25, 1215; October 25, 1415; 
August 24, 1572; May 14, 1610; September 1, 1715; July 14, 
1789; December 2, 1804; etc. 4. (Say in French) 1st, 3d, 10th, 
21st, 44th, 70th, 88th, 90th, 100th, 125th, etc.; the first three 
lessons; Charles I, Louis LX, Henry IV, Louis XIV; •§-, \, \, 
g, f, 2T> e t c -> firstly, secondly. 5. I hold; I shall hold; hold; 
let them hold; etc. 6. We come; he came; they will come; don't 
come; that you might come; etc. 

LESSON XXXVI (LEQON XXXVI) 

VOCABULARY (VOCABL'LAIRE) 

le baccalaureat [bakabrea], the l'externe [ekstern], m. or /., the 

baccalaureate; degree of bach- day-scholar, extern. 

elor. la faculte [fakylte], the faculty; 

le bachelier [ba$9lje], the bachelor professeur de — , university 

(a degree). professor. 

la branche [bra:$], the branch. gratuit [gratqi], adj., gratuitous, 

le candidat [kadida], the candi- free, without charge. 

date. l'instituteur [estitytce:r], ;;;. (/. 

la conference [k5fera:s], the lee- institutrice [estitytris]), the 

ture. teacher (in a primary school). 

le diplome [diploim], the diploma. l'instruction [estryksj5], /., the 

diviser [divize], to divide. instruction. 

le droit [drwa], the right; law. l'interne [etern], m. or /., the 

echouer [e$we], to be stranded; boarding-scholar, intern. 

fam., to fail. la maniere [manje:r], the manner, 

l'ecriture [ekrity:r], /., the writ- way. 

ing, handwriting. la medecine [metsin], the medi- 

l'etablissement [etablisma], m. } cine. 

the establishment, institution. municipal [mynisipal] (w. pi. 

Pexamen [egzame], ;«., the ex- municipaux [mynisipo]), adj., 

amination; inspection. municipal, town. 

1 For information regarding these equivalents, see the preceding theme. 

2 The word centimes is commonly omitted. 

3 Abbreviation for franc. 4 Abbreviation for francs. 
5 Avant Jesus-Christ [5ezy kri]. 



§ 328 PREPOSITIONS 177 

obligatoire [obligatwa:r], adj., selon [salo, slo], prep., according 

obligatory, compulsory. to. 

primaire [prime:r], adj., primary. superieur [syperjceir], adj., su- 

reussir [reysiir], to succeed. perior, higher, upper. 

la science [sjdis], the science; l'universite [yniversite], /., the 

knowledge. university. 
secondaire [s(a)g5de:r], adj., sec- 
ondary. 

PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSITIONS) 

328. The following distinctions in the use of some of the 
common prepositions should be observed: 

1. before* indicating 

(1) (time, order) =avant: avant cinq heures, before five o'clock. 

(2) (place) =devant: devant la classe, before the class. 

But: l'adjectif place avant (ou de- the adjective placed before the 
vant) le nom noun 

2. 'By* indicating. ^ 

(1) (way, means) = par: par la poste, by mail. 

(2) (temporary agent) = par: appele par sa mere, called by his mother. 

(3) (customary agent) = de: aime de tout le monde, loved by everybody. 

(4) (measure of difference) = de: plus age de deux mois, older by two 
months. 

(5) (relative dimension) = sur: dix pieds sur douze, ten by twelve feet. 

3. 'For* indicating 

(1) (purpose) = pour: pour vous, for you. 

(2) {future time) = pour: Nous serons ici pour quelques jours. We shall 
be here for a few days. 

(3) (past time, completed) = pendant (may be omitted) : J'etais la (pen- 
dant) une semaine entiere. I was there for a whole week. 

(4) (past time, uncompleted) = < epuis / . . 

wvr ' r / [ilya (voici, voila) . . . que: 

Je suis ici depuis une heure. II y a (voici \ T , , , r , 

nv „*jia^ „«1 1,~,„.~ „,.~ ,•» ,„;„ :„: ) I nave Deen ner e for an hour 

or voila) une neure que je suis ici J 

4. 'From' indicating 

(1) (source) = de: II arrive de New York. He arrives from New York. 

f des: des 

(2) ifime)- \ depuis: depuis \ ce jour-la, from that day. 

[ a partir de: a partir de J 

(3) (cause) = par: par imprevoyance, from want of foresight. 

5. 'In* indicating 

(1) ( ( inside of [place], generally followed by article, or possessive or demon- 
strative adj.) = dans: dans une boite, in a box. 

(2) ('in' before most names of countries, and in certain expressions) = en: 
en Espagne, in Spain; en general, in general. 

(3) ('in' before names of cities, and in certain expressions) - a: a Paris, in 
Paris; a la campagne, in the country. 



178 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 329-330 

(4) ('after' [time]) = dans: Je le verrai dans une heure. I shall see him 
in an hour. 

(5) ('during' [time]) = en: On y va en une heure. You (can) go there in 
an hour. 

(6) ('in' after superlative) = de: le meilleur du monde, the best in the 
world. 

6. 'Of indicating 

(1) (possession, source, etc.) = de: le livre de mon frere, my brother's 
book. (2) (contents) = de: une tasse de cafe, a cup of coffee. 

[ = de: une baguette de fer, a rod of iron. 1 
(3) (material) \ =en: Les meubles sont en 2 acajou. The furniture is of 

[ mahogany. 

7. 'On' indicating 

(1) (position) = sur: sur la table, on the table. 

(2) (dates) — omitted: le premier avril, [on] the first of April. 

8. 'With' indicating 

(1) (accompaniment) = avec: avec son ami, with his friend. 

{=avec: avec un couteau, with a knife; avec 
plaisir, with pleasure. 
=de: de tout mon coeur, with all my heart. 

(3) ('at the house of) = chez: II est chez nous. He is with us. 

(4) (characterization) = a -f article: l'homme aux cheveux blancs, the man 
with white hair. 

(5) (cause) = de: rouge de colere, red with rage. 

(6) (accompanying circumstance) — omitted : Elle pria les yeux f ermes. 
She prayed with closed eyes. 

IRREGULAR VERBS IN -RE (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -RE) 

329. boire [bwair], 'to drink' (aux. avoir). 
Parties principalis boire, buvant, bu, bois, bus 

Indicate? 
Present bois, bois, boit, buvons, buvez, boivent 

Imparfait buvais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
Passe Defini bus, us, ut, umes, utes, urent 
Futur boirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel boirais, ais, ait, ions, -iez, aient 

Subjonctif 

Present boive, boives, boive, buvions, buviez, boivent 

Imparfait busse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

Imperattf 
bois, buvons, buvez 

330. conclure [koklyir], 'to conclude' (aux. avoir). 

Parties principales conclure, concluant, conclu, conclus, conclus 

1 Commonly expressed in English without preposition, thus: 'an iron rod.' 

2 After etre, en is used rather than de. 



EXERCISES 



179 



Indicatif 
Present conclus, conclus, conclut, concluons, concluez, con- 

cluent 
Imparfait concluais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
Passe Defini conclus, us, ut, umes, utes, urent 
Fiitur conclurai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel conclurais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjonctlf 
Present conclue, conclues, conclue, conditions, concluiez, 

concluent 
Imparfait conclusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

Imperatif 
conclus, concluons, concluez 
Like conclure: exclure, 'to exclude,' and other compounds. 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Montrez par des exemples la difference qu'il y a entre 
avant et devant. 2. Montrez par des exemples cinq manieres 
differentes de traduire en francais la preposition anglaise, 'by.' 

3. Comment dit-on en francais 'I was there for a week'? 'I 
have been here for a week'? 'I shall be there for a week'? 

4. Dites-moi en francais de trois f aeons differentes 'from that 
day.' 5. Dites en francais ' in the book ' ; ' in France ' ; ' in Paris.' 
6. Quelle est la difference de signification entre dans une heure 
et en une heure? 7. Comment est-ce qu'on exprime 'in' apres 
un superlatif? 8. Dites-moi de deux manieres differentes 'a 
gold watch.' 9. Comment dit-on 'on the first of October'? 'on 
Sunday'? 10. Quelle est la difference entre avec et chez? 
11. Dites en francais ' the boy with black hair ' ; ' white with emo- 
tion'; 'she spoke with closed eyes.' 12. Conjuguez je bois de 
l'eau, tu bois, etc.; je ne boirai pas de vin, tu, etc.; bois lente- 
ment, etc. 13. Mettez au tableau les parties principales de 
boire; de conclure. 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

En France les trois branches principales de l'instruction 
publique, l'enseignement primaire, l'enseignement secondaire, 2 
et l'enseignement superieur, forment, depuis 1808, ce qu'on 
appelle l'Universite de France. 1 4 

1 The 'University of France' is the name given to the organization of the whole 
educational system in France, as established by Napoleon I, in 1808. 



180 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

L'enseignement primaire est gratuit et obligatoire pour tous 
les enfants, de l'age de 6 ans a l'age de 13 ans, et comprend, 6 
comme aux Etats-Unis, la lecture, l'ecriture, l'arithmetique, 
etc. Ceux qui enseignent dans les ecoles primaires sont ap- 8 
peles instituteurs ou institutrices. 

L'enseignement secondaire se donne dans les lycees, eta- io 
blissements de l'Etat, et dans les colleges, 1 etablissements en 
partie municipaux. L'instruction n'y est pas gratuite. Elle 12 
est donnee par des professeurs. Les eleves des lycees et des 
colleges se divisent en deux classes, les internes et les externes. 14 
L'examen pour lequel ils se preparent pendant 6 ou 7 ans est 
le baccalaureat. Les candidats, ages de 16 ans, au moins, sont 16 
examines par des professeurs de lycee et de Faculte, et s'ils 
reussissent (ou n'echouent pas) dans leur examen, ils recoivent 18 
le diplome de bachelier es 2 lettres, bachelier es 2 sciences, ou 
bachelier de l'enseignement moderne, selon les cours qu'ils 20 
ont suivis. 

L'enseignement superieur se donne dans les differentes uni- 22 
versites. II y a 15 universites en France qui ont chacune au 
moins deux facultes. L'Universite de Paris en a quatre: la 24 
Faculte de droit, la Faculte de Medecine,la Faculte des lettres, 
et la Faculte des sciences. Les cours des Facultes des lettres 26 
et des sciences ont lieu a la Sorbonne. Ils consistent pour la 
plupart en conferences. 28 

CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 

1. Qu'est-ce que c'est que l'Universite de France? 2. Quelles 
sont les trois branches principales de l'instruction publique? 

3. Depuis quel age l'enseignement primaire, est-il obligatoire? 

4. Qu'est-ce qu'il comprend? 5. Comment est-ce qu'on ap- 
pelle ceux qui enseignent dans les ecoles primaires? dans les 
ecoles secondares? 6. Dans quelles ecoles se donne l'enseigne- 
ment secondaire? 7. Quelle est la difference entre lycee et col- 
lege? 8. Est-ce que l'instruction y est gratuite? 9. Est-ce 
qu'on y recoit des internes ou des externes? 10. Expliquez-nous 
ce que c'est que le baccalaureat. 11. Quels sont les trois di- 

1 These are more like our high schools thati colleges. 

2 Pronounced [es] = en + les. 



EXERCISES 



181 



plomes qu'on donne? 12. Ou se donne l'enseignement superieur? 
13. Combien d'universites qui ont au moins deux facultw y 
a-t-il en France? 14. Quelles sont les quatre facultes de l'Uni- 
versite de Paris? 15. Quelles sont celles qui sont installees a la 
Sorbonne? 

ORIGINAL COMPOSITION {COMPOSITION ORIGINALE) 

L'enseignement aux Etats-Unis (150 a 200 mots). 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. He will conclude his work for the bachelor's degree before 
you. 2. The examination for the baccalaureate takes place be- 
fore lycee and university professors. 3. He was admired by all 
his teachers, but he could not be examined by them. 4. My 
cousin is older than I by two years, but he has not yet his 
bachelor's degree. 5. I know him by his handwriting. 6. Our 
dormitory (dortoir) was (avait) twenty feet by forty. 7. In- 
struction in all courses will begin in a fortnight (lit., 'fifteen 
days'). 8. In four years you ought [to] be able [to] prepare 
yourself for the baccalaureate. 9. He worked for four years, 
but failed at the final examination. 10. He has been with us 
for a week already, and he will be here for another week. 

11. He studied (a fait) his law in the University of Paris. 

12. He was the best student in his class. 13. We shall have 
vacation on the first of April. 14. The course is given by lec- 
tures. 15. The four faculties of Paris are law, medicine, 
science, and letters. 16. He questioned (questionne) me with 
closed eyes. 17. I drink; let us drink; drink; he will drink; etc. 
18. He concludes; they will conclude; let us conclude; etc. 



LESSON XXXVII (LEQON XXXVII) 
VOCABULARY (VOCAWULAIRE) 



Pacteur [aktoeir], m., the actor. 
l'actrice [aktris],/., the actress. 
le ballet [bale], the ballet. 
la comedie [komedi], the comedy. 
confondre [k5f5:dr], to con- 
found, confuse, 
deviner [da vine], to guess. 



drajmtique [dramatik], adj., 
(^■natic. 
le drame [dram], the drama. 

emouvant [emuva], adj., stir- 
ring, affecting. 

exiger [egzi3e], to require, de- 
mand. 



182 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 331-333 

la farce [fars], the farce. le representant [roprezata], the 
la Jfcrie [feri], the fairy-play. representative. 
le^Hire [3<i:r], the kind, sort, representer [raprezate], to rep- 
style; gender. resent, perform, play. 
l'idee [ide],/., the idea. ressembler [rasable] (a), to re- 
le melodrame [mebdram], the semble. 

melodrama. ia revue [rovy], the review (comic 

neanmoins [neSmwe], adv., nev- piece in which the events of the 

ertheless. year are reviewed. Our " Fol- 

l'opera-bouffe [opera buf], ?n., lies" are patterned after the 

the opera-bouffe {farcical French revue). 

comic operetta). la specialite [spesjalite], the spe- 

l'opera-comique [opera komikj, cialty. 

m., the opera-comique (opera le spectacle [spektakl], the spec- 
in which the dialogue is usu- tacle; performance, play. 
ally spoken and which general- subventionner [sybvasjone], to 
ly ends happily. Some of the subsidize. 
more recent opera-comiques re- la tragedie [tra3edi], the tragedy. 
semble closely grand operas). vaste [vast], adj., vast, spacious. 
populaire [popyleir], adj., popu- le vaudeville [vodvil], the vaude- 
lar. ville (farcical comedy inter- 
im programme [program], the pro- spersed with songs). 
gram. 

PREPOSITIONS [CONTINUATION] (PREPOSITIONS [SUITE]) 

Before the Infinitive (Devant Vlnfinitif) 

331. «To' before an infinitive is often omitted in French. It 
is sometimes expressed by de, a, or pour. 

332. Aller, desirer, entendre, faire, laisser, devoir, falloir, 

pouvoir, savoir, vouloir are some of the common verbs that are 

followed by the direct infinitive (without preposition). 

Je vais la voir I am going to see her 

Voulez-vous jouer? Do you wish to play? 

333. Cesser, commander, 1 conseiiler, 2 craM^re. Jetester, 
dire, essaysr, oubhjer, prier f 4 regfetter 5 are some of the common 
verbs that take de before a following infinitive. Also etre (im- 
personal) + an adjective. 

II cesse de parler ^ He ceases to speak 

J'ai oublie d'y aller ^ I forgot to go there 

II est facile de faire cela It is easy to do that 

Note. — An infinitive aJk* que, 'than,' is usually introduced by de. 
II aimait mieux 6 joue^|ue de He liked to play better than to 
travailler work 

1 'To command.' 2 'To advise.' 3 'To fear.' 

4 'To beg,' 'pray.' 5 'To regret.' 

6 Aimer mieux, ' to prefer,' takes a direct infinitive. 



§§ 334-338 PREPOSITIONS 183 

334. Aider^ aimer, apprendre, avo^v commence*, consentir, 2 
\tinuer, enseigner, inviter. 3 reussir are some of the common 

bs that take a before a -following infinitive. Also etre + an 
adjective, when the following infinitive has a passive idea. 

II aimait a travailler. He liked to work. 

Je commence a lire. I am beginning to read. 

Cela (c') est facile a faire. That (it) is easy to do (to be done). 

335. Verbs often vary in meaning according as they are fol- 
lowed by a direct infinitive or one introduced by de or a. For 
example, venir followed by a direct infinitive = ' to come,' venir 
followed by de + an infinitive =' to have just,' and venir fol- 
lowed by a + an infinitive = ' to happen.' 

Venez nous voir Come to see us 

II vient d'arriver He has just arrived 

s'il venait a mourir if he should happen to die 

336. Pour used to introduce an infinitive indicates purpose. 
D faut etudier pour apprendre One must study (in order) to learn 

337. All prepositions govern the infinitive, except en, which 

requires the present participle. 

Je l'ai fait sans rien dire I did it without saying anything 

Ouvrez la bouche en chantant Open your mouth in singing 

Note. — Apres governs the perfect infinitive. 

apres avoir fait cela after doing that 

IRREGULAR VERBS IN -RE (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -RE) 

338. conduire [kodiriir], 'to conduct,' 'take' (aux. avoir). 
Parlies principales conduire, conduisant, conduit,, conduis, conduisis 

Indicatef 
Present conduis, conduis, conduit, conduisons, conduisez, con- 

duisent 
Imparfait conduis ais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
Passe Defini conduisis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 
Futur conduirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel conduirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjonctif 

Present conduise, conduises, conduise, conduisions, conduisiez, 

conduisent 
.Imparfait conduisisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

Imperatlf 
conduis, conduisons, conduisez 
Like conduire: construir, cuire, 'to cook,' produire, 'to produce,' tra- 
duire, etc. 

1 'To aid/ 'help.' 2 'To consent.' 3 «Xo invite.' 



184 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 339 

339. connaitre [koneitr], 'to know,' 'be acquainted with' 
(aux. avoir). 

Parties principales connaitre, connaissant, connu, connais, connus 

Ikdicattf 
Present connais, connais, connait, connaissons, connaissez, con- 

naissent 
Imparfait connaissais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
Passe Defini connus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 
Futur connaitrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditiofinel connaitrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjonctif 

Present connaisse, connaisses, connaisse, connaissions, con- 

naissiez, connaissent 
Imparfait connusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

Imperatif 
connais, connaissons, connaissez 
Like connaitre: paraitre, 'to appear,' 'seem.' 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Comment traduit-on le mot ' to ' devant un infinitif? 2. Don- 
nez-moi quelques verbes suivis de l'infinitif sans preposition. 
3. Donnez-moi quelques verbes qui prennent 1 la preposition de 
devant l'infinitif; la preposition a. 4. Quand est-ce qu'on em- 
ploie de et quand est-ce qu'on emploie a devant un infinitif apres 
le verbe etre suivi d'un adjectif? 5. Comment est-ce qu'on in- 
troduit un infinitif apres la conjonction que, 'than'? 6. Quelle 
est la difference de signification entre venir de et venir a? 
7. Quand est-ce qu'on emploie la preposition pour devant un 
infinitif? 8. Quelle preposition exige le participe present? 
9. Quelle sorte d'infinitif emploie-t-on avec apres? 10. Mettez 
au tableau la synopsis du verbe conduire; du verbe connaitre. 
11. Conjuguez je traduis facilement le francais, tu, etc.; j'ai 
traduit la phrase, tu, etc. 12. Conjuguez est-ce que je connais 
votre ami? etc.; que je le connaisse, etc. 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

Paris a une vingtaine d'excellents theatres, dont quatre sont 
subventionnes par l'Etat: l'Opera, la Comedie-Francaise, 2 2 
l'Opera-Comique, 3 et l'Odeon. 4 Chacun des theatres de Paris 

1 Pres. ind. of prendre. 3 Place Boleldieu. 

2 See Gen. Vocab. 4 Place de l'Odeon. 



EXERCISES 185 

a sa speciality, qu'il faut essayer de connaitre, afin de pouvoir 4 
choisir le spectacle auquel on desire assister. 

Le genre de pieces qu'on donne a l'Opera ou a l'Opera-Co- 6 
mique n'est pas tres difficile a deviner. Neanmoins, il ne faut 
pas confondre les operas-comiques francais avec les comic 8 
operas americains, qui ressemblent plutot aux operas-bouffes 
ou aux vaudevilles tels qu'on en voit quelquefois sur la scene 10 
de PApollo, 1 ou meme aux revues representees au the- 
atre Marigny 2 ou a l'Olympia. 3 Au theatre de la Gaiete- 12 
Lyrique 4 on donne des representations populaires d'operas 
et d'operas-comiques. 14 

La Comedie-Francaise, le Theatre-Francais, ou la Maison 
de Moliere, comme on l'appelle souvent, est le representant 16 
du genre classique. On ne pourrait trouver nulle part de meil- 
leure compagnie d'acteurs et d'actrices. L'Odeon est le second 18 
theatre classique de Paris. 

Des comedies modernes de premier ordre sont jouees au 20 
theatre de la Renaissance, 5 au theatre Rejane, 6 au Gym- 
nase, 7 au Vaudeville, 8 et a l'Athenee, 9 et des comedies-farces, 22 
aux Varieties, 10 aux Bouffes-Parisiens, 11 ou au Palais-Royal. 12 
Ceux qui aiment a voir des drames modernes n'ont qu'a aller 24 
au theatre de la Porte-St-Martin, 13 ou au theatre Antoine. 14 
Les melodrames sont represented surtout a PAmbigu, 15 et les 26 
pieces historiques, au theatre de Sarah Bernhardt. 16 Le Cha- 
telet 17 avec ses 3600 places est le plus vaste theatre de Paris. 28 
On y donne surtout des pieces populaires a grand spectacle 18 
et des feeries avec ballets. II y a aussi de tout petits thea- 30 
tres, comme le theatre des Capucines 19 et le Grand-Guignol, 20 
oii le programme se compose de plusieurs pieces tres courtes, 32 
mais souvent tres emouvantes. 

1 Rue de Clichy, 20. * Boulevard St-Martin, 18. 

2 Avenue Marigny (Champs-Elysees). 6 Rue Blanche, 15. 

3 Boulevard des Capucines, 26. 7 Boul. de la Bonne-Nouvelle, 38. 

4 Square des Arts-et-Metiers. 

8 Corner of the rue de la Chaussee-d'Antin and the boul. des Capucines. 

9 Square de l'Opera. is Boul. St-Martin, 2. 

10 Boul. Montmartre, 7. 16 Place du Chatelet. 

11 Rue Montsigny, 4. 17 Place du Chatelet. 

12 Rue Montpensier, 38. 18 'Spectacular.' 

13 Boul. St-Martin, 16. w Boul. des Capucines, 39. 

14 Boul. de Strasbourg, 14. 20 R ue Chaptal, 20 bis. 



186 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

CONVERSATION {CONVERSATION) 

1. Quels sont les theatres de Paris qui sont subventionnes par 
l'Etat? 2. Quelle genre de pieces est-ce qu'on donne a l'Opera? 
a l'Opera-Comique? 3. Quelle est la difference entre les operas- 
comiques francais et les comic operas americains? 4. Qu'est-ce 
que c'est qu'un vaudeville dans le sens francais du mot? 5. Ou 
peut-on voir represented des vaudevilles et des operas-bouffes? 
6. Qu'est-ce que c'est qu'une revue? 7. Ou represente-t-on des 
revues? 8. Qu'est-ce qu'on donne au theatre de la Gaiete- 
Lyrique? 9. Donnez-moi une idee de la Comedie-Francaise. 
10. Sous quels autres noms est-ce qu'elle est connue. 11. Qu'est- 
ce que c'est que l'Odeon? 12. Ou peut-on voir jouer 1 des come- 
dies modernes de premier ordre? des comedies-farces? des drames? 
13. Qu'est-ce qu'on joue a, l'Ambigu? 14. Quelle sorte de theatre 
est le Chatelet? 15. Qu'est-ce qu'on represente au Grand- 
Guignol? 16. Aimez-vous mieux les comedies ou les tragedies? 

ORIGINAL COMPOSITION {COMPOSITION ORIGIN ALE) 

Une description des differents genres de pieces dramatiques 
que vous connaissez (ijo a 200 mots). 

ORAL EXERCISE {EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. I am beginning to know how to pronounce French. 2. I 
know your friend, the famous actress. 3. I am going to take you 
to the theater this evening. 4. I advise you to go [and] 2 see 
the farce that is being played at the Palais-Royal. 5. I invite 
you to accompany me. 6. Would you not rather see the revue 
at the Olympia than to go [and] see the farce at the Palais- 
Royal? 7. For the best classical plays one must go to the 
Comedie-Francaise. 8. It is one of the four theaters subsidized 
by the State. 9. Tell them to hurry, for the ballet has just 
begun. 10. Don't forget to call me. 11. I hope that he will 
consent to come. 12. He entered without speaking. 13. Do 
you know my father? 14. I have not had the pleasure of (de) 
making his acquaintance. 15. Take them home, if you please. 

1 For the passive use of the infinitive, cf. § 358. 

2 'And' is often used colloquially before an infinitive in English, instead of the 
introductory preposition ' to.' 



§340 



USE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE 



187 



16. After eating, he rose and departed. 17. It is so hard to do, 
that I do not like to begin it. 18. I take; we took; they will 
take; let them take; etc. 19. I know; we knew; he would know; 
that they might know; etc. 



LESSON XXXVIII {LEQON XXXVIII) 
VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 



l'allegorie [alegori], /., the alle- 
gory. 
bourgeois [bur3wa], adj., bour- 
geois, middle-class, common. 
le caractere [karakte:r], the char- 
acter; type. 
le chef d'ceuvre [§e dceivr], the 
masterpiece. 
comique [komik], adj., comic, 
comical, 
le culte [kylt], the cult; worship. 
developper [devlope], to de- 
velop; se -*-, to develop. 
la devise [daviiz], the device; 
motto. 
1' epopee [epope], /., the epic 

poem, 
l'esprit [espri], m., the spirit; wit. 
l'historien [istorje], m., the his- 
torian, 
la litterature [literatysr], the litera- 
ture. 
lyrique [lirik], adj., lyric, lyrical. 
meler [mele], to mix, mingle; se 
— (a), to be mingled (with); 
se — (de), to meddle (with). 
le miracle [miraikl], the miracle; 
miracle-play (drama repre- 
senting, as a rule, a miracu- 
lous intervention of the Virgin) . 
la moralite [moralite], the moral- 



ity; morality-play {comic play 
with moral intention). 

la mort [mo:r], the death. 

moyen [mwaje] (/. moyenne 
[mwajen]), adj., mean, aver- 
age; le — age, the Middle 
Ages. 

le mystere [miste:r], the mystery; 
mystery-play (dramatic rep- 
resentation of some event taken 
from the Bible or from the lives 
of the Saints) . 

la part [pa:r], the part, share; side; 
a — , adv., apart. 

le peuple [pcepl], the people; lower 
classes. 

la poesie [poezi], the poetry. 

le poete [poe:t], the poet. 

profane [prof an], adj., profane, 
secular. 

la prose [pro:z], the prose. 
royal [rwajal], adj., royal, 
satirique [satirik], adj., satirical. 
serieux [serjo] (/. serieuse [se- 
rjo:z]), adj., serious. 

la sotie [soti], the sotie (satirical 
play in which political and so- 
cial questions are treated with 
great freedom). 
tot [to], adv., soon; — ou tard, 
sooner or later. 



USE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE (EMPLOI DU SUBJONCTIF) 

340. While the Indicative expresses certainty or fact, the 
Subjunctive expresses doubt, desirability, requirement, emotion, 
purpose, concession, etc. 



188 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



§§ 341-342 



The Subjunctive in Principal Clauses (Le Subjonctif dans les Propo- 
sitions Principales) 

341. The Subjunctive is used but rarely in principal clauses. 
It occurs: 

1. In je ne sache (pas), 'I hardly know,' a relic of the Latin 

subjunctive of modest assertion. 

Je ne sache personne mieux I don't know any one better en- 
partage dowed 

2. In optative expressions, either with or without que. 

Vive le roi! Long live the king! Qu'il vienne Let him come 

Plut a Dieu . . . Would to God . . . Dieu veuille . . . God grant . . . 

3. In concessive or conditional expressions, in which case the 
imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive is regularly used, with in- 
verted subject. 



Fussiez-vous mon ennemi, 
Eut-il ete moins faible, . . . 



Were you my enemy, . . . 
Had he been less weak, . . . 

Note. — The pluperfect subjunctive sometimes replaces the indicative 
in both protasis and apodosis of a conditional sentence. 
S'il eut (or avait) ete decouvert, que If he had been discovered, what 

n'eut-Ll (or n'aurait-il) pas souffert? would he not have suffered? 



Sequence of Tenses (Concordance des Temps) 

342. In dependent subjunctive clauses the following sequence 
of tenses is regularly observed: 

Principal Clause Dependent Clause (Proposition Dependant e) 

(Proposition Principale) r r 

(for action simultaneous 
with or subsequent to 
that of the governing 
verb) 

(for action prior to that 
of governing verb) 

(for action simultamous 
with or subsequent to 
that of governing verb) 



Present 1 or Future 
Je doute, 2 je douterai 



Present Subjunctive 
qu'il parle 



Past Tenses 
Je doutais, je doutai 
j'ai doute, j'avais doute 
j'aurai doute, j'aurais doute 



Perfect Subjunctive 
qu'il ait parle 

Imperfect Sub- 
junctive 
qu'il parlat 
Pluperfect Sub- 
junctive 
qu'il eut parle 
Conditional f Present or Imperfect Subjunctive 
Je douterais \ qu'il parle or qu'il parlat 

1 This includes present subjunctive and imperative. 

2 From douter [dute], 'to doubt.' 



(for action prior to that 
of governing verb) 



§§ 343-344 



IRREGULAR VERBS IN -RE 



189 



1 . Exceptions to these rules may be made whenever the logic 
of the sentence requires a violation of the normal sequence. 

Je suis heureux que vous fussiez la I am glad that you were there 

2. The use of the imperfect subjunctive, especially of the 
forms in -asse, is decreasing (cf. § 184). In conversational style 
the present subjunctive is used almost exclusively after the con- 
ditional, and even to a large extent after past tenses. 

IRREGULAR VERBS IN -RE (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -RE) 

343. craindre [kreidr], 'to fear' (aux. avoir). 

Parties principles craindre, craignant, craint, crains, craignis 

Ikdicatif 
Present crains, crains, craint, craignons, craignez, craignent 

Imparfait craignais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
Passe Defini craignis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 
Futur craindrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel craindrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjonctif 
Present craigne, craignes, craigne, craignions, craigniez, craignent 

Imparfait craignisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

Imperatif 

crains, craignons, craignez 

Note. — Craindre in affirmations requires a redundant ne before a fol- 
lowing subjunctive. Cf. § 349, 3. 

Je crains qu'il ne parle I fear lest he speak 

344. croire [krwctir], 'to believe' (aux. avoir). 
Parties principales croire, croyant, cru, crois, crus 

Indicatif 
Present crois, crois, croit, croyons, croyez, croient 

Imparfait croyais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
Passe Defini crus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 
Futur croirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel croirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Stjbjonctif 
Present croie, croies, croie, croyions, croyiez, croient 

Imparfait crusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

Imperatif 
crois, croyons, croyez 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1 . Lequel des deux modes, I'indicatif ou le subjonctif , exprime 
le doute? 2. Donnez-moi trois exemples de l'emploi du sub- 



190 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

jonctif dans les propositions principales. 3. Mettez au tableau 
quelques exemples de la concordance de temps. 4. Quels temps 
du subjonctif peut-on employer dans la proposition dependante 
apres un present ou un futur dans la proposition principale? 
apres un temps passe? apres le conditionnel? 5. Mettez au ta- 
bleau la conjugaison du verbe craindre ; du verbe croire. 6. Con- 
juguez je ne crains pas la mort, tu, etc.; je craignais son arrivee, 
tu, etc. 7. Dites-moi en f rancais ' I feared ' ; ' we shall fear ' ; ' fear 
not'; 'that they might fear'; etc. 8. Conjuguez le present de 
l'indicatif du verbe croire; le passe defini; le conditionnel; l'im- 
parfait du subjonctif; etc. 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

Le plus ancien monument de la langue francaise, les Ser- 
vients de Strasbourg, 1 date de 842, mais la litterature propre- 2 
ment dite ne commence a se developper que beaucoup plus 
tard. Le premier monument litteraire important date de la 4 
premiere moitie du XII e siecle. C'est la Chanson de Roland, 2 
epopee nationale. Au XII e siecle aussi commenca la poesie 6 
lyrique, et a cote de 3 la poesie lyrique, la poesie satirique, dont 
le chef-d'oeuvre est le Roman du Renart, 4 qui date du XIIP 8 
siecle. C'est ici que l'esprit bourgeois se montre dans la lit- 
terature francaise. Aucune forme litteraire du moyen age 10 
n'a ete preferee a l'allegorie, dont le meilleur exemple est le 
Roman de la Rose b du XIIP siecle. Les principaux represen- 12 
tants de la prose depuis le XII e jusqu'au XV e siecle sont les 
historiens Villehardouin, Joinville, Froissart, et Commynes. 14 

Le drame au moyen age est ne dans l'eglise. II a commence 
par etre une partie du culte, puis il est sorti de l'eglise et a pris 16 
peu a peu 6 un caractere profane. Le comique s'est mele au 
serieux et a fini par former un genre a part. Les miracles 18 
datent du XIIP siecle, les mysteres, les moralites, les farces, 7 
et les soties, du XV e siecle. 20 

1 'Oaths of Strasbourg.' See gen. vocab. 

2 'Song of Roland.' See gen. vocab. 3 'Along with.' 
4 'Romance of the Fox.' See gen. vocab. 

6 'Romance of the Rose.' See gen. vocab. 6 'Little by little.' 

7 Of which the masterpiece is La Farce de Vavocat Pathelin, ' The Farce of the 
Lawyer Pathelin,' of the XVth century. 



EXERCISES 191 

Deux poetes se distinguent ail XV e siecle, Charles d'Orleans 
et Francois Villon. Craignant la mort, qui tot ou tard em- 22 
porte tout le monde, fut-on de famille royale comme celui-la 
ou fut-on homme du peuple comme celui-ci, ils prennent 1 24 
comme devise: ((Vive 2 la joie!)) 

CONVERSATION (CON VERSA TION) 

1. Quel est le plus ancien monument de la langue francaise? 
2. Quelle en est la date? 3. Quel est le premier monument im- 
portant de la litterature francaise? 4. De quel siecle est-il? 
5. Quand commence la poesie lyrique? 6. Quel est le chef-d'oeu- 
vre de la poesie satirique? 7. De quel siecle est le Roman de la 
Rose et dans quelle forme litteraire est-il ecrit? 8. Quels sont 
les principaux representants de la prose francaise depuis le XII e 
jusqu'au XV e siecle? 9. Expliquez-nous comment le drame s'est 
developpe en France. 10. De quel siecle datent les miracles? 
les mysteres, les moralites, les farces, et les soties? 11. Nommez 
deux poetes importants du XV e siecle. 12. Que prennent-ils 

comme devise? 

COMPOSITION (THEME) 

The literature of the Middle Ages in France is not without 
interest. The epic poem, its most important form, is repre- 2 
sen ted by the Chanson de Roland of the first part of the twelfth 
century. The Roman du Renart is the best example of satiri- 4 
cal poetry, a literary genre that began in the twelfth century. 
The Roman de la Rose, of the thirteenth century, is the princi- 6 
pal representative of allegory. 

The drama of the Middle Ages was first a part of the cult 8 
and was performed in the churches. Later it took (on) a sec- 
ular character and, in 1548, all religious (religieux) dramas, 10 
were they miracle-plays or mysteries, were forbidden (defen- 
dus). The farce, however, continued to follow its old device: 12 
"Let merriment reign!" 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. I hardly know. 2. Let him fear death! 3. God grant that 
he come! 4. Had he told me so, I should have believed him. 

1 Pres. ind. of prendre. 

2 Pres. subj. of vivre, 'to live.' Translate: 'long live' . . . or 'let . . . reign.' 



192 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



§345 



5. Had you arrived a minute later, I should have been lost. 

6. If this genre had been developed, what would it not have be- 
come? 7. I doubt that he will come; that he has come. 8. I 
doubted that he would come; that he had come. 9. Would you 
doubt his coming? 10. She did not believe that poetry is the 
natural expression of man. 11. In the morality-plays, the comic 
and the serious had each its share. 12. He is a good bourgeois, 
who has risen from the lower classes. 13. Meddle with your 
own affairs. 14. Long live the king! 15. I fear; we feared; we 
have feared nothing; etc. 16. Let us believe; let him believe; 
do you believe?; I have believed; that I might believe; etc. 

LESSON XXXIX (LEQON XXXIX) 
VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 



briller [brije], to shine. 
le chef [§ef], the chief, leader. 
citer [site], to cite, quote. 
considerer [kosidere], to con- 
sider, estimate, esteem. 
cultiver [kyltive], to cultivate. 
la defense [defa:s], the defense. 
douteux [duto] (/. douteuse [du- 
to:z]), adj., doubtful. 
l'ecrivain [ekrive], m., the writer, 
author. 
enrichir [ciri$i:r], to enrich; 
adorn. 
la fable [fa:bl], the fable. 
le fait [fe(t)], the fact; act, deed, 
la faveur [favcesr], the favor, 
le groupe [grup], the group. 
l'Ulustration [ilystrasjo], /., the 
illustration; elevation, ag- 
grandizement. 
impossible [eposibl], adj., im- 
possible. 
l'incertitude [esertityd], /., the 
uncertainty. 



le moraliste [moralist], the moral- 
ist. 
l'obligation [obligasjS],/., the ob- 
ligation. 
l'oeuvre [ceivr], /., the work (es- 
pecially of an author). 
le philosophe [filozof], the philoso- 
pher, 
le predicateur [predikatoeir], the 

preacher, 
le principe [presip], the principle. 
probable [probabl], adj., proba- 
ble, 
rappeler [raple], to call back; re- 
call; se — , to recollect, re- 
member, recall. 
rediger [redise], to draw up, 

draft, 
renoncer [ranSse], to renounce. 
la satire [sati:r], the satire. 

substituer [sypstitiie], to substi- 
tute. 
la vie [vi], the life. 
la volonte [volote], the will, desire. 



The Subjunctive in Dependent Clauses {Le Subjortctif dans les Pro- 
positions Dependantes) 

Noun Clauses 
345. The subjunctive is used in subject clauses after all im- 
personal verbs that express uncertainty, obligation, emotion, 
etc., or that do not merely state a fact, e.g.: 



§346 



SUBJUNCTIVE IN NOUN CLAUSES 



193 



il est possible 
il se peut 



c'est dommage 
il est dangereux 1 



il faut 

il vaut mieux 
etc. 
II est possible qu'il vienne, mais il It is possible he may come, but it is 
vaut mieux qu'il reste chez lui better for him to stay at home 

1. Some impersonal verbs that take the indicative in affirma- 
tions (when they imply a fact) require the subjunctive in 
interrogations, negations, or conditions' (when they imply 
uncertainty). 



II est sur 

II est probable 

II parait 

Est-il sur 

II n'est pas probable 

S'il parait 



qu'il est mort 



qu'il soit 
mort 



It is sure 1 

It is probable > that he is dead 

It appears J 

Is it sure ] ,, , , . 

It is not probable lead 

If it seems J 

Note. — Sembler when used in assertions with an indirect object takes 
the indicative. 

II me semble que j'ai raison It seems to me that I am right 

346. The subjunctive is used in object clauses after verbs and 
verbal expressions of 

1. Doubt (including denial, also thought and expression, when 
doubt 2 is implied by interrogation, negation, or condition). 



Je doute 
Je nie 

Croyez-vous 
Je ne dis pas 
Si vous pensez 



que ce soit vrai 



that it is true 



I doubt 

I deny 

Do you believe 

I don't say 

If you think 

Note. — Douter si, 'to doubt whether,' takes the indicative. 
Je doute s'il est arrive I doubt whether he has arrived 



Nous permettons 
Nous defendons 



him to come (lit., 
'that he come') 



2. Will (including desire, command, requirement, request, 

permission, approval, and the like, with their opposites. 

Je voudrais I wish 

Dites-lui Tell 

Elle exige ... . She requires 

^ . y qu il vienne m, n 

On pne [ H They urge 

We permit 

We forbid 

Note. — Verbs denoting a formal order or decree may take the indicative. 
Us arreterent qu'on l'enverrait They decreed that it should be sent 
au roi to the king 

1 'It is dangerous.' 

2 When no doubt exists in the mind of the speaker (as in negative questions im- 
plying affirmation, etc.), the indicative is used. 

Ne pensez-vous pas qu'elle est belle? Do you not think that she is beautiful? 



194 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 347-348 

3. Emotion (including joy, sorrow, fear, anger, shame, re- 
gret, etc.) 

Elle etait heureuse que vous fussiez She was glad that you had come, 

venu 

Je serais fache que vous fussiez I should be sorry for you to be ill 

malade 

II eut peur qu'on ne le grondat He was afraid that he would be 

scolded 

Je regrette qu'il se conduise si mal I regret that he acts so badly 

Note 1. — The indicative may be used after an expression of emotion + 
de ce que. 
II est heureux de ce que je suis son He is happy that I am his friend 

ami 

Note 2. — Esperer, 'to hope,' in affirmations takes the indicative. 
J'espere qu'il viendra I hope (that) he will come 

IRREGULAR VERBS IN -RE (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -RE) 

347. dire [di:r], 'to say,' 'tell' (aux. avoir). 
Parties principales dire, disant, dit, dis, dis 

Ixdicattf 
Present dis, dis, dit, disons, dites, disent 

Imparfait disais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
Passe Defini dis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 
Futur dirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel dirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjoxctif 
Present dise, dises, dise, disions, disiez, disent 

Imparfait disse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

Imperatif 
dis, disons, dites 
Like dire: predire, 'to predict,' and most compounds. 

348. ecrire [ekriir], 'to write' (aux. avoir). 
Parties principales ecrire, ecrivant, ecrit, ecris, ecrivis 

Ixdicattf 
Present ecris, ecris, ecrit, ecrivons, ecrivez, ecrivent 

Imparfait ecrivais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
Passe Defini ecrivis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 
Futur ecrirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel ecrirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

SUBJOXCTIF 

Present ecrive, ecrives, ecrive, ecrivions, ecriviez, ecrivent 

Imparfait ecrivisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

Imperatif 

ecris, ecrivons, ecrivez 

Like ecrire: decrire, and other compounds. 



EXERCISES 195 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Quel mode est-ce qu'on emploie dans une proposition de- 
pendante apres un verbe impersonnel qui exprime incertitude, 
obligation, ou emotion? 2. Donnez m'en quelques exemples. 
3. Est-ce que les verbes impersonnels qui expriment un fait 
prennent 1 toujours l'indicatif? 4. Quel mode emploie- t-on dans 
une proposition dependante apres un verbe qui exprime doute, 
volonte, ou emotion? 5. Donnez m'en quelques exemples. 

6. Quel mode faut-il employer apres douter si? apres esperer? 

7. Mettez au tableau la conjugaison du verbe dire. 8. Ecrivez 
au tableau la synopsis du verbe ecrire. 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

Le XVI e siecle en France est l'epoque de la Renaissance 2 
et de la Reforme. 3 Un groupe de poetes, dont de chef est 2 
Ronsard, prend 4 le nom de Pleiade. 5 Du Bellay redige le 
programme de la nouvelle ecole dans sa Defense et Illustra- 4 
Hon de la Langue frangaise (1549). II veut qu'on enrichisse 
la langue et demande qu'on renonce aux vieilles formes de la 6 
poesie francaise, et qu'on y substitue les genres en faveur chez 
les Grecs et les Latins. Un autre poete de la Pleiade, Jodelle, 8 
suit les principes de l'ecole en donnant, en 1552, la premiere 
tragedie francaise, Cleopdtre. Dans la prose il est impossible 10 
de citer de plus grands noms que ceux de Rabelais et de Mon- 
taigne. 12 

Le XVIP siecle est la plus belle epoque de la litterature 
francaise. Le plus grand nom est celui de Moliere. II est 14 
douteux que le monde ait jamais connu un meilleur auteur 
comique. Dans la tragedie il faut qu'on se rappelle le nom de 16 
Corneille, dont le Cid, en 1636, est probablement la grande 
date litteraire du XVII s siecle, et celui de Racine; dans la 18 
fable et dans la satire, ceux de La Fontaine et de Boileau; et 

1 Pres. ind. of prendre. 

2 The revival of letters and arts marking the transition from medieval to mod- 
ern history. 

3 'Reformation.' The religious and political movement which broke the unity 
of the Catholic Church in the XVIth century, ending in the establishment of Protes- 
tantism. 

4 Pres. ind. of prendre. 

6 Named from the Pleiades, a group of seven stars. 



196 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

dans la prose, ceux des grands philosophes et moralistes Des- 20 
cartes, Pascal, La Rochefoucauld, et La Bruyere, sans oublier 
celui du celebre predicateur, Bossuet. II serait dommage 22 
aussi qu'on omette 1 les noms de certaines femmes qui, au 
XVII e siecle, ont brille dans la litterature de leur pays, comme, 24 
par exemple, M me de Rambouillet, M lle de Scudery, et 
M me de Sevigne. 26 

CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 

1. Quel est le siecle de la Renaissance et de la Reforme en 
France? 2. Qu'est-ce que c'est que la Pleiade? 3. Qui etait 
le chef de l'ecole? 4. Qui en a redige le programme et quand? 
5. Que voulait-il? 6. Qui a ecrit la premiere tragedie francaise, 
et quand? 7. Quels sont les principaux ecrivains en prose du 
XVI e siecle? 8. Quel siecle est considere comme la plus belle 
epoque de la litterature francaise? 9. Quel est le plus grand 
nom du XVII e siecle? 10. Qu'est-ce que Moliere a ecrit? 
11. Savez-vous quelque chose de sa vie? 12. Dites-moi les 
noms de deux auteurs de tragedie du XVII e siecle. 13. Qu'est- 
ce que c'est que le Cid? 14. Quelle en est la date? 15. Qui 
etait La Fontaine? 16. Qui etait Boileau? 17. Donnez-moi 
les noms de quatre philosophes et moralistes du XVII e siecle. 
18. Qui etait Bossuet? 19. Quelles etaient les femmes les plus 
celebres de la litterature francaise du XVII e siecle? 

COMPOSITION (THEME) 

The Renaissance, which began in Italy in the XlVth cen- 
tury, did not develop 2 in France until the (qu'au) XVI th cen- 2 
tury. The first to (a) cultivate the literature of the Greeks 
and Latins were certain young poets who called themselves 4 
the Pleiade. Their chief was Ronsard. Du Bellay, who in 
1549 drew up their program, wished them to substitute the 6 
literary genres of the ancients for the old forms of French 
poetry, and asked them to enrich the French language by 8 
words taken from other languages. Another member of the 
Pleiade, Jodelle, wrote, in 1552, the first French tragedy, 10 
Cleopdtre. It goes without saying that in speaking of the 

1 Pres. subj. of omettre. 2 Use reflexive. 



EXERCISES 197 

Lenaissance in France, one must not omit the names of Rabe- 12 
lais and of Montaigne. 

The XVIIth century was a still more brilliant epoch in 14 
French literature. It is impossible for one to forget the three 
great authors of comedy and of tragedy, Moliere, Corneille, 16 
and Racine. Their works will live forever. Many other au- 
thors of the same epoch are scarcely less famous, and we 18 
regret that we should be obliged to omit their names here, 
but one must not forget them. 20 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. How do you spell that word (lit., 'how does that word write 
itself' 1 )? 2. It may be that he will finish his work. 3. It is 
better for the leader to express his desire. 4. Is it sure that she 
is dead? 5. It seemed to me that her eyes were shining, 6. It 
is not probable that they will come. 7. I doubt that those 
principles are true. 8. Do you think that his life is happy? 
9. I did not say that it was impossible. 10. Do you think that 
she will write to me?' 11. I do not think that she said so. 12. I 
wish that he would cease cultivating satire. 13. He begged me 
to cite several writers' names. 14. She requires him to do 
(fasse) her that favor. 15. Tell them to come. 16. He de- 
manded that they should enrich their language. 17. I am sorry 
that you were ill. 18. I am very glad that you have come. 
19. We have often regretted that we had that obligation. 20. I 
hope that we shall have no more uncertainty. 21. I say; I shall 
say; let us say; they said; etc. 22. He was writing; we should 
write; write; let them write; etc. 



LESSON XL {LEQON XL) 

VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 

l'aide [e:d], /., the aid, help, as- le decadent [dekada], the deca- 

sistance. dent. 

l'amour [amuir], m., the love. la direction [direksjo], the direc- 

analyser [analize], to analyze. tion, leadership. 

1' avarice [avaris], /., the avarice, empecher [ape$e], to prevent, 

greed. hinder. 

1 This is the regular idiom for this expression 



198 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



§349 



le financier [finasje], the financier. 
idealiste [idealist], adj., idealis- 
tic. 
imaginatif [ima3inatif] (/. ima- 
ginative [ima3inati:v]), adj., 
imaginative. 
inaugurer [inogyre], to inaugu- 
rate, 
l'institution [estitysj'5], /., the in- 
stitution. 
les mceurs [mcers],/. pi., the mor- 
als, manners. 
nier [nje], to deny. 
l'origine [ori3in], /., the origin, 
source; beginning. 
philosophique [fibzofik], adj., 
philosophical. 
le precurseur [prekyrsceir], the 
precursor, forerunner, herald. 
proclamer [proklame], to pro- 
claim. 



le prosateur [prozatce:r], the prose- 
writer. 

la psychologie [psikok>3i], the psy- 
chology, 
quant (a) [kat (a)], adv., with re- 
gard (to), as (to), as (for). 

le realiste [realist], the realist. 

le roman [roma], the novel; ro- 
mance, fiction. 

le romancier [romasje], the novelist. 
romantique [romatik], adj., ro- 
mantic. 

le romantisme [romatism], the ro- 
manticism. 
scientifique [sjatifik], adj., scien- 
tific. 

la societe [sosjete], the society, 
succeder [syksede], to succeed, 
follow. 

le symboliste [sebolist], the sym- 
bolist. 



The Subjunctive in Dependent Clauses [Continuation] (Le Subjonctif 
dans les Propositions Dependantes [Suite]) 

349. A redundant ne is commonly used, though not neces- 
sarily, after: 

1. Verbs of doubting and denying (in interrogations and 

negations). 

Doutez-vous qu'il (ne) vienne? Do you doubt that he will come? 

Je ne nie pas qu'il (ne) soit habile I do not deny that he is clever 

2. Verbs of avoiding and hindering. 

Empechez qu'il (ne) sorte Keep him from going out 

3. Verbs of fearing (in affirmations). 

Je crains qu'il (ne) le fasse I fear he will do it 

But: Je ne crains pas qu'il le fasse I do not fear he will do it 

4. A moins que, 'unless,' de crainte (or peur) que, 'lest,' and 
(sometimes) avant que, 'before,' sans que, 'without,' and que, 
'unless,' 'without.' 

a moins 
avant 



que vous (ne) parliez 



unless \ „ , 

before ) ^ s P eak 



5. Comparatives or words of comparative value. 
II est plus grand que je (ne) pensais He is taller than I thought 




§§ 350-352 SUBJUNCTIVE IN ADJECTIVE CLAUSES 199 

Adjective Clauses 

350. The subjunctive is used in adjective clauses (those in- 
troduced by a relative pronoun) : 

1. When they denote purpose, result, or characterization. 

Je voudrais un chien qui garde la I would like a dog that will guard 

maison the house 

Je cherche un pays ou je puisse etre I am seeking a land where I may be 

libre free 

2. After a superlative or its equivalent (as seul, unique, 1 

premier, dernier). 

C'est le meilleur eleve que j'aie eu He is the best pupil that I have had 
Vous etes le seul qui me comprenne You are the only one that under- 
stands me 

3. After a general negation (real or implied). 

II n'y a pas d'homme qui soit parfait There is no man that is perfect 
A quoi sert un ami qui ne sache pas Of what use is a friend who does not 
etre sincere? know how to be sincere? 

4. In compound relatives and indefinite clauses. 

Quoi que vous disiez Whatever you (may) say 

Qui que vous soyez Whoever you are 

Quelque riche que l'on soit However rich one may be 

Tout auteur que je sois . . . Author though I am . . . 

5. In the restrictive clause que je sache. 

Elle n'a pas parle que je sache She has not spoken as far as I know 

351. The indicative is used in adjective clauses which merely 

state a fact without reserve or restriction, or which emphasize 

the actuality of an occurrence. 

Nous habitons un pays ou l'on est We dwell in a land where one is 

libre free 

C'est la premiere chose qu'elle a dite It is the first thing she said 

Ce n'est pas cela qui me fait agir That is not what causes me to act 

IRREGULAR VERBS IN -RE (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -RE) 

352. faire [fe:r], 'to make,' 'do,' 'have,' etc. (aux. avoir). 
Parties principales faire, faisant [faza], fait, fais, fis 

Indicatif 
Present fais, fais, fait, faisons [fazo], faites, font 

Imparfait faisais [fgze], ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
Passe Defini fis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 
Futur ferai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel ferais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

» 'Only.' 



200 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 353 

SlTBJONCTIF 

Present fasse, fasses, fasse, fassions, fassiez, fassent 

Imparfait fisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

Imperatif 
fais, faisons ffazo], faites 
Like faire: satisfaire, and other compounds. 

Note 1. — A noun object follows an infinitive after faire, and a pronoun 
object goes with faire. 

Faites venir mon frere Have my brother come 

Faites-le venir Have him come 

Note 2. — A transitive infinitive after faire often has a passive sense. 
Cf. § 358. 

Je l'ai fait ecrire I have had it written 

353. lire [liir], 'to read' (aux. avoir). 

Parties pHncipales lire, lisant, lu, lis, lus 

Ixdicattf 

Present lis, lis, lit, lisons, lisez, lisent 

Imparfait lisais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
Passe Defini lus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 
Futur lirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel lirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjoxcttf 

Present Use, Uses, Use, Usions, Usiez, Usent 

Imparfait lusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

Imperatif 
Us, Usons, Usez 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL {QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Quand peut-on employer ne dans les propositions depen- 
dantes? 2. Dites-moi en francais 'I am looking for a person to 
do me that favor ' ; ' She is the only friend I have ' ; ' There is no 
man who is perfectly happy'; 'whoever you are'; 'whatever 
you do'; 'not that I know of.' 3. Quelles sont les parties prin- 
cipales du verbe faire? du verbe lire? 4. Mettez au tableau la 
synopsis du verbe faire; du verbe lire. 5. Conjuguez je lis ma 
lefon, tu, etc.; je ferai venir mon frere, tu, etc.; fais-le venir, 
etc.; il veut que je Use, il veut que tu Uses, etc. 6. Conjuguez 
le present de l'indicatif du verbe faire; le passe defini; l'impar- 
fait du subjonctif; etc. 7. Conjuguez le passe defini du verbe 
Ure; le conditionnel; le present du subjonctif; l'imperatif. 






EXERCISES 



201 



READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

Le XVIIP siecle en France est le siecle philosophique. On 
commence a etudier les institutions et la societe. Dans la 2 
comedie, Marivaux analyse la psychologie de l'amour, Le 
Sage attaque l'avarice des financiers, et Beaumarchais pro- 4 
clame les droits du peuple. Dans l'ceuvre drama tique de 
Diderot, on voit les origines d'un nouveau genre, le drame. 6 
Quant a la tragedie, le seul nom qui vaille la peine d'etre cite 
est celui de Voltaire. Montesquieu, Buffon, Voltaire, Dide- 8 
rot, et Jean- Jacques Rousseau sont les meilleurs prosateurs 
du XVIII 6 siecle, ce qui n'empeche pas que les romans de 10 
Marivaux, de Le Sage, et de l'abbe Prevost ne tiennent une 
place importante dans la litterature de leur pays. Andre 12 
Chenier brille dans la poesie lyrique. 

Quelque scientifique que soit l'esprit du XIX e siecle, il n'y 14 
a pas d'epoque dans la litterature francaise qui soit a la fois 
plus imaginative et plus idealiste. Chateaubriand et M me 16 
de Stael sont les precurseurs du romantisme, qui, sous la di- 
rection de Victor Hugo et avec l'aide des celebres ecrivains 18 
Lamartine, Alfred de Musset, George Sand, Alfred de Vigny, 
Sainte-Beuve, Gautier, et d'autres, a joue un role si brillant 20 
dans les lettres francaises. Aux poetes romantiques ont suc- 
cede les Parnassiens 1 Leconte de Lisle, SuUy-Prudhomme, 22 
Coppee, et Heredia, et aux romanciers romantiques, les rea- 
listes Balzac, Stendhal, Merimee, Flaubert, Zola, Daudet, 24 
et Maupassant. Le drame roman tique a ete suivi 2 d'abord 
par la comedie de Scribe et puis par la comedie de mceurs, 26 
inauguree par Dumas Fils et Emile Augier, et continuee par 
Sardou, Pailleron, Meilhac et Halevy, et quelques-uns des 28 
brillants auteurs d'aujourd'hui. Les dernieres annees du 
XIX e siecle ont produit les symbolistes et les decadents, dont 30 
le chef est Paul Verlaine. 

CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 

1. Quel est le caractere du XVIIP siecle? 2. Qu'a fait Mari- 
vaux dans la comedie? Le Sage? Beaumarchais? 3. Qu'a 
fait Diderot pour le theatre? 4. Quel est le seul auteur de trage- 

1 'Parnassians,' see gen. vocab. 2 Past part, of suivre. 






202 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

die qui vaille la peine d'etre nomme? 5. Quels sont les meil- 
leurs prosateurs du XVIIP siecle? 6. Nommez trois roman- 
ciers de cette epoque. 7. Qui brille dans la poesie lyrique? 

8. Quel est le caractere de la litterature du XIX e siecle? 9. Quels 
sont les precurseurs du romantisme? 10. Qui est le chef de 
l'ecole? 11. Donnez-moi les noms de quelques autres auteurs 
romantiques. 12. Qui a succede aux poetes romantiques? 
13. Qui a succede aux romanciers romantiques? 14. Qu'est-ce 
qui a suivi le drame romantique? 15. Qui a inaugure la come- 
die de mceurs? 16. Qui l'a continuee? 17. Qu'est-ce que les 
dernieres annes du XIX e siecle ont produit? 

COMPOSITION (THEME) 

The XVIIth century had studied the heart of man. The 
XVIIIth century studied man in that which surrounded him. 2 
It was the first time that nature, foreign 1 literatures, sciences, 
institutions, society had had an interest for French writers. 4 
The great classic genres of the XVIIth century were giving 
way 2 to the more modern forms of literature, the drama and 6 
the novel, in which one might better analyze society. The 
French Revolution, which broke forth before the XEXth cen- 8 
tury had begun, inaugurated vast changes in the institutions 
of France. After a short epoch of transition, 3 French litera- 10 
ture came forth more brilliant than it had ever been. In fact, 
there was never an epoch that was so imaginative or so ideal- 12 
istic as the XlXth century, however scientific its spirit may 
have been. 14 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. I feared that he would do it. 2. I do not fear that he will 
do it. 3. Do you doubt that he will read it? 4. I do not doubt 
that you will read it. 5. Do you deny that it is useful? 6. I 
hindered him from reading the novel. 7. I shall do so, unless 
he comes. 8. I shall have read the letter before he comes. 

9. You are taller than I thought. 10. I am looking for a maid 
who knows how to do the cooking. 11. You are the best friend 
that I have. 12. Whoever you are and whatever you do. I 

1 Etranger, m., etrangere, /. 2 faisaient place. ? transition.;. 



• 



§ 354 SUBJUNCTIVE IN ADVERBIAL CLAUSES 203 

shall be your friend. 13. I have no relative that is very poor. 
14. That is the first book that I read. 15. He is a novelist who 
knows how to analyze the heart of man. 16. Have him come 
to see me. 17. Don't have the poet come. 18. I shall have 
the book read. 19. I do; we do; they did; they would do; do 
not do; etc. 20. He is reading; he was reading; we shall read; 
let us read; that they may read; etc. 

LESSON XLI {LEQON XLI) 

VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 

l'acte [akt], m., the act. la mode [mod], the fashion, mode; 
amoureux [amuro] (/. amou- way, manner; a la — , fashion- 

reuse [amuroiz]), adj., loving, able. 

enamored, in love. la pantoufle [patufl], the slipper. 

arranger [ara.3e], to arrange. la parole [parol], the word; speech; 
le bonnet [bone], the cap; — de promise. 

nuit, nightcap. la philosophic [filozofi], the philos- 
completer [koplete], to com- ophy. 

plete, finish. pratiquer [pratike], to practice. 

la foi [fwa], the faith; par ma — , la qualite [kalite], the quality; 
upon my word. rank. 

fort [fo:r], adv., very, very much. la raison [rezo], the reason. 
galant [gald], adj., gallant, po- refuser [rofyze], to refuse, 

lite; graceful. souhaiter [swete], to wish, wish 

le gentilhomme [3<itijom] (pi. gen- for, long for. 

tilshommes [3atizom]), the tacher [ta$e], to try, endeavor, 

gentleman; nobleman. strive. 

lemaitre [me:tr], the master; tandis que [tadi ko], conj., 

teacher. whilst; while; whereas (takes 

malgre [malgre], prep., in spite indicative) . 

of, notwithstanding. le vers [ve:r], the verse; line (of 
la marquise [markhz], the mar- poetry). 

chioness. 

The Subjunctive in Dependent Clauses [Continuation] (Le Subjonctif 
dans les Propositions Dependantes [Suite]) 

Adverbial Clauses 

354. The subjunctive is used in adverbial clauses after: 

1. Conjunctions of time indicating anticipation, such as 

avant que, before tant que, until 

jusqu'a ce que, until . en attendant que, until 

avant qu'il (ne) vienne before he comes 

jusqu'a ce qu'il arrive until he arrives 

Note. — The indicative follows in statements of actual occurrence. 
II a attendu tant qu'a dure la con- He waited as long as the lecture 
ference lasted 



4 



204 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 354 

2. Conjunctions of purpose and result, such as 

afin que, in order that desorte (maniere, facon) que, so that 

pour que, in order that si . . . que, so . . . that 

tellement . . . que, so . . . that, etc. 

(Followed by ne) 

de crainte que, for fear that, lest 
de peur que, for fear that, lest 

Je l'ai apporte afin que vous le I have brought it for you to see 

voyiez 

II fera de sorte qu'il reussisse He will work to succeed 

Je vais partir de peur qu'il ne vienne I am going to leave lest he come 

Note. — De sorte (maniere, facon) que, si . . . que, tellement . . . que 
regularly take the indicative in result clauses. 

II a fait de sorte qu'il a reussi He worked so that he succeeded 

II a fait si (tellement) bien qu'il a He did so well that he succeeded 

reussi 

3. Conjunctions of hypothesis or proviso. 

au^en) cas que, in case that suppose que, supposing that 

pourvu que, provided that a moins que, unless (followed by ne) 

etc. 

Je le ferai, pourvu qu'il le fasse I will do so, provided he does 

J'y irai, a moins qu'il n'y aille I will go there, unless he goes 

(1) Singularly takes the indicative. The subjunctive is - 
allowed in the pluperfect. Cf. § 341, 3, note. 

4. Conjunctions of concession, such as 

quoique, although malgre que, in spite of the fact 

that 
bien que, although nonobstant que, notwithstanding 

that 
encore que, although soit que . . . soit (ou) que, whether 

... or 
II fait froid, quoiqu'il fasse du It is cold, although it is sunny 

soleil f 

soit qu'il parle ou qu'il se taise whether he speaks or keeps silent 

5. Conjunctions of negation, such as 

non que, not that loin que, far from 

non pas que, not that sans que, without 

etc. 
Non que je veuille vous con- Not that I wish to contradict you 

tredire 
II sortit sans que je le visse He went out without my seeing him 

6. The conjunction que, when it stands fgr si or any of the 
conjunctions taking the subjunctive. 



§§ 355-356 IRREGULAR VERBS IN -RE 205 

S'il etait ici et qu'il m'entendit ... If he were here and heard me . . . 
Parlez plus haut (pour) que je vous Speak louder, that I may hear you 
entende 

IRREGULAR VERBS IN -RE (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -RE) 

355. mettre [metr], 'to put,' 'place' (aux. avoir). 
Parties principales mettre, mettant, mis, mets, mis 

Indicatif 
Present mets, mets, met, mettons, mettez, mettent 

Imparfait mettais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
Passe Defini mis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 
Fitiur mettrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel mettrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Sudjonctif 

Present mette, metres, mette, mettions, mettiez, mettent 

Imparfait misse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

Imperatif 
mets, mettons, mettez 
Like mettre 1 : omettre, permettre, promettre, and other compounds. 

356. naitre [neitr], 'to be born' {aux. etre). 
Parties principales naitre, naissant, ne, nais, naquis 

Indicatif 

Present nais, nais, nait, naissons, naissez, naissent 

Imparfait naissais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Passe Defini naquis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

Futur naitrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel naitrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjonctif 

Present naisse, naisses, naisse, naissions, naissiez, naissent 

Imparfait naquisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

Imperatif 
nais, naissons, naissez 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Indiquez par des phrases l'emploi du subjonctif apres 
avant que; jusqu'a ce que. 2. Completez les phrases suivantes: 
Je vous attendrai jusqu'a ce que . . . ; Je l'ai ecoute tant que 
... 3. Indiquez par des exemples l'emploi du subjonctif apres 
afin que; de crainte que. 4. Completez les phrases suivantes: 
II a travaille si bien que . . . ; J'ai parle de sorte que ... 5. Don- 

1 Se mettre ='to put on.' 



206 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

nez-moi un exemple de l'emploi du subjonctif apres pourvu que ; 
apres a moins que; apres quoique. 6. Completez la phrase: 
II parle sans qu'on . . ., tandis qu'elle parle de sorte que . . . 
7. Completez la phrase: Si vous le mettiez sur la table et que 
... 8. Donnez-moi les parties principales de mettre; de naitre. 
9. Mettez au tableau la synopsis de mettre; de naitre. 10. Con- 
juguez le present de l'indicatif; le passe defini, le futur, et le 
present du subjonctif des deux verbes; etc. 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 
«Le Bourgeois Gentilhomme» de Moleere, Acte I, Scene 6 

((M. Jourdain. Je suis amoureux d'une personne de grande 
qualite; et je souhaiterais que vous m'aidassiez 1 a lui ecrire 2 
quelque chose dans un petit billet que je veux laisser tomber 
a ses pieds. — Le Maitre de Philosophie. Fort bien. — M. J. 4 
Ce sera galant ; oui. — Le M. de P. Sans doute. Sont-ce des 
vers que vous lui 2 voulez ecrire? — M. J. Non, non, point 6 
de vers. — Le M. de P. Vous ne voulez que de la prose? — 
M . J. Non, je ne veux ni prose ni vers. — Le M. de P. II .8 
faut bien que ce soit Tun ou l'autre. — M. J. Pourquoi? 
— Le M. de P. Par la raison, monsieur, qu'il n'y a pour s'ex- 10 
primer que la prose ou les vers. — M. J. II n'y a que la prose 
ou les vers? — Le M. de P. Oui, monsieur. Tout ce qui 12 
n'est point prose est vers, et tout ce qui n'est point vers est 
prose. — M. J. Et comme je parle, qu'est-ce que c'est done 14 
que cela? — Le M. de P. De la prose. — M. J. Quoi! quand 
je dis, ((Nicole, apportez-moi mes pantoufles et me 3 donnez 16 
mon bonnet de nuit,» c'est de la prose? — Le M. de P. Oui, 
monsieur. — M. J. Par ma foi, il y a plus de quarante ans 18 
que je dis de la prose 4 sans que j'en susse rien; et je vous suis 
le plus oblige du monde de m'avoir appris cela. Je voudrais 20 
done lui mettre dans un billet: Belle marquise, vos beaux ycux 
me font mourir d' 'amour; . . . je ne veux que ces seules paroles 22 

1 The imperfect subjunctive of verbs in-er would be avoided to-da}-. Cf. §§ 1S4. 
342, 2. 

2 The normal position of the pronoun in such constructions in modern French is 
directly before the infinitive. 

3 Object pronouns may precede the second of two affirmative imperatives. 

4 The modern form would be que je parle en prose. 



EXERCISES 207 

dans le billet, mais tournees a la mode, bien arrangees comme 
il faut. Je vous prie de me dire un peu, pour voir, les diverses 24 
manieres dont on les 1 peut mettre. — Le M. de P. On les 1 
peut mettre, premierement, comme vous avez dit: Belle mar- 26 
guise, vos beaux yeux me font mourir d 'amour. Ou bien: 
D' amour mourir me font, belle marquise, vos beaux yeux. Ou 28 
bien : Vos yeux beaux d'amour me font, belle marquise, mourir. 
Ou bien: Mourir vos beaux yeux, belle marquise, d'amour me 30 
font. Ou bien: Me font vos yeux beaux mourir, belle marquise, 
d'amour. — M. J. Mais, de toutes ces facons-la, laquelle est 32 
la meilleure? — Le M. de P. Celle que vous avez dite: Belle 
marquise, vos beaux yeux me font mourir d'amour. 2 — M. J. 34 
Cependant, je n'ai point etudie, et j'ai fait cela tout du pre- 
mier coup. 3 Je vous remercie de 4 tout mon cceur.)) 36 

CONVERSATION (CON VERSA TION) 

1. Monsieur , prenez le role de M. Jourdain. 2. Mon- 
sieur , prenez le role du Maitre de Philosophic 3. Main- 
tenant repetez la conversation qui a lieu entre ces deux per- 
sonnes. 

ORIGINAL COMPOSITION {COMPOSITION ORIGIN ALE) 
La vie de Moliere (150 a 200 mots). 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. He remained poor in spite of all his work. 2. Try to (de) 
pronounce a little more clearly. 3. Practice pronunciation at 
home. 4. I don't hear his words. 5. Let us speak so that they 
may hear us. 6. I shall make you understand me, [even] 
should I (dusse-je) be obliged to (de) repeat a thousand times. 
7. I shall ask him (ltd) nothing, for fear that he refuse to (de) 
reply. 8. What would you do, in case he came? 9. In spite 
of the fact that he is very gallant, she does not love him. 10. Far 
from loving him, she detests him. 11. Put yourself in (a) his 
place, if you can. 12. He was born a bourgeois, but all his life 

1 See p. 206, footnote 2. 

2 All of this is a satire upon the complicated modes of expression of the day. 

3 Tout du premier coup = ' at once.' 4 'With,' cf. 328, 8, (2). 



208 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



§§ 357-358 



he strove to be a gentleman. 13. You must put on slippers. 
14. We are putting; they have put; I shall put; let us put; etc. 
15.. We are born; they were born; I was born; that he might 
be born; etc. 

LESSON XLII {LEQON XLII) 



VOCABULARY 

l'abces [apse], m., the abscess. 
adorer [adore], to adore, wor- 
ship, 
armer [arme], to arm. 
l'aversion [aversjo], /., the aver- 
sion. 
blesser [blese], to wound. 
le chapitre [$apitr], the chapter, 
le danger [d&3e], the danger, 
des que [de ko], conj., as soon as. 
desespere [dezespere], adj., des- 
perate; in despair, 
s'ecrier [sekrie], to cry out, cry, 

exclaim. 
eperdument [eperdyma], adv., 
distractedly, passionately. 
l'epoux [epu], m., the husband. 
l'esclave [esklaiv], m. or /.. the 
slave. *■ 

la fleche [fie$], the arrow. 

fortune [fortyne], adj., fortu- 
nate; happy. 



(VOCABULAIRE) 

la fuite [fqit], the flight; mettre en 
— , to put to flight. 
funeste [fynest], adj., fatal; dis- 
astrous. 
la grace [gra:s], the grace, charm. 
insurmontable [esyrmotabl], 
adj., insurmountable. 
la jalousie [3aluzi], the jealousy, 
envy. 
percer [perse], to pierce; breabr 
la plaie [pie], the sore; wound. 
la plainte [pl2:t], the complaint; 
lamentation. 
profond [prof 5], adj., deep, pro- 
found, 
le ravisseur [ravisceir], theravisher. 
le sabre [sa:br], the saber. 

saisir [seziir], to seize, 
la satellite [satelit], the satellite, 
la vanite [vanite], the vanity, self- 
conceit. 
la vertu [verty], the virtue. 



USE OF THE INFINITIVE (EMPLOI DE U1NFINITIF) 

357. An infinitive, whenever possible, is preferable to a que 
clause after another verb. When the subjects of both verbs are 
the same, an infinitive is always used (cf. § 184). For prepo- 
sitions before the infinitive, cf. §§ 331-337. 

Je voulais partir I wanted to go 

II lui fallait partir He had to go 

Dites-lui de partir Tell him to go 

Note. — In this case the conjunctions afln que, pour que, etc., are re- 
placed by the corresponding prepositions, afin de, pour, etc. 
II est venu afin de vous voir He came in order to see you 

358. Often after verbs of perceiving (voir, entendre, etc.), 
after faire, and after etre followed by a, a transitive infinitive 
has a participial or a passive value. 



§§359-362 OBJECT OF TRANSITIVE VERBS 209 

Je l'ai entendu chanter I have heard it sung (or him singing) 

Je vais me faire faire un habit I am going to have a coat made 

Ca c'est a desirer That is to be desired 



THE OBJECT OF TRANSITIVE VERBS (LE REGIME 
DES VERBES TRANSITIFS) 

359. A transitive verb takes but one direct object. Other ob- 
ject nouns or pronouns must be construed as indirect objects. 

Donnez le livre a 1' enfant Give the child the book 

Je lui dis de le faire (de le faire is I tell him to do it 
direct object) 

1. By extension, the verbs faire, laisser, entendre, followed 

by an infinitive, require an indirect object, when the infinitive 

governs a direct object or an object clause. 

On fait porter le poids a la poutre They make the beam bear the weight 

Laissez lui chanter sa chanson Let him sing his song 

Je lui ai entendu dire cela I heard him say that 

360. Some verbs governing the genitive have the force of 
English transitives. Such are: 

avoir besoin de, 'to need' se servir de, 'to use' 

jouir de, 'to enjoy' se souvenir de, 'to remember' 

etc. 
J'ai beaucoup joui de ma soiree I enjoyed my evening greatly 

Je m'en souviendrai I will remember it 

361. Some verbs governing the dative have the force of Eng- 
lish transitives. Such are: 

convenir a, 'to suit' plaire a, 'to please' 

obeir a, 'to obey' toucher a, 'to touch'; 'approach,' 

pardonner a, 'to pardon' etc. 

J'obeis a mon pere I obey my father 

Cela lui plait beaucoup That pleases him greatly 

362. Some transitives have the force of English verbs with 

prepositions. 

Cherchez la f emme Look for the woman 

Je lui ai paye la chambre I paid her for the room 

Regardez vos livres Look at your books 

Note. — Some verbs in French require a preposition, while in English 
they do not. 

Entrez dans la chambre Enter the room 



210 • FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 363-365 

363. Some verbs take different prepositions from those re- 
quired by the corresponding English verbs. Such are: 

arracher a, 'to tear away from' penser a, 'to think of 

correspondre a, 'to correspond with ' profiter de, 'to profit by' 

dependre de, 'to depend on' remercier de, 'to thank for' 
occuper de, 'to occupy,' 'concern 

with' etc. 

Je pense a vous I am thinking of you 

Je vous en remercie I thank you for it 

IRREGULAR VERBS IN -RE (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -RE) 

364. plaire [pleir], 'to please' (aux. avoir). 
Parties principalis plaire, plaisant, plu, plais, plus 

Indicate? 

Present plais, plais, plait, plaisons, plaisez, plaisent 

Imparfait plais ais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
Passe Defini plus, us, ut, umes, utes, urent 
Futur plairai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditiomiel plairais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Suejoxctif 
Present plaise, plaises, plaise, plaisions, plaisiez, plaisent 

Imparfait plusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

Imperattf 
plais, plaisons, plaisez 
Like plaire: se taire, 'to be silent.' 

365. prendre [praidr], 'to take' {aux. avoir). 
Parties principahs prendre, prenant, pris, prends, pris 

IXDICATD? 

Present prends, prends, prend, prenons, prenez, prennent 

Imparfait prenais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Passe Defini pris, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

Futnr prendrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Condition ncl prendrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

SUBJOXCTEF 

Present prenne, prennes, prenne, prenions, preniez, prennent 

Imparfait prisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

Imperatef 
prends, prenons, prenez 
Like prendre: apprendre, comprendre, and other compounds. 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL {QUESTIOXXAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Quand est-ce que l'innnitif est prefere au subjonctif? 
2. Quelles sont les prepositions qui correspondent aux con j one- 



EXERCISES 



211 



tions afin que et pour que? 3. Apres quels verbes est-ce que 
l'infinitif a une valeur passive? 4. Donnez-m'en un example. 

5. Combien de regimes directs un verbe transitif peut-il prendre? 

6. Dites-moi en francais 'I am going to make him write the 
composition'; 'Let him read the lesson.' 7. Donnez-moi quel- 
ques verbes francais qui prennent toujours le datif. 8. Dites- 
moi en francais 'I am looking for my book'; 'Look at the black- 
board'; 'Do not enter the room.' 9. Dites en francais 'I am 
tearing you away from your friends'; 'Depend on me'; 'I have 
profited by these lessons.' 10. Mettez au tableau la synopsis 
du verbe plaire. 11. Conjuguez le present de l'indicatif du 
verbe se taire; le present du subjonctif ; l'imperatif. 12. Mettez 
au tableau la conjugaison du verbe prendre. 



READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 
«Zadig» de Voltaire, Chapitre I 

((Zadig . . . devait se marier a 1 Semire ... lis touchaient au 
moment fortune qui allait les unir, lorsque, se promenant en- 2 
semble vers une porte de Babylone, . . . ils virent venir a eux 
des hommes armes de sabres et de fleches. C'etaient les satel- 4 
lites du jeune Orcan ... II n'avait aucune des graces ni des 
vertus de Zadig ; mais, croyant valoir beaucoup mieux, il etait 6 
desespere de n'etre pas prefere. Cette jalousie, qui ne venait 
que de sa vanite, lui fit penser qu'il aimait eperdument Se- 8 
mire. Les ravisseurs la saisirent . . . Elle percait le ciel de ses 
plaintes. Elle s'ecriait: Mon cher epoux! on m'arrache a ce 10 
que j 'adore. Elle n'etait point occupe de son danger; elle 
ne pensait qu'a son cher Zadig . . . Aide seulement de deux 12 
esclaves, il mit les ravisseurs en fuite . . . Un coup de fleche 
recu pres de l'ceil lui avait fait une plaie profonde; . . . un 14 
abces survenu a 1'ceil blesse fit tout craindre. On envoya 
jusqu'a Memphis chercher le grand medecin Hermes ... II 16 
visita le malade, et declara qu'il perdrait l'ceil; il predit meme 
le jour et l'heure ou ce funeste accident devait arriver ... 18 
Deux jours apres l'abces perca de lui-meme; Zadig fut gueri 
parfaitement; . . . des qu'il put sortir, il se prepara a rendre 20 

1 Avec would be more commonly used to-day. 



212 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

visite a celle . . . pour qui seule il voulait avoir des yeux . . . 
II apprit en chemin que cette belle dame, ayant declare haute- 22 
ment qu'elle avait une aversion insurmontable pour les 
borgnes, venait de se marier a Orcan la nuit memo) 24 

CONVERSATION (CON VERSA TION) 

1. Avec qui est-ce que Zadig allait se marier? 2. A quel mo- 
ment est-ce qu'ils touchaient? 3. Qu'est-ce qui leur arriva 
lorsqu'ils se promenaient ensemble vers une porte de Baby lone? 
4. Qui etait Orcan? 5. De quoi etait-il desespere? 6. De quoi 
venait sa jalousie? 7. Que firent les ravisseurs? 8. Que faisait 
Semire? 9. Etait-elle occupee de son propre danger? 10. A 
quoi pensait-elle? 11. Qui mit les ravisseurs en fuite? 12. Aide 
par qui? 13. Oii Zadig, fut-il blesse et par quoi? 14. Qu'est-ce 
qui survint a l'ceil blesse? 15. Qui envoya-t-on chercher? 
16. Que declara-t-il? 17. Est-ce que Zadig fut gueri ou non? 
18. Des qu'il put sortir, que fit-il? 19. Qu'est-ce qu'il apprit? 

ORIGINALE COMPOSITION {COMPOSITION ORIGINALE) 
La vie de Voltaire (150 a 200 mots). 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. He wanted to cry out, but he could not say a word. 2. I 
was fortunate enough to arrive in (k) time. 3. He took the 
saber in order to put them to flight. 4. The danger is to be 
feared. 5. I saw him wounded. 6. I have heard said that 
Zadig loved her passionately. 7. Tell him to arm all his satel- 
lites. 8. Let (laissez) him read the next chapter. 9. I heard 
him tell the story of his life. 10. Why do you not use these 
arrows? 11. I remember your insurmountable aversion for 
him. 12. Enjoy life as much as possible. 13. That does not 
suit your husband. 14. A slave must obey his master. 15. Van- 
ity pleases no one. 16. Do not touch this wound; it is deep and 
dangerous. 17. I paid her two francs for this book. 18. Look 
at the sentence again, please. 19. All that depends upon you. 
20. I thank you for it very much. 21. We please; we shall 
please; they were pleasing; etc. 22. I take; I took; they would 
not take; take; let them take; etc. 



§§ 366-368 



COLLECTIVE SUBJECT 



213 



LESSON XLIII (LEQON XLIII) 
VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 



l'ame [aim],/., the soul. 
Parabesque [arabesk], /., the 

arabesque. 
l'astre [astr], m., the star. 
la clarte [klarte], the light. 

consulter [kosylte], to consult. 
deranger [derate], to disarrange, 

disturb. 
Dieu [djo], m., God. 
enfantin [afate], adj., childish. 
le feu [10], the fire; au coin du — , 

by the fireside. 
^froisser [frwase], to crush; crum- 
ple, 
grouper [gmpe], to group, 
helas [elais^ inter j., alas! 
interrompre [eteroipr], to inter- 
rupt, 
joyeux fewajo] (/. joyeuse [3wa- 
J0iz]), adj., joyful, joyous, 
merry, 
las [la] (/. lasse [lais]), adj., 
tired, weary, fatigued. 



le manuscrit [manyskri], the man- 
uscript. 
morne [morn], adj., gloomy; de- 
jected, depressed. 
l'ombre [oibr], /., the shade; 
shadow. 
le pli [pli], the fold; habit, custom; 

way. 
le poeme [poeim], the poem. 
le pre [pre], the meadow. 

radieux [radj0] (/. radieuse [ra- 
dJ0iz]), adj., radiant; glori- 
ous. 
raisonner [rezone], to reason; 

discuss. 
refleter [raflete], to reflect. 
le regard [ragair], the look; glance, 
gaze. 
soudain [sude], adv., suddenly. 
tracer [trase], to trace, draw, 

sketch. 
triste [trist], adj., sad, sorrow- 
ful. 



COLLECTIVE SUBJECT (SUJET COLLECTIF) 

366. A collective subject noun regularly takes a singular 

verb. 

La multitude l'entoure The throng surrounds him 

367. When followed by a genitive plural, a collective subject 

noun regularly takes a plural verb, unless the collective idea be 

dominant, when a singular verb may be used. 

Une multitude de voitures re- A multitude of carraiges go up the 

montent les Champs-Elysees Champs-Elysees 

But: Une famille de paysans man- A family of peasants was eating 

geait (or mangeaient) dehors outside 

IRREGULAR VERBS IN -RE (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -RE) 

368. resoudre [rezudr], 'to resolve' (aux. avoir). 
Parties principales resoudre, resolvant, resolu, resous, resolus 

Indicatif 
Present resous, resous, resout, resolvons, resolvez, resolvent 

Imparfait resolvais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
Passe Defini resolus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 
Futur resoudrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel resoudrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 



214 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 369-371 

SUBJONCTTF 

Present resolve, resolves, resolve, resolvions, resolviez, resolvent 

Imparfait resolusse, usses, tit, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

Impeeatif 
resous, resolvons, resolvez 

' 369. rire [riir], 'to laugh' (aux. avoir). 
Parties principales rire, riant, ri, ris, ris 

Indicattf 

Present ris, ris, rit, rions, riez, rient 

Imparfait riais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Passe Defini ris, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

Futur rirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel rirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjoxcttf 
Present rie, ries, rie, riions, riiez, rient 

Imparfait risse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

Imperatef 
rie, rions, riez 
Like rire: sourire, 'to smile.' 

370. suivre [sqiivr], 'to follow' (aux. avoir). 
Parties pruicipales suivre, suivant, suivi, suis, suivis 

IXDICATTF 

Present suis, suis, suit, suivons, suivez, suivent 

Imparfait suivais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Passe Defini suivis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

Futur suivrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel suivrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjoxcttf 

Present suive, suives, suive, suivions, suiviez, suivent 

Imparfait suivisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

Imperattf 
suis, suivons, suivez 

371. vaincre [veikr], 'to conquer' {aux. avoir). 

Parties principales vaincre, vainquant, vaincu, vaincs, vainquis 

IXDICATTF 

Present vaincs, vaincs, vainc, vainquons, vainquez, vainquent 

Imparfait vainquais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Passe Defini vainquis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

Futur vainer ai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel vaincrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 



§372 



EXERCISES 



215 



SUBJONCTIF 
Present vainque, vainques, vainque, vainquions, vainquiez, vainquent 

Imparfait vainquisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

Imperatif 
vaincs, vainquons, vainquez 

372. vivre [viivr], 'to live' {aux. avoir). 

Parties principales vivre, vivant, vecu, vis, vecus 

Indicatif 
Present vis, vis, vit, vivons, vivez, vivent 

Imparfait vivais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
Passe Defini vecus, us, ut, umes, utes, urent 
Futur vivrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel vivrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjonctif 
Present vive, vives, vive, vivions, viviez, vivent 

Imparfait vecusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

Imperatif 
vis, vivons, vivez 

GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 

1. Est-ce qu'un sujet collectif prend un verbe au singulier ou 
au pluriel? 2. Donnez-moi un exemple d'un verbe employe au 
pluriel apres un sujet collectif. 3. Mettez au tableau la synop- 
sis du verbe resoudre ; du verbe rire ; du verbe suivre ; du verbe 
vaincre; du verbe vivre. 4. Ecrivez au tableau la conjugaison 
du present de l'indicatif et du present du subjonctif de resoudre ; 
de rire ; de suivre ; de vaincre ; de vivre ; etc: 

READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) 

«Elle avait pris ce Pli dans son Age enfantin» 
Victor Hugo. 1 — Contemplations 

«Elle avait pris ce pli dans son age enfantin 

De venir dans ma chambre un peu chaque matin. 2 

Je l'attendais ainsi qu'un rayon qu'on espere; 

Elle entrait, et disait; ((Bonjour, mon petit 2 pere!» 4 

Prenait ma plume, ouvrait mes livres, s'asseyait 

Sur mon lit, derangeait mes papiers, et riait, 6 

1 Victor Hugo (1802-1885), who is known to most Americans as a novelist and 
particularly as the author of Les Miserables, has in France still greater reputation 
as a poet. This beautiful poem on the death of his daughter was dated November, 
1846. 2 A term of endearment. Translate: 'dear.' 



216 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

Puis soudain s'en allait comme un oiseau qui passe. 

Alors, je reprenais, la tete un peu moins lasse, 8 

Mon oeuvre interrompue, et, tout 1 en ecrivant, 

Parmi mes manuscrits je rencontrais souvent 10 

Quelque arabesque folle et qu'elle avait tracee, 

Et mainte page blanche entre ses mains froissee, 12 

Ou, je ne sais comment, venaient mes plus doux vers. 

Elle aimait Dieu, les fleurs, les astres, les pres verts, 14 

Et c'etait un esprit avant d'etre une femme. 

Son regard refletait la clarte de son ame. 16 

Elle me consultait sur tout a tous moments. 

Oh! que de soirs d'hiver radieux et charmants, 18 

Passes a raisonner langue, histoire et grammaire, 

Mes quatre enfants groupes sur mes genoux, leur mere 20 

Tout pres, quelques amis causant au coin du feu! 

J'appelais cette vie etre content de peu! 22 

Et dire 2 qu'elle est morte! Helas! que Dieu m'assiste! 

Je n'etais jamais gai quand je la sentais triste; 24 

J'etais morne au milieu du bal le plus joyeux 

Si j'avais, en partant, vu quelque ombre en ses yeux.)) 26 

CONVERSATION {CONVERSATION) 

1. Quelle est la date de ce poeme? 2. De quel livre de poemes 
est-ce qu'il fait partie? 3. Quel est le sujet du poeme? 4. Quel 
pli avait pris la fille du poete dans son age enfantin? 5. Que 
faisait-elle en entrant dans sa chambre? 6. Apres qu'elle s'en 
allait, que trouvait souvent le poete? 7. Qu'est-ce que sa fille 
aimait? 8. Comment est-ce que le poete passait les soirees 
d'hiver? 9. Avait-il raison d'appeler cette vie etre content de 
peu? 

ORIGINAL COMPOSITION (COMPOSITION ORIGIN ALE) 

La vie de Victor Hugo (150 a 200 mots). 

ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 

1. A multitude of automobiles go up the Champs-Elysees. 
2. That group of authors is well known. 3. This collection of 

1 Omit in translation. 2 Translate here: 'to think. 1 



EXERCISES 217 

poems is well made. 4. I resolve; we resolve; I shall resolve; 
let him resolve; that they might resolve; I have resolved; let us 
resolve; etc. 5. Laughing; I have laughed; he laughs; they 
laugh; you were laughing; we should laugh; let them laugh; 
that he might laugh; etc. 6. I follow; he was following; he fol- 
lowed; you will follow; let us follow {2 ways); that we might 
follow; etc. 7. Conquering; conquered; he conquers; I was 
conquering; we conquered; he will conquer; they would con- 
quer; that he may conquer; etc. 8. They have lived; we live; 
we were living; we lived; I shall live; let him live; live; etc. 






PARIS 



Sacr^ Coeur 



" ----- ^.cjvdeLEsty 




EinjflUp 



ItJLa/nartine 



^^^K^ 1 ^ 
***^ ^ i 






^S 









■Idieu^Varieies "«<•/>» „ 



se 



2 ? 



%><£Bourse "> 

^KbUoth. 

, S'alioaale 



rPalais 
Royal 
to 



t^4 



Si' 



nS <5> ^EepubliqueXX 









louvre f'e^^ a 



Louvre e ^-%^ 




V V 




iclmprim. 
wNationale 

5 <£jjf^ Hotel ^c ; v 



Pref d Hot 




Po^ce Di?u ir 









nbourg v. 

Garedu d.DroiL* 
#?**■ Pantheon 



*5" iiclouis- Ecole 
,? cJeGrand Polytectux 
^ Ecole i •"*«- 




Halle 
auxvins 



-r^J 5 * 1 






Gobelins Tlace d'ltalie 



P\ National 



COUJSCH M 1 01 1 HAM PC L N.X. 



PART II {SECONDE P ARTIE) 



THE VERB {LE VERBE) 
THE REGULAR VERBS (LES VERBES REGULIERS) 

373. 374. 375. 

First Conjugation Second Conjugation Third Conjugation 



{Premiere Conju- 
gaisori) 



(Deuxieme Conju- 
gaison) 



(Troisieme Conju- 
gaison) 



Infinitive Mode {Mode Infinitif) 

Present (Present) 
donner, 'to give' finir, 'to finish' vendre, 'to sell' 

Participles (Participes) 

Present Participle (Participe Present) 
donnant, 'giving' fin iss ant, 'finishing' vend ant, 'selling' 

Past Participle (Participe Passe) 
donne, 'given' fini, 'finished' vendu, 'sold' 

Indicative Mode {Mode Indicatif) 

Present (Present) 

'I finish,' 'am finishing,' 

etc. 

je finis 



'I give,' 'am. giving,' 
etc. 
je donne 
tu donnes 
il donne 
nous donnons 
vous donnez 
ils donnent 



'I was giving,' 'used 
to give,' etc. 
je donnais 
tu donnais 
il donnait 
nous donnions 
vous donniez 
ils donnaient 



tu finis 

il finit 
nous fin iss ons 
vous fin iss ez 

ils fin iss ent 

Imperfect (Imparfait) 

'I was finishing,' 'used 
to finish,' etc. 
je fin iss ais 
tu fin iss ais 
il fin iss ait 
nous fin iss ions 
vous fin iss iez 
ils fin iss aient 



'I sell,' 'am selling,' 
etc. 
je vends 
tu vends 
il vend 1 
nous vendons 
vous vendez 
ils vendent 



'I was selling,' 'used 
to sell,' etc. 
je vend ais 
tu vend ais 
il vend ait 
nous vend ions 
vous vend iez 
ils vend aient 



1 The t of this ending is missing, but the same is true of all verbs in -andre 
-endre, -ardre, -erdre, and -ordre. In fact there are so many of this class of verbs 
that vendre seems a better model for the third conjugation than does rompre, 'to 
break,' which is often given, because it has a t in this ending. 

219 




220 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



§§ 373-375 



'I gave,' etc. 

je donnai 

tu donnas 

il donna 

nous donnames 

vous donnates 

ils donnerent 



'I shall give,' etc. 

je donnerai 

tu donneras 

il donnera 

nous donnerons 

vous donnerez 

ils dormer ont 



'I should give,' etc. 
je donnerais 
tu donnerais 
il donnerait v 
nous donnerions 
vous donneriez 
ils dormer aient 



Past Definite (Passe Defini) 

'I finished,' etc. 

je finis 

tu finis 

il finit 

nous finimes 

vous finites 

ils finirent 

Future (Futur) 

'I shall finish,' etc. 

je finirai 

tu finiras 

il finira 

nous finirons 

vous finirez 

ils finiront 

Conditional (Conditionnel) 
'I should finish,' etc. 

je finirais 

tu finirais 

il finirait 

nous finirions 

vous finiriez 

ils finir aient 



'I sold,' etc. 

je vend is 

tu vend is 

il vend it 

nous vendimes 

vous vendites 

ils vendirent 



'I shall sell,' etc. 

je vendrai 

tu vendras 

il vendra 

nous vendrons 

vous vendrez 

ils vendront 



'I should sell,' etc. 

je vendrais 

tu vendrais 

il vendrait 

nous vendrions 

vous vendriez 

ils vendr aient 



Subjunctive Mode {Mode Subjonctif) 



'(That) I (may) give,' 
etc. 

(que) je donn e 
(que) tu donnes 
(qu')il donne 
(que) nous donn ions 
(que) vous donniez 
(qu')ils donnent 



'(That) 'I (might) 
give,' etc. 

(que) je donnasse 
(que) tu donn asses 
(qu')il donn at 
(que) nous donnassions 
(que) vous donnassiez 
(qu')ils donn assent 



Present (Present) 

' (That) I (may) finish,' 
etc. 

(que) je fin iss e 
(que) tu fin iss es 
(qu')il fin iss e 
(que) nous fin iss ions 
(que) vous fin iss iez 
(qu')ils finissent 

Imperfect (Imparfait) 

' (That) I (might) 
finish,' etc. 

(que) je finisse 
(que) tu finisses 
(qu')il finit 
(que) nous finissions 
(que) vous finissiez 
(qu')ils finissent 



'(That) I (may) sell,' 
etc. 

(que) je vende 
(que) tu vendes 
(qu')il vende 
(que) nous vend ions 
(que) vous vend iez 
(qu')ils vendent 



' (That) I (might) 
sell,' etc. 

(que) je vendisse 
(que) tu vendisses' 
(qu')il vend it 
(que) nous vendissions 
(que) vous vendissiez 
(qu')ils vendissent 



§§ 376-377 AUXILIARY VERBS 

Imperative Mode {Mode Imperatif) 

Present (Present) 



'Give,' etc. 


'Finish,' etc. 


'Sell,' etc. 


donn e l 


fin is 


vends 


donn ons 


fin iss ons 


vend ons 


donn ez 


finzssez 


vend ez 



221 



AUXILIARY VERBS (VERBES AUXILIAIRES) 
376. Avoir {aux. avoir). 377. Etre (aux. avoir). 

Infinitive (Infinitif) 

Present (Present) 



avoir, ' to have ' 



etre, 'to be' 



Participles (Participes) 

Present Participle (Participe Present) 
ayant, 'having' etant, 'being' 

Past Participle (Participe Passe) 
eu, 'had' ete, 'been' 



Indicative (Indicatif) 

Present (Present) 
'I have,' 'am having,' etc. 'I am,' 'am being,' etc. 



j ai 


nous avons 


je sms 


nous sommes 


tu as 


vous avez 


tu es 


vous etes 


il a 


ils ont 


il est 


ils sont 



j avais 


nous avions 


j etais 


tu avais 


vous aviez 


tu etais 


il avait 


ils avaient 


il etait 



Imperfect (Imparfait) 
'I had,' 'was having,' etc. • 'I was,' 'was being,' etc. 

nous etions 
vous etiez 
ils etaient 

Past Definite (Passe Defini) 

'I had,' etc. 'I was,' etc. 

j'eus nous eumes je fus nous fumes 

tu eus vous eutes tu fus vous futes 

il eut ils eurent il fut ils furent 

i This form becomes 'donn es' when followed by -y or -en. 



222 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§378-380 

Future (Futur) 
'I shall have,' etc. 'I shall be,' etc. 



j aurai 


nous aurons 


je serai 


nous serons 


tu auras 


vous aurez 


tu seras 


vous serez 


il aura 


ils auront 


ils sera 


ils seront 



Conditional (Conditionnel) 
'I should have,' etc. 'I should be,' etc. 

j'aurais nous aurions je serais nous serions 

tu aurais vous auriez tu serais vous seriez 

il aurait ils auraient il serait ils seraient 

Subjunctive (Subjonctif) 

Present (Present) 
' (That) I (may) have,' etc. ' (That) I (may) be,' etc. 

(que) j'aie (que) nous ayons (que) je sois (que) nous soyons 

(que) tu aies (que) vous ayez (que) tu sois (que) vous soyez 

(qu')il ait (qu')ils aient (qu')il soit (qu')ils soient 

Imperfect (Imparfait) 

' (That) I (might) have,' etc. ' (That) I (might) be,' etc. 

(que) j'eusse (que) nous eussions (que) je fusse (que) nous fussions 

(que) tu eusses (que) vous eussiez (que) tu fusses (que) nous fussiez 

(qu')il eut (qu')ils eussent (qu')il fut (qu')ils fussent 

Imperative (Imperatif) 

'Have,' etc. 'Be,' etc. 

ayons soyons 

aie ayez sois soyez 



COMPOUND TENSES (TEMPS COMPOSES) 

378. The compound tenses are formed from the past participle 
of a given verb and an auxiliary verb (usually avoir, sometimes 
Stre), cf. §§ 200-201. 

379. Avoir (donne). 380. Etre (arrive). 1 

Infinitive (Infinity) 

Perfect (Par fait) 

'To have given' 'To have arrived' 

avoir donne etre arrive (e)[s] 

1 Any active verb may be made passive in this way, the past indefinite would 
then become the present; the pluperfect, the imperfect; etc. Cf. § 202. 



§§ 379-380 



COMPOUND TENSES 



223 



Participle (Participe) 

Perfect (Parfait) 



'Having given' 
ayant donne 



'Having arrived' 
etant arrive (e)[s] 



Indicative (Indicatif) 
Past Indefinite (Passe Indefini) 
'I have given' etc. 'I have arrived,' etc. 

j'ai donne je suis arrive (e) 

tu es arrive (e) 



tu as donne 
etc. 



etc. 



Pluperfect (Plus-que-Parfait) 

'I had given,' etc. 'I had arrived,' etc. 

j'avais donne j'etais arrive(e) 



etc. 



etc. 



Past Anterior (Passe Anterieur) 

'I had given,' etc. 'I had arrived,' etc. 

j'eus donne je fus arrive (e) 



etc. 



etc. 



Future Anterior (Futur Anterieur) 

'I shall have given,' etc. 'I shall have arrived,' etc. 

j'aurai donne je serai arrive (e) 



etc. 



etc. 



Conditional Anterior (Conditionnel Anterieur) 

'I should have given,' etc. 'I should have arrived,' etc. 

j'aurais donne je serais arrive(e) 



etc. 



etc. 



Subjunctive (Subjonctif) 

Perfect (Parfait) 

'(That) I (may) have given,' etc. '(That) I (may) have arrived,' etc. 

(que) j'aie donne (que) je sois arrive (e) 



etc. 



etc. 



Pluperfect (Plus-que-Parfait) 

'(That) I (might) have given,' etc. '(That) I (might) have arrived,' etc. 
(que) j'eusse donne (que) je fusse arrive (e) 



etc. 



etc. 



224 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



§§ 381-384 



ORTHOGRAPHICAL CHANGES (CHANGEMENTS ORTHOGRA- 

PHIQUES) 



381. Verbs in -cer. 


(Cf. § 235.) 
Placer, ' to place ' 




'res. Part. Pres. Ind. 


Impf. Ind. Past. Def. 


Impf. Subj. 


placant place 


placais placai 


placasse 


places 


placais placas 


placasses 


place 


placait placa 


placat 


placons 


placions placames 


placassions 


placez 


placiez placates 


placassiez 


placent 


placaient placement 


placassent 



382. Verbs in -ger. (Cf. § 236.) 

Manger, ' to eat ' 



Pres. Part. 


Pres. Ind. 


Impf. hid. 


Past. Def. 


Impf. Subj. 


mangeant 


mange 


mangeais 


mangeai 


mangeasse 




manges 


mangeais 


mangeas 


mangeasses 




mange 


mangeait 


mangea 


mangeat 




mangeons 


mangions 


mangeames 


mangeassions 




mangez 


mangiez 


mangeates 


mangeassiez 




mangent 


mangeaient 


mangerent 


mangeassent 



383. Verbs in -yer. (Cf. § 237.) 
Employer, ' to use,' payer, ' to pay ' 

Fut. Cond. 

emploierai, etc. emploierais, etc. 

P a r er ^' ) etc. Payerais, j etc> 

paie, J " paierai, J paierais, J 

384. Verbs with Stem-vowel e or e. 

1. Mener, 'to lead,' ceder, 'to yield.' (Cf. § 238.) 
Pres. hid. Fut. Cond. 



Pres. Ind. 
emploie, etc 

P aye 'Utc. 



Pres. Subj. 
emploie, etc. 

P aye ' \ etc. 
paie, J 



Pres. Subj. 



mene 


menerai 


menerais 


mene 


menes 


meneras 


menerais 


menes 


mene 


menera 


menerait 


mene 


menons 


menerons 


menerions 


menions 


menez 


menerez 


meneriez 


meniez 


menent 


meneront 


meneraient 


menent 



Ceder with the stem- vowel e : 

cede, etc. cederai [sedare], etc. cederais [sedare], etc. cede, etc. 

Obs.: In mene-je? [mane: 5], e of the ending not being mute, the stem- 
vowel e is unchanged. 

Note. — For verbs like creer, 'to create/ cf. § 238, note. 
2. Verbs in -eler, -eter (cf. § 238, 1). 



§§ 385-387 



IRREGULAR VERBS 



225 



Appeler, 'to call' 

Pres. Ind. Fut. Cond. Pres. Subj. 

appelle appellerai appellerais appelle 

appelles appelleras appellerais appelles 

appelle appellera appellerait appelle 

appelons appellerons appellerions appelions 

appelez appellerez appelleriez appeliez 

appellent appelleront appelleraient appellent 

Jeter, 'to throw' 

jette, etc. jetterai, etc. jetterais, etc. jette, etc. 

Note. — A few verbs in -eler, -eter take the grave accent like mener, 
e.g., acheter, 'to buy': 

achete, etc. acheterai, etc. acheterais, etc. achete, etc. 

Exceptions like acheter: 

etiqueter, 'to label.' 
geler, 'to freeze.' 
harceler, 'to harass.' 
marteler, 'to hammer.' 



becqueter, 'to peck.' 
bourreler, 'to goad.' 
demanteler, 'to dismantle.' 
ecarteler, 'to quarter.' 



modeler, 'to model.' 
peler, 'to peel.' 
rapieceter, 'to piece.' 
trompeter, 'to trumpet.' 



IRREGULAR VERBS IN -ER (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -ER) 

385. Aller, 'to go.' (Cf. §252.) 
Like aller: 

s'en aller, 'to go away.' 

386. Envoyer, 'to send.' (Cf. § 253.) 
Like envoyer: 

renvoyer, 'to send away,' 'dismiss.' 

IRREGULAR VERBS IN -IR (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -IR) 

387. Acquerir, 'to acquire' (aux. avoir). 

Parties principales acquerir, acquerant, acquis, acquiers, acquis 

Ixdicatif 
Present acquiers, acquiers, acquiert, acquerons, acquerez, acquierent 

Imparfalt acquerais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
Passe Defini acquis, is, it, imes. ites, irent 
Futur acquerrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel acquerrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjonctif 
Present acquiere, acquieres, acquiere, acquerions, acqueriez, acquierent 

Imparfait acquisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

IilPERATIF 

acquiers, acquerons, acquerez 



Like acquerir: 
conquerir, 'to conquer.' 
s'enquerir, 'to inquire.' 



querir or querhv 'to seek.' 
reconquerir, 'to reconquer.' 

1 Has only the infinitive. 



requerir, 'to re- 
quire,' 'claim.' 



226 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 388-392 

388. Benir, 'to bless' (aux. avoir). 

Is regular, but has also an irregular past participle benit, used only as 
adjective : 

de l'eau benite; du pain benit holy water; consecrated bread 

389. Courir, 'to run.' (Cf. § 300.) 

Like courir are its compounds: 

accourir, 'to run up,' 'hasten.' discourir, 'to discourse.' recourir, 'to apply/ 
concourir, 'to cooperate,' encourir, 'to incur.' secourir, 'to help.' 

'compete.' parcourir, ' to run over.' 

390. Cueillir, 'to gather,' 'pick.' (Cf. § 301.) 

Like cuellir: 

accueillir, 'to welcome.' assaillir,* 'to assail.' tressaillir, 'to start.' 

recueillir, 'to gather.' saillir, 2 'to jut out.' 

391. Dormir, 'to sleep.' (Cf. § 309.) 

Like dormir: 

endormir, 'to put to sleep.' se departir, 'to desist.' 

s'endormir, 'to fall asleep.' repartir, 'to set out again,' 'reply.' 

redormir, 'to sleep again.' se repentir, 'to repent.' 

rendormir, 'to put to sleep again.' sentir, 'to feel.' 

se rendormir, 'to go to sleep again.' consentir, 'to consent.' 

bouillir, 'to boil.' pressentir, 'to forebode.' 

ebouillir, 'to boil away.' ressentir, 'to resent.' 

rebouillir, 'to boil again.' servir, 'to serve.' 

mentir, 'to he.' se servir, 'to make use.' 

dementir, 'to contradict,' 'belie.' desservir, 'to clear the table.' 

partir, 'to set out.' sortir, 'to go out.' 

departir, 'to distribute.' ressortir, 'to go out again.' 

Note. — Asservir, 'to enslave,' assortir, ' to sort,' 'match,' ressortir, 'to 
depend (on, a),' repartir, 'to distribute,' are like finir. 

392. Faillir, 'to fail' (aux. avoir). 

Parties princi pales faillir, faillant, failli, faux, faillis 

Indicate* 

Present faux, faux, faut. faillons. faillez. faillent 

Imparfait faillais, ais, ait,, ions, iez, aient 
Passe Defini faillis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 
Fuiur faudrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel faudrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

SUBJONCTTF 

Present faille, failles, faille, faillions, failliez, faillent 

Imparfait faillisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

1 Regular in future and conditional: assaillirai. etc. 

2 Saillir, 'to gush out,' 'rush forth,' is regular, like finir. 



§§ 393-397 IRREGULAR VERBS 227 

Imperatif 



Like faillir: 

defaillir,i 'to faint,' 'fail.' 

Note. — Faillir, 'to fail in business,' is usually like finir. 

393. Ferir, 'to strike.' 

Used only in sans coup ferir, 'without striking a blow,' and in the past 
part, feru, 'wounded' (a veterinary term). 

394. Fleurir, ' to flourish ' (aux. avoir). 

Pres. Part, florissant; impf. ind. florissais, etc., when used of persons, 
or fieurissais, etc., when used of things; otherwise like finir. 

Note. — Fleurir, 'to blossom,' 'bloom' (in a literal sense), is like finir. 

395. Fuir, 'to flee,' 'fly.' (Cf. § 310.) 

Like fuir: 

s'enfuir, 'to flee,' 'escape.' 

396. Gesir, 'to lie,' 'lie buried.' 

Parties principales gesir, gisant, , -, 

Indicatif 

Present , , git, gisons, gisez, gisent 

Imparfait gisais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
(All other forms are lacking) 

Note. — Most frequently used in epitaphs: Ci-git, 'Here lies,' Ci- 
gisent, 'Here lie.' 

397. Hair, 'to hate' (aux. avoir). 

Parties principales hair, haissant, hai', hais, hais 

Indicatif 
Present hais, hais, hait, haissons, haissez, haissent 

Imparfait haissais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
Passe Defini hais, hais, hait, haimes, haites, hairent 
Futur hairai, as, a, Ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel hair ais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjonctif 
Present haisse, haisses, haisse, haissions, haissiez, haissent 

Imparfait haisse, haisses, hait, haissions, haissiez, haissent 

Imperatif 
hais, haissons, haissez 

Obs. : Hair loses its dieresis in the present indicative and imperative 
singular, and takes no circumflex accent; otherwise like finir. 

1 Pres. ind. usually defaus, defaus, defaut. 



228 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



}§ 398-404 



398. Issir, 'to spring (from, de),' etc. 

Used only in the past part, issu; past indef. je suis issu, etc. 

399. Mourir, 'to die.' (Cf. § 319.) 
Like mourir: 

se mourir, 'to be dying' (used only in inf., pres. ind., impf. ind.). 

400. Ou'ir, 'to hear' (aux. avoir). 

Little used except in the infinitive and past participle: 

j'ai oui dire 'I have heard said,' etc. 

401. Ouvrir, 'to open.' (Cf. § 320.) 
Like ouvrir: 

entr'ouvrir, 'to open slightly.' decouvrir, 'to discover.' offrir, 'to offer.' 

rouvrir, 'to open again.' recouvrir, 'to cover again.' souffrir, 'to suffer.' 

couvrir, 'to cover.' 



402. Tenir, 'to hold.' (Cf. § 326.) 

Like tenir are its compounds: 
s'abstenir, 'to abstain.' detenir, 'to detain.' 
appartenir, 'to belong.' entretenir, 'to entertain.' 
contenir, 'to contain.' maintenir, 'to maintain.' 



obtenir, 'to obtain.' 
retenir, 'to retain.' 
soutenir, 'to sustain.' 



403. Venir, 'to come.' (Cf. § 327.) 
Obs.: Venir is like tenir in its irregularities. 
Like venir are its compounds: 



avenir, 'to happen.' 
advenir, 'to happen.' 
convenir, 'to agree,' 'suit.' 
contrevenir, 'to violate.' 
circon venir, 'to circum- 
vent.' 
de venir, 'to become.' 



discon venir, ' to be dis 
cordant.' 



revenir, 'to come back.' 
redevenir, 'to become again.' 
intervenir, 'to intervene.' se souvenir, 'to recollect.' 
parvenir, 'to attain.' subvenir, 'to aid.' 

prevenir, 'to prevent.' survenir, 'to occur.' 
provenir, ' to proceed se ressouvenir, ' to recollect.' 
(from, de).' 



404. Vetir, 'to clothe' (aux. avoir). 

Parties prhicipales vetir, vetant, vetu, vets, vetis 

IXDICATIF 

Present vets, vets, vet, vetons, vetez, vetent 

Imparjait vetais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Passe Defini vetis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

Futur vetirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditiomiel vetirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjonctef 

Present vete, vetes, vete, vetions, vetiez, vetent 

Imparjait vetisse, isses, it, issions, issiez. issent 



§§ 405-^08 IRREGULAR VERBS 

Imperatif 

vets, vetons, vetez 
Like vetir: 

devetir, 'to divest.' revetir, 'to clothe,' 

se devetir, ' to take off clothing.' 'invest.' 



229 



se revetir, 'to put on 
clothing.' 



IRREGULAR VERBS IN -RE (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -RE) 

405. Battre, 'to beat' (aux. avoir). 

Loses one t in the present indicative singular: bats, bats, bat: otherwise 
like rompre. (Cf. p. 219, footnote 1.) 

Like battre: 

abattre, 'to fell.' debattre, 'to debate.' rabattre, 'to bring down 

combattre, 'to fight.' se debattre, 'to struggle.' the price.' 

406. Boire, 'to drink.' (Cf. § 329.) 
Like boire: 

emboire, 'to coat' (in painting). imboire, 'to imbibe,' 'imbue.' 

s'emboire, 1 'to become dull.' reboire, 'to drink again.' 

407. Bruire, 'to murmur,' 'rustle' (aux. avoir). 
Parties principales bruire, bruyant, bruit, bruis, 

Indicattf 

Present bruis, bruis, bruit, , , 

Imparfait bruyais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Passe Defini , , , , , 

Futur bruirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel bruirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

{All other forms are lacking) 

Note 1. — The pres. part, bruyant, 'noisy,' is used as adjective only. 
Note 2. — The forms bruissant, bruissais, etc., bruisse, etc., are also to 
be found. 

408. Clore, 'to close,' 'enclose' (aux. avoir). 
Parties principales clore, , clos, clos, 

Indicattf 

Present clos, clos, clot, , , 

Imparfait , , , , , 

Passe Defini , , , , , 

Futur clorai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel clorais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjonctif 

Present close, closes, close, closions, closiez, closent 

Imparfait , , , , , 

1 Used in third person. 



230 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 409-412 

Imperatif 



Like clore: 

declore, 'to throw open.' enclore, 2 'to enclose.' 

eclore, 1 'to hatch,' 'open' (of flowers). forclore, 3 'to foreclose,' 'debar.' 

409. Conclure, 'to conclude.' (Cf. § 330.) 
Like conclure: 

exclure, 'to exclude.' inclure, 4 'to inclose.' reclure, 5 'to shut up.' 

410. Conduire, 'to conduct.' (Cf. § 338.) 
Like conduire: 

se conduire, 'to conduct introduire, 'to introduce.' instruire, 'to instruct.' 

oneself.' produire, 'to produce.' reconstruire, 'to recon- 

econduire, 'to show out,' reduire, 'to reduce.' struct.' 

'dismiss.' reproduire, 'to reproduce.' detruire, ' to destroy.' 

reconduire, 'to lead back.' seduire, 'to seduce.' cuire, 'to cook.' 

deduire, 'to deduct.' traduire, 'to translate.' recuire, 'to cook again.' 

enduire, 'to coat (with construire, 'to construct.' luire, 6 'to shine.' 

plaster).' deconstruire, 'to take reluire, 6 'to glisten.' 

induire, 'to induce.' apart.' nuire, 7 'to injure.' 

411. fitre, 'to be.' (Cf. §377.) 

412. Confire, ' to presence ' (aux. avoir). 

Parties principales confire, conusant, confit, confis, confis 

IXDICATTF 

Present confis, confis, confit, confisons. confisez, confisent 

Imparfait confis ais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Passe Defini confis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

Futur confirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel confirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjoxcttt 
Present confise, confises, confise, confisions, confisiez, con- 

fisent 
Imparfait conf isse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

Imperatif 
confis, confisons, confisez 
Like confire: 

deconfire, 'to discomfit.' circoncire {pp. -cis), 'to circumcise.' suffire {p.p. suffi), 

'to suffice.' 

1 Has also pres. plur. eclosons, etc.; impf. ind. eclosais. etc. 

2 Has also pres. plur. enclosons, etc.; pres. part, enclosant; impf. ind. enclosais, 
etc. 

3 Little used except in the infinitive, past participle, and compound tenses. 

4 Past part., inclus. 

5 Used only in inf., past part., and comp. tenses. Past part, reclus. 

6 Past part, lui and relui respectively. No past def. or impf. subj. 

7 Past part. nui. 



§§ 413-416 



IRREGULAR VERBS 



231 



413. Connaitre, 'to know.' (Cf. § 339.) 

Obs. : Stem- vowel i has circumflex (i) everywhere before t. 

Like connaitre: 

meconnaitre, 'not to comparaitre, 'to appear' paitre, 1 'to graze.' 



know.' 
reconnaitre, ' to recognize, 
paraitre, 'to appear.' 
apparaitre, ' to appear.' 



(law term). 

disparaitre, ' to disap- 
pear.' 

reparaitre, 'to reappear.' 



repaitre, 'to feed,' 'feast.' 
se repaitre, 'to feed,' 
'feast.' 



414. Coudre, 'to sew' (aux. avoir). 

Parties principales coudre, cousant, cousu, couds, cousis 

Indicattf 

Present couds, couds, coud, cousons, cousez, cousent 

Imparfait cousais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
Passe Defini cousis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 
Futnr coudrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel coudrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjonctif 

Present couse, couses, couse, cousions, cousiez, cousent 

Imparfait cousisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

Imperatif 
couds, cousons, cousez 
Like coudre: 

decoudre, 'to rip.' recoudre, 'to sew again.' 



415. Craindre, 'to fear.' (Cf. § 343.) 
Like craindre: 



in -aindre : 

contraindre, 'to constrain.' 

plaindre, 'to pity.' 

se plaindre, 'to complain.' 

in -eindre : 

astreindre, 'to abstract.' 

atteindre, 'to attain.' 

ceindre, 'to enclose,' 'gird 

on (a sword, etc.).' 
depeindre, 'to depict.' 
empreindre, ' to imprint.' 
enceindre, 'to gird.' 



enfreindre, ' to infringe.' 
epreindre, ' to squeeze out.' 
eteindre, 'to extinguish.' 
etreindre, 'to draw tight.' 
f eindre, 'to feign.' 
geindre, 'to groan.' 
peindre, 'to paint.' 
ratteindre, 'to overtake.' 
repeindre, ' to paint again.' 
restreindre, 'to restrain.' 
teindre, ' to dye.' 
deteindre, 'to fade.' 



reteindre, 'to dye again.' 
in -oindre: 
joindre, ' to join.' 
adjoindre, 'to adjoin.' 
con joindre, 'to conjoin.' 
dejoindre, 'to disjoin.' 
disjoindre, 'to disjoin.' 
enjoindre, 'to enjoin.' 
rejoindre, 'to rejoin.' 
oindre, ' to anoint.' 
poindre, 2 ' to dawn.' 



416. Croire, 'to believe.' (Cf. § 344.) 
Like croire: 

accroire, 3 'to believe (an untruth).' decroire, 4 'to disbelieve.' 

1 Lacks the past part., past def., and impf. subj. 

2 Little used beyond the infinitive and future. 

3 Found only in faire accroire, 'to cause to believe (an untruth): 

4 Used only in 'je ne crois ni ne decrois,' 'I neither believe nor disbelieve.' 



232 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§417^21 

417. Croitre, 'to grow' (aux. avoir). 

Parties principalis croitre, croissant, cru (/., crue), crois, criis 

Indicattf 
Present crois, crois, croit, croissons. croissez, croissent 

Imparfait croissais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
Passe Defini criis, criis, criit, criimes, crutes, criirent 
Futur croitrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel croitrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjonctxf 
Present croisse, croisses, croisse, croissions, croissiez, croissent 

Imparfait crusse, criisses, criit, crussions, crussiez, criissent 

Imperatlf 
crois, croissons, croissez 

Obs.: The circumflex accent distinguishes forms otherwise alike of 
croitre and croire, but is optional in the imperfect subjunctive (except the 
third singular). 

Like croitre: 
accroitre, 1 'to increase.' recroitre, 1 'to grow surcroitre, 1 'to overgrow.' 

decroitre, 'to decrease.' again.' 

418. Dire, 'to say,' 'tell.' (Cf. § 347.) 
Like dire: 

contredire, 2 'to contradict.' interdire, 2 'to interdict.' predire, 2 'to predict.' 
dedire, 2 'to retract,' 'deny.' medire 2 (de), 'to slander.' redire, 'to say again.' 

Note. — Maudire is like dire only in the infinitive, past participle (mau- 
dit), future and conditional; otherwise like finir. 

419. Ecrire, 'to write.' (Cf. § 348.) 
Like ecrire are all verbs in -(s)crire: 

circonscrire, 'to circumscribe.' prescrire, 'to prescribe.' souscrire, 'to subscribe.' 
decrire, 'to describe.' proscrire, 'to proscribe.' transcrire, 'to transcribe.' 

inscrire, 'to inscribe.' recrire, 'to rewrite.' 

420. Faire, 'to do,' 'make.' (Cf. § 352.) 
Like faire: 

contrefaire, 'to imitate.' mefaire, 'to harm.' refaire, 'to do again.' 

defaire, 'to undo.' parfaire, 'to complete.' satisfaire, 'to satisfy.' 

forfaire, 'to forfeit.' redefaire, 'to undo again.' surf aire, 'to overcharge.' 
malfaire, 3 'to do ill.' 

421. Frire, 'to fry' (intr. aux. avoir). 
Parties principalis frire, , frit, fris, 

Indicate? 

Present fris, fris, frit, , , 

Imparfait , , , , , 

Passe Defini , , , , — — , 

Futur frirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel frirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

1 No circumflex in past participle, past definite, third singular, and third plural. 

2 The second plural imperative is respectively: contredisez, dedisez, interdisez. etc. 

3 Used in infinitive only. 



§§ 422-426 



IRREGULAR VERBS 
SUBJONCTIF 



233 



Present 
Imparfait 



Imperatif 
fris, , — 



422. Lire, 'to read.' (Cf. § 353.) 

Like lire: 
elire, 'to elect.' reelire 'to reelect.' 



relire, 'to read again.' 



423. Mettre, 'to place,' 'put.' (Cf. § 355.) 
Like mettre: 



se mettre, 'to begin.' emettre, 'to emit.' 

admettre, 'to admit.' s'entremettre, 'to in- 

commettre, 'to commit.' terpose.' 

compromettre, 'to com- omettre, 'to omit.' 

promise.' permettre, 'to permit.' 



remettre, 'to put back,' 

'hand to.' 
repromettre, 'to promise 

again.' 
soumettre, 'to submit.' 



demettre, 'to dismiss.' promettre, 'to promise.' transmettre, 'to transmit.' 

424. Moudre, 'to grind' (aux. avoir). 

Parties princi pales moudre, moulant, moulu, mouds, moulus 

Indicatif 

Present mouds, mouds, moud, moulons, moulez, moulent 

Imparfait moulais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Passe Defini moulus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 

Futur moudrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel moudrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Stjbjonctif 

Present moule, moules, moule, moulions, mouliez, moulent 

Imparfait moulusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

Imperatif 

mouds, moulons, moulez 
Like moudre: 
emoudre, ' to whet.' remoudre, ' to grind again.' remoudre, ' to sharpen.' 

425. Naitre, 'to be born.' (Cf. § 356.) 

Obs.: Stem-vowel i has the circumflex (i) everywhere before t. 
Like naitre: 
renaitre, 'to revive.' 

426. Plaire, 'to please.' (Cf. § 364.) 
Like plaire: 

complaire, 'to humor.' deplaire, 'to displease.' taire, 1 'to say nothing about.' 

1 II tait has no circumflex. 



234 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



§§ 427-433 



427. Prendre, 'to take.' (Cf. § 365.) 
Like prendre are its compounds: 

apprendre, 'to learn.' entreprendre, 'to under- rapprendre, 'to learn 
deprendre, 'to part.' take.' again.' 

desapprendre, 'toun- s'eprendre, 'to be taken reprendre, 'to take back.' 

learn.' (with).' surprendre, ' to surprise.' 

comprendre, ' to under- se meprendre, ' to be mis- 
stand.' taken.' 

428. Resoudre, 'to resolve.' (Cf. § 368.) 
Like resoudre: 

absoudre, 1 'to absolve.' dissoudre, 1 'to dissolve.' 

429. Rire, 'to laugh.' (Cf. § 369.) 

Like rire: 
se rire, 'to make fun (of, de).' sourire, 'to smile.' 



430. Sourdre, 'to rise.' 

Parties principalis sourdre, sourdant, 

Indicattf 

Present , , sourd, , 

Itnparfait , , sourdait, — 

Passe Defini , , sourdit, 

Futur , , sourdra, 

Cotiditionnel , , sourdrait, — 



(il) sourdit 



-, sourdent 



Present 
Itnparfait 



Subjoxctif 

— , sourde, — 
— , sourdit, - 

LUPERATTF 



Note. — Little used beyond the inf. and third sing. pres. ind. 

431. Suivre, 'to follow.' (Cf. § 370.) 

Like suivre: 
s'ensuivre [impers.], 'to follow.' poursuivre, 'to pursue.' 



432. Tistre, 'to weave.' 

Used only in the past part., tissu, and compound tenses. 

433. Traire, 'to milk' (aux. avoir). 

Parties principalis traire, trayant, trait, trais, 



1 Past part, absous (/. absoute), dissous (/. dissoute), respectively. They lack the 
past definite and imperfect subjunctive. 



§§ 434-438 IRREGULAR VERBS 235 

Indicatif 
Present trais, trais, trait, trayons, trayez, traient 

Itnparfait trayais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
Passe Dejlni 



i ) > ? j 



Futur trairai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel trairais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

SUBJONCTIF 

Present traie, traies, traie, trayions, trayiez, traient 

Itnparfait 



) ) j j ) 

Imperatif 

trais, trayons, trayez 
Like traire: 

abstraire, 'to abstract.' extraire, 'to extract.' soustraire, 'to subtract.' 

attraire, 'to attract.' rentraire, 'to darn.' braire, 1 'to bray.' 

distraire, 'to distract.' retraire, 'to redeem' (legal). 

434. Vaincre, 'to conquer.' (Cf. § 371.) 
Like vaincre: 

con vaincre, 'to convince.' 

435. Vivre, 'to live.' (Cf. § 372.) 
Like vivre: 

revivre, 'to revive.' survivre, 'to survive.' 



IRREGULAR VERBS IN -OIR (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -OIR) 

Note. — In some grammars the verbs in -oir, which are all irregular, form 
a separate conjugation, the third, verbs in -re forming the fourth. 

436. Avoir, 'to have.' (Cf. § 376.) 
Like avoir: 

ravoir, 2 'to have again.' 

437. Recevoir, 'to receive.' (Cf. § 262.) 
Like recevoir: 

apercevoir, 'to perceive.' decevoir, 'to deceive.' percevoir, 'to collect taxes.' 
concevoir, ' to conceive.' 

438. Devoir, 'to owe.' (Cf. § 263.) 
Note. — Devoir is conjugated like recevoir. 

Like devoir: 

redevoir, 'to still owe.' 

1 Little used except in the inf. and the third pers. pres. ind., fut., and cond. 

2 Used only in the infinitive. 



236 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



§§ 439-441 



439. Asseoir, 'to seat.' (Cf. § 267.) 
Like asseoir: 

s'asseoir, 'to sit se rasseoir, 'to sit down messeoir, 1 'to fit badly.' 

down.' again.' surseoir, 2 'to suspend,' ' re- 

rasseoir, 'to reseat,' seoir, 1 'to be becoming.' prieve.' 

'calm.' 

440. Dechoir, 'to decline' (aux. avoir). 
Parlies principalis dechoir, , dechu, dechois, dechus 

Ixdicatif 

Present dechois, dechois, dechoit, dechoyons, dechoyez, dechoient 

Imparfait _ , , , , , 

Passe Defini dechus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 

Futur decherrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Condilionnel decherrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjonctif 
Present dechoie, dechoies, dechoie, dechoyions, dechoyiez, dechoient 

Imparfait dechusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

IMPERATIF 

dechois, dechoyons, dechoyez 
Like dechoir: 
choir, 3 'to fall.' rechoir, 3 'to fall again.' 



441. Echoir, 'to fall due' {aux. etre). 

Parties principalis echoir, echeant, echu, 

Indicahf 



Present 

Imparfait 
Passe Defini 
Futur 

Condilionnel 



Present 
Imparfait 



-, echoit (or echet), 



-, echoyait, 
-, echut, — 



-, echerra, 

(or echoira) 
-, echerrait, 



(or echoirait) 

Subjonctif 

— , echoie, , 

— , echut, , - 

IilPERATIF 



-, (il) echut 



-, echoient 
(or echeent) 



-, echurent 



1 Used in third person of the following: pres. ind. sied. sieent (messied. mes- 
sieent) ; impf. hid. seyait, seyaient (messeyait, messeyaient) ; pres. subj. siee. sieent 
(messiee, messieent); Jut. siera. sieront (messiera, messieront); cond. sierait, sie- 
raient (messierait, messieraient). 

2 Like the forms in -oi (oy) of asseoir, but/«/. and cond. surseoirai(s). 

3 Little used beyond the inf. and comp. tenses. 



§§ 442-450 IRREGULAR VERBS 237 

442. Falloir, 'must,' etc. [impers.]. (Cf. § 268.) 

443. Mouvoir, 'to move' (aux. avoir). 

Parties principales mouvoir, mouvant, mu (/. mue), meus, mus 

Indicatif 
Present meus, meus, meut, mouvons, mouvez, meuvent 

Imparfait mouvais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
Passe Defini mus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 
Futur mouvrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

Conditionnel mouvrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

Subjonctef 

Present meuve, meuves, meuve, mouvions, mouviez, meuvent 

Imparfait musse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

Imperatif 
meus, mouvons, mouvez 
Like mouvoir: 
emouvoir, 1 'to arouse.' promouvoir, 1 'to promote.' 

444. Pleuvoir, 'to rain' [impers.]. (Cf. § 276.) 

445. Pouvoir, 'to be able.' (Cf. § 277.) 

446. Savoir, 'to know.' (Cf. § 282.) 

447. Valoir, 'to be worth.' (Cf. § 283.) 

Like valoir: 
Squivaloir, ' to be equivalent.' prevaloir, 2 ' to prevail.' chaloir. 3 

revaloir, ' to pay back.' 

448. Voir, 'to see.' (Cf. § 289.) 
Like voir: 

entrevoir, 'to catch sight of.' pourvoir, 4 'to provide.' prevoir,* 'to foresee.' 
revoir, 'to see again.' depourvoir, 4 'to strip,' 

'leave destitute.' 

449. Vouloir, 'to will.' (Cf. § 290.) 

450. REFERENCE LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS 

Note. — Each verb in the list is referred to the section in which its 
irregularity is explained. For verbs in -cer, cf. § 235, for verbs in -ger, 
cf . § 236, for verbs in -yer, cf . § 237, for verbs with stem- vowel e or e, cf . § 238. 

A abstraire 433 accueillir 390 

abattre 405 accourir 389 acquerir 387 

absoudre 428 accroire 416 adjoindre 415 

abstenir 402 accroitre 417 admettre 423 

1 Past participle has no circumflex accent. 

2 Pres. subj. prevale, etc. 

3 Little used except in il ne me chaut de, 'I care not for.' 

4 Past def. -vus, etc.; impf. subj. -vusse, etc.; j ut. and cond. -voirai(s), regular. 
6 Fut. and con d. -voirai(s), etc., regular. 




238 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



§450 



advenir 403 

aller 385 

apercevoir 437 

apparaitre 413 

appartenir 402 

apprendre 427 

assaillir 390 

asseoir 439 

astreindre 415 

atteindre 415 

attraire 433 

avenir 403 

avoir 376 



B 

battre 405 

benir 388 

boire 406 

bouillir 391 

braire 433 

bruire 407 



C 

ceindre 415 

chaloir 447 

choir 440 

circoncire 412 

circonscrire 419 

circonvenir 403 

clore 408 

combattre 405 

commettre 423 

comparaitre 413 

complaire 426 

comprendre 427 

compromettre . . . 423 

concevoir 437 

conclure 409 

concourir 389 

conduire 410 

confire 412 

conjoindre 415 

connaitre 413 

conquerir 387 

consentir 391 

construire 410 

contenir 402 

contraindre 415 

contredire 418 



contref aire 420 

contrevenir 403 

con vainer e 434 

convenir 403 

coudre 414 

courir 389 

couvrir 401 

craindre 415 

croire 416 

croitre 417 

cueillir 390 

cuire 410 

D 

debattre 405 

decevoir 437 

dechoir 440 

declore 408 

deconfire 412 

deconstruire 410 

decoudre 414 

decouvrir 401 

decrire 419 

decroire 416 

decroitre 417 

dedire 418 

deduire 410 

defaillir 392 

def aire 420 

dejoindre 415 

dementir 391 

demettre 423 

departir 391 

depeindre 415 

deplaire 426 

depourvoir 448 

deprendre 427 

desapprendre . ... 427 

desservir 391 

deteindre 415 

detenir 402 

detruire 410 

devenir 403 

devetir 404 

devoir 438 

dire 418 

disconvenir 403 

discourir 389 

disjoindre 415 

disparaitre 413 

dissoudre 428 



distraire 433 

dormir 391 

E 

ebouillir 391 

echoir 441 

eclore 408 

econduire 410 

ecrire 419 

elire 422 

emboire 406 

emettre 423 

emoudre 424 

emouvoir 443 

empreindre 415 

enceindre 415 

enclore 408 

encourir 389 

endormir 391 

enduire 410 

enfreindre 415 

enf uir 395 

enjoindre 415 

enquerir 387 

ensuivre 43 1 

entremettre 423 

entreprendre .... 427 

entretenir 402 

entrevoir 448 

entr'ouvrir 401 

envoyer 386 

epreindre 415 

eprendre 427 

equivaloir 447 

eteindre 415 

etre 377 

etreindre 415 

exclure 409 

extraire 433 

F 

faillir 392 

faire 420 

falloir 442 

feindre 415 

ferir 393 

fleurir 394 

forclore 408 

forfaire 420 

frire 421 

fuir 395 



§450 



IRREGULAR VERBS 



239 



G 

geindre 415 

gesir 396 

H 

hair 397 

I 

imboire 406 

inclure 409 

induire 410 

inscrire 419 

instruire 410 

interdire 418 

intervenir 403 

introduire 410 

issir 398 

J 

joindre 415 

L 

lire 422 

luire \. 410 

M 

maintenir 402 

malf aire 420 

maudire 418 

meconnaitre 413 

medire 418 

mefaire 420 

mentir 391 

meprendre 427 

messeoir 439 

mettre 423 

moudre 424 

mourir 399 

mouvoir 443 

N 

naitre 425 

nuire 410 

O 

obtenir 402 

offrir 401 

oindre 415 

omettre 423 

ouir 400 

ouvrir 401 



P 

paitre 413 

paraitre 413 

parcourir 389 

parf aire 420 

partir 391 

parvenir 403 

peindre 415 

percevoir 437 

permettre 423 

plaindre 415 

plaire 426 

pleuvoir 444 

poindre 415 

poursuivre 431 

pourvoir 448 

pouvoir 445 

predire 418 

prendre 427 

prescrire 419 

pressentir 391 

prevaloir 447 

prevenir 403 

prevoir 448 

produire 410 

promettre 423 

promouvoir 443 

proscrire 419 

provenir 403 

Q 

W*™] 387 

querir J 

R 

rabattre 405 

rapprendre 427 

rasseoir 439 

ratteindre 415 

ravoir 436 

reboire 406 

rebouillir 391 

recevoir 437 

rechoir 440 

reclure 409 

reconduire 410 

reconnaitre 413 

reconquerir 387 

reconstruire 410 

recoudre 414 

recourir 389 

recouvrir 401 



recrire 419 

recroitre 417 

recueillir 390 

recuire 410 

redefaire 420 

redevenir. 403 

redevoir 438 

redire 418 

redormir 391 

reduire 410 

reelire 422 

ref aire 420 

rejoindre 415 

relire 422 

reluire 410 

remettre 423 

remoudre 424 

remoudre 424 

renaitre 425 

rendormir 391 

rentraire 433 

renvoyer 386 

repaitre 413 

reparaitre 413 

repartir 391 

repeindre 415 

repentir 391 

reprendre 427 

reproduire 410 

repromettre 423 

requerir 387 

resoudre 428 

ressentir 391 

ressortir 391 

ressouvenir 403 

restreindre 415 

reteindre 415 

retenir 402 

retraire 433 

revaloir 447 

revenir 403 

revetir 404 

revivre 435 

revoir 448 

rire 429 

rouvrir 401 

S 

saillir 390 

satisf aire 420 

savoir 446 

secourir 389 



240 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



§450 



seduire 410 

sentir 391 

seoir 439 

servir 391 

sortir 391 

souffrir 401 

soumettre 423 

sourdre 430 

sourire 429 

souscrire 419 

soustraire 433 

soutenir 402 

souvenir 403 

subvenir 403 



sunire 412 

suivre 431 

surcroitre 417 

surf aire 420 

surprendre 427 

surseoir 439 

survenir 403 

survivre 435 

T 

taire 426 

teindre 415 

tenir 402 

tistre 432 



traduire 410 

traire 433 

transcrire 419 

transmettre 423 

tressaillir 390 

V 

vaincre 434 

valoir 447 

venir 403 

vetir 404 

vivre 435 

voir 448 

vouloir 449 



TEXTS IN DOUBLE TRANSCRIPTION 



241 



TEXTS IN DOUBLE TRANSCRIPTION (TEXTES EN 
DOUBLE TRANSCRIPTION [tekstz a dubla traiskripsjo]) 

TURENNE ET LE VALET 

[tyrein e 1 vale] 

Un jour d'ete, qu'il faisait fort chaud, le vicomte de Tu- 
de 3ur dete | kil faze for §o la viko:t da ty - 

renne, en petite veste blanche et en bonnet, etait a la fenetre, 2 
rein | a ptit vesta bla:§ e a bone etet a la fne:tr | 

dans son antichambre. Un de ses gens survient et, trompe 
da son ati$a:br de d se 3a syrvje | e | trope 

par l'habillement, le prend pour un aide de cuisine avec le- 4 
par labijma la pra pur den e:d da kqiziin | avek la- 

quel ce domestique etait familier. II s'approche doucement 
kel I sa domestik ete familje il sapro§ dusma 

par derriere, et d'une main qui n'etait pas legere, lui applique 6 
par derjerr | e dyn me ki nete pa le3eir | lqi aplik 

un grand coup sur le bas du dos. L'homme frappe se re- 
de gra ku I syr la ba dy do lorn frape sa r - 

tourne a. l'instant. Le valet voit en fremissant le visage de 8 
turn a lesta la vale vwat a fremisa | la viza:3 da 

son maitre. II se jette a ses genoux tout eperdu: 
so meitr il sa 3et a se 3nu tut eperdy | 

((Monseigneur, j'ai cru que c'etait George!)) ... 10 

mosejioeir 3e kry ka sete 3or3 

((Et quand meme c'aurait ete George,)) s'ecrie Turenne 
e k<i me:m soret ete 3or3 sekri tyrem 

en se frottant le dos, il ne fallait pas f rapper si fort! 12 

a s frota 1 do | il n fale pa frape si fo:r | 



Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Emile 

3a 3a :k ruso emil 



242 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

LA DERNIERE CLASSE 
Recit d'un petit Alsacten 

Ce matin-la j'etais tres en retard pour aller a l'ecole, et 
j'avais grand'peur d'etre gronde, d'autant plus que M. 2 
Hamel nous avait dit qu'il nous interrogerait sur les parti- 
cipes, et je n'en savais pas le premier mot. Un moment, 4 
l'idee me vint de manquer la classe et de prendre ma course 
a travers les champs. 6 

Le temps etait si chaud, si clair! 

On entendait les merles siffler a la lisiere du bois, et dans 8 
le pre Rippert, derriere la scierie, les Prussiens qui faisaient 
l'exercice. Tout cela me tentait bien plus que la regie des 10 
participes; mais j'eus la force de resister, et je courus bien 
vite vers l'ecole. 12 

Alphonse Daudet 



LE CORBEAU ET LE RENARD 

Maitre corbeau, sur un arbre perche, 

Tenait en son bee un fromage. 2 

Maitre renard, par l'odeur alleche, 

Lui tint a peu pres ce langage: 4 

«Eh! bonjour, monsieur du corbeau! 
Que vous etes joli! que vous me semblez beau! 6 

Sans mentir, si votre ramage 

Se rapporte a votre plumage, S 

Vous etes le phenix des notes de ces bois.)) 
A ces mots, le corbeau ne se sent pas de joie; 10 

Et, pour montrer sa belle voix, 
II ouvre un large bee, laisse tomber sa proie, 12 

Le renard s'en saisit, et dit: «Mon bon monsieur, 

Apprenez que tout flatteur 14 

Vit aux depens de celui qui l'ecoute; 
Cette lecon vaut bien un fromage, sans doute.)) 16 

Le corbeau, honteux et confus, 
Jura, mais un peu tard, qu'on ne IV prendrait plus. iS 

La Fontaine, Fables 



TEXTS IN DOUBLE TRANSCRIPTION 243 

La dernjeir klais 

resi dee potit alzasje 

Sa mate la 3ete trez a ratair | pur ale a lekol,| e 3ave gra 
poeir deitr grode,| dota ply ka masj0 amel nuz ave di | kil nuz 2 
8tero3re syr le partisip,| e 3a na save pa la pramje mo. | tie 
mama, lide ma ve da make la klais | e da pmidr ma kurs a 4 
traveir §ci.| 
la ta ete si $o,| si kle:r!| 6 

on atade le merl sifle a la lizjeir dy bwa,| e da la pre 
ripeir,| derjeir la siiri,| le prysje | ki faze legzersis.| tu sla ma 8 
tate bje ply ka la regl de partisip;| me 3y la fors da reziste,| 
e 3a kury bje vit ve:r lekol | 10 

alfois dode 



la korbo e la ranair 

meitra korbo, | syr cen arbra per^e, | 

tanet a so bek | tie fromai3. | 2 

meitra ranair, | par lodceir | aleje, | 

lqi tet a p0 pre | sa lagai3: | 4 

«ei! I bo3uir, | masj0 dy korbo! | 
ka vuz et 30H! | ka vu m saible bo! | 6 

sa matiir, | si votra ramai3 | 

sa raport a votra plymai3, | 8 

vuz et I la feniks | dez oit | da se bwa.)> | 
a se mo, | la korbo | na sa sa pa | da 3wa; | 10 

e pur moitre sa bel vwa, | 
il uivr tie lar3a bek, | leis toibe sa prwa. | 12 

lo ranair sa sezi | e di: | «mo bo masj0, | 

aprane | ka tu flatoeir | 14 

vit o depa | da salqi | ki lekut; | 

set laso I vo bjen tie fromai3, | sa dut.» | 16 

la korbo, | ot0 | e kofy, | 
3yra, | mez tie p0 tair, | ko na li praidre ply. | 18 

la fotein, | faibl 



244 FRENCH GRAMMAR 

anegdot frdseiz 

te mo ki ne pa frase 2 

napoleo, ddz yn sirkostdis perij0:z, ave done cen ordr difi- 
sil a egzekyte. kom 5 lqi raprezdte ka la §o:z etet eposibl: 4 
« eposibl!)) dit il avek vivasite, «sa mo ne pa frase !» 

piro prd so rd 

ce 3u:r ka piro ete §ez ce finasje, yn person distege d la 
kopajii laga3a a pase davd lqi puir s(a) rdidr da la sal a md3e. 2 
le meitr d la mezo sapersova d loeir seremonjal, dit a lorn 
titre: <(e! msj0 1 koit, set cen otceir, no fet pwe d faso.)> pir5, 4 
ki sate ko vule labese, met osito so $apo, mar$ fjerma 1 
promje, a diza: ((pqisko le kalite so kony, 30 pra mo ra.» 6 

rep5:s dee matlo 

kom ce matlo sabarke puir ce vwaja:5 do lo ku:r, ce d sez 
ami lin" di: ((30 meton ko vuz ozje vu metr d me:r, sa$a ko 2 
votro pe:r a peri daz ce nofra:3, e ko votro gra pe:r e votro 
bizajcel ot epruve 1(a) meim so:r.)) «m5n ami,)) ropri 1 4 
matlo, «u votra pe:r et il mo:r?» «da so li, da meim ka tu 
mez asestr.)) «e! komcit oze va do vu metr o li, pqiska 6 
votra peir e voz aseitr i so mo:r?» 

la fo fe dekuvriir la vre 

la bo lafotein ave labityd da ma5e tu le mate yn pom 
kuit. ce 3u:r kil an ave miz yn a rafrwadi:r syr sa Jamine, 2 
e kil ete pase pada s ta la dd sa bibliotek, ce d sez ami ditra 
dd sa $d:br, vwa lapomelamd:5. lafotein, d rdtrd, na\*^"ajd 4 
ply sa pom, sa duta da s ki etet arive. aloir, il secri avek 
emosjo: «a! mo dj0! ki a md3e la pom ka save mi syr la 6 
famine?)) «s ne pa mwa,» repo loitr. «td mjo, mon ami.)) 
«e, purkwa sla?» ((purkwa sla?)) raprd laf5te:n, «se pars 8 
ka 3ave mi d(a) larsanik dadd puir dpwazone le ra.)) «a! 
mo dj0! da larsanik! 53 sijiz dpwazone!)) di loitr; «vit, 10 
dy kStrapwazo!)) ((trdkilize vu, m5n ami,)) di lafotein, d rjd, 
((set yn plezdtri ka 5e fet puir sa\^var ki a mdse ma pom.)) 12 



VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) 



FRENCH-ENGLISH 
(FRANQAIS-ANGLAIS) 



a [a], prep., to, at, on, in (before 
names of towns), with. 

abaisser [abese], to abase. 

abattre [abatrj: s' — , to burst, 
fall. 

abattu [abaty], adj., drooping. 

abbaye [abe:j], /., monastery, 
abbey. 

abces [apse], m., abscess. 

abord [aboir], m., access, approach; 
d' — , first, at first. 

abreuver [abrceve], to water, soak. 

absolu [apsoly], adj., absolute. 

absolunient [apsoly ma], adv., ab- 
solutely. 

Academie des Sciences [akademi 
de sjais],/., Academy of Sciences 
(founded in 1666 by Colbert — 
65 members). 

Academie francaise [akademi fra- 
se:z],/., French Academy (foun- 
ded in 1635 by Richelieu — 40 
members). 

acajou [aka3u], m., mahogany. 

accent [aksfi], m., accent. 

accepter [aksepte], to accept. 

accident [aksida], m., accident. 

accompagner [akopape], to ac- 
company, go with. 

accord [ako:r], m., agreement. 

accorder [akorde]: s' — (avec), to 
agree (with). 

accourir [akuriir], irr. v., to run, 
run up, come in haste. 

accumulation [akymylasjo], /., ac- 
cumulation. 

accusateur [akyzatceir] (/. accu- 
satrice [akyzatris]), adj., accus- 
ing. 

acheter [a$te], to buy. 

acier [asje], m., steel. 



acte [akt], m., act. 

acteur [aktceir], m., actor. 

actrice [aktris],/., actress. 

actuel [aktqel] (/. actuelle [ak- 
tqel]), adj., present, actual. 

adjectif [ad3ektif], m., adjective. 

administrateur [administrator], 
m., administrator, director. 

admirable [admirabl], adj., ad- 
mirable. 

admiration [admirasjo],/., admira- 
tion. 

admirer [admire], to admire. 

adorer [adore], to adore, worship. 

adresse [adres],/., address. 

adverbe [adverb], m., adverb. 

adverbial [adverbjal], adj., ad- 
verbial. 

affaire [afe:r], /., affair, thing, 
business; pi., business. 

affectation [afektasjo], /., affecta- 
tion. 

affirmatif [afirmatif] (/. affirmative 
[afirmati:v]), adj., affirmative. 

affirmation [afirmasjo], /., affirma- 
tion. 

affole [afole], adj., distracted, be- 
wildered. 

affreux [afro] (/. affreuse afroiz]), 
adj., frightful, terrible. 

afin de [afe do], prep., to, in order 
to. 

afin que [afe ko], conj., in order 
that, so that, that. 

age [0:3], m., age. 

age (de) [a3e (do)], adj., old. 

agir [a3i:r], to act, operate. 

agrandir [agradi:r], to enlarge; 
s' — , to become enlarged, grow, 

agreable [agreabl], adj., agreeable, 
pleasant. 

ah [a], inter j., ah! oh! 

aide [e:d],/., aid, help, assistance. 



245 



246 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



aider [ede], to aid, help. 

aiieul [ajcel], m., grandsire. 

aigu [egy] (/. aigue [egy]), adj., 
acute. 

aile [el],/., wing. 

ailleurs [ajceir], adv., elsewhere; 
d' — , besides, moreover. 

aimer [erne], to love, like, be fond 
of; — mieux, to prefer. 

aine [ene], adj., elder, eldest. 

ainsi [esi], adv., thus, so, in this 
manner; — que, conj., as, like, as 
well as. 

air [e:r], m., air, appearance; avoir 
1' — , to look. 

aise [e:z], adj., glad, pleased. 

aise [e:z],/., ease; a ton — , as you 
please. 

aise [eze], adj., easy. 

ajouter [a3ute], to add; en ajou- 
tant, by adding. 

allecher [ale§e], to allure, attract. 

allegorie [alegori],/., allegory. 

Allemagne [alman],/., Germany. 

allemand [alma], adj., German. 

aller [ale], to go, be (with regard 
to health); s'en — , to go away. 

allumer [alyme], to light, kindle. 

alors [aloir], adv., then. 

alouette [alwet],/., lark. 

alphabet [alfabe], m., alphabet. 

alphabetique [alfabetik], adj., al- 
phabetic. 

amant [ama], m., lover. 

ambiguite [abigqite],/., ambiguity. 

ambre [5:br], m., amber. 

ame [a:m],/., soul. 

amelioration [ameljorasjo],/., ame- 
lioration, improvement. 

Amerique [amerik], /., America; 

— du Nord, North America; 

— du Sud, South America. 
amertume [amertym], /., bitter- 
ness. 

ami [ami], m., friend; mon — , my 
dear. 

amie [ami],/., friend; mon — , my 
dear. 

amour [amu:r], m., love. 

amoureux [amuro] (/. amoureuse 
[amuroiz]), adj., loving, en- 
amored, in love. 



amuser [amyze], to amuse; s' — , 
to amuse oneself, have a good 
time. 

an [a], m., year. 

analyser [analize], to analyze. 

ancetre [asetr], m., ancestor. 

ancien [asje] (/. ancienne [asjen]), 
adj., ancient, old, former. 

ane [a:n], m., ass, donkey. 

anecdote [anegdot],/., anecdote. 

ange [0:3], m., angel. 

Angers [a^e], /., Angers (city in 
the western part of France). 

anglais [agle], adj., English. 

Angleterre [agbteir], /., England. 
^angoisse [agwas],/., anguish. 

animal [animal], m., animal. 

annee [ane], /., year. 

antecedent [ateseda], m., ante- 
cedent. 

anterieur [ctterjoeir], adj., anterior; 
conditionnel — , conditional an- 
terior; futur — , future anterior; 
passe — , past anterior. 

antichambre [ati$a:br], /., ante- 
room. 

antiquite [atikite], /., antiquity. 

anxiete [aksjete],/., anxiety. 

anxieux [aksjo] (/. anxieuse 
[aksjoiz]), adj., anxious. 

aout [u or au], m., August. 

apercevoir [apersovwarr], irr. v., 
to perceive; s' — (de), to per- 
ceive, see, notice. 

apostrophe [apostrof], /., apostro- 
phe. 

appareil [apareij], m., apparel, 
splendor. 

appartement [apartama], ;;?., apart- 
ment, flat. 

appeler [aple], to call, name; s' — . 
to be called, named. 

apporter [aporte], to bring. 

apposition [apozisjo],/., apposition. 

apprehender [apredde], to appre- 
hend. 

apprendre [apra:dr], irr. v., to 
learn, teach. 

approcher [aproje]: s' — (de), to 
approach. 

apres [apre], prep., after. 

apres, adv., afterwards. 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



247 



apres que, conj., after. 

apres-demain [apre dine], adv., 
day after to-morrow. 

apres-midi [apre midi], m., after- 
noon. 

aquilon [akilo], m., north wind, 
cold wind. 

arabesque [arabesk], /., ara- 
besque. 

arbre [arbr], m., tree. 

arc [ark], m., arch. 

Arc de Triomphe [ark da trioif], m., 
Arch of Triumph (a famous 
triumphal arch situated in the 
Place de VEloile, at the end of 
the Cham ps-Ely sees , Paris. It 
was begun by Napoleon I, 1806). 

ardent [arda], adj., ardent. 

argent [ar3&], m., silver, money. 

argenterie [ar3atri], /., silver- 
plate. 

arithmetique [aritmetik], /., arith- 
metic. 

armer [arme], to arm. 

armes [arm],/, pi., arms. 

armoire [armwair], /., closet, 
clothes-press; — a glace, cup- 
board with glass door. 

arracher [ara$e], to tear away; — 
a, to tear from. 

arranger [arci3e], to arrange. 

arreter [arete], to stop, hold back; 
s' — , to stop. 

arrivee [arive],/., arrival. 

arriver [arive], to arrive, happen; 
manage, come (to). 

arroser [aroze] , to water. 

arsenic [arsanik], m., arsenic. 

art [a:r], m., art. 

article [artikl], m., article, object. 

artiste [artist], m. or /., artist. 

artistique [artistik], adj., artistic. 

asseoir [aswair], to seat; s': — , to 
sit down. 

assez [ase], adv., enough, rather, 
quite. 

assiette [as jet],/., plate. 

assister [asiste], to assist, aid; — 
a, to be present at, attend. 

assoupir [asupiir], to make drowsy. 

assurer [asyre], to assure. 

astre [astr], m., star. 



astrologue [astrobg], m., astrologer. 
Atlantique [atlatik], m., Atlantic 

(Ocean). 
atone [atom], adj., unstressed. 
attache [ata$e], m., attache. 
attacher [ata$e], to attach, fasten, 

join, 
attaquer [atake], to attack. 
attendant [atada]: (en) — que, 

conj., until, 
attendre [ataidr], to expect, wait 

(for), await. 
attentif [atatif] (/. attentive [ata- 

ti:v]), adj., attentive. 
attention [atasjo], /., attention, 

notice. 
atterre [atere], adj., astounded. 
attirer [atire]: s' — , to bring on (or 

to) oneself. 
attrait [atre], m., attraction, allure- 
ment. 
attraper [atrape], to catch. 
aube [o:b],/., dawn. 
aubepine [obepin], /., hawthorn. 
aucun [oktie] (/. aucune [okyin]), 

adj. pron., no, not any, any. 
Augier [o3Je], m., Augier (Emile; 

French dramatic writer [1820- 

1889]). 
aujourd'hui [o3urdqi], adv., to- 
day. 
aupres de [opre da], prep., near, 

next to, with. 
aurore [oroir], /., dawn, 
aussi [osi], adv., too, also, like- 
wise, as, so. 
aussitot [osito], adv., immediately, 

at once; — que, conj., as soon 

as. 
austere [osteir], adj., austere, 

stern. 
autant [ota], adv., as much, as 

many. 
auteur [otce:r], m., author. 
autobus [otobys], m., autobus, 
automne [oton], m., autumn, fall, 
automobile [otomobil], m., auto- 
mobile. 
autour (de) [otu:r (da)], prep., 

around. 
autre [o:tr], adj., other; l'un 1' — , 

one another, each other; l'un et 



248 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



1* — , both; l'un a 1' — , to each 
other; les uns les — s, one an- 
other; l'un ou 1' — , either; ni 
l'un ni 1' — , neither. 

autrefois [otrafwa], adv., formerly, 
once; d' — , of former times, by- 
gone. 

autrui [otrqi], indef. pron., another, 
other people, others, one's 
neighbor (s). 

auxiliaire [oksiljeir], m., auxiliary. 

auxiliaire [oksiljeir], adj., auxiliary. 

avancer [avase], to advance; (of 
timepieces) to be fast, gain time; 
s' — , to advance. 

avant [ava], adv., before; en — , 
forward. 

avant (de) [ava], prep., before (in 
time); — que, conj., before. 

avant-hier [ava(t) je:r], adv., day 
before yesterday. 

avarice [avaris],/., avarice, greed. 

avec [avek], prep., with. 

avenir [avni:r], m., future. 

avenue [avny],/., avenue. 

avenue de l'Opera [avny da 
lopera], /., avenue de l'Opera 
(the avenue leading from the 
Opera to the Place du TMatre 
Franqais, at Paris). 

avenue des Champs-Elysees 
[avny de §az elize], m. pi., 
avenue des Champs-Elysees 
(translated means 'Avenue of 
the Elysian Fields. ' One of the 
finest avenues in the world, situ- 
ated on the north side of the Seine, 
Paris, lying between the Place de 
la ^ Concorde and the Place de 
VEtoile). 

aversion [aversjo], /., aversion. 

aveugle [avcegl], adj., blind. 

aviser [avize], to consider. 

avoir [avwa:r], to have; y — , to be; 
il y a [il j a], there is, there are 
(states a fact, but does not point 
out), ago; il y a . . . que . . ., for; 
— besoin (de) , to need ; — chaud, 
to be warm; — faim, to be 
hungry; — froid, to be cold; — 
honte (de), to be ashamed; — 
lieu, to take place; — peur 



(de), to be afraid; — raison, to 
be right; — soif, to be thirsty; 
— sommeil, to be sleepy; — 
tort, to be wrong. 
avril [avril], m., April. 

B 

Babylone [babibn], /., Babylon 
(capital of ancient Babylonia, 
situated upon the river Euphra- 
tes). 

baccalaureat [bakabrea], m., bac- 
calaureate, degree of bachelor. 

bachelier [ba$alje], m., bachelor 
(a degree); — es lettres, bache- 
lor of letters; — es sciences, 
bachelor of science. 

bagage [baga:3], m., baggage, 
luggage (usually used in plural) ; 
salle des — s, baggage-room. 

bain [be], m., bath; salle de — s, 
bathroom. 

bal [bal], m., ball (dance). 

balbutier [balbysje], to murmur, 
stammer, mumble. 

ballet [bale], m., ballet. 

Balzac [balzak], m., Balzac (Ho- 
nore de; French novelist [179$- 
1850]). 

banc [ba], m., bench, seat. 

Barberine [barb9rin],/.,Barberine. 

bas [ba] (/. basse [ba:s]), adj., 
low, (of age) young, early. 

bas [ba], m., lower part, bottom; 
en — , below, down-stairs. 

basse-cour [bas ku:r],/., poultry- 
yard, barnyard. 

Bastille [bastiij], /., Bastille (the 
famous old prison destroyed by 
the French Revolution, July 14, 
1789. France has chosen July 
14 as the national Jwliday in con- 
sequence). 

bataillon [batajo], m., battalion. 

bateau [bato], m., boat. 

bateau-mouche [bato mu$], ■»., 
river steamboat. 

Mtiment [batima], ;«., building, 
edifice. 

batir [batiir], to build. 

battre [batr], to beat. 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



249 



beau [bo] (before vowels bel [bel], 
/. belle [bel]), adj., handsome, 
beautiful, fine. 

beaucoup [boku], adv., much, very 
much, a great deal, many. 

beau-fils [bo fis], m., son-in-law, 
step-son. 

beau-frere [bo fre:r], m., brother- 
in-law, step-brother. 

Beaumarchais [bomaree], tn., Beau- 
marchais (Pierre-Caron de; 
French dramatist [1732-1 7 gg]). 

beau-pere [bo pe:r], m., father-in- 
law, step-father. 

beaute [bote],/., beauty. 

bee [bek], m., beak. 

begayer [begeje], to stammer. 

Belgique [bel3ik], /., Belgium. 

belle-fille [bel fi:j], /., daughter- 
in-law, step-daughter. 

belle-mere [bel me:r],/., mother- 
in-law, step-mother. 

belle-soeur [bel sce:r], /., sister-in- 
law, step-sister. 

beni [beni] (/. benite [benit]), adj., 
blessed. 

benin [bene] (/. benigne [benip]), 
adj., benign. 

Benjamin [became], m., Benjamin. 

bercer [berse], to rock. 

Bernardin de St. -Pierre, see Saint- 
Pierre. 

besogne [bozop],/., task. 

besoin [bozwe], m., need; avoir — 
(de), to need. 

bete [be:t], adj., foolish, silly. 

betise [betiiz], /., folly. 

beurre [bceir], m., butter. 

bibliotheque [bibliotek],/., library. 

Bibliotheque Nationale [biblio- 
tek nasjonal], /., National Li- 
brary (perhaps the richest library 
in the world. Its principal en- 
trance is on the Rue de Richelieu) . 

bibelot [biblo], tn., nicknack. 

bien [bje], m., good, riches. 

bien [bje], adv., well, good, very, 
please, much, many, indeed, 
else; — que, conj., although, 
though; eh — ! well (then) ! 

bientot [bjeto], adv., soon, shortly; 
a — , I'll see you soon again. 



biere [bje:r],/., beer. 

bijou [bi3u], m., jewel. 

bijoutier [bi3utje], m., jeweler. 

billet [bije], m., ticket, note. 

bisaieul [bizajoel], m., great-grand- 
father. 

bise [bi:z],/., north wind, winter. 

blanc [bla] (/. blanche [bla:$]), 
adj., white. 

blesser [blese], to wound, injure. 

blessure [blesy:r], /., wound. 

bleu [bio], adj., blue. 

blouse [blu:z], /., shirt-waist, 
blouse. 

boeuf [beef] (pi. bceufs [bo]), m., ox. 

boheme [boeim], adj., bohemian. 

Boileau [bwalo], m., Boileau (-Des- 
preaux, Nicolas; French poet and 
critic [1636-17 1 1]). 

boire [bwa:r], irr. v., to drink. 

bois [bwa], m., wood, forest. 

bois de Boulogne [bwa d(a) bulop], 
m. pi., bois de Boulogne (a vast 
wooded park to the west of Paris). 

boite [bwa:t],/., box. 

bon [bo] (/. bonne [bon]), adj., 
good, kind. . 

bonheur [bonceir], m., happiness. 

bonhornme [bonom], m., old fellow 
(or codger); toy man; le — 
Noel, Santa Claus. 

bonjour [bo3u:r], m., good morning, 
good day. 

Bon Marche (le) [bo mar$e], tn., 
the Bon Marche (translated 
means ' The Good Bargain.' 
One of the largest Parisian de- 
partment stores, a rival of the 
Grands Magasins du Louvre. 
Situated on the u Rive Gauche"). 

bonne [bon], /., maid, servant; — 
(d' enfant), nurse (for children), 
nursemaid. 

bonnet [bone], m., cap; — de nuit, 
nightcap. 

bonte [bote], /., goodness, kind- 
ness. 

borgne [borp], adj., one-eyed. 

borgne [borp], m., one-eyed man. 

Bossuet [boswe], m., Bossuet 
(J acques-Benigne; French pulpit 
orator [1627-1704]). _ 



250 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



botanique [botanik], adj., botani- 
cal. 

botaniste [botanist], m., botanist. 

bottine [botin], /., high shoe, lady's 
boot. 

bouche [bu$],/., mouth; faire ve- 
nir l'eau a la — , to make the 
mouth water. 

boucher [bu$e], m., butcher. 

bougie [bu3i], /., candle. 

boulevard [bulvair], m., boule- 
vard. 

boulevard St-Germain [bulvair 
se 38rme], boulevard St-Ger- 
main (one of the principal boule- 
vards of the Latin Quarter, Paris). 

boulevard St-Michel [bulvair se 
mi§el], m., boulevard St-Mi- 
chel {the principal boulevard of 
the Latin Quarter, Paris. In 
student slang called le BouV 
Mich'). 

Boulogne, see bois de Boulogne. 

bourgade [burgad], /., small vil- 
lage. 

bourgeois [bur3wa], adj., bour- 
geois, middle-class, common. 

bourgeois [bur3wa], m., burgher, 
common citizen, bourgeois. 

bourse [burs], /., purse, stock ex- 
change. 

Bourse [burs],/., Stock Exchange 
(a beautiful edifice in Paris, 
erected 1808-1826 in imitation 
of the Temple of Vespasian, at 
Rome). 

bout [bu], m., end, extremity. 

bouteille [buteij], /., bottle. 

branche [bra:§],/., branch. 

boutique [butik],/., shop. 

boutonner [butone], to button. 

bracelet [brasle], m., bracelet. 

bras [bra], m., arm. 

Breton [brato], m., Breton, of Brit- 
tany. 

brave [braiv], adj., brave, good, 
kind. 

brillant [brija], adj., brilliant, gay. 

briller [brije], to shine. 

briser [brize], to break. 

brodequin [brotke], m., boot. 

bronze [brSiz], m., bronze. 



brosse a cheveux [bros a §av0], /., 
hair-brush. 

brosse a dents [bras a da], /., 
tooth-brush. 

brosser [brose], to brush. 

bruit [brtri], m., noise. 

buffet [byfe], m., sideboard. 

Buff on [byfo], m., Buff on (cele- 
brated French writer and natu- 
ralist [1707-1788], author of 
VHistoire Naturelle). 

bureau [byro], m., desk, office- 
desk, writing-table, office. 

but [by], m., object, end, aim. 

buvard [byvair], m., blotter; pa- 
pier — , blotting paper. 



ca [sa] dem. pron., that. 

ca [sa], adv., here; — et la, here 

and there, up and down, to and 

fro. 
cabinet [kabine], m., study, pri- 
vate room, office. 
cacher [ka§e], to hide, conceal. 
cacheter [ka$te], to seal. 
cadeau [kado], m., present, gift. 
cadet [kade] (/. cadette [kadet]), 

adj., younger, junior (of two). 
cafe [kafe], m., coffee; cafe; — 

chantant, music-hall (where 

drinks are served). 
cahier [kaje], m., note-book, 
caillou [kaju], m., pebble. 
caleche [kale$],/., barouche, 
calme [kalm], adj.. calm. 
calorifere [kabrifeir], m., stove, 
camarade [kamarad], m. or /.. 

comrade, mate; — de classe. 

classmate, 
campagne [kapaji], /., country. 

field; a la — , in the country. 
Canada [kanada], m., Canada, 
canape [kanape]. m., sofa, divan. 
candidat [kadida], m., candidate. 
canif [kanif], ;;;., penknife. 
Capetiens [kapesje], m. pi., Ca- 

petians (third race of kings of 

France, beginning with Hugucs 

Capet [987-1328]). 
capitaine [kapiten], m., captain. 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



251 



capitale [kapital], /., capital, chief 
city. 

capitonner [kapitone], to stuff, pad. 

car [ka:r], conj., for, because. 

caractere [karakteir], m., charac- 
ter, type. 

carafe [karaf], /., carafe, water- 
bottle. 

cardinal [kardinal], adj., cardinal, 
principal; points cardinaux, car- 
dinal points ; nombres cardinaux, 
cardinal numbers. 

carnaval [karnaval], m., carnival. 

Carolingiens [karole3Je], m. pi., 
Carolingians, Carlovingians {the 
second race of kings of France, 
which takes its name from 
Charlemagne. It reigned from 
Pepin le Bref through Louis V 
[751-987]). 

carte [kart],/., map, card. 

carte-postale [kart postal], /., pos- 
tal-card. 

cas [ka], m., case; au (en) — que, 
conj., in case that. 

casserole [kasrol], /., saucepan, 
stewpan, pot. 

caste [kast],/., caste. 

cathedrale [katedral],/., cathedral. 

Catherine de Medicis [katrin da 
medisiis],/., Catharine de' Me- 
dici {queen of France, wife of 
Henry II). 

cause [ko:z],/., cause; a — de, be- 
cause of. 

causer [koze], to cause; intr. to 
chat, talk, converse. 

causerie [kozri],/., talk, chat. 

cave [ka:v],/., cellar, wine-cellar. 

ce [so] {before vowels cet [set], /. 
cette [set]), dem. adj., this, that. 

ce [sa], dem. pron., this, that, these, 
those, it, he, she, they; — que 
[sa ka, ska], rel. pron., that which, 
what; — qui [sa ki, ski], rel. 
pron., that which, what. 

ceci [sasi], dem. pron., this. 

ceder [sede], to yield. 

cedille [sediij],/., cedilla. 

cela [sala, sla], dem. pron., that. 

celebre [seleibr], adj., celebrated, 

• famous. 



celle [sel], dem. pron. /., she, her, 
this, that. 

celle-ci [sel si], dem. pron. f., this 
one, the latter. 

celle-la [sella], dem. pron. f., that 
one, the former. 

celles [sel], see celle. 

celles-ci [sel si], see celle-ci. 

celles-la [sel la], see celle-la. 

celui [salqi], dem. pron. m., he, him, 
this, that. 

celui-ci [salqi si], dem. pron. m., 
this one, the latter. 

celui-la [salqi la], dem. pron. m., 
that one, the former. 

cent [sa], adj., (a) hundred. 

centaine [saten] (de),/., hundred, 
about a hundred. 

centime [satim], m., centime {the 
100th part of a franc, about one 
fifth of a cent) . 

centre [saitr], m., center. 

cependant [sapada, spada], adv., 
however, nevertheless; in the 
meantime, meanwhile. 

ceremonial [seremonjal], m., cere- 
mony, etiquette. 

certain [serte], adj., certain, par- 
ticular, sure, positive. 

certainement [sertenma], adv., cer- 
tainly. 

certes [sert], adv., most assuredly. 

cerveau [servo], m., brain; rhume 
de — , cold in the head. 

ces [se], dem. adj., see ce. 

Cesar [seza:r], m., Caesar {Julius; 
celebrated Roman general [100—44 
B. C.]). 

cesse [se:s],/., ceasing, rest. 

cesser [sese], to cease. 

cet [set], dem. adj., see ce. 

cette [set], dem. adj., see ce. 

ceux [so], dem. pron., see celui. 

ceux-ci [so si], dem. pron., see ce- 
lui-ci. 

ceux-la [so la], dem. pron., see ce- 
lui-la. 

chacun [§akce] (/. chacune [§akyn]), 
indef. pron., each, each one, 
every one. 

chagrin [§agre], m., grief, sorrow; 
shagreen, chagrin. 



252 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



chair [$e:r],/., flesh. 

chaise [Se:z], /., chair; — a bas- 
cule [baskyl],/., rocking-chair. 

chaleur [Saloeir], /., heat. 

chambre [S&:br],/., chamber, room; 
— a coucher, bedroom, sleep- 
ing-room. 

Chambre des deputes [$a:br de 
depyte], /., Chamber of Depu- 
ties, House of Representatives 
(a building to the south of the 
Seine. Its facade fronting the 
Place de la Concorde is in the 
form of a Greek peristyle). 

chameau [$amo], m., camel. 

champetre [$ape:tr], adj., rural, 
rustic. 

Champs-Elysees, see avenue des 
Champs-Elysees. 

Change, see pont au Change. 

changeant [Sa3<i], adj., changeable, 
unsettled, fickle. 

changement [$a3ma], m., change. 

changer [$a3e] (en), to change (to). 

chanson [$as5], m., song. 

Chanson de Roland [$6is5 da rola], 
/., Chanson de Roland {French 
epic poem of the first part of the 
Xllth century). 

chantant, see cafe. 

chanter [Sate], to sing. 

chapeau [$apo], m., hat. 

chapelet [$aple], m., chaplet, string. 

chapelle [$apel], /., chapel. 

chapitre [Sapitr], m., chapter. 

chaque [$ak], indef. adj., each, 
every. 

charger [Sar3e], to load, charge. 

Charles [Sari], m., Charles. 

Charles d'Orleans [Sari dorlea], 
Charles of Orleans (French prince 
and poet of the X Vth century, b. 
1391, d. 1465). 

Charles-Quint [Sari (a) ke], m., 
Charles Fifth (king of Spain, 
and emperor of Germany, b. 
1500, d. 1558). 

Charles IX [Sari ncef], m., Charles 
Ninth (king of France, b. 1550, d. 
1574. He gave the order for the 
massacre of St. Bartholomew's 
day). 



charmant [Sarma], adj., charming, 
attractive. 

charm e [Sarm], m., charm. 

charmer [Sarme], to charm, de- 
light. 

chasse [Sa:s],/., hunting. 

chat [$a], m., cat. 

chateau [Sato] (pi. chateaux [Sato]), 
m., castle, chateau. 

Chateaubriand [$atobria], m., 
Chateaubriand (Francois- Rene, 
vicomte de; famous French writer 
[1768-1848]). 

chateau de Fontainebleau [f5- 
tenblo], m., Castle of Fontaine- 
bleau (a palace constructed under 
Francis I. Remarkable for its 
interior decorations. It lies to the 
southwest of Paris). 

chateau de St-Germain (-en-Laie) 
[Sato da se 3erme (a le)], m., 
Castle of St-Germain (an im- 
portant chateau, situated to the 
west of Paris, largely rebuilt on 
the site and after the plans of the 
Vieux CMleau that stood there 
in very early titties). 

chateau de Versailles [Sato da 
versa: j], m., Castle of Versailles 
(an imposing palace constructed 
under Louis XIII and Louis 
XI V. It is situated to the south- 
west of Paris). 

chaud [So], tn., heat; avoir — , to 
be warm (of persons); faire — , 
to be warm (of the weather). 

chaud [So], adj., warm. 

chauffeur [Sofoeir], tn., chauffeur, 
fireman. 

chef [Sef], tn., chief, leader, chef. 

chef d'eeuvre [Se dce:vr], tn., mas- 
terpiece. 

chemin [Same], m., way, route, 
track; — de fer, railroad, rail- 
way; en — , on the way. 

cheminee famine], /., chimney, 
fireplace. 

chemise [Samisz], /., shirt. 

chene [Se:n], m., oak. 

Chenier [Senje], tn., Chenier (An- 
dre; French poet, victim of the 
French Revolution [1762-1794]). 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



253 



cher [$e:r] (/. chere [Se:r]), adj., 
dear, costly, expensive. 

chercher [Ser^e], to seek, search, 
look for, get; envoyer — , to 
send for. 

cheri [$eri], adj., beloved, dearest, 
cherished. 

cheval [Saval], m., horse. 

chevalier [Savalje], m., knight, 
cavalier, horseman. 

cheveu [Save] {pi. cheveux [Save]), 
m., hair (of the head). 

chez [Se], prep., at (to or in) the 
house of, with. 

chic [Sik], m., chic, style; {when 
used adjectively) stylish. 

chien [Sje], m., dog. 

chocolat [Sokola], m., chocolate. 

choisir [Swaziir], to choose. 

choix [Swa], m., choice, selection. 

chose [So:z],/., thing; quelque — , 
something, anything. 

chou [Su] {pi. choux [Su]), m., cab- 
bage. 

Christ [krist], m., Christ; Jesus 

[3ezy kri], m., Jesus Christ. 

chuchoter [SyS^te], to whisper. 

Cid (le) [sid], m., "The Cid" {one 
of Corneille's most celebrated 
tragedies [1636}). 

ciel [sjel], m., sky; heaven. 

cigale [sigal],/., grasshopper. 

cigare [siga:r], m., cigar. 

cigarette [sigaret], /., cigarette. 

cimetiere [simtjeir], m., ceme- 
tery. 

cimetiere du Pere-Lachaise [sim- 
tjeir dy pe:r laSesz], m., Pere- 
Lachaise cemetery {the princi- 
pal and most curious of the three 
great cemeteries of Paris) . 

cinq [se:k], adj., five. 

cinquante [sekait], adj., fifty. 

cinquieme [sekjem], adj., fifth. 

circonflexe [sirkofleks], adj., cir- 
cumflex. 

circonstance [sirkostais], /., occa- 
sion, state of affairs. 

cire [si:r], /., wax. 

Cite (la), see ile de la Cite. 

citer [site], to cite, quote. 

citoyen [sitwaje], m., citizen. 



clair [kle:r], adj., light {of colors), 
clear; faire — , to be clear {of 
the weather). 

clarte [klarte],/., light. 

classe [klais],/., class, class-room, 
kind; salle de — , class-room. 

classique [klasik], adj., classic, 
classical. 

Cleopatre [kleopaitr],/., "Cleopa- 
tra" {first French tragedy, by 
Jodelle [1552]). 

cloche [kbS],/.,bell. 

clos [klo], adj., closed. 

Clovis [klo vis], m., Clovis {king of 
the Franks, b. 4<56{?), d. 511). 

club [klyb], m., club {society). 

Cluny, see hotel de Cluny. 

cocher [koSe], m., coachman, 
driver. 

cochon [koSo], m., pig, hog. 

cceur [kceir], m., heart; de tout 
mon — , with all my heart. 

coffret [kofre], box, casket. 

coi [kwa] (/. coite [kwat]), adj., 
quiet, coy. 

coin [kwe], m., corner; au — du 
feu, by the fireside. 

col [kol], m., collar; faux — , (de- 
tachable) collar. 

colere [koleir],/., anger. 

colis [koli], m., package, case; pl. y 
hand-baggage. 

collectif [kolektif] (/. collective 
[kolektiiv], adj., collective. 

collection [koleksjo], /., collection. 

college [kol8!3], m., college, school. 

College de France [kole:3 da frais], 
m., College de France {a college 
founded in 1530 by Francis I, 
one of the most distinguished in- 
stitutions of learning in the world). 

collegue [kole:g], m., colleague. 

collier [kolje], m., necklace, collar. 

colonel [kolonel], m., colonel. 

colonne [kolon], /., column. 

colonne de Juillet [kolon da 3yje], 
/., colonne de Juillet {a column 
erected in the Place de la Bastille, 
1831-1840, to commemorate the 
victims of the Revolution of July, 
1830). 

colonne Vendome [kolon vadoim], 



254 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



/., Vendome column {a column 
erected by Napoleon, 1806-1810, 
to the glory of the Grande Armee. 
It is an imitation of the Trajan 
column at Rome). 

combattre [kobaitr], to fight. 

combien [kobje], how much, how 
many; — de temps, how long. 

combinaison [kobinezo], /., com- 
bination. 

combiner [kobine], to combine. 

comedie [komedi],/., comedy; 

farce,/., farce-comedy. 

Comedie-Francaise [komedi fra- 
se:z],/., Comedie-Frangaise {the 
principal classical theater of 
Paris, subsidized by the govern- 
ment. Its troupe of actors is one 
of the best in the world. It was 
organized in 1680 as the result of 
an order by Louis XIV, requir- 
ing the fusion of the two troupes 
of the hotel de Bourgogne and the 
theatre Guenegaud) . 

comique [komik], adj., comic, 
comical. 

commander [komade], to com- 
mand. 

comme [kom], adv., as, like, how. 

commencer [komase], to com- 
mence, begin, start. 

comment [koma], adv., how. 

commercant [komersa], m., mer- 
chant. 

commis [komi], m., clerk, officer, 
assistant. 

commode [komod], /., commode, 
bureau. 

commode [komod], adj., conven- 
ient, comfortable. 

commun [komde], adj., common; 
nom — , common noun. 

Commune [komyn] (la), /., the 
Commune {insurrection that broke 
out at Paris, Mar. 18, 1871, and 
was quelled by the French army 
May 28th of the same year). 

Commynes [komin], m., Com- 
mynes {Philippe de; French his- 
torian of the XV th century, b. 
about 1447, d. 1511). 

compagne [kopari],/., companion. 



compagnie [k5pajii], /., company, 
society. 

Compagnie Generate Transatlan- 
tique [koparii 3eneral trdsat- 
ldtik],/., General Transatlantic 
Company {the principal French 
line of steamers to Europe). 

compagnon [kSpajio] , m. , companion. 

comparaison [koparezo], /., com- 
parison. 

comparatif [koparatif], m., com- 
parative {degree). 

comparatif [k5paratif] (/. com- 
parative [k5parati:v]), adj., com- 
parative. 

comparer [kopare], to compare. 

compartiment [k5partima], m. f 
compartment. 

complement [kSplemci], m., com- 
plement, object; — direct, di- 
rect object; — indirect, indirect 
object. 

complet [k5ple] (/. complete [k5- 
plet]), adj., complete. 

completement [kopletma], adv., 
completely. 

completer [kSplete], to complete, 
finish. 

compose [kopoze], adj., pp. of com- 
poser, compound. 

composer [kopoze], to compose. 

composition [kopozisjo], /. (origi- 
nal) composition. 

comprendre [kopra:dr], irr. v.. to 
understand, comprehend; con- 
tain, comprise. 

compromettre [komprometr], irr. 
v.. to compromise, endanger. 

compte [k5:t], m., reckoning, com- 
putation. 

compter [kote], to count, calculate, 
expect. 

comptoir [kotwa:r], m., counter. 

comte [ko:t]. m., count, earl. 

concevoir [kosovwa:r], irr. v.. to 
conceive, plan. 

concierge [kosjer5], m. or /., jani- 
tor, doorkeeper, porter. 

conclure [koklv:r], irr. v.. to con- 
clude. 

concordance [kokorda:s]. /.. agree- 
ment. 



. 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



255 



Concorde, see place de la Concorde, 
condition [kodisjo], /., condition. 
conditionnel [kodisjonel], m., con- 
ditional (tense); — anterieur, 
conditional anterior, 
conducteur [kodyktoeir], m., con- 
ductor. 
conduire [kodqiir], irr. v., to con- 
duct, lead, guide, drive, take. 
conference [koferars], /., lecture, 
confondre [kofoidr], to confound, 

confuse; se — , to be lost (in). 
confortable [kofortabl], adj., com- 
fortable. 
confus [kofy], adj., confused, 

abashed, crestfallen. 
conjonction [k53oksj5], /., con- 
junction. 
conjugaison [ko3ygezo], /., conju- 
gation. 
conjuguer [k53yge], to conjugate. 
connaissance [konesais], /., ac- 
quaintance. 
connaitre [koneitr], irr. v., to know, 
be acquainted with; ne plus se 
— , to be out of one's senses. 
conseiller [koseje], to advise, coun- 
sel. 
consentir [kosatiir], irr. v., to con- 
sent. 
consequent [koseka], m., conse- 
quence; par — , consequently. 
conserver [koserve], to preserve, 

keep. 
considerer [kosidere], to consider, 

estimate, esteem. 
consister [kosiste], to consist. 
consoler [kosole], to console. 
consonne [koson], /., consonant. 
constamment [kostama], adv., con- 
stantly. 
Constance Chlore [kostais kloir], 
m., Constantius Chlorus (Ro- 
man emperor, father of Cons tan- 
tine the Great, b. 250, d. 306). 
constant [kosta], adj., constant. 
constater [kostate], to ascertain. 
construire [kostrtriir], irr. v., to 

build, construct. 
consulter [kosylte], to consult. 
contemplation [kotaplctsjo],/., con- 
templation. 



contempler [kotaple], to look at. 
contenir [kotniir], irr. v., to con- 
tain. 
content [kota], adj., glad, conten- 
ted, satisfied. 
conter [kote], to tell, relate. 

continuation [k5tinqasj5], /., con- 
tinuation. 

continuer [kotinqe], to continue. 

contraire [kotreir], m., the con- 
trary. 

contre [koitr], prep., against. 

contre-poison [kotra pwazo], m., 
antidote. 

convaincu [koveky], adj., con- 
vinced. 

convenable [kovnabl], adj., suit- 
able. 

convenir [kovniir], irr. v., to suit, 
become. 

conversation [koversasjo], /., con- 
versation. 

copiejkopi],/., copy. 

Coppee [kope], m., Coppee (Fran- 
cois; French author and poet 
[1 842-1 908]). 

coq [kok], m., cock, rooster. 

coquet [koke] (/. coquette [koket]), 
adj., trim, smart, dainty. 

corbeau [korbo], m., crow. 

corde [kord],/., cord, rope. 

cordon [kordo], m., cord. 

Corneille [korne:j], m., Corneille 
(Pierre; celebrated writer, father 
of French tragedy [1606-1684]). 

corps [ko:r], m., body. 

correspondre [korespoidr], to cor- 
respond; — a, to correspond 
(or compare) with. 

corsage [korsa:3], m., waist, body 
(of a dress). 

cote [ko:t],/., coast; rib. 

cote [kote] s m., side, direction; 
d'un — , on one side; du — (de), 
on the side (of), in the direction 
(neighborhood) (of) ; detous — s, 
in every direction; a — de, be- 
side, along with; de mon — , 
on my part. 

cou [ku], m., neck. 

coucher [ku$e], to put to bed; se 
— , to go to bed, lie down; 



256 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



chambre a. — , bedroom, sleep- 
ing-room. 

coude [kud], m., elbow. 

couleur [kulce:r],/., color. 

coup [ku], m., blow, stroke, shot; 
tout a — , suddenly; tout d'un 
— , all of a sudden; tout du pre- 
mier — , at once; — d'etat, 
stroke of state; — d'oeil, glance. 

coupable [kupabl], adj., culpable, 
blamable. 

coupe [kupe], m., brougham, coupe. 

couper [kupe], to cut. 

couple [kupl], m. orf., couple. 

cour [ku:r], /., court, courtyard, 
yard. 

courir [kuriir], irr. v., to run. 

courrier [kurje], m., mail, post. 

cours [ku:r], m., course, extent; 
faire un — , to give a course. 

court [ku:r], adj., short. 

cousin [kuze], m., cousin. 

cousine [kuzi:n],/., cousin. 

couteau [kuto], m., knife. 

couter [kute], to cost. 

cotiteux [kuto] (/. couteuse [ku- 
to:z]), expensive, costly. 

couvent [kuva], m., convent. 

couvert [kuveir], pp. of couvrir, 
covered, cloudy; temps — , 
cloudy weather. 

couvrir [kuvriir], irr. v., to cover. 

craie [kre],/., chalk. 

craindre [kre:dr], irr. v., to fear. 

crainte [kre:t],/., fear; de — que, 
conj., for fear that, lest. 

crane [krain], m., skull. 

cravate [kravat],/., cravat, necktie. 

crayon [krej5], m., pencil. 

creer [kree], to create. 

creme [kreim],/., cream. 

creuse [kroze], adj., hollow. 

crever [kreve], to burst, put out 
(of eyes). 

cri [kri], m., cry, call, shout. 

crier [krie], to cry, call. 

cristal [kristal], m., crystal, glass. 

critique [kritik], m., critic. 

critique [kritik], /., criticism. 

croire [krwair], irr. v., to believe. 

croitre [krwa:tr], irr. v., to grow, 
increase. 



croix [krwa], /., cross. 

cruel [kryel] (/. cruelle [kryel]), 

adj., cruel. 
cueillir [kcejiir], irr. v., to gather, 

pick, pluck, 
cuiller [kyjeir],/., spoon. 
cuire [kqi:r], irr. v., to cook, bake. 
cuisine [kirizin], /., kitchen; cook- 
ing, cuisine; faire la — , to do 

the cooking, cook. 
cuisiniere [kqizinjerr], /., cook, 
cuisse [kqis],/., thigh, leg. 
cuit [kqi], pp. of cuire, cooked, done. 
cuivre [kqiivr], m.\ copper. 
culotte [kybt], /., breeches; — 

courte, short breeches. 
culte [kylt], m., cult, worship, 
cultiver [kyltive], to cultivate, 
curieux [kyrjo] (/. curieuse [kyr- 

jo:z]), adj., curious, 
curiosite [kyrjozite], /., curiosity, 

place of interest. 



dame [dam],/., lady, married lady, 
danger [da3e], m., danger. 
dangereux [da3ro] (/. dangereuse 

[da3r0:z]), adj., dangerous. 
danser [d6.se], to dance. 
danois [danwa], adj., Danish, 
dans [da], prep., in, into {used in a 

more specific sense than en). 
date [dat],/., date, 
dater [date], to date. 
datif [datif], m., dative. 
Daudet [dode], m., Daudet (Al- 

phonse; French novelist [1840— 

1897}). 
davantage [davata:3], adv., more, 

further. 
de [da], prep., of, from, to, in, by, 

with, than (before a numeral). 
debarcadere [debarkadeir], m., 

platform, landing. 
debarquer [debarke], to land (tr. 

and intr.). 
debarrasser [debarase], to rid. 
debout [dabu], adv., standing. 
deboutonner [debutone]: se — , to 

unbutton one's coat. 
decadent [dekada], ///., decadent. 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



257 



decembre [desaibr], m., Decem- 
ber. 

dechirer [desire], to tear. 

decider [deside], to decide; se — 
(a), to decide, resolve, make up 
one's mind (to). 

declarer [deklare], to declare. 

declasse [deklase], adj., declassed, 
out of one's proper class. 

decoration [dekorasjo], /., decora- 
tion. 

decouvrir [dekuvri:r], irr. v., to 
uncover, lay bare, discover. 

decrire [dekriir], irr. v., to describe. 

dedans [dada], adv., within, in it. 

defaire [defe:r], irr. v., to undo; se 
— de, to rid oneself of, get rid 
of. 

defaut [defo], m., defect, fault. 

defendre [defa:dr], to defend, pro- 
tect. 

defense [defais], /., defense. 

defenseur [defasceir], m., defender. 

defini [defini], adj., definite; passe 
— , past definite (tense). 

d6geler [de3le], to thaw. 

degre [dagre], m., degree. 

dehors [dao:r], adv., outside. 

deja [de3a], adv., already. 

dejeuner [eocene], m., breakfast. 

dejeuner [de3cene], to breakfast. 

delaisse [delese], adj., forsaken, 
abandoned. 

delasser [delase], to refresh, relax. 

delicatesse [delikates],/., delicacy. 

delicieux [delisjo] (/. delicieuse 
[delisjoiz]), adj., delicious. 

demain [dame], adv., to-morrow. 

demander [dam&de], to ask, de- 
mand, require. 

demeure [damceir],/., dwelling. 

demeurer [damcere], to reside, 
dwell, live, remain. 

demi [da mi], adj., half; une 

heure, a half -hour; une heure et 
demie, an hour and a half. 

demi [da mi], m., half. 

demi-tasse [da mi ta:s],/., half cup, 
small cup (of coffee). 

demonstratif [demostratif] (/. de- 
monstrative [demostrathv]), adj. 
demonstrative. 



denominateur [denominatceir], m., 
denominator. 

dent [da],/., tooth. 

depecher [depe$e], to dispatch, 
hasten; se — , to hurry, hasten, 
make haste. 

dependant [depada], adj., depen- 
dent. 

dependre [depaidr], to depend; — 
de, to depend on (or upon). 

depens [depa], m. pi., expense. 

depenser [depase], to spend, ex- 
pend. 

depit [depi], m., vexation. 

deplaire [depleir], irr. v., to dis- 
please; se — , to be displeased. 

deposer [depoze], to lay down. 

depourvu [depurvy], adj., desti- 
tute. 

depuis [dapqi], adv., since, after- 
wards. 

depuis [dapqi], prep., since, from, 
after; — quand? how long? 
— que, c'onj., since. 

depute [depyte], m., deputy, rep- 
resentative. 

deranger [derate], to disarrange, 
disturb. 

dernier [dernje] (/. derniere [der- 
nje:r]), adj., last, past. 

derriere [derjeir], adv., behind. 

derriere [derje:r], prep., behind. 

des [de], prep., from, since, as 
early as; — que [de ka], conj., 
as soon as. 

desagreable [dezagreabl], adj., dis- 
agreeable. 

desastre [dezastr], m., disaster. 

Descartes [dekart], m., Descartes 
(Rene; French philosopher, phy- 
sicist, and mathematician \1596- 
i6 5 o\). 

descendre [desardr], to bring 
down, set down; descend, go 
down; get out, stop (at a lodging). 

description [deskripsjo], /., de- 
scription. 

desenchantement [deza^atma], m., 
disenchantment. 

desert [deze:r], adj., deserted. 

desespere [dezespere], adj., des- 
perate, in despair. 



258 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



desespoir [dezespwair], m., de- 
spair, grief. 

deshabiller [dezabije], to undress; 
se — , to undress (oneself). 

disillusion [dezilyzjo], /., disillu- 
sion. 

desir [deziir], m., desire. 

desirer [dezire], to desire, wish, 
like. 

desole [dezole], adj., desolate, dis- 
consolate. 

desseche [dese$e], adj., dried. 

dessein [dese], in., design, plan. 

dessert [dese:r], m., dessert. 

destination [destinasjo], /., des- 
tination; a — de, for, to. 

destinee [destine],/., destiny. 

destiner [destine], to destine, in- 
tend. 

detacher [deta$e], to detach. 

detail [detaij], m., detail. 

determine [determine], adj., de- 
termined, definite. 

determiner [determine], to deter- 
mine. 

detester [deteste], to detest. 

detresse [detres],/., distress. 

detruire [detnjiir], irr. v., to de- 
stroy. 

dette[det],/.,debt. 

deux [do], adj., two. 

deuxieme [dozjem], adj., second. 

deuxiemement [dozjemma], adv., 
secondly. 

devant [dava, dva], adv., before, 
ahead. 

devant [dava, dva], prep, before 
(in place), in front of. 

developpement [devbpma], in., de- 
velopment. 

developper [devlope], to develop; 
se — , to develop. 

devenir [d3vni:r], irr. v., to be- 
come. 

devetir (devetiir], irr. v., to undress. 

deviner [davine], to guess. 

devise [davirz],/., device, motto. 

devoir [davwair], irr. v., to owe, 
ought, should, must. 

devoir [davwair], in., duty. 

devoue [devwe], adj., devoted. 

diable [djaibl], m., devil, deuce. 



diamant [djama], m., diamond. 

dictee [dikte],/., dictation. 

Diderot [didro], m., Diderot (De- 
nis; celebrated French writer, 
principal author of the Encyclo- 
pedic [17 1 3-1784}). 

Dieu [djo], in., God; mon — ! good 
heavens! 

difference [diferais], /., difference, 
distinction. 

different [difera], adj., different, 
various. 

difficile [difisil], adj., difficult, 
hard. 

digne [dip], adj., worthy. 

Dijon [diso], Dijon (city in the 
eastern part of France. An- 
cient capital of Burgundy). 

dimanche [dima:§], m., Sunday. 

dindon [deda], m., turkey-cock, 
turkey. 

diner [dine], to dine. 

diner [dine], m., dinner. 

diplome [diplo:m], in., diploma. 

dire [di:r], irr. v., to say, tell. 

dit [di], pp. of dire, said, told, 
called, so called; on dirait. one 
would think. 

direct [direkt], adj., direct; com- 
plement — , direct object. 

direction [direksjo], /., direction, 
leadership. 

diriger [diri3e], to direct. 

discours [diskuir], m., discourse, 
address. 

disparaitre [dispareitr], irr. v., to 
disappear. 

disposition [dispozisjo], /., dispo- 
sition, disposal, service. 

distinct [diste], adj., distinct. 

distinctement [distektama], adv., 
distinctly. 

distingue [distege], adj., distin- 
guished. 

distinguer [distege], to distinguish. 

distrait [distre], adj., absorbed, 
heedless. 

divers [diveir], adj., divers, vari- 
ous, diverse. 

divertir [divertitr], to divert, en- 
tertain; se — , to have a good 
time, enjoy oneself. 




FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



259 



diviser [divize], to divide. 

dix [dis], adj., ten. 

dix-huit [diz qit], adj., eighteen. 

dixieme [dizjem], adj., tenth. 

dix-neuf [diz ncef], adj., nineteen. 

dix-sept [dis set], adj., seventeen. 

dizaine [dizen], /., set of ten, ten, 
some ten. 

doigt [dwa], m., finger, toe. 

dome [do:m], m., dome, cupola. 

domestique [domestik], m., ser- 
vant. 

dommage [doma:3], m., damage, 
hurt; il (c')est — , it is a pity. 

dompter [dote], to subdue, con- 
quer. 

done [do(:k)], conj., then, therefore, 
pray. 

donner [done], to give; — sur, to 
open (look out) upon. 

dont [do], rel. pron., whose, of 
whom, of which. 

dormir [dormur], irr. v., to sleep. 

dortoir [dortwair], m., dormitory. 

dos [do], m., back. 

dot [dot], /., dowry. 

douane fdwan], /., custom-house; 
duty. 

douanier [dwanje], m., custom- 
house officer. 

doucement [dusma], adv., gently. 

doute [dut], m., doubt; sans — , 
doubtless. 

douter [dute], to doubt; se — de, 
to suspect. 

douteux [duto] (/. douteuse [du- 
t0:z]), adj., doubtful. 

doux [du] (/. douce [dus]), adj., 
sweet, gentle, soft. 

douzaine [duzen],/., dozen. 

douze [du:z], adj., twelve. 

dramatique [dramatik], adj., dra- 
matic. 

drame [dram], m., drama. 

drapeau [drapo], m., flag, stand- 
ard, colors. 

dresser [drese] : se — , to stand (up). 

droit [drwu], m., right, law. 

droit [drwu], adj., right, straight, 
upright, erect, (of collars) stand- 
ing, stand-up; a droite, at (to) 
the right. 



drole [dro:l], adj., droll, odd, queer, 
strange. 

Du Bellay [dy bele], m., Du Bellay 
(Joachim; French poet [1525- 
1560]). 

due [dyk], m., duke. 

due de Guise [dyk do gi:z], m., 
Duke of Guise (Henri I de 
Lorraine; b. 1550, assassinated 
at Blois at the instigation of 
Henry III, 1588). 

Dumas (Fils) [dyma (fis)], Dumas 
Fils (Alexander; French novelist 
and dramatist, son of Alexandre 
Dumas (Pere) [1824-1895]). 

dur [dy:r], adj., hard, hardened, 
dull. 

durer [dyre], to last, continue. 

E 

eau [o], /., water; faire venir 1' — 
a la Douche, to make the mouth 
water; a. grande — , with plenty 
of water. 

eblouissant [ebluisa], adj., charm- 
ing, dazzling, fascinating. 

eblouissement [ebluisma], m., flash, 
fascination. 

ecarquiller [ekarkije], to open 
wide. 

echouer [e^we], to be stranded; 
fam., to fail. 

eclairer [eklere], to light, light up, 
illuminate, lighten. 

eclater [eklate], to explode, break 
forth, break out. 

ecole [ekol], /., school; a V — , at 
school. 

econome [ekonom], adj., econom- 
ical. 

ecouter [ekute], to listen (to). 

eerier [ekrie] : s' — , to cry out, cry, 
exclaim. 

ecrin [ekre], m., case, jewel-box. 

ecrire [ekri:r], irr. v., to write. 

ecriteau [ekrito], m.,. sign, sign- 
board. 

ecriture [ekrityrr],/., writing, hand- 
writing. 

ecrivain [ekrive], m., writer, author. 

edifice [edifis], m., building. 



260 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



effacer [efase], to efface, obliterate, 
erase. 

effare [efare], adj., frightened. 

effarement [efarma], m., fright, 
bewilderment. 

effet [efe], m., effect; en — , in fact. 

effleurer [eflcere], to graze, brush. 

effort [efoir], m., effort. 

effrayer [efreje], to frighten; s' — , 
to be frightened. 

effroyable [efrwajabl], adj., fright- 

> ful. 

egal [egal], adj., equal. 

egalite [egalite],/., equality. 

eglise [egliiz],/., church; a 1' — , at 
church. 

eglise de St-Denis [egliiz da se 
dani],/., church of St-Denis (a 
cathedral church in the town of 
St-Denis, which lies to the north 
of Paris. It contains tombs of 
most of the French monarchs). 

egorger [egor3e], to cut the throat 
of, slaughter. 

eh! [e], inter j., ah! well! — bien! 
well (then)! 

Eiffel, see tour Eiffel. 

elegance [eleg&is], /., elegance. 

elegant [elega], adj., elegant, styl- 
ish. 

elephant [elefa], m., elephant. 

eleve [ele:v], m. or /., pupil, stu- 
dent {particularly of a second- 
ary school). 

elever [elve], to raise. 

elision [elizja], /., elision. 

elle [el], pers. pron., she, her, it. 

elle-meme [el me:m], pers. pron. 
/., herself. 

elles [el], pers. pron. f. pi., they, 
them. 

elles-memes [el meim], pers. pron. 
f. pi., themselves. 

eloigne [el wane], adj., remote, far. 

eloigner [elwane]: s' — , to move 
off, withdraw. 

embarquer [abarke]: s' — , to em- 
bark. 

embrasser [abrase], to kiss. 

emerveiller [emerveje], to astonish, 
amaze. 

emotion [emosjo],/., emotion. 



emouvant [emuva], adj., stirring, 
affecting. 

empecher [ape$e], to prevent, 
hinder. 

empereur [aprceir], m., emperor. 

emplacement [aplasma], m., site. 

emploi [aplwa], m., use, usage. 

employe [aplwaje], m., employe. 

employer [aplwaje], to use, employ. 

empoisonner [cipwazone], to poison. 

emportement [aportama], m., ex- 
travagance, excess. 

emporter [aparte], to carry (away), 
take (away). 

emprunter [aprcete), to borrow. 

emprunteur [aprdetcerr], m., bor- 
rower. 

emu [emy], adj., pp. of emouvoir, 
moved. 

en [a], pron. adv., of (from, etc.) it 
{or them), some, any; from there, 
thence. 

en [a], prep., in, into, to, of; — 
bas, adv., below, down-stairs; 

— haut. adv., above, up-stairs; 

— effet, adv., in fact. 
enchanter [o^ate], to enchant, de- 
light. 

encombrer [ak5bre], to obstruct, 
encumber, block (up). 

encore [akoir], adv., yet, still, again, 
also; — que. conj., although, 
though. 

encre [ci:kr], /., ink. 

encrier [akrie], m., inkstand. 

endroit [Sdrwa], m., place, spot. 

enfant [afa], m. or /., child; pi. ;«., 
children. 

enfantin [afate], adj., childish. 

enfin [afe], adv., finally, in short, 
at last. 

enfuir [afqi:r]: s' — , to flee. 

engagement [aga5ma], in., engage- 
ment, pawning, mortgage. 

engager [agase], to invite, urge. 

enivrant [anivrci], adj., intoxicat- 
ing. 

enjouement [asuma], /;/.. liveliness, 
jollity, light-heartedness. 

ennemi [enmi], ;;;., enemy. 

ennuyer [anqije], to weary, bore, 
worry ; s' — , to be wearied, bored. 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



261 



enregistrer [arsistre], {of baggage) 
to check. 

enrichir [ari$i:r], to enrich, adorn. 

enseigner [asepe], to teach. 

ensemble [asaibl], adv., together, 
at the same time. 

ensuite [asqit], adv., after, after- 
wards, then, in the next place. 

entendre [ata:dr], to hear; intend; 
— parler (de), to hear (of) {in 
the sense of Ho hear spoken [of]'). 

enthousiasme [atuzjasm], m., en- 
thusiasm, rapture. 

entier [atje] (/. entiere [atjeir]), 
adj., entire; tout — , whole, en- 
tire, in full. 

entourer [ature], to surround. 

entre [a:tr(a)], prep., between, 
among. 

entree [atre],/., entrance, entry. 

entrer [atre], to enter, go (come) 
in (dans is required before a fol- 
lowing noun). 

enumerer [enymere], to enumer- 
ate. 

envahir [avaiir], to invade. 

enveloppe [avlop],/., envelope. 

envelopper [avbpe], to wrap, 
muffle. 

envers [ave:r], prep., towards, to. 

envier [avje], to envy. 

environs [aviro], m. pi., environs, 
vicinity, country round. 

envoler [avole]: s' — , to fly away, 
take wing, disappear, vanish. 

envoyer [avwaje], irr, v., to send. 

epargne [eparn],/., savings. 

epaule [epoil],/., shoulder. 

eperdu [eperdy], adj., distracted, 
dismayed. 

eperdument [eperdyma], adv., dis- 
tractedly, passionately. 

epicier [episje], m., grocer. 

epingle [epergl],/., pin. 

epopee [epope],/., epic poem. 

epoque [epok], /., epoch, period, 
era. 

epouse [epu:z],/., wife. 

epouser [epuze], to marry. 

epouvante [epuvate], adj., terri- 

^ fied. 

epoux [epu], m., husband. 



eprouver [epruve], to prove, try, 
feel, experience. 

epuiser [epqize]: s' — , to exhaust 
oneself, be exhausted, be lost. 

equipage [ekipa:3], m., crew {of a 
ship) . 

equivalent [ekivala], m., equiva- 
lent. 

erreur [ercerr],/., error. 

es [es], prep., in (the), of; bachelier 
— lettres, bachelor of letters; 
bachelier — sciences, bachelor 
of science. 

escalier [eskalje], m., staircase, 
stairs, flight of stairs. 

esclave [esklaiv], m. or /., slave. 

Espagne [espaji],/., Spain. 

espagnol [espapol], adj., Spanish. 

espece [espes], /., species, kind, 
sort. 

esperance [esperais],/., hope. 

esperer [espere], to hope, hope for. 

espoir [espwair], m., hope. 

esprit [espri], m., spirit, wit, mind. 

essayer [eseje], to try, test, try on. 

essuyer [esirije], to wipe (away). 

est [est], m., east. 

et [e], conj., and {the t of this word 
never makes the liaison). 

etablir [etabli:r], to establish, set- 
tle. 

etablissement [etablisma], m., es- 
tablishment, institution. 

etage [eta:3], m., story, floor {of a 
house). 

etat [eta], m., state; coup d' — , 
stroke of state; homme d' — , 
statesman. 

Etats-Unis [etaz yni], m. pi., Uni- 
ted States. 

ete [ete], m., summer. 

etendard [etadair], m., standard. 

eternel [eternel] ( /. eternelle [eter- 
nel]), adj., eternal. 

etiquette [etiket], /., ticket, label; 
etiquette. 

etoffe [etof], /., stuff; pi., stuffs, 
goods. 

etonner [etone], to astonish; s* — , 
to be astonished. 

etrange [etra:3], adj., strange. 

etre [e:tr], to be. 



262 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



etudiant [etydja], m., student 
(particularly of a college or 
university) . 

etudiante [etydjait], /., student 
(particularly of a college or uni- 
versity) . 

etudier [etydje], to study. 

Europe [cerop], /., Europe. 

eux [0], pers. pron., m. pi. they, 
them. 

eux-memes [0 me:m], pers. pron. 
m. pi., themselves. 

eveiller [eveje], to awake, awaken; 
s' — , to wake up, awake. 

eventail [evata:j], m., fan. 

eviter [evite], to avoid. 

exact [egzakt], adj., exact. 

exactement [egzaktama], adv., ex- 
actly. 

examen [egzame], m., examination, 
inspection. 

examiner [egzamine], to examine, 
inspect. 

excellent [eksela], adj., excellent. 

excepte [eksepte], prep., except, 
save. 

exception [eksepsjo], /., exception. 

exclamation [eksklamasj5], /., ex- 
clamation. 

exclure [ekskly:r], irr. v., to ex- 
clude, debar. 

excursion [ekskyrsjo], /., excur- 
sion. 

excuse [ekskyiz],/., excuse, apolo- 
gy- 

excuser [ekskyze], to excuse. 

executer [egzekyte], to execute, 
carry out. 

exemple [egzaipl], m., example; 
par — , for instance; the idea! 
bless me! 

exercise [egzersis], m., exercise; 
— de lecture, reading exercise. 

exiger [egzi3e], to require, demand. 

existence [egzista:s], /., existence, 
life. 

expirant [ekspira], adj., expiring, 
dying. 

expliquer [eksplike] to explain. 

expression [ekspresjo], /., expres- 
sion. 

exprimer [eksprime], to express. 



exquis [ekski], adj., exquisite. 

extase [ekstaiz],/., ecstasy. 

extasier [ekstazje], to enrapture; 
s' — , to be enraptured, go into 
ecstasy (raptures). 

externe [ekstern], m. or /., day- 
scholar, externe. 

extreme [ekstre:m], adj., extreme. 

extremement [ekstremma], adv., 
extremely. 



fable [faibl],/., fable. 

facade [fasad], /., facade, front. 

face [fas], /., face; en — (de), 
opposite, in the presence of, 
before. 

face-a-main [fas a me], m., lor- 
gnette. 

fache [fa$e], adj., pp. of facher, 
sorry. 

facher [fa§ej, to displease, vex. 

facile [fasil], adj., easy. 

facon [faso], /., manner, way; de 
cette — , in this way ; de la meme 
— , in the same way; de — que, 
so that. 

facteur [faktceir], m., postman, 
letter-carrier; (railway) porter. 

faculte [fakylte], /., faculty; pro- 
fesseur de — , university pro- 
fessor. 

faillir [faji:r], irr. v., to fail, barely 
miss, come near. 

faim [fe], /., hunger; avoir — , to 
be hungry. 

faire [fe:r], to make, do, play the 
part of, study; — clair, to be 
clear; (se) — mal, to hurt (one- 
self) ; — de la neige, to be snowy, 
snow; — de la pluie, to be 
rainy, rain; — une promenade, 
to take a walk (drive, etc.); — 
du soleil, to be sunny; — un 
temps couvert, to be cloudy; — 
du vent, to be windy; — le tour 
de, to go round; — la cuisine, 
to cook. 

faisan [feza], m., pheasant. 

fait [fe(t)], m. } fact, act, deed. 

falloir [falwair], irr. v., to be ne- 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



263 



cessary; il faut, it is necessary, 

one must. 
fameux [famo] (/. fameuse [fa- 

m0:z]), adj., famous. 
familier [familje] (/. familiere [fa- 

milje:r] adj., familiar. 
familierement [familjerma], adv., 

familiarly. 
famille [famiij],/., family, 
famine [famin], /., famine. 
farce [fars], /., farce; comedie , 

/., farce-comedy. 
fatiguer [fatige], to weary, tire; se 

— , to tire oneself, 
fauteuil [fotce:j], m., armchair, 
faux [fo], m., false, falseness; imi- 
tation, forgery. 
faux [fo] (/. fausse [fo:s]), adj., 

false; — col, (detachable) collar. 
faveur [favoeir],/., favor, 
favori [favori] (/. favorite [favo- 

rit]), adj., favorite. 
f eerie [feri], /., fairy-play, fairy- 
land. 
feld-marechal [fel mare$al], m., 

field-marshal. 
feler [fele], to crack. 
feliciter [felisite], to congratulate. 
femelle [femel], adj., female. 
feminin [femine], adj., feminine. 
femme [fam],/., woman, wife. 
fendre [fa:dr], to break, split; se 

— , to break, split. 
fenetre [foneitr],/., window. 
fer [fe:r], m., iron; chemin de — , 

railroad, 
ferme [ferm], /., farm. 
ferme [ferme], adj., closed. 
fermer [ferme], to close, shut. 
fermeture [fermotyir],/., fastening. 
feroce [feros], adj., ferocious, 

savage. 
fete [fe:t]/., holiday, fete, festivity. 
feter [fete], to entertain, treat. 
feu [{&), m., fire; au coin du — , by 

the fireside. 
feuille [fceij],/., leaf, 
fevrier [fevrie], m., February. 
fiacre [fjakr], m., cab, hack. 
fidele [fidel], adj., faithful. 
fier [fje:r] (/. fiere [fjeir]), adj., 

remarkable, rare, fine. 



fierement [fjerma], adv., proudly, 
fievre [fjeivr], /., fever; — scarla- 

tine, scarlet fever. 
figure [figyir],/., face, figure. 
fille [fi:j], /., daughter, girl {in 

this sense some adjective such as 

jeune or petite should precede). 
fils [fis], m., son. 
fin [fe], adj., elegant, choice, sharp, 

keen. 
fin [fe], /., end; a la — , at last, in 

the end, in fact. 
finesse [fines],/., refinement. 
final [final], adj., final, last. 
financier [finasje], m., financier. 
finir [finiir], to finish. 
fixement [fiksama], adv., fixedly. 
flaneur [flance:r], m., loiterer, 

saunterer, stroller. 
flatteur [flatceir], m., flatterer. 
Flaubert [flobeir], m., Flaubert 

(Gustave; French realistic novelist 

[1821-1880]). 
fleche [fle$],/., arrow. 
fleur [flce:r], /., flower. 
fiotter [flote], to float. 
foi [fwa],/., faith; par ma — , upon 

my word. 
fois [fwa],/., time {recurrence); a 

la — , at once, at the same time; 

une — , once; deux — , twice. 
follement [folma], adv., madly, 

foolishly. 
fonce [fose], adj., dark {of colors). 
fond [fo], m., bottom. 
fonder [fode], to found, establish. 
fontaine [foten],/., fountain. 
Fontainebleau, see chateau de 

Fontainebleau. 
force [fors],/., strength. 
foret [fore],/., forest. 
formation [formasjo],/., formation. 
forme [form],/., form. 
former [forme], to form, make. 
fort [fo:r], adj., strong, hard, severe. 
fort [fo:r], adv., very, very much, 
fortifier [fortifje], to fortify. 
fortune [fortyn],/., fortune. 
fortune [fortyne], adj., fortunate, 

happy. 
fosse [fos], /., pit, grave; — aux 

ours, bear pit. 



264 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



fou [fu] {before vowels fol;/. folle), 
adj., mad, crazy. 

fourchette [fur$et], /., fork. 

fourmi [furmi],/., ant. 

fournir [furni:r], to furnish. 

fourniture [furnity:r],/., furnishing, 
supply. 

fourrure [fury:r],/., fur. 

fraction [fraksjo],/., fraction. 

frais [fre] (/. fraiche [fre:$]), adj., 
fresh, cool. 

franc [fra] (/. franche [fra:$]), adj., 
frank. 

franc [fra], m., franc {coin worth 
about 20 cents). 

francais [f rase], adj., French. 

Francais, m., Frenchman. 

France [frais],/., France. 

France [fra:s] (la),/., the "France" 
{the largest steamer of the Trans- 
atlantic Co.). 

Francois I er [fraswa pramje], m., 
Francis First {king of France, b. 
1494, d. 1547)- 

Francois Villon [fraswa vijo], m., 
see Villon. 

f rapper [frape], to strike, knock. 

Frederic [frederik], m., Frederick. 

frequenter [frekate], to frequent, 
resort to. 

frere [freir], m., brother. 

froid [frwa], m., cold; avoir — , to 
be cold {of persons); faire — , 
to be cold {of the weather). 

Froissart [frwasair], m., Froissart 
{Jean; French historian of the 
XIV th century, b. 1337, d. about 
1410). 

froisse [frwase], adj., crushed, hurt. 

froisser [frwase], to crush, crumple; 
offend. 

fromage [froma:3], m., cheese. 

front [fro], m., forehead, brow, 
front. 

frotter [frote], to rub. 

fruit [friii], m., fruit. 

fruitier [frytje], adj., fruit, fruit- 
bearing. 

fruitier [frytje], m., fruiterer, green- 
grocer. 

fuir [fqi:r], irr. v., to flee, fly, es- 
cape. 



fuite [fqit],/., flight; mettre en — , 
to put to flight. 

fumer [fyme], to smoke. 

funeste [fynest], adj., fatal, dis- 
astrous. 

fusil [fyzi], m., gun. 

futur [fytyir], m., future (tense); 
— anterieur, future anterior. 



gagner [gajie], to gain, overtake, 
get the better of. 

gai [ge], adj., gay, lively, merry. 

gaiete [gete], /., gayety, merri- 
ment, mirth. 

galant [gala], adj., gallant, polite, 
graceful. 

galanterie [galcitri],/., gallantry. 

gant [ga], m., glove. 

garcon [gars5], m., boy. 

garde [gard],/., guard, care. 

gare [ga:r],/., station. 

Gare St-Lazare [ga:r se laza:r], /., 
St-Lazare Station {one of the 
largest stations of Paris, the place 
of arrival of all trains from Le 
Havre). 

gateau [gato], m., cake. 

gauche [go:§], adj., left, awkward; 
a. — , at (to) the left. 

Gautier [gotje], m., Gautier {Theo- 
phile; French poet [1811-1872]). 

geler [sale], to freeze. 

gelinotte [solinot],/., hazel-grouse. 

gener [3cne], to trouble, incon- 
venience. 

general [seneral], adj., general; en 
— , in general. 

generalement [seneralma], adv., 
generally, usually. 

genitif [senitif], m., genitive. 

genou [sanu], ;;;., knee. 

genre [5a:r], m., kind, sort, style, 
gender. 

gens [5a, 5&:s], m. pi. {may be f. pi. 
when variable adjective precedes), 
people, persons, men; jeunes — , 
m. pi., young men. 

gentil [5a'ti:j] (/. gentille [3ati:j], 
adj., nice, pretty, kind. 

gentilhomme [5atijom] {pi. gen- 




FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



265 



tilshommes [3atizom]), m., gen- 
tleman, nobleman. 

George(s) [30^], m., George. 

gilet [3ile], m., waistcoat, vest. 

glace [glas],/., ice; mirror. 

glisser [glise], to slip, slide, glide. 

gloire [glwair], /., glory. 

glorieux [gbrjo] (/. glorieuse [gb- 
rjoiz]), adj., proud. 

gomme [gam],/., gum; — elastique 
[gom elastik],/., rubber, eraser. 

gorge [gor3],/., throat. 

gouffre [gufr], m., gulf, pit. 

gout [gu], m., taste, liking. 

goutte [gut],/., drop. 

gouverner [guverne], to govern. 

grace [grais],/., grace, charm. 

gracieux [grasjo] (/. gracieuse 
[grasjoiz]), adj., gracious. 

grain [gre], m., grain, seed. 

grammaire [grameir], /., gram- 
mar. 

grammatical [gramatikal], adj., 
grammatical. 

grand [gral, adj., great, large, tall. 

grandir [gradiir], to grow, increase. 

grand'mere [grameir], /., grand- 
mother. 

grand-parent (s) [gra para], m., 
grandparent(s). 

grand-pere [grapeir], m., grand- 
father. 

Grands Magasins du Louvre [gra 
magaze dy Luivr], m. pi., com- 
monly called "the Louvre" {one 
of the great department stores 
of Paris, on the " Rive Droite," 
near the Palais du Louvre). 

gras [gra] (/. grasse [grais]), adj., 
fat, greasy. 

gratitude [gratityd], /., gratitude. 

gratuit [gratiii], adj., gratuitous, 
free, without charge. 

grave [graiv], adj., grave. 

grec [grek] (/. grecque [grek]), 
adj., Greek. 

greler [grele], to hail. 

grelotter [grabte], to shiver. 

griser [grize], to intoxicate. 

gronder [grSde], to scold. 

gros [gro] (/. grosse [grois]), adj., 
big, large, great, coarse. 



groupe [grup], m., group, 
grouper [grupe], to group. 
guere [ge:r], adv., hardly, scarcely. 
gueridon [gerido], m., round table, 

stand. 
guerir [geri:r], to cure, heal, 
guerre [ge:r],/., war. 
guichet [gi$e], m., ticket- window, 

small window. 
Guignol [gijiol], m., Punch and 

Judy show. 
Guy de Labrosse, see Labrosse. 



habiller [abije], to clothe; s' — , to 

dress (oneself). 
habit [abi], m., coat, dress-coat; 

pi. clothes; — noir, dress-coat. 
habitant [abita], m., inhabitant. 
habitude [abityd],/., habit, 
haleine [alen],/., breath. 
Halevy [alevi], m., Halevy (Lu- 

dovic; French dramatist and nov- 
elist [18 34-1 908]). 
'halle [al], /., market; — aux vins, 

wine market. 
'hanche [a:$],/., hip. 
harmonie [armoni],/., harmony. 
'hasard [azair], m., chance. 
'hate [a:t], /., haste; a. la — , in a 

hurry, in haste. 
'hater [ate], to hasten, hurry; se 

— , to make haste, hurry. 
'haut [o], adj., high, tall, lofty, 

loud; (chapeau) — de forme, 

high (hat), silk (hat); en — , 

above, up-stairs. 
'haut [o], m., top. 
'hautement [otma], adv., aloud; 

resolutely, proudly. 
'Havre [a:vr] (le), m., Havre (the 

principal port in the north of 

France). 
'he [e], inter j., I say! ha! 
hectare [ektair], m., hectare (ten 

thousand square meters). 
'hein [§], inter j., eh! 
helas [elais], inter j., alas! 
Henri [ari] (sometimes prevents 

liaison and elision), m., Henry. 
Henri H [ari do], m., Henry 



266 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



Second (king of France, b. 151Q, 

d. 1559)' 

Henri III [ari trwa], m., Henry 
Third (king of France, b. 1551, 
d. 1589. Third son of Henry 
II and Catharine de' Medici, 
and the last of the Valois line). 

Henri IV [ari katr], m., Henry- 
Fourth (king of France, b. 1553, 
d. 1610). 

Heredia [eredja], m., Heredia 
(Jose Maria de; French poet 
[1 842-1 905]). 

Hermes [ermes], m., Hermes. 

heroiquement [eroikma], adv., he- 
roically. 

hesiter [ezite], to hesitate. 

heure [ce:r],/., hour, time, o'clock; 
de bonne — , early. 

heureusement [cerozma], adv., for- 
tunately, happily, luckily. 

heureux [cero] ( /. heureuse [oe- 
ro:z]), adj., happy, fortunate. 

'hibou [ibu], m., owl. 

hier [je:r], adv., yesterday (preced- 
ing elision and liaison optional). 

'hierarchie [jerar$i], /., hierarchy. 

bistoire [istwa:r],/., history, story. 

historien [istorje], m., historian. 

historique [istorik], adj., historical. 

hiver [iveir], m., winter. 

hommage [oma:3], m., homage, 
respect (usually used in the 
plural) . 

homme [om], m., man. 

homme-affiche [om afi$], m., sand- 
wich-man (for advertising) . 

honnetete [onette], /., kindness, 
civility. 

honneur [onoeir], m., honor; faire 
— a, to honor. 

'honte [5:t], /., shame; avoir — 
(de), to be ashamed (of). 

'honteux [oto] (/. { honteuse[5t0:z]), 
adj., ashamed. 

hopital [opital], m., hospital. 

horloge [orlo:3],/., clock (especially 
of a tower) . 

horrible [oribl], adj., horrible. 

'hors [o:r], prep., out of, beyond. 

'hors-d'oeuvre [or dceivr]. m., side- 
dish. 



note [o:t], m., host; guest; inhabi- 
tant, tenant. 

hotel [otel], m., hotel, mansion. 

hotel de Cluny [otel da klyni], m., 
hotel de Cluny (a beautiful late 
Gothic edifice in Paris, occupy- 
ing the site of an ancient Roman 
palace. Contains a valuable col- 
lection of antiquities). 

hotel des Invalides [otel dez eva- 
lid], m., Soldiers' Home (founded 
by Louis XIV and constructed 
1 671-167 5). 

hotel du Ministere [otel dy mi- 
nister], m., Ministry, offices of 
the Ministry. 

hotel de Ville [otel do vil], m., 
City Hall (one of the finest edi- 
fices of Paris) . 

hotel-Dieu [otel djo], m., hospital 
(the principal hospital of a town). 

Hotel-Dieu [otel djo], m., Hospital 
(the most ancient hospital in 
Paris, and perhaps in Europe, 
founded in 660, under Clovis II. 
Reconstructed 1 868-1 878). 

Hugo [ygo], m., Hugo (Victor; 
celebrated French poet and novel- 
ist, chief of the romanticists 
[1802-188 5]). 

huile [iril], /., oil. 

'huit [iiit], adj., eight. 

'huitieme [qitjem], adj.. eighth. 

humain [yme], adj.. human. 

humble [ce:bl], adj., humble. 

humide [ymid], adj., humid, moist. 

humiliant [ymiljci] , adj. , humiliating. 

'Huns [de] (les), m. pi., the Huns 
(a barbaric tribe that ravaged the 
Roman empire in the jth cen- 
tury and disappeared at tlie death 
of their chief, Attila, 453). 



ici [isi], adv., here; par — , adv.. 
here, this way; jusqu'ici, as far 
as here, until now, before. 

idealiste [idealist], adj., idealistic. 

idee [ide],/., idea. 

idiomatique [idjomatik], adj., idio- 
matic. 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



267 



ignorance [inora:s],/., ignorance. 

il [il], pers. pron. m., he, it. 

ile [il],/., island. 

ile de la Cite [il do la site] {or la 
Cite), /., lit. Island of the city 
{the most ancient part of Paris, 
the larger of the two islands in 
the Seine). 

illusion [ilyzjo],/., illusion. 

illustration [ilystrasjo], /., illustra- 
tion, elevation, aggrandizement. 

illustrer [ilystre], to illustrate, 
make illustrious. 

ils [il], pers. pron. m. pi., they. 

image [ima:3], /., picture; livre 
d' — s, picture-book. 

imaginatif [ima3inatif (/. imagi- 
native [ima3inati:v]), adj., ima- 
ginative. 

imaginer [ima3ine]: s' — , to ima- 
gine. 

imitation [imitasjo],/., imitation. 

immediat [imedja], adj., imme- 
diate. 

immodere [imodere], adj., im- 
moderate. 

immortel [imortel] (/. immortelle 
[imortel]), adj., immortal. 

imparfait [eparfe], m., imperfect 
(tense). 

impatience [epasjais], /., impa- 
tience. 

imperatif [eperatif], m., impera- 
tive (mode). 

impersonnel [epersonel] (/. im- 
personelle [epersonel]), adj., im- 
personal. 

impetuosite [epetqozite], /., im- 
petuosity, force. 

important [eporta], adj., important. 

importer [eporte], to be of impor- 
tance; n'importe, it doesn't 
matter. 

imposant [epoza], adj., imposing, 
stately. 

impossible [eposibl], adj., impos- 
sible. 

impression [epresjo],/., impression. 

impressioner [epresjone], to im- 
press. 

imprevoyance [eprevwajais], /., 
improvidence. 



imprimer [eprime], to print. 

impur [epy:r], adj., impure. 

inapercu [inapersy], adj., unper- 
ceived, unseen. 

inaugurer [inogyre], to inaugurate. 

incertitude [esertityd], /., uncer- 
tainty. 

inconstant [ekosta], adj., incon- 
stant, changeable. 

indefini [edefini], adj., indefinite; 
passe — , past indefinite (tense). 

indicateur [edikatceir], m., guide, 
time-table. 

indicatif [edikatif], m., indicative. 

indication [edikasjo],/., indication; 
a titre d' — , for reference. 

indigner [edijie], to make indig- 
nant. 

indiquer [edike], to indicate, show, 
point out. 

indirect [edirekt], adj., indirect; 
complement — , indirect object. 

inestimable [inestimabl], adj., in- 
estimable. 

inferieur [eferjce:r], adj., inferior, 
lower. 

inferiorite [eferjorite], /., inferior- 

mfini [efini], adj., infinite. 

infinitif [efini tif], m., infinitive. 

injurier [e3yrje], to abuse, insult. 

innocence [inosais],/., innocence. 

inquiet [ekje] (/. inquiete [ekjet]), 
adj., uneasy. 

installer [estale], to install, settle. 

instant [esta], m., instant. 

instinct [este], m., instinct. 

instituteur [estitytcerr], m., teacher 
{in a primary school) . 

institution [estitysjo],/., institution. 

institutrice [estitytris], /., teacher 
{in a primary school). 

instruction [estryksjo], /., instruc- 
tion. 

insurmontable [esyrmotabl], adj., 
insurmountable. 

intact [etakt], adj., intact, sound, 
undamaged. 

intelligent [eteli3<i], adj., intelli- 
gent. 

intention [etasjo], /., intention; 
avoir 1' — , to intend. 



268 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



interessant [eteresa], adj., interest- 
ing. 

interesser [eterese], to interest. 

interet [etere], m., interest. 

interne [etern], m. or /., boarding- 
scholar, intern. 

interrogatif [eterogatif] (/. inter- 
rogative [eterogatiiv]), adj., in- 
terrogative. 

interrogation [eterogasjo], /., in- 
terrogation, question. 

interrompre [etero:pr], to inter- 
rupt. 

intime [etim], adj., intimate. 

intransitif [etrazitif] (/. intransi- 
tive [etrazitkv]), adj., intransi- 
tive. 

introduction [etradyksjo], /., in- 
troduction. 

invalide [evalid], m., disabled 
soldier, pensioner; hotel des — s, 
soldiers' home. 

Invalides, see hotel des Invalides. 

invariable [evarjable], adj., inva- 
riable. 

invasion [evazjo],/., invasion. 

invisible [evizibl], adj., invisible. 

invitation [evitasjo], /., invita- 
tion. 

invite [evite], m., guest. 

inviter [evite], to invite. 

Irene [ire:n],/., Irene. 

irregulier [iregylje] (/. irreguliere 
[iregyljeir]), adj., irregular. 

irresistible [irezistibl], adj., irresis- 
tible. 

irriter [irite], to irritate, excite. 

Italie [italij, /., Italy. 

italien [italje] (/.italienne [italjen]), 
adj., Italian. 

ivresse [ivres],/., intoxication. 



jalousie [3aluzi],/., jealousy, envy. 

jamais [same], adv., never; ever. 

jambe feaibL,/., leg. 

Janvier [3avje], m., January. 

jaquette [3aket], /., jacket, cut- 
away coat, (woman's) coat. 

jardin foarde], m., garden; — des 
plantes, botanical garden. 



jardin du Luxembourg [3arde dy 
lyksabu:r],m., Luxembourg Gar- 
den {one of the finest parks of 
Paris. On the left bank of the 
Seine) . 

jardins des Tuileries [3arde de 
tqilari], m. pi., Tuileries Gar- 
dens (magnificent gardens oc- 
cupying part of the site of the 
old Tuileries palace, destroyed 
by fire in 1871 by the Commune). 

jaune [30m], adj., yellow. 

je (3 e L pers. pron., I {never capi- 
talized except at beginning of a 
sentence). 

Jean [3a], m., John. 

Jeanne [3am],/., Jane. 

Jeanne d'Arc [5a:n dark],/., Joan 
of Arc {b. at Domremy 1412, 
burned by the English, at Rouen, 

I43i)- 
Jesus [3ezy], m., Jesus. 
Jesus-Christ [3ezy kri], m., Jesus 

Christ. 
jeter [53te], to throw, cast. 
jeu [30], m., play, game. 
jeudi [30di], m., Thursday. 
jeune been], adj., young, 
jeunesse [scenes],/., youth, 
joaillier [3waje], w., jeweler. 
Jodelle [sodel], ■;«., Jodelle {Etienne; 

French poet and dramatist [1532— 

I573])- 

joie [3wa],/., joy, delight. 

Joinville [zwevil], m., Joinville 
{Jean. Sire de; French historian 
of the XIHth century, b. 1224. 

d. 1319)- 
joli [30I1], adj., pretty. 
Joseph [3ozef], m., Joseph, 
joue [3u], /., cheek. 
jouer [5 we], to play. 
jouet [3 we], /«., plaything, toy. 
jouir [5wi:r] (de), to enjoy. 
joujou [5U5U], m., toy. 
jour [5u:r], m., day; huit — s, a 

week; quinze — s, a fortnight, 
journal [surnal], m., newspaper, 
journee [3urne],/., day. 
joyeux [swajo] (/. joyeuse fewa- 

}0iz]) t adj. } joyful, joyous, merry. 
juillet [syje], ;»., July. 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



269 



juin feqe], m., June. 

jupe feyp],/., skirt. 

jurer [3yre], to swear; jar, clash. 

jusque bysk], prep., as far as, to, 
up to; jusqu'ici, as far as here, 
nutil now, before; — la, as far as 
there, until then; jusqu'a [3ys- 
ka], prep., to, up to; jusqu'a ce 
que, conj., until. 

juste [3yst], adj., just, exact; au 
— , exactly. 

juste byst], adv., exactly. 

justice [3ystis], /., justice; palais 
de — , court of justice, law- 
court. 



1' [1], see le or la. 

la [la], def. art. /., the. 

la [la], pers. pron.f., her, it. 

la [la], adv., there; ca et — , here 
and there, up and down, to and 
fro; par — , adv., there, that way. 

la-bas [la ba], adv., yonder, over 
there. 

La Boetie [la boesi] (rue de), rue 
de La Boetie (a street in Paris). 

Labrosse [labros], m., Labrosse 
(Guy de; French naturalist, doc- 
tor of Louis XIII, one of the 
creators of the Jardin des Plantes, 
d. 1641). 

La Bruyere [la bryje:r], m., La 
Bruyere (Jean de; French mor- 
alist, author of les Caracteres 
[1645-1696]). * 

lac [lak], m., lake. 

la-dessus [la dsy], adv., thereupon. 

La Fontaine [la fatem], m., La 
Fontaine (Jean de; celebrated 
French poet, best known for his 
fables [1621-1695]). 

laideur [ledce:r], /., ugliness. 

laisser [lese], to leave, let; part 
with, give up. 

lait [le], m., milk. 

Lamartine [lamartin], m., Lamar- 
tine (Alphonse- Marie- Louis Prat 
de; celebrated French poet [17 go- 
1869]). 

langage [laga:3], m., language, 
speech. 



langue [la:g],/., language, tongue, 
laquelle [lakel], rel. and int. pron.f., 

which, that, who, whom. 
larme [larm],/., tear. 
La Rochefoucauld [la ro$(a)fuko], 

m., La Rochefoucauld (Fran- 

qois, due de; French philosopher, 

author of les Maximes [1613- 

1680}). 
las [la] (/. lasse [la:s]), adj., tired, 

weary, fatigued. 
latin [late], adj., Latin; quartier — , 

Latin Quarter. 
laurier [lorje], m., laurel. 
lavabo [lavabo], m., wash-stand. 
laver [lave], to wash, bathe. 
le [la], def. art. m., the. 
le [la, 1], pers. pron. m., him, it. 
lecon [lasa],/., lesson. 
Leconte de Lisle [lakoit da HI], m., 

Leconte de Lisle (Charles; French 

Parnassian poet [1818-1894}). 
lecture [lektyir],/., reading; exer- 

cice de — , reading exercise. 
leger [lese] (/. legere [le3e:r]), adj., 

light, slight. 
legume [legym], m., vegetable. 
lendemain [ladme], m., following 

day. 
lent [la], adj., slow. 
lentement [latma], adv., slowly. 
lequel [lakel] (/. laquelle [lakel]; 

pi. m. lesquels [lekel]; pi. f. les- 

quelles [lekel]), rel. and int. 

pron., which, that, who, whom. 
les [le], def. art. pi. m. or /., the. 
les [le], pers. pron. pi. m. or /., 

them. 
Le Sage [la sa3], m., Le Sage 

(Alain- Rene; French novelist 

and dramatist [1668-1747]). 
lesquelles [lekel], pi. of laquelle, 

see lequel. 
lesquels [lekel], pi. of lequel, see 

lequel. 
lettre [letr],/., letter (in all senses); 

bachelier es — s, bachelor of 

letters. 
leur [lce:r], poss. adj. pron., their, 

theirs. 
leur [lceir], pers. pron., to them, 

them. 



270 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



lever [lave], to raise; se — , to rise, 

> get up. 

liaison [ljezo],/., linking, liaison. 

liberte [liberte], /., liberty, free- 
dom. 

lie [lje], adj., pp. 0/lier, 'to unite,' 
intimate. 

lieu [IJ0], m., place; avoir — , to 
take place; au — de, prep., in- 
stead of. 

lieutenant [ljotna], m., lieutenant. 

ligne [lip],/., line. 

Ligue [lig] (la), /., the Ligue (a 
confederation of Catholics under 
the due de Guise, in 1576, to over- 
throw Henry III and prevent 
the accession of Henry IV by 
putting one of the Guises on the 
throne). 

lilas [lila], adj., lilac (-colored). 

linge [le:3], m., linen. 

lingerie [l§3ri], /., linen goods. 

lion [ljo], m., lion. 

lire [li:r], irr. v., to read. 

lit [li], m., bed, bedstead. 

litteraire [litere:r], adj., literary. 

litterature [literatyir], /., litera- 
ture. 

livre [livr],/., pound. 

livre [livr], m., book. 

livree [livre],/., livery. 

locution [bkysj5], /., locution, 
phrase. 

loge [b:3],/., lodge, box, room. 

logement [b3ma], m., lodging. 

loger [lose], to lodge. 

loin [lwe], adv., far, far off; — que, 
conj., far from. 

lointain [lwete], m., distance. 

Loire [lwa:r] (la), /., the Loire {river 
in France). 

Londres [loidr], m., London. 

long [15] (/. longue [lo:g]), adj., 
long. 

longtemps [lota], adv., long, a long 
while. 

longueur [I5gce:r],/., length. 

lorsque [brska, lorsk], conj., when. 

louer [lwe], to rent, let. 

louis [lwi], m., louis (an old French 
gold coin worth about $4.60). 

Louis [lwi], ;;?., Louis, Lewis. 



Louis IX [lwi ncef], m., Louis 
Ninth (called 'St- Louis,' king 
of France, b. 1215, d. 1270). 

Louis XHI [lwi tre:z], m., Louis 
Thirteenth (king of France, b. 
1601, d. 1643). 

Louis XTV [lwi katorz], m., Louis 
Fourteenth (called l le Grand,' 
king of France, b. 1638, d. 17 15). 

Louis XVI [lwi se:z], m., Louis Six- 
teenth (king_ of France, b. 1754, 
guillotined in 17 Q3). 

Louis-Philippe [lwi filip], m., Louis 
Philippe (king of France, b. 
1773, d. 1850). 

lourd [lu:r], adj., heavy, close. 

Louvre, see musee du Louvre, 
palais du Louvre, and quai du 
Louvre. 

lui [kri], pers. pron. m. or f. he, 
him, to him; her, to her; it, to 
it. 

lui-meme [lip me:m], pers. pron. 
m., himself. 

luisant [lqiza], adj., shining. 

lundi [lcedi], ;;/., Monday. 

lustre [lystr], m., chandelier. 

Lutece [lytes], /., Lutetia (now 
Paris). 

luxe [lyks], m., luxury. 

Luxembourg, sec jardin du Luxem- 
bourg, musee du Luxembourg, 
and palais du Luxembourg. 

lycee [lise] , m . , high-school, lyceum. 

lyrique [lirik], adj., lyric, lyrical. 



M 

m', see me. 

ma [ma], poss. adj. /., see mon. 
madame [madam], /., madam, 

Mrs. 
Madeleine [madlen] (la), /., the 

Madeleine (an imposing church 

of Roman style of architecture, 

fronting the RueRoyale, in Paris). 
mademoiselle [madmwazel], /., 

miss. 
magasin [magaze], m., store, shop; 

— de nouveautes, dry-goods 

store. 




FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



271 



magnifique [majiifik], adj., magnif- 
icent. 

mai [me], m., May. 

main [me],/., hand. 

maint [me], adj., many (a). 

maintenant [metna], adv., now. 

mais [me], conj., but, why. 

maison [mezo], /., house, home; a 
la — , at home. 

maitre [meitr], m., master, teacher. 

majeste [ma3este],/., majesty. 

majuscule [ma3yskyl], adj., {of 
letters) capital. 

majuscule [ma3yskyl], /., capital, 
capital letter. 

mal [mal], adv., badly, ill. 

mal [mal] {pi. maux [mo]), m., 
evil, harm, sickness, pain; — de 
mer, seasickness; avoir le — de 
mer, to be seasick. 

malade [malad], adj., sick, ill. 

malade [malad], m., sick man. 

male [mail], adj., male. 

malgre [malgre], prep., in spite of, 
notwithstanding; — que, conj., 
in spite of the fact that, not- 
withstanding that. 

malheur [malce:r], m., misfor- 
tune. 

malheureux [malcere] (/. mal- 
heureuse [malcerarz]), adj., un- 
fortunate, unlucky, unhappy. 

malin [male] (/. maligne [maliri]), 
adj., sly. 

malle [mal],/., trunk. 

manchette [ma$et],/., cuff. 

manchot [md§o], adj., one-handed, 
one-armed. 

manger [ma3e], to eat. 

maniere [manje:r], /., manner, 
■ way; de — que, conj., so that. 

manif ester [manifeste], to show. 

manquer [make], to fail, be lack- 
ing, miss. 

mansarde [masard], /., attic. 

manteau [mato], m., cloak. 

manuscrit [manyskri], m., manu- 
script. 

marbre [marbr], m., marble. 

marchand [ma^a], m., merchant. 

marchander [mar$ade], to bargain, 
haggle. 



marche [mar§e], m., market, bar- 
gain; (a) bon — , cheap. 

marcher [mar$e], to march. 

mardi [mardi], m., Tuesday. 

mari [mari], m., husband. 

Marie [mari],/., Mary. 

Marie Antoinette [mari atwanet], 
/., Marie Antoinette {Queen of 
France, wife of Louis XVI, guil- 
lotined in 1793). 

marier [marje], to marry; se — 
(a or avec), to marry, be married 
(to). 

Marivaux [marivo], m., Marivaux 
{Pierre Carlet de Chamblain de; 
celebrated French dramatist and 
novelist {1688-176 3]). 

marquer [marke], to mark. 

marquise [marki:z], /., marchion- 
ess. 

marronnier[maronje], m., (French) 
chestnut-tree. 

mars [mars], m., March. 

Martyr, see rue des Martyrs. 

masculin [maskyle], adj., mascu- 
line. 

massacre [masakr], m., massacre. 

matelot [matlo], m., sailor. 

mathematiques [matematik],/. pi., 
mathematics. 

Mathilde [matild],/., Matilda. 

matiere /., matter; table des — s, 
table of contents. 

matin [mate], m., morning. 

matinal [matinal], adj., early. 

Maupassant [mopasa], m., Mau- 
passant {Guy de; French novelist 
[i8 5 o 7 i8 93 \)- 

mausolee [mozole],w., mausoleum. 

mauvais [move], adj., bad. 

me [ma, m], pers. pron., me, to me. 

medecin [metse], m., doctor. 

medecine [metsin],/., medicine. 

Meilhac [melak], m., Meilhac {Hen- 
ri; French dramatist, wrote often 
in collaboration with Halevy 
[1832-1897]). 

meilleur [mejce:r], adj., better; le 
— , best. 

meler [mele], to mix, mingle; se 
— (a), to be mingled (with); 
se — (de), to meddle (with). 



272 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



melodrame [melodram], m., melo- 
drama. 

membre [ma:br] , m. , member, limb. 

meme [me:m], adj., same, self, 
very, even. 

meme [me:m], adv., even; de — 
que, the same as. 

Memphis [mans], m-., Memphis 
{capital of ancient Egypt) . 

menage [mena:3], m., housework, 
housekeeping. 

menager [mena3e], to save. 

menagerie [mena3ri],/., menagerie. 

mener [mane], to lead, take. 

mentir [mati:r], irr. v., to lie. 

menton [mato], m., chin. 

mepris [mepri], m., scorn. 

mer [me:r], /., sea, ocean; mal de 
— , seasickness; avoir le mal de 
— , to be seasick; se mettre en 
— , to go to sea. 

merci [mersi], adv., thanks, thank 
you; no thank you (when used 
alone it commonly has a negative 
meaning) . 

mercredi [merkrodi], m., Wednes- 
day. 

mere [me:r],/., mother. 

Merimee [merime], m., Merimee 
(Prosper; French novelist [1803- 
1870]). 

merveille [merveij], /., marvel. 

merveilleux [mervejo] (/. mer- 
veilleuse [mervejoiz]), adj., mar- 
velous. 

mes [me], poss. adj. pi. m. and f., 
see mon. 

mesdames [medam], /. pi., see 
madame. 

mesdemoiselles [medmwazel], /. 
pi., see mademoiselle. 

messieurs [mesjo], m. pi., see 
monsieur. 

metre [metr], m., meter. 

metropolitan! [metropolis], m., 
(metropolitan) subway, (one of 
the Parisian underground rail- 
ways) . 

mettre [metr], irr. v., to put, put 
on, place, set; — a l'heure, to 
set (of timepieces) ; se — , to put 
on; se — (a), to begin (to). 



meuble [moebl], m., piece of furni- 
ture. 

meubler [mceble], to furnish. 

meurtrir [mcertriir], to bruise. 

meurtrissure [mcertrisyir], /., 
bruise. 

Mexique [meksik] (le), m., Mexi- 
co. 

midi [midi], m., noon, south. 

miel [mjel], m., honey. 

mien [mje], poss. pron. m., mine, 
my own. 

mienne [mjen], poss. pron. /., 
mine, my own. 

mieux [mjo], adv., better; aimer 
— , to prefer; tant — , so much 
the better. 

mil [mil], adj., (a) thousand. 

milieu [miljo], m., middle, center; 
au — de, in the midst of; au 
beau — , in the very middle, 
right in the midst. 

militaire [milite:r], adj., military. 

mille [mil], adj., (a) thousand. 

milliard [miljair], ;»., billion. 

millier [milje], m., thousand, about 
a thousand. 

million [milj5], ;»., million. 

ministere [ministerr], m., depart- 
ment, board, ministry. 

ministre [ministr], m., minister. 

minuit [minqi], m., midnight. 

minuscule [minyskyl], adj., small, 
lower-case. 

minuscule [minyskyl], /., small 
letter, lower-case letter. 

minute [minyt],/., minute. 

miracle [miraikl], m., miracle, 
miracle-play (drama represent- 
ing, as a rule, a miraculous inter- 
vention of the Virgin). 

miroir [mirwair], m., mirror, look- 



ig-glass. 



miserable [mizerabl], adj., miser- 
able. 

misere [mizeir],/., wretchedness. 

mobilier [mobilje], »/., furniture. 

mode [mod], /., fashion, mode, 
way, manner; a la — , fashion- 
able. 

mode [mod], /;/., mode, mood. 

moderne [modern], adj., modern. 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



273 



modeste [modest], adj., modest. 

modifier [modifje], to modify. 

mceurs [moers], /. pi., morals, 
manners. 

moi [mwa], pers. pron., I, me, to 
me. 

moi-meme [mwa me:m], pers. pron., 
myself. 

moindre [mwe:dr], adj., less, lesser; 
le — , least. 

moins [mwe], adv., less; au (or du) 
— , adv., at least; de — en — , 
less and less; — ... (et) — , 
the less . . . the less; d'autant — , 
the less . . .; a — que, conj., 
unless. 

mois [mwa], m., month. 

moitie [mwatje], /., half; a — , 
half. 

Moliere [moljeir], m., Moliere 
(pseudonym of J ean-B aptiste 
Poquelin; illustrious French 
dramatic author [1622-167 3]). 

moment [moma], m., moment; en 
ce — , now, at present. 

mon [mo], poss. adj. m., my. 

monde [moid], m., world, people; 
tout le — , everyone, everybody. 

monnaie [mone], /., money, coin, 
change; piece de — , coin; pa- 
pier — , paper money. 

monsieur [mosjo], m., Mr., sir; 
gentleman. 

montagne [motan],/., mountain. 

Montaigne [motajij, m., Montaigne 
(Michel de; French essayist 

montant [mota], adj., high (of 
collars). 

Montbard [mobair], Montbard 
(small town, northwest of Dijon, 
France) . 

Mont-Blanc [m5 bla] (le), m., 
Mont Blanc (a lofty mountain 
in France). 

monter [mote], intr., to go up, 
mount, climb; enter; tr., to 
carry up. 

Montesquieu [moteskjo], m., Mon- 
tesquieu (Charles de Secondat, 
baron de la Bride et de; celebrated 
French prose writer [i68g-i?53]) . 



montre [moitr],/., watch. 

montrer [motre], to show. 

monument [monymu], m., monu- 
ment, structure. 

moquer [moke]: se — de, to make 
fun of. 

moraliste [moralist], m., moralist. 

moralite [moralite], /., morality; 
morality-play (comic- play with 
moral intention). 

morceau [morso], m., piece, bit. 

mordre [mordr], to bite, gnaw. 

morne [morn], adj., gloomy, de- 
jected, depressed. 

mort [mo:r],/., death. 

mortel [mortel], m., mortal. 

mot [mo], m., word. 

mou [mu] (before vowels mol [mol], 
/. molle [mol]), adj., soft. 

mouche [mu$],/., fly. 

mouchoir [mu§wa:r], m., handker- 
chief. 

mourir [muriir], irr. v., to die. 

mouvement [muvma], m., move- 
ment. 

moyen [mwaje] (/. moyenne 
[mwajen]), adj., mean, average; 
le — age, the Middle Ages. 

moyen [mwaje], m., means. 

muet [mqet] (/. muette [mqet]), 
adj., dumb, mute, silent. 

mugir [my3i:r], to groan. 

multiplicatif [myltiplikatif ] ( /. 
multiplicative [myltiplikatiiv]), 
adj., multiplicative. 

multiplier [myltiplie], to multi- 
ply. 

multitude [myltityd] , /. , multitude. 

municipal [mynisipal] (m. pi. mu- 
nicipaux [mynisipo]), adj., mu- 
nicipal, town. 

mur [myr], m., wall. 

muraille [nryraij],/., wall. 

murmure [myrmy:r], m., murmur. 

murmurer [myrmyre], to murmur. 

musee [myze], m., museum. 

musee du Louvre [myze dy luivr], 
m., Louvre museum (of Paris; 
the greatest museum of painting, 
sculpture, antiquities , etc., in the 
world). 

musee du Luxembourg [myze dy 



274 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



lyksdbu:r], m., Luxembourg mu- 
seum (a famous collection of 
painting and sculpture by con- 
temporary artists. It occupies 
a building to the west of the 
Luxembourg Palace, in Paris). 

musique [myzik],/., music, band. 

Musset [myse], m., Musset (Al- 
fred de; French poet [1810-1857]). 

mutuellement [mytqelma], adv., 
mutually. 

mystere [miste:r], m., mystery, 
mystery-play (dramatic represen- 
tation of some event taken from 
the Bible or from the lives of the 
saints). 

N 

n', see ne. 

naif [naif] (/. naive [nai:v]), adj., 
artless, ingenuous. 

naissance [nesais], /., birth. 

naitre [ne:tr], irr. v., to be born. 

Naples [napl], /., Naples. 

Napoleon I er [napoleo promje], m., 

. Napoleon First (Bonaparte; em- 
peror of France, b. 1769 at Ajac- 
cio, Corsica, d. 1821 at St. He- 
lena). 

nappe [nap],/., table-cloth. 

nasal [nazal], adj., nasal. 

natif [natif] (/. native [natiiv]), 
adj., native. 

nation [nasjo],/., nation. 

national [nasjonal], adj., national. 

nature [natyir],/., nature. 

naturel [natyrel] (/. naturelle 
[natyrel]), adj., natural. 

naufrage [nofra:3], m., shipwreck. 

ne [no, n], adv., not; — ... aucun, 
not any; — ... guere, scarcely, 
hardly; — ... jamais, never; — 
. . . ni . . . ni, neither . . . nor; 
— ... mil, not any; — ... pas, 
not, no; — . . . personne, no- 
body, no one; — ... plus, no 
more, no longer; — ... point, 
not at all; — ... que, only; — 
. . . rien, nothing. 

ne [ne], pp. of naitre, born. 

neanmoins [neamwe], adv., never- 
theless. 



necessaire [nesese:r], adv., neces- 
sary. 
necessiteux [nesesito] (/. neces- 

siteuse [nesesitoiz]), adj., needy. 
negatif [negatif ] ( /. negative [neg- 

atiiv]), adj., negative. 
negation [negasjo], /., negation, 
neige [ne:3], /., snow; faire de la 

— , to be snowy, snow. 
neiger [ne3e], to snow. 
net [net] (/. nette [net]), adj., 

clean, neat; mettre au — , to 

make a fair copy (of). 
neuf [ncef] (/. neuve [noe:v]), adj., 

new (in the sense of 'recently 

made,^ while nouveau often means 

1 another '). 
neuf [ncef], adj., nine, 
neuvieme [ncevjem], adj., ninth, 
neveu [novo], m., nephew. 
New York [nee jork],/., New York. 
nez [ne], m., nose; se rire au — , 

to laugh at oneself. 
ni [ni], conj., neither, nor. 
nickel [nikel], m., nickel. 
Nicole [nikol],/., Nicole. 
niece [njes], /., niece. 
nier [nje], to deny. 
nipper [nipe], to fit out. 
noctambule [noktabyl], adj., noc- 

tambulistic. 
Noel [noel], m., Christmas; arbre 

de — , Christmas tree; le bon- 

homme de — , Santa Claus. 
noir [nwa:r], adj., black, dark; 

tableau — , blackboard, 
nom [no], m., noun, name; — 

commun, common noun; — 

compose, compound noun; — 

propre, proper noun, 
nombre [n5:br], ;;/., number; — s 

cardinaux, cardinal numbers, 
nommer [nome], to name, call; se 

— , to be called, 
non [no], adv., no; — plus, nor . . . 

either; je pense que — . I think 

not; — que, conj., not that; — 

pas que. conj., not that. 
nonobstant que [nonopsta ka], 

conj., notwithstanding that, 
nord [no:r], m. t north. 
nord-est [nor est], m., northeast. 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



275 



Normands [norma] (les), the Nor- 
mans {descendants of the North- 
men or Scandinavians, who settled 
in France in the gth and ioth 
centuries) . 

nos [no], poss. adj. pi., see notre. 

notable [notabl], adj., notable. 

notre [notra, notr, not], poss. adj., 
our. 

Notre Dame [notr (a) dam], /., 
Notre Dame (the metropolitan 
church of Paris. In the tie de 
la Cite). 

notre [no:tr], poss. pron., ours, our 
own. 

nous [nu], pers. pron. pi., we, us, 
to us. 

nous-memes [nu me:m], pers. pron. 
pi., ourselves. 

nouveau [nuvo] (before vowels 
nouvel [nuvel], /. nouvelle [nu- 
vel]), adj., new, another; de — , 
again. 

nouveaute [nuvote], /., novelty; 
magasin de — s, dry-goods store. 

novembre [novaibr], m., Novem- 
ber. 

nuage [nqaiz], m., cloud. 

nuit [nip],/., night. 

mil [nyl] (/. nulle [nyl]), adj. pron., 
no, not any; nulle part, adv., 
nowhere, (not) anywhere. 

numeral [nymeral], adj., numeral. 

numerateur [nymeratce:r], m., nu- 
merator. 

numero [nymero], m., number. 

O 

6 [o, ox], O! oh! 

obeir [obei:r] (a), to obey. 

objet [ob3e], m., object, article. 

obligation [obligasjo], /., obliga- 
tion. 

obligatoire [obligatwa:r], adj., ob- 
ligatory, compulsory. 

obligeance [obli3a:s], /., kindness. 

obliger [obli3e], to oblige, compel. 

observer [opserve], to observe. 

obstacle [opstakl], m., obstacle. 

obtenir [opteniir], irr. v., to ob- 
tain. 



occasion [okazjo], /., occasion, 
opportunity. 

occupe [okype], adj., busy, con- 
cerned. 

occuper [okype], to occupy, busy, 
concern; — de, to concern with. 

octobre [oktobr], m., October. 

odeur [odceir],/., odor, smell. 

odieux [odjo] (/. odieuse [odjoiz]), 
adj., odious, obnoxious. 

ceil [ce:j], m., eye. 

ceuvre [ceivr], /., work (especially 
of an author) . 

omciel [ofisjel] (/. officielle [ofisjel]), 
adj., official. 

officier [ofisje], m., officer. 

offrir [ofrixr], to offer. 

oh [o], inter j., O! oh! 

oiseau [wazo], m., bird. 

ombrage [obra3e], adj., pp. of 
ombrager, shady, shaded. 

ombrager [ombra3e], to shade. 

ombre [o:br], /., shade, shadow. 

omettre [ometr], irr. v., to omit. 

omission [omisjo], /., omission. 

on [5], indef. pron., one (often 
rendered in English by l you,' 
'we,' l they,' 'people,' or by the 
passive construction. Often writ- 
ten Von) . 

oncle [o:kl], m., uncle. 

ongle [oxgl], m., nail. 

onze [o:z], adj., eleven (does not 
permit elision or liaison.) 

onzieme [ozjem], adj., eleventh 
(does not permit elision or liaison). 

opera [opera], m., opera, opera- 
house. 

Opera, see avenue de l'Opera, 
place de l'Opera. 

opera-boufife [opera buf], w.,opera- 
bouffe (farcical comic operetta). 

opera-comique [opera komik], m., 
opera-comique (opera in which 
the dialogue is usually spoken 
and which generally ends happi- 
ly. Some of the more recent 
operas-comiques resemble closely 
grand operas). 

oppose [opoze], adj., opposite. 

or [o:r], m., gold; piece d' — , gold 
piece. 



276 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



orage [ora:3], m., storm. 

oral [oral], adj., oral. 

orange [ora:3], /., orange. 

oranger [ora3e], m., orange-tree. 

Orcan [orka], m., Orcan (charac- 
ter in Voltaire's Zadig). 

ordinaire [ordineir], adj., ordinary, 
usual; a V — , adv., ordinarily. 

ordinal [ordinal], adj., ordinal. 

ordonner [ordone], to order. 

ordre [ordr], m., order. 

ordure [ordyir],/., rubbish, sweep- 
ings. 

oreille [ore:j],/., ear. 

organe [organ], m., organ. 

orgueilleux [orgcejo] (/. orgueil- 
leuse [orgoejoiz]), adj., proud. 

oriental [orjatal], adj., oriental. 

original [ori3inal], adj., original. 

origine [ori3in], /., origin, source, 
beginning. 

Orleans, see Charles d'Orleans. 

orthographique [ortografik], adj., 
orthographical. 

oser [oze], to dare, venture. 

oter [ote], to remove. 

ou [u], conj., or. 

oh [u], adv., where, to which, at 
which, in which, etc.; d' — , 
whence. 

oublier [ublie], to forget. 

ouest [west], m., west. 

oui [wi], adv., yes (does not permit 
elision or liaison). 

ours [urs], m., bear. 

ouvert [uve:r], adj., pp. of ouvrir, 
open. 

ouvrir [uvrur], in. v., to open. 



page [pa:3],/., page (of a book). 
page [pa:5], m., page (person). 
Pailleron [pajoro], m. t Pailleron 

(Edouard; French dramatic writer 

[1834-1899]). 
pain [pe], m., bread, loaf; petit — , 

roll, 
paire [pe:r], /., pair, 
paisible [pezibl], adj., peaceful, 
palais [pale], m., palace, court of 

justice. 



palais de justice [pale do 3ystis], 
m., court of justice, law-court 
(a vast structure replacing the 
primitive palace of the kings of 
France. In the ile de la Cite). 

palais du Louvre [pale dy luivr], 
m., called also le Louvre (a vast 
palace between the Rue de Rivoli 
and the Seine. The most im- 
portant monument in Paris, on 
account of its architecture and 
the splendid museum it contains). 

palais du Luxembourg [pale dy 
lyksabuir], m., Luxembourg Pal- 
ace (a palace in Paris, on the 
left bank of the Seine. Con- 
structed for Marie de' Medicis, 
161J-1620. The French Senate 
occupies it now). 

palais du Trocadero [pale dy tro- 
kadero], m., palais du Troca- 
dero (a palace of oriental style, 
constructed in 1878 in the park 
of the same name, Paris. It con- 
tains some remarkable collec- 
tions). 

Palais-Royal [pale rwajal], m., Pa- 
lais-Royal (a palace in Paris, 
built [1629-1634] by Richelieu). 

pali [pali], adj., grown pale. 

palir [pali:r], to grow pale. 

palme [palm]./., palm. 

panier [panje]. m., basket. 

pantalon [patalo], m., pantaloons, 
trousers. 

Pantheon [pateo], m.. Pantheon 
(an imposing temple used as a 
mausoleum for the great men of 
France). 

pantoufle [pfitufl],/., slipper. 

papier [papje], m., paper; — a 
lettre. letter paper; — buvard, 

blotting paper; monnaie, 

paper money. 

paquebot [pakbo], m., packet, 
steamer. 

paquet [pake], m., package, parcel. 

par [pair], prep., by. through, 
from; — ici. adv., here, this 
way; — la. adv.. there, that way. 

paraifre [pare.'tr], irr. v.. to appear, 
seem. 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



277 



pare [park], m., park. 

parce que [pars (a) ko], conj., be- 
cause, for. 

par-dessus [par dosy] , prep. , above, 
over. 

pardessus [pardgsy], m., overcoat. 

pardon [pardo], m., pardon. 

pardonner [pardone] (a), to par- 
don, forgive. 

pareil [pare:j] (/. pareille [pareij]), 
adj., like, alike, similar, such. 

parent [para], m., relative; pi. 

parents, relatives; grand (s) 

[gra para], m., grandparent(s). 

parente [parent],/., relative. 

parer [pare], to adorn, dress, deck 
(out). 

parfait [parfe], adj., perfect. 

parfait [parfe], m., perfect (tense). 

parfaitement [parfetma], adv., per- 
fectly. 

parfois [parfwa], adv., sometimes. 

parfum [parfce], m., perfume. 

parfume [parfyme], adj., perfumed. 

Paris [pari], m., Paris (capital of 
France. Population about three 
million) . 

parisien [parizje] (/. parisienne 
[parizjen]), adj., Parisian. 

parler [parle], to speak. 

parmi [parmi], prep., among, 
amidst. 

Parnassiens [parnasje], m. pi., 
Parnassians {name given to a 
group of French poets of about 
the middle of the XlXth cen- 
tury. They aimed to suppress 
emotion and to excel in form) . 

parole [parol], /., word, speech, 
promise. 

paroxysme [paroksism], m., cli- 
max. 

part [pair], /., part, share, side; a 
— , adv., apart; nulle — , adv., 
nowhere; quelque — , adv., some- 
where; de ma — , from me. 

parti [parti], m., part, resolution, 
course; prendre son — , to make 
up one's mind, resign oneself. 

participe [partisip], m., participle. 

partie [parti], /., part, party; en 
grande — , in great part, largely. 



partir [parti: r], irr. v., to depart, 

leave, set out, start (off) ; a — de, 

prep., from. 
partitif [partitif] (/. partitive [par- 

titilv]), adj., partitive. 
partout [partu], adv., everywhere. 
parure [paryir], /., ornament. 
pas [pa], adv., not, no; — du tout, 

not at all; non — que, conj., not 

that. 
pas [pa], m., step. 
Pascal [paskal], m., Pascal (Blaise; 

French philosopher, physicist, and 

mathematician [162J-1662]). 
passe [pase], adj., past, last; — 

anterieur, past anterior; — de- 

fini, past definite; — indefini, 

past indefinite. 
passe defini [pase defini], m., past 

definite, preterite (tense). 
passe indefini [pase edefini], m. } 

past indefinite, perfect (tense). 
passer [pase], to pass, go by, spend. 
passif [pasif] (/. passive [pasiiv]), 

adj., passive. 
passion [pasjo],/., passion. 
paternel [paternel] (/. paternelle 

[paternel]), adj., paternal. 
patrie [patri],/., fatherland. 
patte [pat],/., paw, leg. 
pauvre [poivr], adj., poor (in all 

senses). 
pauvrete [povrate], /., poverty. 
payer [peje], to pay, pay for. 
pays [pei], m., country, 
peau [po],/., skin. 
peigne [pep], m., comb, 
peigner [pepe], to comb; se — , to 

comb one's hair. 
peine [pe:n],/., punishment, pain, 

trouble; a — , hardly, scarcely; 

donnez-vous la — de . ., 

kindly . . ., please . . .; valoir la 

— , to be worth while. 
peinture [petyir], /., painting. 

paint. 
pencher [pa$e], to incline, bend. 
pendant [pada], prep., during, for; 

— - que, conj., whilst, while 
pendre [paidr], to hang. 
pendule [pddyl], /., clock, chimney- 
clock. 



278 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



pensee [pase],/., thought. 

penser [pase], to think; — a, to 
think of. 

pension [pasjo],/., boarding-house. 

percer [perse], to pierce, break. 

perche [per$e], adj., perched. 

perdre [perdr], to lose, waste, ruin. 

pere [pe:r], m., father. 

Pere-Lachaise, see cimetiere du 
Pere-Lachaise. 

perfectionner [perfeksjone], to per- 
fect. 

perilleux [perijo] ( /. perilleuse [pe- 
rijoiz]), adj., perilous. 

perir [peri:r], to perish. 

perle [perl],/., pearl. 

permettre [permetr], irr. v., to per- 
mit, allow. 

personnage [persona.^], m., per- 
sonage. 

personne [person], indef. pron., no- 
body, no one; anybody, any one. 

personne [person], /., person. 

personnel [personel] (/. person- 
nels [personel]), adj., personal. 

perspective [perspekthv], /., pros- 
pect. 

petit [p(o)ti], adj., little, small. 

petite-fille [p(o)tit fi:j], /., grand- 
daughter. 

petit-enfant[p(o)titafa],w., grand- 
child. 

petit-fils [p(o)ti fis], m., grandson. 

peu [po], adv., little, few; — a — , 
adv., little by little; a — pres, 
adv., nearly. 

peu [po], m., little, few; un — , a 
little, somewhat, just. 

peuple [pcepl], m., people, lower 
classes. 

peupler [pceple], to people. 

peur [pce:r],/., fear; avoir — (de), 
to be afraid (of); de — que, 
conj., for fear that, lest. 

peut-etre [p(o)t e:t(r)(o)], adv., 
perhaps. 

phenix [feniks], m., phcenix. 

phenomene [fenomein], m., phe- 
nomenon. 

Philippe Auguste [filip ogyst], m. } 
Philip Augustus (king of France, 
b. 1165, d. 1223). 



philosophe [filozof], m., philoso- 
pher. 

philosophic [filozofi],/., philosophy. 

philosophique [filozofik], adj., phi- 
losophical. 

phonetique [fonetik], adj., phonetic. 

phrase [fra:z],/., phrase, sentence. 

physique [fizik], adj., physical. 

piano [pjano], m., piano. 

piece [pjes], /., piece, room, play; 
— de monnaie, coin. 

pied [pje], m., foot; a — , on foot. 

pierre [pje:r],/., gem. 

pierrerie [pjerri], /. pi., gems, 
precious stones. 

pieton [pjeto], m., pedestrian. 

pieusement [pjozmci], adv., piously. 

pince-nez [pes ne], m., eyeglasses, 
nose-glasses. 

piquer [pike], to prick. 

pire [pi:r], adj., worse; le — , 
worst. 

Piron [piro], m., Piron (Alexis; 
French dramatist [1689-1773]). 

pis [pi], adv., worse; le — , worst. 

place [plas], /., place, position, 
seat, square. 

place de la Concorde [plas do la 
kokord],/., place de la Concorde 
(the principal square of Paris, 
between the Champs- El ysees and 
the Gardens of the Tuileries. In 
its center stands the famous 
Obeli sque de Luxor, and about 
it, eight statues representing the 
principal cities of France, in- 
cluding the lost city of Stras- 
burg, constantly decorated in 
mourning. It was here that 
Louis XVI and Marie Antoi- 
nette were beheaded). 

place de l'Opera [plas do lopera], 
/., place de l'Opera (a square 
in front of the Opera at Paris). 

place du Palais-Royal [plas dy 
pale rwajal],/., place du Palais- 
Royal (square in front of the 
Palais- Royal, at Paris). 

place St-Michel [plas se mi$el], /., 
place St-Michel (a small square 
at the end of the Boulevard St- 
Michcl. near the Seined. 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



279 



placer [plase], to place, put. 

plafond [plafo], m., ceiling. 

plaie [pie], /,, sore, wound. 

plaindre [pleidr]: se — , to com- 
plain. 

plain e [plen], /., plain, heath, 
lowland, field. 

plainte [pleit], /., complaint, la- 
mentation. 

plaintif [pletif] (/. plaintive [ple- 
ti:v]), adj., plaintive, mournful. 

plaire [ple:r] (a), irr. v., to please; 
s'il vous plait [sil vu pie], if you 
please. 

plaisanterie [plezatri],/., pleasant- 
ry, joke. 

plaisir [pleziir], m t , pleasure; pi., 
pleasure-grounds, royal pre- 
serves. 

plancher [pla$e], m., floor. 

plante [pla:t],/., plant; jardin des 
— s, botanical gardens. 

plat [pla], m., dish; pi., food. 

Pleiade [plejad] (la),/., thePleiade 
{group of seven French poets of 
the XV I th century). 

plein [pie], adj., full. 

pleurer [plcere], to weep. 

pleurs [plce:r], m. pi., tears. 

pleuvoir [plcevwa:r], irr. v., to rain. 

pli [pli], m., fold; habit, custom, 
way. 

pluie [plqi],/., rain; faire de la — , 
to be rainy, rain. 

plumage [plyma:3], m., plumage. 

plume [plym],/., pen. 

plupart [plypar],/., most. 

pluriel [plyrjel], m., plural. 

plus [ply], adv., more; de — en — , 
more and more; — ... (et) — , 
the more . . . the more; d'autant 
— , the more . . . ; non — , nor 
. . . either. 

plusieurs [plyzjce:r], adj.-pron., 
several. 

plus-que-parfait [plys ko parfe], m., 
pluperfect (tense). 

plutot [ply to], adv., rather, sooner. 

poche [po$],/., pocket. 

poeme [poe:m], m., poem. 

poesie [poezi],/., poetry. 

poete [poe:t], m., poet. 



point [pwe], adv., no, not, not at 
all. 

point [pwe], m., point, period; — s 
cardinaux, cardinal points. 

poire [pwair],/., pear. 

poisson [pwaso], m., fish. 

poitrine [pwatrin],/., chest, breast. 

poivre [pwaivr], m., pepper. 

pomme [pom],/., apple. 

pomme de terre [pom da teir], /., 
potato. 

ponctuation [poktqasj5], /., punc- 
tuation. 

pont [po], m., bridge. 

pont au Change [pot o $0:3], m., 
pont au Change (an ancient 
bridge over one arm of the Seine, 
connecting the Place du Chdtelet 
with the He de la Cite. Formerly 
covered with the shops of goldsmiths 
and money-changers . Hence its 
name. Reconstructed in 1858). 

pont St-Michel [po se mi$el], m., 
pont St-Michel (a bridge leading 
from the Place St-Michel over 
one arm of the Seine to the tie 
de la Cite). 

populaire [popyleir], adj., popu- 
lar. 

port [po:r], m., port, harbor. 

porte [port], /., door, gate. 

posseder [posede], to possess. 

pot-au-feu [pot o 10], m., soup with 
boiled beef. 

poterie [potri],/., pottery, earthen- 
ware. 

poumon [pumo], m., lung. 

poupee [pupe],/., doll. 

pour [purr, pur], prep., for, to; — 
que, conj., in order that, so that, 
that. 

pourboire [purbwair], m., tip. 

pourquoi [purkwa], conj., why. 

pourtant [purta], adv., neverthe- 
less, however, yet, still. 

pourvu que [purvy ko], conj., pro- 
vided that. 

pousser [puse], to spring up, grow, 
push, urge. 

pouvoir [puvwair], irr. v., to be 
able, can, may; il se peut, it 
may be. 



280 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



pouvoir [puvwair], m., power; au 
— , in the power. 

pratiquer [pratike], to practice. 

pre [pre], m., meadow. 

precedent [presedS], adj., preced- 
ing, former. 

preceder [presede], to precede, go 
before. 

precieux [presjo] (/. precieuse 
[presj0:z]), adj., precious. 

precipiter [presipitej: se — , to 
throw oneself. 

precis [presi], adj., precise, exact. 

precisement [presizema], adv., pre- 
cisely, exactly. 

precurseur [prekyrsceir], m., pre- 
cursor, forerunner, herald. 

predicateur [predikatce:r], m., 
preacher. 

predire [prediir], irr. v., to predict. 

prefecture [prefektyir], /., sheriff's 
office; — de police, office of the 
commissioner of police. 

preferer [prefere], to prefer. 

premier [promje] (/. premiere 
[promje:r]), adj., first. 

premierement [promjermci], adv., 
first, firstly. 

prendre [praidr], irr. v., to take, 
get. 

preparer [prepare], to prepare. 

preposition [prepozisj5], /., prepo- 
sition. 

pres [pre], adv., near; — de, prep., 
near; a peu — , nearly. 

presence [preza:s], /., presence. 

present [preza], adj., present. 

present [preza], m., present (time 
or tense) ; a — , at present, now. 

presenter [prezate], to present, 
introduce. 

preserver [prezerve], to preserve, 
protect. 

presque [presko, presk], adv., al- 
most, nearly. 

pret [pre], adj., ready. 

pretendre [pretaidr], to pretend. 

preter [prete], to lend. 

preteur [pretoe:r], m., lender. 

prevoir [prevwair], irr. v., to fore- 
see. 

Prevost [prevo], m., Prevost {Vabbe 



Antoine-Franqois; French novel- 
ist [1697-176 3]). 

prier [prie], to pray, ask, beg; je 
t'en prie, I beg of you. 

primaire [primeir], adj., primary. 

primitif [primitif] (/. primitive 
[primitiiv]), adj., primitive. 

prince [pre:s], m., prince. 

princesse [preses],/., princess. 

principal [presipal], adj., principal. 

principal [presipal], m., principal. 

principe [presip], m., principle. 

printemps [preta], m., spring. 

privation [privasj5],/., privation. 

prix [pri], m., price, prize. 

probable [probabl], adj., probable. 

probablement [probabbma], adv., 
probably. 

prochain [pro^e], adj., next {when 
it precedes noun it means 'follow- 
ing,' 'succeeding' ; when it follows, 
'next,' 'the coming'). 

proclamer [proklame], to proclaim. 

prodige [prodi^], m., prodigy, 
miracle. 

produire [prodqiir], irr. v., to pro- 
duce. 

profane [prof an], adj., profane, 
secular. 

professeur [profesce:r], m., pro- 
fessor, teacher. 

profiter [profite], to profit; — de, 
to profit by. 

profond [prof 5], adj., deep, pro- 
found, dark. 

programme [program], m., program. 

proie [prwa],/., prey, prize. 

projeter [pro5te], to project, plan. 

promenade [promnad], /., walk, 
promenade, ride; faire une — , 
to take a walk (ride). 

promener [promne], tr., to take 
for a walk; lead (about); se — , 
to walk (or ride), take a walk 
(or ride). 

promettre [prometr], irr. v., to 
promise. 

promptement [protma], adv., 
promptly. 

pronom [prono], m., pronoun. 

pronominal [pronominal], adj., pro- 
nominal. 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



281 



prononcer [pronose], to pronounce. 

pronunciation [pronosjasjo], /., pro- 
nunciation. 

proposition [propozisjo], /., propo- 
sition, phrase. 

propre [propr], adj., proper, own, 
clean; nom — , proper noun. 

proprement[proproma], adv., prop- 
erly, rightly. 

prosateur [prozatceir], m., prose- 
writer. 

prose [proiz],/., prose. 

protestant [pro testa], adj., Prot- 
estant. 

protestant [protests], m., Protes- 
tant. 

protester [pro teste], to protest. 

psychologie [psikolo3i],/., psychol- 
ogy. 

public [pyblik] (/. publique [py- 
blik]), adj., public. 

public [pyblik], m., public. 

pueril [pqeril], adj., puerile, child- 
ish. 

puerilite [pqerilite], /., childish- 
ness. 

puis [pqi], adv., then, next, after- 
wards. 

puisque [pqisk(o)], conj., since, see- 
ing that. 

puissance [pqisais], /., power, 
strength. 

pupitre [pypitr], m., desk (small 
school-desk). 

Q 

quai [ke], m., quay, wharf. 

quai des Tuileries [ke de tqilori], 

m., quai des Tuileries (one of 

the quays of Paris). 
quai du Louvre [ke dy lu:vr], m., 

quai du Louvre (one of the quays 

of Paris) . 
qualifier [kalifje], to qualify, mod- 

if y-. 

qualite [kalite], /., quality, rank. 

quand [ka], adv. or conj., when; 
depuis — , how long. 

quant (a) [kat (a)], adv., with re- 
gard (to), as (to), as (for). 

quantieme [katjem], m., day (of 
the month). 



quantite [katite],/., quantity. 

quarante [karait], adj., forty. 

quart [ka:r], adj., fourth. 

quart [ka:r], m., quarter, fourth. 

quartier [kartje], m., quarter, 
ward, district; — latin, Latin 
Quarter (the student quarter in 
Paris, where are located the prin- 
cipal colleges and special schools). 

quatorze [katorz], adj., fourteen. 

quatre [katr], adj., four. 

quatre-vingt-dix [katro ve dis], adj., 
ninety. 

quatre-vingt-onze [katro ve 5:z], 
adj., ninety-one. 

quatre-vingts [katro ve], adj., 
eighty. 

quatre-vingt-un [katro vece], adj., 
eighty-one. 

quatrieme [katriem], adj., fourth. 

que [ko], conj., that, than, as, when, 
why, unless, without; — ... ne, 
than; ne . . . — , only, but, not 
until. 

que [ko], int. pron., what, how, why; 
— de, how many; qu'est-ce — 
[kes(o) ko]? int. pron., what? 
qu'est-ce qui [kes(o) ki]? int. 
pron., what? qu'est-ce qu'il y a 
[kes(o) kil j a]? what is there? 

que [ko, k], rel. pron., whom, which, 
that. 

quel [kel] (/. quelle [kel]), int. 
adj., what, which. 

quelconque [kelko: k], adj. (al- 
ways follows noun), any, what- 
ever, some ... or other. 

quelque [kelko, kelk], adj., some; 
pi. a few; — chose, something, 
anything. 

quelque [kelko, kelk], adv., how- 
ever; — ... que, however. 

quelquefois [kelkofwa], adv., some- 
times. 

quelqu'un [kelkce] (pi. quelques- 
uns [kelkoz 62]), indef. pron. m., 
somebody, some one, anybody, 
any one. 

quelqu'une [kelkyn] (pi. quelques- 
unes [kelkoz yn]), indef. pron. /., 
somebody, some one, anybody, 
any one. 



282 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



question [kestjo], /., question. 

questionnaire [kestjoneir], m., drill. 

questionner [kestjone], to question, 
interrogate. 

qui [ki], rel. and int. pron., who, 
whom, which, that; — que, 
comp. rel. pron., whoever. 

quiconque [kik5:k], indef. pron., 
whoever, whosoever, whomso- 
ever. 

quint [ke], adj., fifth. 

quinze [ke:z], adj., fifteen. 

quitter [kite], to leave, quit. 

quoi [kwa], rel. pron., what, which; 
— que, comp. rel. pron., what- 
ever. 

quoi [kwa], int. pron. (used partic- 
ularly after prepositions), what. 

quoique [kwaka], conj., although, 
though. 



rabattre [rabatr]: rabattu [rabaty], 
adj. (of collars), turn-down. 

Rabelais [rable], m., Rabelais 
(Francois; famous French writer, 
[b. about 1483, d. 1553}, author 
of Gargantua and Pantagruel). 

race [ras],/., family, race. 

Racine [rashn], m., Racine (Jean; 
celebrated French tragic poet, ri- 
val of Corneille [16 59-1699]). 

raconter [rakote], to narrate, tell 
(of). 

radieux [radjo] (/. radieuse [ra- 
djosz]), adj., radiant, glorious. 

raison [rez5], /., reason; avoir — , 
to be right. 

raisonner [rezone], to reason, dis- 
cuss. 

ramage [rama:3], m., warbling, 
singing. 

Rambouillet [rabuje] (M me de), 
/., Madame de Rambouillet 
(mistress of the Hotel de Ram- 
bouillet, where she held a famous 
literary salon [1 588-1665]). 

ramener [ramne], to bring back. 

rang [rfi], m., rank. 

rapidement [rapidma], adv., rapid- 

ly- 

rappeler [raple], to call back, re- 



call; se — , to recollect, remem- 
ber, recall. 

rapport [rapoir], m., relation, ref- 
erence. 

rapporter [raporte], to bring (back); 
se — , to agree, refer. 

rare [ra:r], adj., rare, uncommon. 

rassurer [rasyre], to reassure. 

rat [ra], m., rat. 

ravage [rava:3], m., ravage. 

ravi [ravi], pp. c/ravir, delighted. 

ravisseur [ravisceir], m., ravisher. 

rayon [rej5], m., ray; shelf; de- 
partment (in a store). 

realiste [realist], m., realist. 

recevoir [rasovwa:r], irr. v., to re- 
ceive. 

recherche [ra$er$],/., search, seek- 
ing; a la — , in search. 

recherche [ro$er$e], adj., sought 
after. 

reclame [rekla:m], /., advertise- 
ment, advertising. 

recommander [rakomade], to re- 
commend, bid, advise. 

recommencer [rokomase], to re- 
commence. 

recompense [rek5pa:s], /., reward. 

reconnaitre [rakoneitr], irr. v., to 
recognize. 

recouvrir [rakuvriir], irr. v., to 
cover again; cover. 

redevenir [radavniir], irr. v., to 
become again. 

rediger Jredise], to draw up, draft. 

redingote [radegot], /., frock-coat. 

redoubler [raduble], to double. 

redouter [radute], to dread, fear. 

refaire [rafe:r], irr. v., to do again, 
perform again. 

refermer [roferme], to close again. 

reflechi [refle$i], adj., reflexive, 
reflective. 

reflector [refle$i:r], to reflect. 

refleter [roflete], to reflect. 

Reforme [reform], /., Reform, 
Reformation (the religious and 
political movement which broke 
the unity of the Catholic church 
in the XYIth century, ending 
in the establishment of Protes- 
tantism). 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



283 



refroidir [rafrwadiir], to cool. 

refus [rafy], m., refusal. 

refuser [rafyze], to refuse. 

regagner [ragajie], to regain, re- 
turn to. 

regard [ragair], m., look, glance, 
gaze. 

regarder [ragarde], to regard, con- 
sider, look, look at. 

regime [re3im], m. } object. 

regie [regl],/., rule; ruler 

regne [reji], m., reign. 

regner [rejie], to reign, hold sway. 

regret [ragre], m., regret. 

regretter [ragrete], to regret, be 
sorry. 

regulier [regylje] (/. reguliere [re- 
gyljeir]), adj., regular. 

reine [rein],/., queen. 

relatif [ralatif] (/. relative [rala- 
ti:v]), adj., relative. 

reluire [rahiiir], in. v.,\o shine. 

remarquer [ramarke], to notice, 
observe. 

remercier [ramersje], to thank; 
— de, to thank for. 

remettre [rametr], in. v., to put 
again, put back. 

remonter [ramate], to ascend, 
mount, go up; reascend, re- 
mount, reenter. 

remplacer [raplase], to replace, 
take the place of. 

remplir [raplhr], to fill, fulfil. 

remuer [ramrje], to move. 

Renaissance [ranesais], /., Renais- 
sance (the revival of letters and 
of art that began in Italy in the 
XlVth century. It spread to 
France in the XVIth century). 

renard [ranarr], m., fox. 

rencontrer [rakatre], to meet, find. 

rendez-vous [rade vu], m., rendez- 
vous, meeting, appointment. 

rendre [rd:dr], to render, make; 
return, give back; se — , to be- 
take oneself, go; — visite, to 
pay a visit. 

renfermer [raferme], to shut up, 
confine, comprise, include. 

renf oncer [rafose]: se — , to sink 
back. 



renomme [ranome], adj., renowned, 
famed, celebrated. 

renoncer [ranase], to renounce. 

renouveler [ranuvle], to renew. 

rentrer [ratre], to reenter, re- 
turn. 

renvoyer [ravwaje], in. v., to send 
away, dismiss. 

reparer [repare], to repair. 

repas [rapa], m., meal. 

repeter [repete], to repeat. 

repetition [repetisjo],/., repetition. 

repondre [repoidr], to answer, re- 
ply, respond; — de, to answer 
^for. 

reponse [repois], /., answer, reply, 
response. 

reporter [raporte], to carry back, 
take back. 

reprendre [rapradr], in. v., to take 
back, retake, recapture; take 
up again, resume; reply; re- 
trace, regain. 

representant [raprezata], m., rep- 
resentative. 

representation [raprezatasjo], /., 
display, play. 

representer [raprezate], to rep- 
resent, perform, play, show. 

reserver [rezerve], to reserve. 

resistance [rezista:s],/., resistance. 

resoudre [rezudr], in. v., to re- 
solve. 

ressembler [rasable] (a), to re- 
semble. 

reste [rest], m., rest. 

rester [reste], to remain, stay. 

restituer [restittre], to return, re- 
store. 

retablir [retabliir], to restore; se 
— , to recover (one's health), 
get well again. 

retard [ratair], m., delay; en — , 
late; etre en — , to be late, slow 
(of timepieces) . 

retarder [ratarde], to delay, (of 
timepieces) be slow, lose time. 

retenir [ratniir], in. v., to retain, 
engage. 

retour [ratuir], m., return; de — , 
at home, back; (d')aller et — , 
round-trip. 



284 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



retourner [raturne], to return; se 
— , to turn around. 

retrouver [rotruve], to find again. 

reunir [reyniir], to bring together; 
se — , to gather, come together. 

reussir [reysiir], to succeed. 

reve [re:v], m., dream. 

reveille-matin [revej mate], m., 
alarm-clock. 

reveiller [reveje], to awaken, 
awake; — en sursaut, to startle 
(one) out of his sleep; se — , to 
wake, wake up, awake. 

reveler [revele], to reveal, dis- 
close. 

revenir [ravniir], irr. v., to return, 
come back. 

reveur [revce:r] (/. reveuse [re- 
V0iz]), adj., dreamy. 

revoir [ravwa:r],frr. v., to see again; 
au — , till we meet again. 

revolution [revolysjo], /., revolu- 
tion. 

Revolution francaise [revolysjo 
fraseiz], /., French Revolution 
{or Revolution of 1789). 

revue [rovy], /., review (a comic 
piece in which the events of the 
year are reviewed. Our " Follies" 
are patterned after the French 



[re t $ose], 
au — , on 



m., 
the 



se — , to dress 



revue). 
rez-de-chaussee 

ground floor; 

ground floor. 
rhabiller [rabije] 

oneself again. 
Rhone [ro:n] (le), m., the Rhone 

{river in France). 
rhume [rym], m., cold; — de 

cerveau, cold in the head. 
riche [ri$], adj., rich. 
Richelieu [ri^aljo], m., Richelieu 

{famous cardinal and French 

statesman [158 5-1642]). 
richesse [ri$es],/., wealth, riches. 
rideau [rido], m., curtain. 
rien [rje], adv., nothing; any- 
thing. 
rire [ri:r], irr. v., to laugh; se — 

au nez, to laugh at oneself. 
risquer [riske], to risk. 
rive [ri:v], /., shore, bank, side. 



riviere [rivje:r], /., stream. 

Rivoli, see rue de Rivoli. 

robe [rob], /., robe, gown, dress. 

roi [rwa], m., king. 

Roland [rola], m., Roland {paladin 
of Charlemagne). 

role [roil], m., role, part. 

romain [rome], adj., Roman. 

roman [roma], m., novel, romance, 
fiction. 

roman [roma], adj., Romance, 
Neo-Latin. 

romancier [romasje], m., novelist. 

Roman de la Rose [roma d(o) la 
ro:z],w., "Romance of the Rose" 
{French allegorical poem, com- 
posed by Guillaume de Lorris and 
Jean de Meung in the Xlllth 
century). 

Roman du Renart [roma dy ronair], 
m., Roman du Renart, Romance 
of the Fox {French satirical poem 
of the XII Ith century). 

romantique [romatik], adj., roman- 
tic. 

romantisme [romatism], m., ro- 
manticism. 

Rome [rom],/., Rome. 

rond [ro], adj., round. 

rondement [rodmci], adv., roundly, 
plainly. 

Ronsard [rosa:r], m. } Ronsard 
{Pierre de; French poet [1524- 

1585]). 
rose [ro:z], adj., pink. 
rose [ro:z], /., rose, 
rouge [111:3], adj.. red. 
rougeole [rusol], /., measles, 
rouleau [rulo], m., roll, pile. 
Roumanie [rumani],/., Roumania. 
Rousseau [ruso], ;;/.. Rousseau 

{Jean-Jacques; celebrated French 

prose-writer and philosopher 

[1712-1778]). 
route [rut], /., route, way, road; 

en — pour, on the way to. 
roux [ru] (/. rousse [rus]), adj., 

reddish, 
royal [rwajal]. adj., royal. 
royaume [rwajo:m], m., kingdom, 

realm, 
ruban [ryba]. ;;/.. ribbon. 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



285 



rude [ryd], adj., rough, hard, 
coarse. 

rudement [rydma], adv., rudely; 
remarkably. 

rue [ry], /., street. 

rue de Rivoli [ry da rivoli], /., rue 
de Rivoli (one of the principal 
thoroughfares on the right batik 
of the Seine, Paris). 

rue des Ecoles [ry dez ekol], /., 
rue des Ecoles (a street parallel 
to the Boulevard St-Germain, on 
which are situated the Sorbonne 
and the College de France). 

rue des Martyrs [ry de martiir], 
/., rue des Martyrs (a street in 
the northern part of Paris). 

rue Royale [ry rwajal], /., rue 
Royale (a short, but very much 
frequented street, lying between 
the Madeleine and the Place de 
la Concorde). 

rue Soufflot [ry suflo], /., rue 
Soufflot (a short street leading 
from the Botdevard St- Michel 
to the Pantheon, named from the 
architect of the Pantheon). 

rugueux [rygo] ( /. rugueuse [ry- 
go:z]), adj., rough. 

ruineux [rcrino] (/. ruineuse [riri- 
nojz]), adj., ruinous. 

rumeur [rymceir], /., noise, mur- 
mur. 



s', see se. 

sa [sa], poss. adj. /., see son. 

sabre [scubr], m., saber. 

sacre [sakre], adj., sacred. 

sage [sa:3], adj., wise. 

sagesse [sa3es],/., wisdom. 

saignant [sejia], adj., rare (of 
meats). 

sain [se], adj., healthy, sound, 
well. 

saint [se], m., saint. 

saint [se], adj., holy, sacred. 

Saint-Barthelemy [se bartelmi] 

(la), /., the massacre of Saint 

Bartholomew('s day) (terrible 

massacre of the French Protes- 

■ tants, ordered by Charles IX, 



and inspired by Catharine de'' 
Medicis, Aug. 24, 1572). 

Saint-Cloud [se clu], m., Saint 
Cloud (a beautiful park lying to 
the west of Paris, containing some 
interesting ruins of the palace of 
the same name). 

Saint-Denis, see eglise de St- 
Denis. 

sainte [se:t], /., saint. 

Sainte-Beuve [se:t boiv], m., 
Sainte-Beuve (C harles- Augustin; 
celebrated French critic and poet 
[1 804-1869]). 

Sainte-Chapelle [seit $apel],/., the 
Sainte-Chapelle (an ancient 
chapel, constructed 1245-1248 
under St- Louis. The most ele- 
gant Gothic structure in Paris. 
In the tie de la Cite) . 

Sainte Genevieve [set 3anvje:v], 
/., Saint Genevieve (the patron 
saint of Paris [420-512}. Her 
fete is celebrated Jan. 3d). 

Saint-Germain, see boulevard St- 
Germain and chateau de St- 
Germain (-en-Laie). 

Saint-Michel, see boulevard St- 
Michel, place St-Michel, and 
pont St-Michel. 

Saint-Pierre (Bernardin de) [se 
pje:r (bernarde da)], Bernardin 
de Saint-Pierre (French writer 
[1737-1814], author of Paul et 
Virginie and Etudes de la 
Nature). 

saisir [seziir], to seize; se — (de), 
to seize, take possession (of). 

saison [sezo],/., season. 

salade [salad],/., salad. 

sale [sal], adj., soiled, dirty. 

salle [sal], /., (large) room, hall; 

— a manger, /., dining-room; 

— de classe, /., class-room; — 
des bagages, baggage-room; — 
de bains, bath-room. 

salon [salo], m., drawing-room, sa- 
lon, parlor. 

saluer [salqe], to greet. 

samedi [samdi], m., Saturday. 

Sand [said], /., Sand (George, 
pseudonym of Armandine-Au- 



286 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



rore Dupin, baronne Dudevant; 
celebrated French woman of letters 
and novelist [1804-1876]). 

sang [sa], m., blood. 

sanglant [sagla], adj., bloody. 

sans [sa], prep., without; — que, 
conj., without; — doute, doubt- 
less. 

Sardou [sardu], m., Sardou (Vic- 
torien; French dramatic writer 
[18 31-1908]). 

satellite [satelit], m., satellite. 

satin [sate], m., satin. 

satire [sati:r], /., satire. 

satirique [satirik], adj., satirical. 

satisfaire [satisfeir], irr. v., to sat- 
isfy. 

sauter [sote], to jump. 

sauver [sove], to save. 

savoir [savwair], irr. v., to know, 
know how, learn; je ne sache, 
I hardly know; pas que je sache, 
not that I know of. 

savonner [savone], to soap, wash. 

scandaleux [skcidalo] (/. scanda- 
leuse [skadaleiz]), adj., scanda- 
lous. 

scarlatine [skarlatin], adj., scarlet; 
fievre — , scarlet fever. 

scelerat [selera], m., rascal. 

scene [se:n],/., scene; stage. 

science [sja:s], /., science, knowl- 
edge; bachelier es — s, bache- 
lor of science. 

scientifique [sjatifik], adj., scien- 
tific. 

Scribe [skrib], m., Scribe {Eugene; 
French dramatic author [17 91- 
1861]). 

Scudery [skyderi] (M Ue de), /., 
Mademoiselle de Scudery (one 
of the glories of the French 
precieuse society, author of le 
Grand Cyrus, Clelie, etc. [1607- 
1701]). 

sculpter [skylte], to carve. 

sculpture [skylty:r], /., sculpture, 
carving. 

se [so, s], pers. pron. m. or /., one- 
self, himself, herself, itself, to 
oneself, etc.; pi. (same), them- 
selves, one another, each other. 



sec [sek] (/. seche [se:$]), adj., dry. 

secher [se$e], to dry (up). 

second [sago], adj., second. 

secondaire [sogodeir], adj., sec- 
ondary. 

seconde [s9go:d], /., second. 

secondement [sog5dmci], adv., sec- 
ondly. 

secret [sokre], m., secret. 

seduisant [sedqiza], adj., lovely. 

Seine [se:n] (la), /., the Seine (one 
of the principal rivers of France. 
Paris is located on the Seine). 

seize [se:z], adj., sixteen. 

sejour [se3u:r], m., sojourn, stay. 

sel [sel], m., salt. 

selon [sol5, slo], prep., according to. 

semaine [somen], /., week. 

semblable [sublabl], adj., similar. 

sembler [sable], to seem, appear. 

senat [sena], m., senate. 

sens [sa:s], m., sense, meaning; 
way. 

sentiment [scitima], m., percep- 
tion, consciousness. 

sentinelle [satinel], /., sentinel. 

sentir [sathr], irr. v., to feel; ne 
pas se — de joie, to be beside 
oneself with joy. 

separer [separe], to separate, di- 
vide. 

sept [set], adj., seven. 

septembre [septaibr], m., Septem- 
ber. 

septieme [setjem], adj.. seventh. 

sergent [ser5&], m., sergeant. 

serieux [serjo] (/. serieuse [se- 
rjo:z]), adj., serious. 

serment [serma], m.. oath. 

Serments de Strasbourg [sermu 
do strazbuir], m. pi.. Oaths of 
Strasburg (the earliest document 
of the French language; date S42. 
It contains the compact bet:. 
Louis of Germany and Charles 
the Bald against their brother 
Lot hair e). 

serrer [sere], to grasp, clasp, hold 
tight. 

service [servis], m., service. 

serviette [servjet], /., napkin, 
towel. 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



287 



servir [serviir], irr. v., to serve; se 
— (de), to use, make use (of). 

ses [se], poss. adj. pi. m. and /., 
i see son. 

seul [seel], adj., alone, single, sole, 
only. 

seulement [soelma], adv., only, 
solely. 

Sevigne [sevijie] (M me de), /., Ma- 
dame de Sevigne (celebrated for 
the admirable letters that she 
wrote to her daughter, the com- 
tesse de Grignan, which are 
models of epistolary style [1626- 
u 1696]). 

si [si], adv., yes (always used in- 
stead of oui in reply to negative 
questions), thus, so, such; — 
. . . que, conj., so . . . that. 

si [si], conj., if, whether. 

siecle [sjekl], m., century. 

siege [sje:3], m., seat, siege. 

sieger [sje3e], to sit, hold session. 

sien [sje], poss. pron. m., his, hers, 
its, one's own. 

sienne [sjen], poss. pron. /., his, 
hers, its, one's own. 

signal [sijial], m.., signal. 

signature [sijiatyir], /., signature. 

signe [siji], m., sign. 

signification [siriifikasjo],/., mean- 
ing, signification. 

signifier [sinifje], to signify, mean. 

sillon [sijo], m., furrow, field. 

simple [se:pl], adj., simple, single. 

simplicity [seplisite],/., simplicity. 

singe [se:3], m., monkey. 

singulier [segylje], m., singular. 

sitot [si to], adv., so soon. 

situer [sitqe], to situate, place. 

six [sis], adj., six. 

sixieme [sizjem], adj., sixth. 

Smyrne [smirn], /., Smyrna (sea- 
port of Turkey in Asia). 

societe [sosjete], /., society. 

soeur [sceir],/., sister. 

sofa [sofa], m., sofa. 

soi [swa], pers. pron., oneself, self, 
itself. 

soie [swa], /., silk. 

soif [swaf], /., thirst; avoir — , to 
be thirsty. 



soigner [swajie], to take care of, 

nurse. 
soi-meme [swa me:m], pers. pron., 

oneself, itself. 
soin [swe], m., care; avoir — de, 

to take care of. 
soir [swa:r], m., evening, night. 
soiree [sware],/., evening; evening 

party. 
soit [swat], adv., very well, all 

right, I grant it. 
soit [swa], conj., whether, either, 

or; — que, whether. 
soixante [swasait], adj., sixty. 
soixante-dix [swasa:t dis], adj., 

seventy. 
soldat [solda], m., soldier, 
sole [sol],/., sole (fish). 
soleil [soleij], m., sun; faire du — , 

to be sunny. 
solitaire [solite:r], adj., solitary, 

lonely. 
sombre [so:br], adj., dark, gloomy, 

somber, 
somme [som],/., sum. 
sommeil [some:j], m., sleep; avoir 

— , to be sleepy. 
sommeiller [someje], to slumber. 
son [so], poss. adj. m., his, hers, its, 

one's. 
son [so], m., sound, 
songer [so3e], to dream. 
sonner [sone], to sound, ring, (of 

clocks) strike. 
sonnette [sonet],/., bell; cordon de 

— , bell-pull, bell-rope. 
Sorbonne [sorbon] (la),/., the Sor- 

bonne (a college founded in Paris 

in 1253, by Robert de Sorbon, 

and reestablished in 1629, by 

Richelieu) . 
sorcier [sorsje], m., sorcerer. 
sort [so:r], m., fate. 
sorte [sort],/., sort, kind; de — que, 

conj., so that. 
sortie [sorti],/., departure. 
sortir [sortur], irr. v., to go out. 
sot [so] (/. sotte [sot]), adj., stupid. 
sotie [soti], /., sotie (ancient sa- 
tirical play in which political 

and social questions were treated 

with great freedom) . 



288 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



sottise [sotiiz], /., foolish act. 

sou [su], m., sou, cent. 

souci [susi], m., care, trouble, 
anxiety. 

soucoupe [sukup],/., saucer. 

soudain [sude], adv., suddenly. 

souffler [sufle], to breathe (hard), 
blow. 

Soufflot, see rue Soufflot. 

souffrir [sufriir], irr. v., to suffer. 

souhaiter [swete], to wish, wish 
for, long for. 

soupcon [supso], m., suspicion. 

soupe [sup],/., soup. 

soupiere [supjeir], /., soup-tureen. 

souplesse [suples], /., suppleness, 
facility. 

sourd [su:r], adj., deaf. 

souriant [surja], smiling. 

sourire [suriir], irr. v., to smile. 

sourire [suriir], m., smile. 

sous [su], Prep., under, beneath. 

sous-main [sume], m., writing-pad. 

soutenir [sutniir], irr. v., to sus- 
tain, undergo. 

soutien [sutje], m., support. 

souvenir [suvniir], irr. v.: se — 
(de), to remember. 

souvenir [suvniir], m., memory, 
remembrance. 

souvent [suva], adv., often, fre- 
quently. 

specialite [spesjalite],/., specialty. 

spectacle [spektakl], m., spectacle, 
performance, play; a. grand — , 
spectacular. 

sphinx [sfeiks], m., sphinx. 

splendide [spladid], adj., splendid. 

spontane [spotane], adj., sponta- 
neous. 

St., abbreviation for saint. 

Stael [stael] (-Holstein) (M me de), 
/., Stael (Anne-Germ aine Necker, 
baronne de; celebrated French 
woman of letters [1766-1817]). 

station [stasjo],/., station, stand. 

stationner [stasjone], (of cabs) to 
stand, be stationed. 

Stendhal [stedal], m., Stendhal 
(pseudonym of Marie - Henri 
Beyle; French novelist [17S3- 
1842}). 



store [stoir], m., shade, window- 
shade. 

stupefait [stypefe], adj., astonished. 

style [stil], m., style. 

subjonctif [syb35ktif], m., subjunc- 
tive. 

subsister [sypsiste], to subsist. 

substantif [sypstatif] (/. subs- 
tantive [sypstatiiv]), adj., sub- 
stantive, noun. 

substantif [sypstatif], m., noun, 
substantive. 

substituer [sypstitqe], to substi- 
tute. 

substitution [sypstitysjo],/., substi- 
tution. 

subventionner [sybvasjone], to sub- 
sidize. 

sue [syk], m., juice. 

succeder [syksede], to succeed, 
follow. 

succes [sykse], m., success. 

succulent [sykyla], adj., succu- 
lent, juicy. 

sucre [sykr], m., sugar. 

sud [syd], m., south. 

Suisse [sips], adj., Swiss. 

Suisse [sqis], /., Switzerland. 

suite [suit], /., continuation; tout 
de — [tu t sqit], adv., imme- 
diately, at once. 

suivant [strive!], prep., according 
to; — que, conj., according as. 

suivant [sqivci], adj., following, 
next. 

suivre [sqiivr], irr. v., to follow. 

sujet [sy5f], m., subject. 

Sully-Prudnomme [syli prydom], 
;;?., Sully-Prudhomme (Rcne- 
Francois-Armand; French poet 
[1839-1907]). 

superbe [syperb], adj., superb, 
stately. 

superieur [syperjeeir], adj., supe- 
rior, higher, upper. 

superiorite [syperjorite], /., su- 
periority. 

superlatif [syperlatif] (/. superla- 
tive [syperlatiiv]), adj., super- 
lative. 

superlatif [syperlatif], m., super- 
lative (degree). 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



289 



superposer [syperpoze], to super- 
pose, add. 

supplication [syplikasjo], /., sup- 
plication. 

supplier [syplie], to beg, beseech. 

suppose que [sypoze ka], conj., 
supposing that. 

sur [sy:r], adv., on, upon, over, by. 

sur [sy:r], adj., sure, certain,. 

surdite [syrdite], /., deafness. 

surplus [syrplys], m., surplus, re- 
mainder. 

surprendre [syrpradr], irr. v., to 
surprise. 

surprise [syrpri:z], /., surprise. 

sursaut [syrso], m., start. 

surtout [syrtu], adv., above all, 
especially. 

survenir [syrvaniir], irr. v., to 
come on, befall. 

suspect [syspekt], adj., suspicious, 
suspected. 

syllabe [silab],/., syllable. 

symboliste [sebolist], m., sym- 
bolist. 

synopsis [sinopsis], /., synopsis. 



t', see te. 

ta [ta], poss. adj. /., see ton. 

table [tabl],/., table. 

tableau [tablo], m., blackboard; 

picture, painting, table; — noir, 

m., blackboard. 
tache [ta§], /., spot, stain, blot. 
tacher [ta$e], to try, endeavor, 

strive. 
tailleur [tajceir], m., tailor. 
taire [te:r], irr. v., to say nothing 

of; se — , to be silent, keep silent. 
tambour [tabuir], m., drum, 
tandis que [tadi ka], conj., whilst, 

while, whereas. 
tant [ta], adv., so much, so many; 

— mieux, so much the better; 

— pis, so much the worse; — 
que, conj., until. 

tante [tast], /., aunt. 
tapis [tapi], m., carpet, rug. 
tapisserie [tapisri], /., tapestry, 
upholstery. 



tard [ta:r], adv., late. 

tasse [ta:s], /., cup. 

taux [to], m., rate of interest, 
assessment. 

taverne [tavern],/., tavern. 

taxi [taksi], m., taxi, taxi-cab. 

taxi-auto [taksi oto], m., taxi- 
auto. 

te [ta, t], pers. pron., thee, to thee, 
you, to you. 

tel [tel] (/. telle [tel]), adj., such, 
.like, similar; un — , one, such 
a one, so and so, some. 

tellement [telma], adv., so, in such 
a manner, so much; — ... que, 
conj., so . . . that. 

temps [ta], m., time {duration), 
while; tense; weather; combien 
de — ? how long?; — couvert, 
cloudy weather; de — en — , 
from time to time; faire son — , 
to serve one's time. 

tendon [tado], m., tendon. 

tenir [tanirr], irr. v., to hold, re- 
sist. 

tenture [taty:r], /., hangings, tap- 
estry. 

terminaison [terminezo], /., end- 
ing, end. 

terminer [termine], to terminate, 
end, conclude, finish. 

terre [te:r],/., earth, land, estate. 

terrible [teribl], adj., terrible. 

tes [te], poss. adj. pi., see ton. 

tendre [taidr], adj., tender. 

tete [te:t], /., head. 

the [te], m., tea. 

theatre [teaitr], m., theater. 

Theatre-Francais [teaitr frase], m. y 
Theatre-Francais, see Come- 
die-Francaise. 

theme [te:m], m., composition, 
theme. 

tibia [tibja], m., shin-bone, tibia. 

Tibre [tibr] (le), m., the Tiber 
(river in Italy). 

tien [tje], poss. pron. m., thine, 
yours, thine own, your own. 

tienne [tjen], poss. pron. /., thine, 
yours, thine own, your own. 

tiens [tje], inter j., look! 

tierce [tjers], adj. f., see tiers. 



290 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



tiers [tje:r], (/. tierce [tjers]) adj., 
third. 

tiers [tje:r], m., third. 

tige [ti*3], /., stem, stalk. 

tigre [tigr], m., tiger. 

timbre [teibr], m., stamp, postage- 
stamp; poste, m., postage- 
stamp. 

tinter [tete], to ring, tinkle. 

tirer [tire], to draw; shoot. 

tiroir [tirwair], m., drawer. 

titre [titr], m., title. 

titre [titre], adj., pp. of titrer, 
titled. 

toi [twa], pers. pron., thee, thy- 
self, thou, you, yourself. 

toilette [twalet],/., toilette, attire. 

toi-meme [twa me:m], pers. pron., 
thyself. 

toit [twa], m., roof. 

tombe [t5:b], /., tomb. 

tombeau [tobo], m., tomb. 

tomber [tobe], to fall. 

ton [t5], poss. adj. m., thy, your. 

tonique [tonik], adj., stressed, tonic. 

tonne [ton],/., ton. 

tonner [tone], to thunder. 

torchere [tor$e:r],/., candelabrum. 

torchon [tor$o], m., duster, dish- 
cloth. 

tort [tor], m., wrong; avoir — , to 
be wrong. 

torture [torty:r], /., torture. 

torturer [tortyre], to torture. 

tot [to], adv., soon; — ou tard, 
sooner or later. 

toucher [tu§e] (a), to touch, ap- 
proach; strike. 

toujours [tu3u:r], adv., always, 
ever. 

tour [tu:r], m., turn, trick; round, 
circumference; — a — , in 
turn; faire le — de, to go round. 

tour [tu:r],/., tower. 

tour Eiffel [tu:r efel], /., Eiffel 
tower (a tower of joo meters in 
height, constructed 1887-188Q. 
It stands in the Champ-de-Mars, 
Paris). 

tourner [turne], to turn. 

tout [tu], adv., wholly, quite, all; 
— a coup, suddenly; — a fait. 



quite, wholly; — de suite [tut 
suit], immediately, at once; — 
d'un coup, all of a sudden; — 
en . . ., while . . . 

tout [tu] (/. toute [tut], pi. m. tous 
[tu(s)], pi. f. toutes [tut]), adj., 
all, every, whole, entire; tous 
{or toutes) [les] deux, both. 

tout [tu], pron., all, everything; 
the whole; pas du — , not at all; 
comme — , extremely, dread- 
fully. 

tracer [trase}, to trace, draw, 
sketch. 

traduire [tradiihr], irr. v., to trans- 
late. 

tragedie [tra3edi], /., tragedy. 

train [tre], m., train. 

trait [tre], m., trait; — d'union, 
hyphen. 

traiter [trete], to treat; — de, to 
treat of, call, consider. 

trajet [tra3e], m., passage, journey, 
trip. 

tramway [tramwe], m., street- 
car, tramway. 

tranquille [trakil], adj., calm. 

tranquilliser [trakilize], to calm. 

tranquillite [trakilite], /., tran- 
quillity, quiet. 

transatlantique [trasatlatik], adj., 
transatlantic. 

transitif [trazitif] (/. transitive 
[traziti:v]), adj., transitive, ac- 
tive. 

travail [trava:j], m., work, labor, 
task, workmanship. 

travailler [travaje], to work. 

travers [traveir], m., breadth; de 
— , crooked. 

traversee [traverse], /., passage, 
voyage, crossing. 

traverser [traverse], to cross, tra- 
verse, pass over (or through). 

treize [tre:z], adj., thirteen. 

trema [trema], ;?/., dieresis. 

trembler [trable], to tremble. 

trentaine [traten], /., about thirty, 
some thirty. 

trente [trait], adj., thirty. 

tres [tre], adv.. very. 

tresor [trezo:r], ;»., treasure. 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



291 



triomphe [trio:f], m., triumph. 

triste [trist], adj., sad, sorrowful. 

tristement [tristoma], adv., sadly. 

tristesse [tristes],/., sorrow. 

Trocadero, see palais du Troca- 
dero. 

trois [trwa], adj., three; — fois, 
three times, thrice. 

troisieme [trwazjem], adj., third. 

tromper [trope], to deceive, cheat; 
se — , to be mistaken. 

trompette [tropet],/., trumpet. 

tronc [tro], m., trunk. 

trop [tro], too much, too many. 

trottoir [trotwair], m., sidewalk. 

trouver [truve], to find, think, like; 
se — , to be found (or situated); 
be (speaking of situation). 

truite [trxiit],/., trout. 

tu [ty], pers. pron., thou, you. 

tuer [tqe], to kill. 

Tuileries, see jardins des Tuileries, 
and quai des Tuileries. 

tyrannie [tirani], /., tyranny. 

U 

un [de], indef. art. m., a, an. 

un [de], adj. pron., one; 1' — l'autre, 
each other, one another; 1' — 
et l'autre, both; 1' — a. l'autre, 
to each other; les — s les autres, 
one another; 1' — ou l'autre, 
either; ni 1' — ni l'autre, neither. 

line [yn], see un; — fois, one time, 
once. 

uniforme [yniform], m., uniform. 

unique [ynik], adj., only, sole. 

unir [yni:r], to join, unite. 

universite [yniversite], /., univer- 
sity; see universite de France, 
universite de Paris. 

universite de France [yniversite 
do fra:s],/., University of France 
(the name given to the organiza- 
tion of the whole educational sys- 
tem in France, as established by 
Napoleon I, in 1808). 

universite de Paris [yniversite d(o) 
pari], /., University of Paris (as 
organized in 1808 by Napoleon 
I, it consisted of the five facul- 



ties of Protestant theology, law, 
medicine, letters, and science. It 
is attended by some n,ooo stu- 
dents). 

user [yze], to wear out, rub down. 

usure [yzyir], /., wear, wear and 
tear; usury. 

usurier [yzyrje], m., usurer. 

utile [ytil], adj., useful. 



vacances [vakais], /. pi., vacation, 

holidays. 
vache [va$],/., cow. 
vaincre [ve:kr], irr. v., to conquer, 
vaisselle [vesel], /., plates and 

dishes, crockery. 
valet [vale], m., valet, servant. 
valeur [valce:r], /., value. 
vallon [valo], m., valley. 
valoir [valwa:r], irr. v., to be worth, 

equal; — la peine, to be worth 

while; — mieux, to be better, 
valser [valse], to waltz. 
vanite [vanite], /., vanity, self- 
conceit. 
variable [varjabl], adj., variable. 
variete [varjete],/., variety. 
vase [va:z], m., vase, 
vaste [vast], adj., vast, spacious. 
vaudeville [vodvil], m., vaudeville 

(farcical comedy interspersed with 

songs). 
veau [vo], m., calf, 
veille [ve:j], /., eve, night before; 

— de Noel, Christmas eve. 
venant [vona], m., comer. 
Vendome, see colonne Vendome. 
vendre [va:dr], to sell, 
vendredi [vadrodi], m., Friday. 
venger [v&3e]: se — , to revenge 

oneself. 
vengeur [va3ce:r] (/. vengeresse 

[va3res]), adj., avenging. 
venir [voni:r], irr. v., to come; — a, 

to happen; — de, to have just. 
venitien [venisje] (/. venitienne 

[venisjen]), adj., Venetian. 
vent [va], m., wind; faire du — , 

to be windy. 
ventre [va:tr], m., stomach, belly. 



292 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



verbe [verb], m., verb. 

Verlaine [verlem], m., Verlaine 

{Paul; French decadent poet 

[1844-1895]). 
vermisseau [vermiso], m., small 

worm, grub. 
verre [ve:r], m., glass. 
vers [ve:r], m., verse, line (of 

poetry). 
vers [ve:r], prep., towards, in the 

direction of, about. 
Versailles [versa: j], m., Versailles; 

see also chateau de Versailles, 
vert [ve:r], adj., green. 
vertu [verty], /., virtue. 
verveine [verven],/., vervain. 
vestibule [vestibyl], m., vestibule, 

hall, 
veston [vesto], m., sack-coat. 
Vesuve [vezyiv] (le), m., Vesuvius 

(volcano in Italy). 
vetement [vetma], m., garment, 

suit; pi., clothes, clothing, 
vetir [vetiir], irr. v., to clothe, 
veuf [vcef], m., widower, 
veuve [vce:v],/., widow. 
viande [vja:d],/., meat, viand, 
victime [viktim],/., victim. 
victoire [viktwa:r], /., victory, 
vie [vi],/., life. 
vieillir [vjeji:r], to grow old. 
Vienne [vjen], /., Vienna. 
vieux [vjo] (before vowels vieil 

[vje:j], /. vieille [vje:j]), adj., old. 
Vigny [vijii], m., Vigny (Alfred de; 

French poet and novelist \17gy- 

1863}). 
vilain [vile], adj., ugly. 
ville [vil],/., cit}^, town. 
Villehardouin [vilardwe], ;;/., Ville- 

hardouin (Geoffroy de; French 

historian of the Xllth century, 

b. between 1150 and 1164 and 

d. about 1213). 
Villon [vijo or vila], Francois Villon 

(French poet of the XV th century, 

b. 1431, d. about 1489). 
vin [ve], m., wine. 
vinaigre [vine:gr], ;«., vinegar. 
vingt [ve], adj., twenty. 
vingtaine [veten], /., score, about 

twenty, some twenty. 



vingt et un [vet e de], adj., twenty- 
one. 

vingt et unieme [vet e ynjem], adj., 
twenty-first. 

violent [vjola], adj., violent. 

virgule [virgyl],/., comma. 

vision [vizj5], /., vision. 

visite [vizit], /., visit, inspection; 
rendre — , to pay a visit. 

visiter [vizite], to visit, examine, 
inspect. 

visiteur [vizitceir], m., visitor. 

vite [vat], adv., quickly, fast. 

vivacite [vivasite], /., vivacity. 

vivre [viivr], irr. v., to live; vive 
. . .! long live . . .! let . . . reign! 

vocabulaire [vokabyleir], m., vo- 
cabulary. 

voici [vwasi], adv., see here, be- 
hold, lo, here is, here are, this 
is; — ... que ....... for .. . 

voila [vwala], adv., see there, be- 
hold, lo, there is, there are 
(points out), that is; — ... que 
....... for . . . 

voile [vwal], /., sail. 

voile [vwal], m., veil. 

voir [vwa:r], irr. v., to see. 

voisin [vwaze], adj., neighboring. 

voisin [vwaze], m., neighbor. 

voisine [vwazi:n], /., neighbor. 

voiture [vwatyir], /., carriage, 
coach, vehicle; en — ! all aboard! 
petite — , cab. 

voix [vwa],/., voice. 

voleur [voloe:r], m. (f. voleuse [vo- 
lo:z]), thief. 

voliere [volje:r], /., aviary, bird- 
house. 

volonte [volote], /., will, desire. 

volontiers [volotje], adv., willingly, 
gladly, with pleasure. 

Voltaire [valte:r], ;»., Voltaire 
(pseudonym of Francois-Marie 
Arouet; famous French writer of 
prose and verse [1694-ijjS]). 

volume [volym], ;;;., volume. 

vos [vo], poss. adj. pi., see votre. 

votre [votra, votr, vot], poss. adj., 
your. 

votre [vo:tr], poss. pron., yours, 
your own. 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



293 



vouloir [vulwa:r], irr. v., to wish, 
will, desire, want; — bien, to be 
willing, please; — dire, to mean. 

vous [vu], pers. pron., you, to 
you. 

vous-meme [vu me:m], pers. pron., 
yourself. 

voyage [vwaja:3], m., journey, 
trip, travel; — de longue course, 
distant voyage. 

voyager [vwaja3e], to travel, voy- 
age. 

voyageur [vwaja3ce:r], m., traveler, 
passenger. 

voyelle [vwajel],/., vowel. 

vrai [vre], adj., true, real, veritable. 

vue [ v yL/-> sight, view. 



W 

wagon [vag5], m., (railway) car, 
coach; en — ! all aboard! 



y [i], pron. adv., to (at, on, in, etc.) 

it {or them), there, thither. 
yeux [jo], m. pi. of ceil, eyes. 



Zadig [zadig], m., Zadig {hero of 
Voltaire's satirical tale, entitled 
Zadig). 

zephyr [zefiir], m., zephyr. 

Zola [zola], m., Zola {Emile; French 
naturalistic novelist [1840-1902]). 



ENGLISH-FRENCH 
(ANGLAIS-FRANCAIS) 



a, indef. art., un (/. une). 
able: be — , pouvoir irr. v. 
aboard: all — ! en voiture! en 

wagon! 
about, prep., vers; — a hundred, 

une centaine (de) /.; — thirty, 

une trentaine, /.; — twenty, 

une vingtaine, /. 
above, adv., en haut; — all, sur- 

tout. 
abscess, n., absces m. 
absolute, adj., absolu. 
absolutely, adv., absolument. 
accent, n., accent m. 
accept, v., accepter. 
access, n., abord m. 
accident, n., accident m. 
accompany, v., accompagner. 
according as, conj., suivant que. 
according to, prep., selon, suivant. 
accusing, adj., accusateur (/. ac- 

cusatrice). 
acquaintance, n., connaissance /. 
acquainted: be — with, connaitre 

irr. v. 
act, n., acte m., fait m. 
active, adj., actif (/. active), tran- 

sitif (/. transitive). 
actor, n., acteur m. 
actress, n., actrice/. 
acute, adj., aigu (/. aigue). 
add, v., ajouter. 
adding: by — , en ajoutant. 
address, n., adresse/., discours m. 
adjective, n., adjectif m. 
administrator, n., administrateur 

m. 
admire, v., admirer, 
adore, v., adorer, 
adorn, v., enrichir, parer. 
advance, v., avancer. 



adverb, n., adverbe m. 

adverbial, adj., adverbial. 

advertisement, n., reclame/. 

advertising, n., reclame/. 

advise, v., conseiller. 

affair, n., affaire/. 

affecting, adj., emouvant. 

affirmation, n., affirmation/. 

affirmative, adj., affirmatif (/. 
affirmative). 

afraid: be — (of), avoir peur 
(de). 

after, adv., apres, ensuite. 

after, conj., apres que. 

after, prep., apres, depuis. 

afternoon, n., apres-midi m. 

afterwards, adv., apres, depuis, 
ensuite, puis. 

again, adv., encore; become — , 
redevenir irr. v.; get well — , se 
retablir; I'll see you soon — , 
a bientot; see — , revoir irr. v.; 
till we meet — , au revoir; take 
up — , reprendre irr. v. 

against, prep., contre. 

age, 11., age m. 

ages: the Middle — , le moyen 
age. 

ago, adv., il y a. 

agree, v., se rapporter; — (with), 
s'accorder (avec). 

agreeable, adj., agreable. 

agreement, n., accord m., concor- 
dance /. 

ah, inter j., ah! eh! 

ahead, adv., devant, en avant. 

aid, n., aide/. 

aid, v., aider, assister. 

aim, n., but m. 

air, «., air m. 

alarm-clock, n., reveille-matin m. 

alas, inter j., helas! 

alike, adj., pareil (/. pareille). 



295 



296 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



of 



en 



all, adj., tout m., toute/., tous m 

pl., toutes /. pl. 
all, adv., tout; not at — , ne . . 

point, pas du tout, point; - 

a sudden, tout d'un coup, 
all, pron., tout; — aboard! 

voiture! en wagon! above — , 

surtout. 
allegory, n., allegorie /. 
allow, v., permettre irr. 
allurement, n., attrait m. 
almost, adv., presque. 
alone, adj., seul. 
along with, a cote de. 
aloud, adv., haut, hautement, a 

haute voix. 
alphabet, n., alphabet m. 
alphabetic, adj., alphabetique. 
already, adv., deja. 
also, adv., aussi, encore, 
although, conj., bien que, encore 

que, quoique. 
always, adv., toujours. 
ambiguity, n., ambiguite /. 
amelioration, n., amelioration/. 
America, n., Amerique, /.; North 

— , Amerique du Nord/.; South 

— , Amerique du Sud/. 
amidst, prep., parmi. 
among, prep., entre, parmi. 
amuse, v., amuser; — oneself, 

s'amuser. 
an, indcf. art., un (/. une). 
analyze, v., analyser. 
ancient, adj., ancien (/. ancienne). 
and, conj., et {the t of this -word 

never makes the liaison). 
angel, n., ange m. 
Angers, n., Angers/. 
animal, n., animal m. 
another, adj., nouveau {before 

vowels nouvel, /. nouvelle). 
another, indcf. pron., autrui; one 

— , l'un l'autre, les uns les autres, 

se. 
answer, n., reponse/. 
answer, v., repondre. 
antecedent, n., antecedent m. 
anterior, adj., anterieur; future — , 

n., futur anterieur m.; past — , 

passe anterieur m. 
antiquity, n., antiquite/. 



any, part, art., des. 

any, adj. pron., aucun (/. aucune); 
not — , aucun (/. aucune), ne . . . 
aucun ( /. aucune) , ne . . . nul ( /. 
nulle); — (one), personne, quel- 
qu'un (/. quelqu'une), quelques- 
uns {pl. f. quelques-unes). 

any, pron. adv., en. 

anybody, indef. pron., personne, 
quelqu'un (/. quelqu'une). 

anything, adv., rien. 

anything, indcf. pron., quelque 
chose. 

anywhere : not — , nulle part. 

apart, adv., a part. 

apartment, ;/., appartement m. 

apostrophe, n., apostrophe/. 

appear, v., paraitre irr., sembler. 

appearance, n., air m. 

apple, n., pomme/. 

appointment, n., rendez-vous m. 

apposition, n., apposition/. 

approach, n., abord m. 

approach, v., s'approcher de, tou- 
cher a. 

April, »., avril m. 

arabesque, n., arabesque/. 

arch, n., arc m. 

are: here — , voici; there — , il y a 
{states a fact), voila {points out). 

arithmetic, ;?., arithmetique/. 

arm, n., bras m. 

arm, v., armer. 

armchair, n., fauteuil m. 

arrange. ;., arranger. 

arrival, ;;., arrivee/. 

arrive, v., arriver. 

arrow, »., fleche/. 

art, ;/., art m. 

article, ;/., article m., objet m. 

artist, n., artiste m. 

artistic, adj., artistique. 

as, conj., aussi, comme, ainsi que, 
que, suivant que; — early — , 
des; — far — , jusque: — far — 
here, jusqu'ici; — far — there, 
jusque la; — many, autant; 

— much, autant; — s.on — , 
aussitot que, des que; — well 
— , ainsi que; the same — , de 
merae que; — (for), quant (a); 

— (to), quant (a). 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



297 



ascend, v., monter, remonter. 
ascertain, v., constater. 
ashamed: be — (of), avoir honte 

(de). 
ask, v., demander, prier. 
ass, n., ane m. 
assist, v., assister, aider. 
assistance, »., aide/. 
assure, v., assurer. 
astonish, v., etonner. 
astonished: be — , s'etonner. 
at, prep., a; — church, a I'eglise; 

— first, d'abord; — home, a la 
maison, de retour; — least, au 
(or du) moins; — once, a la fois, 
aussitot, tout du premier coup, 
tout de suite; — present, a pre- 
sent, en ce moment; — school, 
a l'ecole; — the house of, chez; 

— the left, a gauche; — the 
right, a droite; — the same 
time, a la fois, ensemble. 

Atlantic, n., Atlantique m. 

attach, v., attacher. 

attack, v., attaquer. 

attend, v., assister a. 

attentive, adj., attentif (/. atten- 
tive). 

attire, n., toilette/. 

attraction, n., attrait m. 

attractive, adj., charmant. 

August, n., aotit m. 

aunt, n., tante/. 

author, n., auteur m., ecrivain m. 

autobus, n., autobus m. 

automobile, n., automobile m. 

autumn, n., automne m. 

auxiliary, adj., auxiliaire. 

auxiliary, n., auxiliaire in. 

avarice, n., avarice m. 

avenging, adj., vengeur (/. ven- 
geresse). 

avenue, it., avenue/. 

average, adj., moyen (/. moyenne). 

aversion, n., aversion/. 

aviary, n., voliere/. 

avoid, v., eviter. 

await, v., attendre. 

awaken, v., reveiller. 

away: send — , renvoyer irr. v.; 
tear — , arracher. 

awkward, adj., gauche. 



B 

Babylon, Babylone/. 

baccalaureate, «., baccalaureat m. 

bachelor, n. (a degree) bachelier 
m.; degree of — , baccalaureat 
m.; — of letters, bachelier es 
lettres in.; — of' sciences, 
bachelier es sciences m. 

back, adv., en arriere, de retour; 
call — , rappeler; give — , rendre; 
hold — , arreter; take — , re- 
prendre irr. v. 

back, n., dos m. 

bad, adj., mauvais. 

badly, adv., mal. 

baggage, n., bagage in. (usually 
used in plural). 

baggage-room, n., salle des ba- 
gages /. 

bake, v., cuire irr. 

ball, n., (dance) bal m. 

ballet, n., ballet m. 

band, n., musique/. 

bank, n., rive/. 

barely miss, v., faillir irr. 

bargain, n., marche m. 

barnyard, n., basse-cour/. 

bath, n., bain m. 

bathe, v., laver. 

bath-room, n., salle de bains/. 

be, v., etre, y avoir; (with regard 
to health) aller, se porter; (speak- 
ing of situation) se trouver; — ■ 
able, pouvoir irr.; — acquainted 
with, connaitre irr.; ■ — afraid 
(of) , avoir peur (de) ; — ashamed 
(of), avoir honte (de); — as- 
tonished, s'etonner; — better, 
valoir mieux; — bored, s'en- 
nuyer; — born, naitre irr.; — ■ 
called, s'appeler; — clear, faire 
clair; — cloudy, faire un temps 
couvert; — cold, (of persons) 
avoir froid; — enraptured, 
s'extasier; — fast, (of timepieces) 
avancer; — fond of, aimer; — 
found, se trouver; — hungry, 
avoir faim; — lacking, manquer; 
— married, se marier; — mista- 
ken, se tromper; — named, 
s'appeler; — necessary, falloir 



298 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



irr.; — present at, assister a; — 
rainy, faire de la pluie; — right, 
avoir raison; — seasick, avoir 
le mal de mer; — silent, se taire 
irr.; — situated, se trouver; — 
sleepy, avoir sommeil; — slow, 
{of timepieces) etre en retard, 
retarder; — snowy, faire de la 
neige; — sorry, etre fache, re- 
gretter; — stationed, stationner; 

— stranded, echouer; — sunny, 
faire du soleil; — thirsty, avoir 
soif ; — warm, {of persons) avoir 
chaud, {of the weather) faire 
chaud; — wearied, s'ennuyer; 

— windy, faire du vent; — 
worth, valoir irr.; — worth 
while, valoir la peine; — wrong, 
avoir tort. 

bear, »., ours m.; pit, fosse aux 

ours /. 
bear, v., porter, 
beautiful, adj., beau {before vowels 

bel,/. belle). 
because, conj., car, parce que. 
become, v., convenir irr., devenir 

irr.; — again, redevenir irr.; 

— ■ enlarged, s'agrandir. 
bed, n., lit m.; go to — , se 

coucher; put to — , coucher. 
bedroom, n., chambre a coucher 

/• 
bedstead, »., lit m. 

been, pp., ete. 

befall, v., survenir irr. 

before, adv., avant, devant, jus- 

qu'ici; go — , preceder; night — , 

veille /. 
before, conj., avant que. 
before, prep., (in place) devant, 

{in time) avant (de). 
beg, v., prier. 
begin, v., commencer; — (to), se 

mettre (a). 
beginning, n., origine/. 
behind, adv., derriere. 
behind, prep., derriere. 
behold, adv., void, voila. 
Belgium, »., Belgique/. 
believe, v., croire irr. 
belly, ;/., ventre ;;/. 
below, adv., en bas. 



bench, n., banc m. 

beneath, prep., sous. 

benign, adj., benin (/. benigne). 

Benjamin, «., Benjamin m. 

beside, prep., a cote de. 

besides, adv., d'ailleurs. 

best, adj. (le) meilleur. 

betake oneself, v., se rendre. 

better, adj., meilleur. 

better, adv., mieux; be — , valoir 
mieux; so much the — , tant 
mieux. 

between, prep., entre. 

beyond, prep., hors. 

big, adj., gros (/. grosse). 

billion n., milliard m. 

bird, n., oiseau ;;/. 

bird-house, n., voliere/. 

birth, ;/., naissance/. 

bit, n., morceau m. 

black, adj., noir. 

blackboard, ;/., tableau (noir) m. 

blind, adj., aveugle. 

block (up), v., encombrer. 

blot. ;/., tache/. 

blotter, ;/., buvard m. 

blotting-paper, n., papier bu- 
vard m. 

blouse, n., blouse/. 

blow, >i., coup ;;/. 

blue, adj., bleu. 

boarding-house, ;/., pension/. 

boarding-scholar, ;;.. interne m. 
or f. 

boat. ;/., bateau m. 

body, >/., corps m.; {of a dress) 
corsage w. 

Bohemian, adj., boheme, bohe- 
mien (/. bohemienne). 

book, »., livre ;;/. 

boot. ;/., botte/.; {lady's), bottine 

/• 

bore, »., ennuyer. 
bored: be — . v. s'ennuyer. 
born: be — , v., naitre irr. 
botanical, adj., botanique; — 

garden, jardin des plantes ;;;. 
botanist, n., botaniste m. 
both, adj. proti., Tun et l'autre, 

tous (/. toutes) lies] deux. 
bottle, ;/ , bouteille/. 
bottom. }!.. bas w., fond m. 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



299 



boulevard, n., boulevard m. 
bourgeois, adj., bourgeois. 
bourgeois, »., bourgeois m. 
box, n., boite /.; (in a theater) 

loge /. 
boy, »., garcon m. 
brain, n., cerveau m. 
branch, »., branche/. 
brave, adj., brave. 
bread, «., pain m. 
break, v., percer; — forth, eclater; 

— out, eclater. 
breakfast, n., dejeuner m. 
breakfast, v., dejeuner. 
breast, »., poitrine/. 
Breton, n., Breton m. 
bridge, n., pont m. 
brilliant, adj., brillant. 
bring, v., apporter, rapporter; — 

back, rapporter; — down, des- 

cendre; — together, reunir. 
bronze, n., bronze m. 
brother, n., frere, m. 
brother-in-law, n., beau-frere m. 
brow, n., front m. 
brush, v., brosser. 
bud, n., bourgeon m., bouton m. 
build, v., construire irr., batir. 
building, n., batiment m., edifice 

m. 
bureau, n., commode/. 
burgher, n., bourgeois m. 
burst, v., crever. 
business, n., affaire (s) /. 
busy, adj., occupe. 
busy, v., occuper. 
but, conj., mais, ne . . . que. 
butter, n., beurre m. 
buy, v., acheter. 
by, prep., de, par, sur; — adding, 

en ajoutant; — the fireside, au 

coin du feu. 



cab, n., fiacre m. 
cabbage, n., chou m. 
cafe, n., cafe m. 
cake, n., gateau m. 
calculate, v., compter. 
calf, n., veau m. 
call, n., cri m. 



call, v., appeler, nommer; — back, 

rappeler. 
called, pp., appele, dit; be — , 

s'appeler; so — , dit. 
camel, n., chameau m. 
can, v., pouvoir irr. 
Canada, n., Canada m. 
candidate, n., candidat m. 
candle, n., bougie/. 
cap, n., bonnet m., casquette /. 
capital, n., capitale /., (of letters) 

majuscule/. 
car (railway), n., wagon m. 
carafe, n. carafe/. 
card, n., carte/. 

cardinal, adj., cardinal; — num- 
bers, nombres cardinaux m.; 

— points, points cardinaux 

m. 
care, n., garde /.; take — of, 

soigner. 
carnival, n., carnaval m. 
carpet, n., tapis m. 
carriage, n., voiture/. 
carry, v., porter, emporter; — 

away, emporter. 
carve, v., sculpter. 
carving, n., sculpture/. 
case, n., cas m., colis m.; in — 

that, au (en) cas que. 
cast, v., jeter. 
castle, n., chateau m. 
cat, n., chat m. 
catch, v., attraper. 
cathedral, n., cathedrale/. 
cause, v., causer. 
cease, v., cesser. 
cedilla, «., cedille/. 
ceiling, n., plafond m. 
celebrated, adj., celebre, renomme. 
cellar, n., cave/. 
cemetery, n., cimetiere m. 
cent, n., sou m. 

center, n., centre m., milieu m. 
centime, n., centime m. 
century, n., siecle m. 
certain, adj., certain, sur; — ones, 

certains. 
certainly, adv., certainement. 
chair, n., chaise/. 
chalk, n., craie/. 
chamber, n., chambre/. 



300 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



chance, n., 'hasard m. 

chandelier, «., lustre m. 

change, n., changement m.; mon- 

naie /. 
change (to), v., changer (en). 
chapel, n., chapelle/. 
chapter, n., chapitre m. 
character, n., caractere m. 
charge: without — , gratuit adj. 
charge, v., charger. 
Charles, n., Charles in. 
charm, n., charme m., grace/. 
charm, v., charmer. 
charming, adj., charmant. 
chat, v., causer. 
chateau, n., chateau m. 
chauffeur, n., chauffeur m. 
cheap, adj., (a) bon marche. 
cheat, v., tromper. 
check {of baggage), v., enregistrer. 
cheek, n., joue/. 
cheese, n., fromage in. 
chef, n., chef m. 
chest (of body), n., poitrine /. 
chestnut-tree, n., marronier m. 
chicken, n., poule/., poulet m. 
chief, «., chef m.; — city, capitale/. 
child, n., enfant m. or f. 
childish, adj., enfantin. 
chimmey, »., cheminee/. 
chimney-clock, n., pendule/. 
chin, n., menton m. 
chocolate, «., chocolat m. 
choice, n., choix m. 
choose, v., choisir. 
Christ, n., Christ m.; Jesus — , 

Jesus-Christ m. 
Christmas, n., Noel m.; — eve, 

veille de Noel/.; — tree, arbre 

de Noel m. 
church, n., eglise /.; at — , a l'e- 

glise. 
cigar, n., cigare m. 
cigarette, n., cigarette/. 
circumflex, adj., circonflexe. 
cite, v., citer. 
citizen, n., citoyen; common — , ;/., 

bourgeois m. 
city, it., ville/.; chief — , capitale 

/.; hall, hotel de ville m. 

class, n., classe/.; lower — es, ;.•., 

peuple m. 



classic, adj., classique. 

classical, adj., classique. 

classmate, n., camarade de classe 
m. or f. 

class-room, n., classe /.; salle de 
classe /. 

clean, adj., propre. 

clear, adj., clair; be — , faire 
clair. 

climb, v., monter. 

clock, n., pendule /.; {especially 
of a tower) horloge /. 

close, v., ferrrier. 

closed, adj. pp., ferme. 

closet, ii., armoire/. 

clothe, v., habiller. 

clothes, «., habits m. pi.; vete- 
ments m. pi. 

clothes-press, »., armoire/. 

clothing, n., habits m. pi., vete- 
ments m. pi. 

cloudy, adj., couvert; be — , faire 
un temps couvert; — weather, 
temps couvert ;;/. 

club (society), n. } club m. 

coach, n., voiture/., wagon m. 

coast, ;/., cote/. 

coat, n., habit m., veston m.; cut- 
away , jaquette /.; dress , 

habit (noir) m.; frock , re- 

dingote /.; sack , veston 

woman's — , jaquette/. 

cock, ;/., coq m. 

codger: old — , ;/., bonhomme m. 

coffee, n.. cafe m. 

coin, »., monnaie/., piece de mon- 
naie /. 

cold, n., froid m.; (disease) rhume 
;;;.; — in the head, rhume de 
cerveau in. 

cold: be — , (of persons) avoir 
froid, (of the weather) faire froid. 

collar, *., col m.; detachable — , 
faux col; standing — , col droit, 
turn-down — . col rabattu. 

collection, ;/.. collection/. 

collective, adj., collectif (/. collec- 
tive). 

college, ;/., college m. 

color, n., couleur/. 

column, n., colonne/. 

comb, n., peigne m. 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



301 



comb, v., peigner; — one's hair, se 
peigner. 

combination, n., combinaison /. 

combine, v., combiner. 

come, v., venir irr.; — in, entrer 
(dans is required before a follow- 
ing noun); — near, faillir irr.; 

— on, survenir irr.; — together, 
se reunir. 

comedy, n., comedie /.; farce , 

comedie-f arce /. 

comfortable, adj., commode, con- 
formable. 

comic, adj., comique. 

comical, adj., comique. 

coming: the — , adj., prochain 
{usually follows noun). 

comma, n., virgule/. 

command, v. commander. 

commence, v., commencer. 

commode, «., commode/. 

common, adj., bourgeois, com- 
mun; — citizen, bourgeois m.; 

— noun, nom commun m. 
company, n., compagnie/. 
comparative, adj., comparatif (/. 

comparative). 

comparative, n., comparatif m. 

compare (with), v., comparer 
(avec), correspondre (a). 

comparison, n., comparaison /. 

compartment, n., compartiment m. 

compel, v., obliger. 

complaint, n., plainte/. 

complement, n., complement tn. 

complete, adj., complet (/. com- 
plete). 

complete, v., completer. 

completely, adv., completement. 

compose, v., composer. 

composition n., theme m.; {ori- 
ginal) — , composition /. 

compound, adj., compose; — noun, 
nom compose m. 

comprehend, v., comprendre irr. 

comprise, v., comprendre irr., 
renfermer. 

compulsory, adj., obligatoire. 

comrade, n., camarade m. or f. 

conceal, v., cacher. 

concern (with), v., occuper (de). 

concerned, adj., occupe. 



conclude, v., conclure irr., ter- 
miner. 

conditional, n., conditionnel m.; 
— anterior, conditionnel ante- 
rieur m. 

conduct, v., conduire irr. 

conductor, n., conducteur m. 

confine, v., renfermer. 

confound, v., confondre. 

confuse, v., confondre. 

congratulate, v., feliciter. 

conjugate, v., conjuguer. 

conjugation, »., conjugaison /. 

conjunction, n., conjonction/. 

conquer, v., vaincre irr. 

consent, v., consentir irr. 

consider, v., considerer, {look at) 
regarder. 

consist, v., consister. 

consonant, n., consonne/. 

constant, adj., constant. 

constantly, adv., constamment. 

construct, v., construire irr. 

consult, v., consulter. 

contain, v., comprendre irr., con- 
tenir irr. 

contemplation, n., contemplation 

/• 

contented, adj., content. 

contents: table of — , table des 
matieres /. 

continuation, n., continuation /., 
suite /. 

continue, v., continuer, durer. 

convenient, adj., commode. 

conversation, n., conversation /. 

converse, v., causer. 

convey, v., porter. 

cook, »., cuisinier m., cuisiniere/. 

cook, v., cuire irr., faire la cuisine. 

cooked, pp. of cuire, cuit. 

cooking, n., cuisine /.; do the — , 
faire la cuisine. 

cool, adj., frais (/. fraiche). 

copper, n., cuivre m. 

corner, n., coin m. 

correspond (with), v., correspon- 
dre (a). 

cost, v., couter. 

costly, adj., cher (/. chere); cou- 
teux (/. couteuse). 

counsel, v., conseiller. 



302 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



count, n., comte m. 

count, v., compter. 

counter, n., comptoir m. 

country, n., campagne/., pays m.; 
in the — , a la campagne; — 
round, environs m. pi. 

couple, n., couple m. or f. 

course, n., cours m.; give a — , 
faire un cours. 

court, n., cour /.; — of justice, 
palais (de justice) m. 

courtyard, n., cour/. 

cousin, n., cousin m., cousine/. 

cover, v., couvrir irr. 

covered, pp., couvert. 

cow, n., vache/. 

coy, adj., coi (/. coite). 

cravat, n., cravate/. 
, crazy, adj., fou (before vowels fol, 
/. folle). 

cream, »., creme/. 

create, v., creer. 

crew (oj a ship), n., equipage m. 

critic, n., critique m. 

criticism, n., critique/. 

cross, v., traverser. 

crossing, n., traversee/. 

cruel, adj., cruel (/. cruelle). 

crumple, v., froisser. 

crush, v., froisser. 

cry, n., cri m. 

cry (out), v. (s')ecrier. 

cuff, n., manchette/. 

cuisine, n., cuisine/. 

cult, »., culte ;;/. 

cultivate, v., cultiver. 

cup, n., tasse/.;half — , demi-tasse 
/.; small — (of coffee), demi- 
tasse /. 

cupboard (with glass door), ar- 
moire (a glace) /. 

cupola, n., dome m. 

cure, v., guerir. 

curiosity, n., curiosite/. 

curious, adj., curieux (/. curieuse). 

curtain, n., rideau ;;/. 

custom, ;;., coutume/., habitude/., 
usage m., pli ;;/.; douane/. 

custom-house, n., douane /.; cus- 
tom-house officer, douanier m. 

cut, v., couper. 

cutaway-coat, n., jaquette/. 



D 

dainty, adj., coquet (/. coquette). 

damage, n., dommage m. 

danger, n., danger m. 

dangerous, adj., dangereux (/. 
dangereuse). 

Danish, adj., danois. 

dare, v., oser. 

dark, adj., noir, (of colors) fonce. 

date, n., date/. 

date, v., dater. 

dative, n., datif m. 

daughter, n., fille/. 

daughter-in-law, n., belle-fille /. 

day, 7i., jour m.; journee/., (of the 
month) quantieme m.; — after 
to-morrow, apres-demain; — be- 
fore yesterday, avant-hier; good 
— , bonjour. 

day-scholar, n., externe m. or f. 

dead, pp., mort. 

deaf, adj., sourd. 

deafness, n., surdite/. 

deal: a great — , adv., beaucoup. 

dear, adj., cher (/. chere); my — , 
mon ami m., mon amie/. 

death, ?/., mort/. 

debar, v., exclure irr. 

decadent, n., decadent m. 

deceive, v., tromper. 

December, n., decembre m. 

decide (to), v., (se) decider (a). 

deck (out), ?'., parer. 

declare, v., declarer. 

deed, n., fait m. 

deep, adj., profond. 

defense, ;?., defense/. 

definite, adj., defini, determine; 
past — , passe defini m. 

degree of bachelor, ;?., bacca- 
laureat m. 

dejected, adj., morne. 

delay, ;;., retard m. 

delay, v., retarder. 

delicious, adj., delicieux (/. de- 
licieuse). 

delight, ;;., joie /. 

deblght, v.. enchanter, charmer. 

demand, v.. demander, exiger. 

demonstrative, adj., demonstra- 
tif (/. demonstrative). 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



303 



denominator, n., denominateur m. 
deny, v., nier. 
depart, v., partir irr. 
department {in a store) ,n., rayon m. 
depend (on or upon), v., dependre 

(de). 
dependent, adj., dependant. 
depressed, adj., morne. 
deputy, n., depute ;;/. 
descend, v., descendre. 
describe, v., decrire irr. 
description, n., description/. 
design, n., dessein m. 
desire, »., desire m., volonte/. 
desire, v., vouloir irr., desirer. 
desk, n., bureau m.; small school 

— , pupitre m. 
despair: in — , desespere. 
desperate, adj., desespere. 
dessert, n., dessert m. 
destination, n., destination/, 
destroy, v., detruire irr. 
detail n., detail m. 
determine, v., determiner. 
determined, adj., determine. 
detest, v., detester. 
develop, v. (se) developper. 
device, n., devise/. 
devoted, adj., devoue. 
die, v., mourir irr. 
dieresis, n., trema m. 
difference, n., difference/. 
different, adj., different, 
difficult, adj., difficile. 
dine, v., diner. 

dining-room, n., salle a manger/. 
dinner, n., diner m. 
diploma, n., diplome m. 
direct, adj., direct; — object, 

complement direct m. 
direction, n., cote m., direction/.; 

in every — , de tous cotes; in the 

— (of), du cote (de). 
director, n., administrateur m. 
disabled soldier, invalide m. 
disagreeable, adj., desagreable. 
disarrange, v., deranger. 
disastrous, adj., funeste. 
discourse, n., discours m. 
discuss, v., raisonner. 
dismiss, v., renvoyer irr. 
dispatch, v., depecher. 



displease, v., facher. 

disposal, n., disposition/. 

disposition, »., disposition/. 

distance, »., distance/., lointain m. 

distinct, adj., distinct. 

distinction, n., difference /., dis- 
tinction/. 

distinctly, adv., distinctement. 

distinguish, v., distinguer. 

distinguished, adj., distingue. 

distractedly, adv., eperdument. 

district, n., quartier m. 

disturb, v., deranger. 

divan, «., canape m. 

diverse, adj., divers. 

divert, v., divertir. 

divide, v., diviser, separer. 

do, v., faire irr.; — the cooking, 
faire la cuisine. 

doctor, n., medecin m. 

dog, n., chien m. 

doll, n., poupee/. 

dome, n., dome m. 

done {of food), pp., cuit; well — , 
bien cuit; under — , peu cuit. 

donkey, n., ane m. 

door, n., porte/. 

door-keeper, n., concierge m. or f. 

dormitory, «., dortoir m. 

double, v., doubler, redoubler. 

doubt, n., doute m. 

doubt, v., douter. 

doubtful, adj., douteux (/. dou- 
teuse). 

doubtless, adv., sans doute. 

down, adv., en bas; up and — , ca 
et la; sit — , s'asseoir irr. 

down-stairs, adv., en bas. 

dozen, n., douzaine/. 

draft, v., rediger. 

drama, n., drame m. 

dramatic, adj., dramatique. 

draw, v., tracer; — up, rediger. 

drawer, n., tiroir, m. 

drawing-room, n., salon m. 

dreamy, adj., reveur (/. reveuse). 

dress, n., robe/.; coat, habit 

(noir), m. 

dress, v., habiller, parer; — one- 
self, s'habiller. 

drill, n., questionnaire m. 

drink, v., boire irr. 



304 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



drive, v., conduire irr. 

drum, n., tambour m. 

dry, adj., sec (/. seche). 

dry (up), v., secher. 

dry-goods store, magasin de nou- 

veautes m. 
duke, n., due m. 
dumb, adj., muet (/. muette). 
during, prep., pendant, 
dusty, adj., poudreux (/. pou- 

dreuse). 
duty, n., douane/. 
dwell, v., demeurer. 



each, adj., chaque. 

each, indef. pron., chacun (/. 
chacune); — one, indef. pron., 
chacun (/. chacune); — other, 
adj. pron., l'un l'autre, se; to — 
other, l'un a l'autre, se. 

ear, n., oreille /. 

earl, n., comte m. 

early, -adj., de bonne heure, ma- 
tinal, (of age) bas (/. basse); 
as — as, des. 

earth, »., terre/. 

east, n., est m. 

easy, adj., facile. 

eat, v., manger. 

ecstasy: go into — , s'extasier. 

edifice, «., batiment m., edifice m. 

efface, v., effacer. 

effect, n., effet m. 

effort, n., effort m. 

eight, adj., huit. 

eighteen, adj., dix-huit. 

eighth, adj., huitieme. 

eighty, adj., quatre-vingts. 

eighty-one, adj., quatre- vingt-un. 

either, adj. pron., l'un ou l'autre; 
nor . . . — , non plus. 

elbow, n., coude m. 

elder, adj., aine. 

eldest, adj., aine. 

elegant, adj., elegant. 

elephant, n., elephant m. 

elevation, ;/., elevation/., illustra- 
tion /. 

eleven, adj., onze. 

eleventh, adj., onzieme. 



elision, n., elision/, 
else, adv., bien. 
elsewhere, adv., ailleurs. 
emotion, n., emotion/. 
emperor, n., empereur m. 
employ, v., employer irr. 
enamored, adj., amoureux (/. 

amoureuse). 
enchant, v., enchanter. 
encumber, v., encombrer. 
end, n., bout m., terminaison /. 
end, v., terminer. 
endeavor, *., tacher. 
ending, n., terminaison/. 
engage, v., retenir irr. 
England, n., Angleterre/. 
English, adj., anglais, 
enjoy, v., jouir (de); — oneself, se 

divertir. 
enlarge, v., agrandir. 
enlarged: become — , s'agrandir. 
enough, adv., asscz. 
enrapture, v., extasier. 
enraptured: be — , s'extasier. 
enrich, v., enrichir. 
enter, p., entrer (dans is required 

before a following noun), monter. 
entertain, v., divertir. 
entire, adj., tout (/. toute; pi. m. 

tous; pi. f. toutes). 
entrance, n., entree/, 
entry, ;/., entree/, 
enumerate, v., enumerer. 
envelope, ;/., enveloppe/. 
environs, n.. environs m. pi. 
envy, n., jalousie/. 
epic poem, ;/., epopee/, 
epoch. ;/., epoque/. 
equal, v., egaler, valoir irr. 
equality, n., egalite/. 
equivalent, n.. equivalent ;;/. 
era. n., epoque/. 
erase, v.. effacer. 
eraser, /?., gomme elastique /. 
erect, adj., droit, 
escape. ?.. fuir irr. 
especially, adv., surtout. 
establish, v.. fonder, 
establishment, ;/., etablissement 

m. 
estate, //., terre/. 
esteem, v., considerer. 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



305 



estimate, v., considerer. 
etiquette, «., etiquette/. 
Europe, n., Europe/, 
eve, «., veille /.; Christmas — , 

veille de Noel/.; New Year's — , 

veille du jour de Tan. 
even, adj., meme. 
even, adv., meme. 
evening, n., soir m., soiree /.; — 

party, soiree/. 
ever, adv., toujours, jamais. 
every, adj., chaque, tout (/. toute; 

pi. m. tous; pi. /. toutes); — 

one, indef. pron., chacun (/. 

chacune), tout le monde. 
everybody, pron., tout le monde. 
everything, pron., tout. 
everywhere, adv., partout. 
evil, n., mal m. 
exact, adj., exact, precis, 
exactly, adv., exactement. 
examination, n., examen m.. 
examine, v., examiner, visiter. 
example, n., exemple m. 
excellent, adj., excellent. 
except prep., excepte. 
exception, n., exception/. 
exchange: stock , «., bourse 

exclaim, v., s'ecrier. 

exclamation, n., exclamation/. 

exclude, v., exclure irr. 

excursion, n., excursion/. 

excuse, v., excuser. 

exercise, n., exercice m.; reading 
— , exercice de lecture m. 

expect, v., attendre, compter. 

expend, v., depenser. 

expensive, adj., cher (/. chere), 
couteux (/. couteuse). 

experience, v., eprouver. 

explain, v., expliquer. 

explode, v., eclater. 

express, v., exprimer. 

expression, n., expression/. 

extern, n., externe m. or f. 

extreme, adj., extreme. 

extremely, adv., extremement. 

extremity, n., bout m. 

eye, n., ceil m. 

eyeglasses, n., lorgnon m., lu- 
nettes/, pi., pince-nez m. 



fable, n., fable/. 

facade, n., facade/. 

face, n., face/., figure/. 

fact, n., fait m.; in — , en effet; in 

spite of the — that, malgre que. 
faculty, n., faculte/. 
fail, v., echouer (fam.), faillir irr., 

manquer. 
fairy play, n., feerie/. 
faith, n., foi /. 
fall, n., automne m. 
fall, v., tomber. 
false, adj., faux (/. fausse). 
famed, adj., renomme. 
family, n., famille/. 
famous, adj., celebre, fameux (/. 

fameuse). 
fan, n., eventail m. 
far, adv., loin; as — as, jusque; as 

— as here, jusqu'ici; as — as 

there, jusque la; — from, conj., 

loin que; — off, adv., loin, 
farce, «., farce/.; comedy, co- 

medie-f arce /. 
farm, n., ferme/. 
fashion, n., mode/. 
fashionable, adj., a la mode, 
fast, adv. , vite ; be — (of timepieces) , 

avancer. 
fasten, v., attacher. 
fatal, adj., funeste. 
father, n., pere m. 
father-in-law, n., beau-pere m. 
fatigued, adj., fatigue, las (/. lasse). 
favor, n., faveur/. 
favorite, adj., favori (/. favorite). 
fear, n., crainte/., peur/.; for — 

that, de crainte que, de peur que. 
fear, v., craindre irr. 
February, n., fevrier m. 
feel, v., eprouver, sentir irr. 
fellow: old — , n., bonhomme m. 
female, adj., femelle. 
feminine, adj., feminin. 
festivity, n., fete/. 
fete, n., fete/. 
fever, n., fievre /.; scarlet — , 

fievre scarlatine /. 
few, adv., peu; a — , adj., quelques. 
fiction, n., roman m. 



306 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



fifteen, adj., quinze. 

fifth, adj., cinquieme, quint. 

fifty, adj., cinquante. 

figure, n., figure/. 

final, adj., final. 

finally, adv., enfin. 

financier, n., financier m. 

find, v., rencontrer, trouver. 

fine, adj., beau (before vowels bel, 
/. belle). 

finger, n., doigt m. 

finish, v., completer, finir, terminer. 

fire, n., feu m. 

fireman, n., chauffeur m. 

fireplace, «., cheminee/. 

fireside: by the — , au coin du 
feu. 

first, adj., premier (/. premiere). 

first, adv., d'abord, premierement. 

firstly, adv., premierement. 

fish, »., poisson m. 

five, adj., cinq. 

flat, n., appartement m. 

flee, v., fuir irr. 

flight, n., fuite /.; — (of stairs), 
escalier m.; put to — , mettre en 
fuite. 

floor, n., plancher in., (of a house) 

etage m.; ground , rez-de- 

chaussee m.; on the ground , 

au rez-de-chaussee. 

flower, n., fleur/. 

fly, v., fuir irr. 

fold, n., pli m. 

follow, v., succeder, suivre irr. 

following, adj., prochain, suivant. 

fond: be — of, aimer. 

food, n., plat(s) in. 

foot, it., pied m.; on — , a pied. 

for, conj., car, parce que. 

for, prep., pour, pendant, depuis, 
a destination de, il y a . . . 
que . . ., void . . . que . . ., voila 
. . . que . . .; — fear that, de 
crainte que, de peur que; — 
instance, par exemple; long — , 
souhaiter; wish — , souhaiter. 

forehead, ;/., front m. 

forerunner, n., precurseur /;;. 

forest, ;/., bois m., foret/. 

forget, v., oublier. 

forgive, v., pardonner. 



fork, n., fourchette/. 
form, n., forme/. 
form, v., former. 
formation, n., formation/. 
former, adj., ancien (/. ancienne), 

precedent; the — , dem. pron., 

celui-la (/. celle-la). 
formerly, adv., autrefois, 
fortify, v., fortifier. 
fortnight, n., quinze jours. 
fortunate, adj., fortune, heureux 

(/. heureuse). 
fortunately, adv., heureusement. 
fortune, n., fortune/. 
forty, adj., quarante. 
found, v., fonder, 
found: be — , se trouver. 
fountain, n., fontaine/. 
four, adj., quatre. 
fourteen, adj., quatorze. 
fourth, adj., quart, quatrieme. 
fourth, n., quart m. 
fraction, n., fraction/. 
franc (coin worth about 20 cents), 

;/., franc m. 
France, 11., France/, 
frank, adj., franc (/. franche). 
Frederick, ;;., Frederic in. 
free, adj., gratuit. 
freeze, v., geler. 
French, adj., francais. 
Frenchman, «., frangais m. 
frequent, v., frequenter, 
frequently, adv., souvent. 
fresh, adj., frais (/. fraiche). 
Friday, n., vendredi m. 
friend, ;/., ami m., amie/. 
fro : to and — , ca et la. 
frock-coat, ;/., redingote/. 
from, prep., de, depuis, des, a 

partir de, par; far — , conj., 

loin que. 
front, ;/.. front m.; in — of, de- 

vant. 
fruit, n., fruit in. 
fruit, adj., fruitier, 
fruit-bearing, adj., fruitier, 
full, adj., plein. 
furnish, v., meubler. 
furnishing, ;;.. fourniture/. 
furniture, n., mobilier ;;/.. meubles 

;;/. pi.; piece of — , meuble m. 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



307 



further, adv., davantage. 
future (tense), n., futur m.; — 
anterior, futur anterieur m. 



gain time (of timepieces) , avancer. 

gallant, adj., galant. 

garden, n., jardin m.; botanical — , 

jardin des plantes m. 
garment, n., vetement m. 
gate, n., porte/. 
gather, v., cueillir irr., se reunir. 
gay, adj., brillant, gai. 
gayety, «., gaiete/. 
gaze, n., regard m. 
gender, n., genre m. 
general, adj., general; in — , en 

general. 
generally, adv., generalement. 
genitive, n., genitif m. 
gentle, adj., doux (/. douce). 
gentleman, n., gentilhomme m. 

(pi. gentilshommes), monsieur 

m. (pi. messieurs). 
George, n., George(s) m. 
German, adj., allemand. 
Germany, n., Allemagne/. 
get, v., prendre irr., chercher; — 

rid of, se defaire de; (of vehicles) 

— out, descendre; — up, se le- 
ver; — well again, se retablir. 

gift, n., cadeau m. 

girl, «., fille /. (used in this sense 

some adjective such as jeune or 

petite should precede). 
give, v., donner; — back, rendre; 

— a course, faire un cours. 
glad, adj., aise, content, charme, 

heureux (/. heureuse). 

gladly, adv., volontiers. 

glance, n., coup d'ceil m., regard m. 

glass, n., verre m. 

glide, v., glisser. 

gloomy, adj., morne. 

glorious, adj., radieux (/. radieuse). 

glove, n., gant m. 

go, v., aller irr., se rendre; — away, 
s'en aller irr.; — before, pre- 
ceder; — by, passer; — down, 
descendre; — in, entrer (dans 
is required before a following 



noun); — into ecstasy, s'exta- 
sier; — into raptures, s'extasier; 

— out, sortir irr.; — round, 
faire le tour de; — to bed, se 
coucher; — to sea, se mettre en 
mer; — up, monter, remonter; 

— with, accompagner. 
God, n., Dieu m. 

gold, n.,oxm.; — piece, piece d'or /. 
good, adj., bon (/. bonne), brave; 

— day, bonjour; have a — 
time, s'amuser, se divertir; — 
morning, bonjour. 

good, adv., bien. 

goodness, n., bonte/. 

goods: linen — , lingerie/. 

govern, v., gouverner. 

gown, n., robe/. 

grace, n., grace/. 

graceful, adj. t gracieux (/. gra- 
cieuse), galant. 

grammar, n., grammaire/. 

grammatical, adj., grammatical. 

grandchild, n., petit-enfant m. 

granddaughter, n., petite-fille /. 

grandfather, n., grand-pere m. 

grandmother, n., grand'mere/. 

grandparent(s), n., grand-pa- 
rents) m. 

grandsire, n., aieul m. 

grandson, n., petit-fils m. 

gratuitous, adj., gratuit. 

grave, adj., grave. 

grave, n., fosse/. 

great, adj., grand, gros (/. grosse); 
(a) — deal, beaucoup, adv.;va. — 
part, en grande partie. 

greed, n., avarice m. 

Greek, adj., grec (/. grecque). 

green, adj., vert. 

grief, n., chagrin m. 

ground-floor, rez-de-chaussee m.; 
on the — , au rez-de-chaussee. 

group, n., groupe m. 

group, v., grouper. 

grow, v., s'agrandir; — old, vieillir. 

guard, n., garde/. 

guess, v., deviner. 

guest, 71., invite m. 

guide, n., indicateur m. 

guide, v., conduire irr. 

gum, n., gomme/. 



308 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



H 

habit, n., habitude/., pli m. 
hack, n., fiacre m. 
hail, v., greler. 

hair, n., cheveu m., (of the head) les 

cheveux; comb one's — , se 

peigner. 

hair-brush, n., brosse a cheveux/. 

half, n., moitie/., demi m.; — cup, 

demi-tasse /. 
half -hour, n., demi-heure/. 
hall, n., salle /.; city — , hotel de 

ville m. 
hand, n., main/. 
hand-baggage, n., colis m. pi. 
handkerchief, n., mouchoir m. 
handsome, adj., beau {before vowels 

bel,/. belle). 
handwriting, »., ecriture/. 
hang, v., pendre. 
happen, v., arriver, venir (a) irr. 
happily, adv., heureusement. 
happy, adj., fortune, heureux (/. 

heureuse). 
harbor, n., port m. 
hard, adj., difficile, fort, 
hardly, adv., a peine, guere, ne 

. . . guere; I — know, je ne 

sache (pas). 
harm, n., mal m. 
harvest- (time), «., moisson /. 
haste, n., 'hate /.; in — , a la 

'hate; make — , se depecher, se 

'hater. 
hasten, v., (se) depecher, (se) 

'hater. 
hat, «., chapeau; high — , chapeau 

'haut de forme; silk — , chapeau 

'haut de forme. 
have, v., avoir irr., posseder; — a 

good time, s'amuser, se divertir; 

— just, venir de irr. 
Havre, n., le 'Havre m. 
hawthorn, n., aubepine/. 
he, pers. pron., il, lui m. 
he, dem. pron., ce, celui, m. 
head, n., tete /.; cold in the — , 

rhume de cerveau m. 
heal, v., guerir. 
healthy, adj., sain. 
hear, v., entendre; — (of) {in the 



sense of 'to hear spoken (of)*), 

entendre parler (de). 
heart, »., cceur m.; with all my — , 

de tout mon cceur. 
heat, n., chaleur/. 
hectare (ten thousand square me- 
ters) n., hectare m. 
help, »., aide/. 
help, v., aider. 
hen, n., poule/. 
Henry, m., Henri (sometimes allows 

elision and liaison). 
her, dem. pron., celle/. 
her, pers. pron., elle, la, lui /.; to 

— , lui. 
her, poss. adj., son (/. sa, pi. ses). 
herald, n., precurseur m. 
here, adv., ici, ca, par ici; — and 

there, ca et la; as far as — , 

jusqu'ici; — is (or are), void; 

see — , voici. 
Hermes, n., Hermes m. 
hers, poss. pron., le si en (/. la 

sienne) ; this is — , ceci est a elle. 
herself, pers. pron., elle-meme, se. 
hide, v., cacher. 
high, adj., 'haut; — hat, chapeau 

'haut de forme m.; — shoe, 

bottine /. 
higher, adj., plus 'haut, superieur. 
high-school, n., lycee m. 
him, dem. pron., celui. 
him, pers. pron., le, lui; to — , lui. 
himself, pers. pron., lui-meme, se. 
hinder, v., empecher. 
hip, n., hanche/. 
his, poss. adj., son (/. sa, pi. ses). 
his,/>oss. pron., \esien (/. la sienne) ; 

— own, le sien (/. la sienne); 

this is — , ceci est a lui. 
historian, n., historien m. 
historical, adj., historique. 
history, n., histoire/. 
hog, ;/., cochon m. 
hold, v.j tenir irr.; — back, 

arreter; — session, sieger; — 

sway, regner. 
holiday, ;;., fete/.; — s, vacances 

f.pl. 
holy, adj., saint. 
homage, n., hommage m. (usually 

used in the plural). 



- 




ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



309 



home, n., maison /.; at — , a, la 
maison, chez (moi, etc.), de re- 
tour; soldiers' — , hotel des in- 
valides ;;/. 

hope (for), v., esperer. 

horse, »., cheval m. 

hospital, n., hopital m., (the prin- 
cipal hospital of a town) hotel- 
Dieu m. 

host, n., hote m. 

hotel, n., hotel m. 

hour, n., heure /.; — and a half, 
(une) heure et demie. 

house, n., maison/.; at (to, in) the 

— of, chez. 

how, adv., comment, combien, 
que, quel; know — , savoir irr.; 

— long, combien de temps, de- 
puis quand; — many, combien, 
que de; — much, combien. 

however, adv., cependant, pour- 
tant, quelque, quelque . . . que. 

hundred, adj., cent; about a — , 
centaine (de) /. 

hundred, »., centaine (de) /. 

hunger, n., faim/. 

hungry: be — , avoir faim. 

hurry: in a — , a la 'hat . 

hurry, v., (se) depecher, (se) 'hater. 

hurt, n., mal m., dommage m. 

hurt (oneself), v., (se) faire mal. 

husband, n., epoux m., mari m. 

hyphen, «., trait (m.) d'union. 



I, pers. pron., je, moi. 

idea, n., idee/. 

idealistic, adj., idealiste. 

idiomatic, adj., idiomatique. 

if, conj., si; — you please, s'il vous 

plait, 
ill, adj., malade. 
ill, adv., mal. 

illuminate, v., eclairer, illuminer. 
illustrate, v., illustrer. 
illustration, n., illustration/. 
imaginative, adj., imaginatif (/. 

imaginative). 
imitation, n., imitation/. 
immediately, adv., aussitot, tout 

de suite. 



immortal, adj., immortel (/. im- 
mortelle). 
imperative (mood), n., imperatif 



m. 



imperfect (tense), n., imparfait m. 
impersonal, adj., impersonnel (/. 

impersonnelle). 
important, adj., important; it is 

— , il importe; it is not — , 

n'importe. 
imposing, adj., imposant. 
impossible, adj., impossible. 
impress, v., impressioner. 
impression, »., impression/. 
improvement, «., amelioration/. 
in, prep., dans (used in a more 

specific sense than en), en, a, de; 

— a hurry, a la 'hate; — case 
that, au (en) cas que; — des- 
pair, desespere; — every direc- 
tion, de tous cotes; — fact, en 
effet; — front of, devant; — 
general, en general; — great 
part, en grande partie; — haste, 
a la 'hate; — love, amoureux 
(/. amoureuse); — order that, 
afin que, pour que; — order to, 
pour, afin de; — search, a la 
recherche; — short, enfin; — 
spite of, malgre; — spite of the 
fact that, malgre que; — such 
a manner, tellement, de telle 
facon; — the country, a la cam- 
pagne; — the direction (of), du 
cote (de), vers; — the house of, 
chez; — the meantime, cepen- 
dant; — the midst of, au mi- 
lieu de; — the neighborhood 
(of), du cote (de); — the next 
place, ensuite; — the power (of) , 
au pouvoir (de); — Jhe same 
way, de la meme facon; — the 
(very) middle, au (beau) milieu; 

— this manner (or way), ainsi, 
de cette facon; — turn, tour a 
tour. 

inaugurate, v., inaugurer. 
include, v., renfermer. 
indeed, adv., en effet, bien. 
indefinite, adj., indefini; past — , 

passe indefini m. 
indicate, v., indiquer. 



310 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



indicative, n., indicatif m. 
indirect, adj., indirect; — object, 

complement indirect m. 
inferior, adj., inferieur. 
inferiority, n., inferiorite /. 
infinitive, n., infinitif m. 
inhabitant, n., habitant m. 
injure, v., blesser, faire mal a. 
ink, n., encre/. 
inkstand, n., encrier m. 
inspect, v., examiner, visiter. 
inspection, n., examen m., visite/. 
install, v., installer. 
instance: for — , par exemple. 
instead of, prep., au lieu de. 
institution, »., etablissement m., 

institution/. 
instruction, n., instruction/. 
insurmountable, adj., insurmon- 

table. 
intelligent, adj., intelligent. 
intend, v., avoir l'intention. 
intention, »., intention/. 
interest, n., interet m. 
interest, v., interesser. 
interesting, adj., interessant. 
intern, n., interne m. or f. 
interrogate, v., questionner. 
interrogation, n., interrogation/. 
interrogative, adj., interrogatif (/. 

interrogative). 
interrupt, v., interrompre. 
into, Prep., dans (used in a more 

specific sense than en), en. 
intoxicating, adj., enivrant. 
intransitive, adj., intransitif (/. 

intransitive). 
introduce, v., presenter. 
introduction, n., introduction /., 

presentation /. 
invariable, adj., invariable, 
invasion, n., invasion/. 
invitation, n., invitation/. 
invite, v., inviter. 
Irene, n., Irene/. 
iron, n., fer w. 
irregular, adj., irregulier (/. irre- 

guliere). 
island, «., ile/. 
it, pers. pron., il m., elle/., le m., 

la/., lui m. and f.; to — , lui m. 

or f. 



it, dem. pron., il m., elle/., ce. 
Italian, adj., italien (/. italienne). 
Italy, «., Italie/. 
its, poss. adj., son (/. sa, pi. ses). 
its, poss. pron., le si en (/. la sienne) ; 

— own, le si en (/. la sienne). 
itself, pers. pron., se, soi, soi- 

meme. 



jacket, n., jaquette/. 

Jane, n., Jeanne/. 

janitor, n., concierge m. or f. 

January, n., Janvier m. 

jealousy, n., jalousie/. 

Jesus, »., Jesus m.; — Christ, 

Jesus- Christ m. 
jewel, n., bijou m. 
John, n., Jean m. 
join, v., attacher, unir. 
jollity, n., enjouement m. 
Joseph, »., Joseph m. 
journey, n., trajet m., voyage m. 
journey, :., voyager, 
joy, n., joie/. 

joyful, adj., joyeux (/. joyeuse). 
Judy: Punch and — show, 

Guignol m. 
juicy, adj., succulent. 
July, n., juillet m. 
June, ;?., juin m. 
junior (of two), adj., cadet (/. ca- 

dette). 
just: to have — , venir de. 
justice, ;/.. justice/.; court of — , 

palais (de justice) m. 



keep, v., conserver; — silent, (se) 

taire irr. 
kind, adj.. bon (/. bonne), brave, 

gentil (/. gentille). 
kind, «., classe/., espece/., genre 

m., sorte/. 
kindle, v., allumer. 
kindly . . ., donnez-vous la peine 

de . . , 
kindness, ;?., bonte/., obligeance/. 
king, »., roi m. 
kingdom, ;;.. royaume m, 
kitchen, ;/., cuisine/. 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



311 



knee, »., genou m. 

knife, »., couteau m. 

knock, v.j f rapper. 

know, v., connaitre irr., savoir irr.; 
— how, savoir irr.; I hardly — , 
je ne sache (pas); not that I — 
(of), pas que je sache. 

knowledge. »., science/. 



label, n., etiquette/. 

labor, «., travail m. 

lacking: be — , manquer. 

lady, »., dame/. 

lamentation, «., plainte/. 

land, n., terre/. 

land, v., debarquer. 

landing, n., debarcadere m. 

language, »., langue/., langage m. 

lake, n., lac m. 

large, adj., grand, gros (/. grosse). 

largely, adv., en grande partie. 

last, adj., dernier, final, passe. 

last, v., durer. 

late, adv., tard, en retard. 

later, adv., plus tard; sooner or — , 

tot ou tard.. 
Latin, adj., latin, 
latter: the — , dem. pron., celui-ci 

m., celle-ci /., {pi. m. ceux-ci, 

pi. f. celles-ci). 
laugh, v., rire irr.; — at one- 
self, se rire au nez. 
law, n., loi /., droit m. 
law-court, n., palais de justice m. 
lead, v., conduire irr., mener. 
leader, n., chef m. 
leadership, n., direction/, 
learn, v., apprendre irr., savoir 

irr. 
least, adj., (le) moindre; at — , au 

{or du) moins. 
leave, v., laisser, quitter, partir irr. 
lecture, n., conference/, 
left, adj., gauche; at (to) the — , a 

gauche. 
leg, n., jambe/. 
length, n., longueur/. 
less, adj., moindre. 
less, adv., moins; — and — , de 

moins en moins; the — , d'au- 



tant moins; the — ... the — , 

moins . . . (et) moins. 
lesser, adj., moindre. 
lesson, n., lecon/. 
lest, conj., de crainte que, de peur 

que. 
let, v., laisser; louer. 
letter {in all senses), n., lettre/.; 

capital — , majuscule /., lettre 

majuscule; /. lower-case {or 

small) — , minuscule /., lettre 

minuscule; /. — paper, papier a 

lettre m.\ bachelor of — s, ba- 

chelier es lettres m. 
letter-carrier, n., facteur m. 
Lewis, «., Louis m. 
library, n., bibliotheque /. 
lie, v., mentir irr.; — down, se 

coucher. 
life, n., vie/. 

light {of colors), adj., clair. 
light, n., clarte/. 

light, v., allumer; — (up), eclairer. 
lighten, v., eclairer. 
light-heartedness, n., enjouement 

m. 
like, adj., pareil (/. pareille), tel 
_ (/. telle). 
like, adv., comme. 
like, v., aimer, desirer, trouver. 
like, conj., ainsi que. 
likewise, adv., aussi. 
liking, n., gout m. 
lilac(-colored), adj., lilas. 
limb, n., membre m. 
line, n., ligne/.; {of poetry) vers m. 
linen goods, lingerie/. 
linking, n., liaison/. 
lion, n., lion m. 
listen, v., ecouter. 
literary, adj., litteraire. 
literature, n., litterature /. 
little, adj., petit. 
little, adv., peu; a — , un peu; — 

by — , peu a peu. 
live, v., vivre irr., demeurer; long 

— . . .! vive . . .! 
liveliness, n., enjouement m. 
lively, adj., gai. 
lo, adv., voici, voila. 
load, v., charger, 
loaf, n., pain m. 



312 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



locution, n., locution/. 

lodge, n., loge f. 

lofty, adj., 'haut. 

Loire, n., Loire/. 

loiterer, n., flaneur m. 

London, n., Londres m. 

long, adj., long (/. longue); a — 

while, longtemps. 
long, a<2i>.,longtemps; how — , com- 

bien de temps, depuis quand; — 

live . . .! vive . . .! 
long for, v., souhaiter. 
longer: no — , ne . . . plus, 
look, n., regard in. 
look, v., regarder, avoir l'air; — 

at, regarder; — for, chercher; 

— out upon, donner sur. 

looking-glass, n., miroir in. 

lorgnette, n., face-a-main m. 

lose, v., perdre; — time (of a time- 
piece), retarder. 

Louis, n., Louis ;;/. 

louse, n., pou m. 

love, n., amour in.; in — , amou- 
reux (/. amoureuse). 

love, v., aimer. 

loving, adj., amoureux (/. amou- 
reuse). 

low, adj., bas (/. basse). 

lower, adj., inferieur; — classes, 
peuple in.; — part, bas in. 

luckily, adv.. heureusement. 

luggage, 11.. bagage(s) in. (usually 
used in plural). 

lung, n., poumon in. 

lyceum, ;/., lvcee m. 

lyric, adj., lyrique. 

lyrical, adj., lyrique. 

M 

mad, adj., fou (before vowels fol, /. 

folle). 
madam, n., madame /. (pi. mes- 

dames). 
magnificent, adj.. magnifique. 
mahogany, ;/., acajou m. 
maid, n., bonne/. 
mail, n.. courrier m. 
make. v.. faire irr., former, rendre; 

— haste, se depecher, se 'hater; 

— the mouth water, faire venir 



l'eau a la bouche; — up one's 
mind, se decider (a) ; — use (of), 
se servir (de). 

male, adj., male. 

man, n., homme m., monsieur m.; 
one-eyed — , borgne in.; sick — , 
malade m.;toy — , bonhomme m. 

manner, n., fagon /., maniere /., 
mode /.; — s, moeurs /. pi.; in 
such a — , tellement; in this — , 
ainsi, de cette fagon. 

mansion, n., hotel in. 

manuscript, ;/., manuscrit in. 

many (a), adj. pron. and adv., beau- 
coup, bien, maint; as — , au- 
tant; how — , combien, que de; 
so — , tant; too — , trop. 

map, n., carte/. 

marble, ;/., marbre m. 

March, n., mars in. 

marchioness, n.. marquise/. 

mark, i., marquer. 

market. ;/.. 'halle /., marche m.; 
wine — , 'halle aux vins/. 

married: be — , se marier; — lady, 
dame /. 

marry, v.. marier, se marier avec 
(or a), epouser. 

Mary. n.. Marie/. 

masculine, adj., masculin. 

massacre. ;/., massacre in. 

master, n.. maitre in. 

masterpiece, n.. chef d'oeuvre m. 

mate. ;;., camarade m. or f. 

mathematics. ;/., mathematiques 

/• PL 
Matilda, n.. Mathilde/. 

matter, n.. matiere/. 

matter, v., importer; it doesn't — , 

n'importe. 
mausoleum. ;/.. mausolee in. 
May. ;/., mai in. 
may. v.. pouvoir irr. 
me. pcrs. pron., me, moi; to — , me, 

moi. 
meadow, n.. pre m. 
meal. n.. repas in. 
mean. adj.. moyen (/. moyenne). 
mean. v.. signifier; what does . . . 

— ? que veut dire . . .? 
meaning, ;?., sens ;;;.. signification/, 
meantime: in the — . cependant. 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



313 



meanwhile, adv., cependant. 

measles, n., rougeole/. 

meat, »., viande/. 

meddle (with), v., se meler (de or 
a). 

medicine, «., medecine/. 

meet, v., rencontrer; till we — 
again, au revoir. 

meeting, n., rendez-vous m. 

melodrama, »., melodrame m. 

member, n., membre m. 

Memphis, »., Memphis m. 

men, »., hommes, messieurs m. pi., 
gens m. pi. (may be f. pi. when va- 
riable adjective precedes); young 
— , jeunes gens m. pi. 

menagerie, n., menagerie/. 

merriment, n., gaiete/. 

merry, adj., gai, joyeux (/. joy- 
euse). 

meter, n., metre m. 

metropolitan, metropolitain adj. 

Mexico, «.., le Mexique m. 

middle, «., milieu m.; in the (very) 
— , au (beau) milieu. 

Middle Ages, le moyen age. 

middle-class, adj., bourgeois. 

midnight, n., minuit m. 

midst: in the — of, au milieu de. 

military, adj., militaire. 

milk, n., lait m. 

million, n., million m. 

mind: make up one's — , se de- 
cider (a). 

mine, poss. pron., le mien (/. la 
mienne); this is — , ceci est a 
moi. 

mingle, v., meler. 

minute, n., minute/. 

miracle, n., miracle m. 

miracle-play, n., miracle m. 

mirror, n., miroir m. 

mirth, n., gaiete/. 

misfortune, n., malheur m. 

miss, n., mademoiselle/, (pi. mes- 
demoiselles). 

miss, v., manquer; barely — , faillir 
irr. 

mistaken: be — , se tromper. 

mix, v., meler. 

mode, n., mode/., mode m. 

modern, adj., moderne. 



modify, v., modifier, qualifier, 
moment, «., moment m. 
Monday, n., lundi ;;/. 
money, n., argent m., monnaie/.; 

paper — , papier-monnaie m. 
monkey, »., singe m. 
Mont Blanc, n., le Mont Blanc m. 
month, n., mois m. 
monument, n., monument m. 
mood, n., mode m. 
moralist, n., moraliste m. 
morality, n., moralite/. 
morality-play, n., moralite/. 
morals, n., mceurs/. pi. 
more, adv., davantage, plus; — 

and — , de plus en plus; no — , 

ne . . . plus; the — ... the — , 

plus . . . (et) plus. 
moreover, adv., d'ailleurs. 
morning, n., matin m.; good — , 

bonjour. 
mortal, n., mortel m. 
most: the — , n., la plupart/. 
mother, n., mere/. 
mother-in-law, »., belle-mere/. 
motto, »., devise/. 
mount, v., monter, remonter. 
mountain, n., montagne/. 
mouth, n., bouche/.; make the — 

water, faire venir l'eau a la 

bouche. 
Mr., monsieur m. (pi. messieurs). 
Mrs., madame/. (pi. mesdames). 
much, adv., beaucoup, bien; as 

— , autant; how — , combien; 

so — , tant, tellement; so — 

the better, tant mieux; so — 

the worse, tant pis; too — , trop; 

very — , beaucoup, fort. 
multiplicative, adj., multiplicatif 

(/. multiplicative). 
multiply, v., multiplier. 
multitude, n., multitude/. 
municipal, adj., municipal, 
museum, n., musee m. 
music, n., musique/. 
music-hall (where drinks are served) , 

n., cafe chantant m. 
must, v., devoir irr., falloir irr.; 

one — , il faut, on doit. 
mute, adj., muet (/. muette). 
mutually, adv., mutuellement. 



314 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



my > poss. adj., mon (/. ma, pi. 

mes) ; — dear, mon ami ( /. mon 

amie) ; — own, poss. pron., mien 

(/. mienne). 
myself, pers. pron., me, moi, moi- 

meme. 
mystery, n., mystere m. 
mystery-play, n., mystere m. 



N 



name, n., nom m. 
name, v., nommer. 
named: be — , s'appeler. 
napkin, n., serviette/. 
Naples, n., Naples/. 
narrate, v., raconter. 
nasal, adj., nasal. 
nation, n., nation/. 
national, adj., national. 
natural, adj., naturel (/. naturelle). 
nature, n., nature/. 
near, adv., pres; come — , faillir. 
near, prep, pres de. 
nearly, adv., a peu pres, presque. 
necessary : be — , f alloir irr. 
neck, »., cou m. 
necktie, n., cravate/. 
need, »., besoin m. 
need, v., avoir besoin (de). 
negation, n., negation/. 
negative, adj., negatif (/. nega- 
tive). 
neighbor, n., voisin m., voisine/.; 

one's — ('s), (d')autrui. 
neighborhood, voisinage, m.; in 

the — (of), du cote (de). 
neither, adj. pron., ni l'un ni 

l'autre. 
neither, conj., ni; — ... nor, ne 

. . . ni . . . ni. 
Neo-Latin, adj., roman. 
nephew, «., neveu m. 
never, adv., jamais, ne . . . 

jamais, 
nevertheless, adv., cependant, ne- 

anmoins, pourtant. 
new, adj., nouveau {before vowels 

nouvel, /. nouvelle), (in the 

sense of 'recently made') neuf (/. 

neuve). 
New York, «., New York/. 



next, adj., prochain, suivant; in 

the — place, ensuite. 
next, adv., puis. 
nice, adj., gentil (/. gentille). 
nickel, n., nickel m. 
Nicole, n., Nicole/. 
niece, n., niece/. 
night, »., nuit/., soir m.; — before, 

veille/. 
nightcap, n., bonnet de nuit m. 
nine, adj., neuf. 
nineteen, adj., dix-neuf. 
ninety, adj., quatre-vingt-dix. 
ninth, adj., neuvieme. 
no, adj. pron., aucun (/. aucune), 

nul (/. nulle) ; — one, personne, 

ne . . . personne. 
no, adv., non, pas, point, ne . . . pas; 

— longer, ne . . . plus; — more, 
ne . . . plus; — thank you, 
merci. 

nobleman, n., gentilhomme (pi. 

gentilshommes). 
nobody, indef. pron., personne, ne 

. . . personne. 
noon, n., midi m. 
nor, conj., ni; — . . . either, non 

plus; neither . . . — , ne . . . ni 

. . . ni. 
Normans, n., Normands m. pi. 
north, n., nord w. 
North America, ;/., Amerique du 

Nord /. 
northeast, n., nord-est m. 
nose, 71., nez m. 
nose-glasses, »., pince-nez m. 
not, adv., ne, ne . . . pas, pas, point; 

— anywhere, nulle part; — at 
all, ne . . . point, pas du tout, 
point; — that I know of, pas 
que je sache; — until, ne . . . 
que; — that, non que, non pas 
que. 

not any, adj. pron., aucun (/. au- 
cune), ne . . . aucun (/. aucune), 
nul (/. nulle), ne . . . nul (/. 
nulle). 

notable, adj., notable. 

note, n., billet m. 

note-book, n., cahier m. 

nothing, adv., rien, ne . . . rienl 
say — (of), taire tr. irr. 




ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



315 



notice, v., remarquer. 

notwithstanding, prep., malgre. 

notwithstanding that, conj., mal- 
gre que, nonobstant que. 

noun, adj., substantif (/. sub- 
stantive). 

noun, n., nom m., substantif m.; 
common — , nom commun m.; 
compound — , nom compose m.; 
proper — , nom propre m. 

novel, n., roman m. 

novelist, n., romancier m. 

novelty, n., nouveaute/. 

November, n., novembre m. 

now, adv., maintenant, a present, 
en ce moment; until — , jus- 
qu'ici. 

nowhere, adv., nulle part. 

number, n., nombre m.\ cardinal 
— , nombre cardinal m.; or- 
dinal — , nombre ordinal m. 

numeral, adj., numeral. 

numerator, n., numerateur. 

nurse (for children), n., bonne 
(d'enfant) /. 

nurse, v., soigner. 

nursemaid, n., bonne (d'enfant) /. 



O! inter j., oh! 

oak, n., chene m. 

oath, n., serment m. 

obey, v., obeir. 

object, 71., article m., but m., com- 
plement m., objet w., regime m.; 
direct — , complement direct m.; 
indirect — , complement indi- 
rect m. 

obligation, n., obligation/. 

obligatory, adj., obligatoire. 

oblige, v., obliger. 

obliterate, v., effacer. 

observe, v., remarquer, observer. 

obstruct, v., encombrer. 

occasion, n., occasion /.; on the — , 
a l'occasion. 

occupy, v., occuper. 

ocean, n., mer /., ocean m. 

o'clock, n., heure/. 

October, n., octobre m. 

Of, prep, de, en; — which, dont; 
— whom, dont. 



off: far — , loin. 

office, n., bureau m. 

office-desk, bureau m. 

officer, n., officier m.; custom- 
house — , douanier m. 

often, adv., souvent. 

oh! inter j., ah! oh! 

oil, n., huile/. 

old, adj., age (de), ancien (/. 
ancienne), vieux (before vowels 
vieil, /. vieille) ; — codger, bon- 
homme m.; grow — , vieillir. 

omission, n., omission/. 

omit, v., omettre irr. 

on, prep., sur, a, de; — foot, a pied; 

— one side, d'un cote; come — , 
survenir irr.; put — , se mettre 
irr.; — the ground-floor, au rez- 
de-chaussee; — the side (of), du 
cote (de); — the way, en che- 
min; — the way (to), en route 
(pour). 

once, adv., autrefois, une fois; at 
— , a la fois, aussitot, tout de 
suite, tout du premier (coup). 

one, adj. pron., un (/. une). 

one, indef. pron. {often rendered in 
English by 'you,' 'we,' 'they,' 
'people,' or by the passive con- 
struction) on; — another, Fun 
l'autre, les uns les autres, se; 
any — , personne, quelqu'un (/. 
quelqu'une); certain — s, cer- 
tains; each — , chacun (/. 
chacune); every — , chacun (/. 
chacune); no — , personne, ne 
. . . personne; some — , quel- 
qu'un; such a — , un tel; that 
— , celui-la (/. celle-la) ; this — , 
celui-ci (/. celle-ci). 

one-armed, adj., manchot. 

one-eyed, adj., borgne; — man, 
borgne m. 

one-handed, adj., manchot. 

one's, poss. adj., son (/. sa, pi. 
ses); — neighbor('s), (d')autrui; 

— own, sien (/. sienne). 
oneself, indef. pron., se, soi, soi- 

meme; betake — , se rendre; 
laugh at — , se rire au nez; to 
— , se. 
only, adj., seul, unique. 



316 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



only, adv., seulement, ne . . . que. 

open, adj. pp., ouvert. 

open, v., ouvrir irr.; — upon, 

donner sur. 
opera, n., opera m. 
opera-bouffe, «., opera-bouffe m. 
opera-comique, n., opera-comi- 

que m. 
opera-house, n., opera m. 
opportunity, n., occasion/. 
opposite, adj., oppose. 
opposite, prep., en face (de). 
or, conj., ou; whether . . . — , soit 

que . . . soit. 
oral, adj., oral. 
orange, n., orange/. 
orange-tree, n., oranger m. 
order, n., ordre m.; in — that, 

pour que, afin que; in — to, 

pour, afin de. 
ordinal, adj., ordinal. 
ordinarily, adv., a l'ordinaire. 
ordinary, adj., ordinaire. 
organ, n., organe m. 
origin, »., origine/. 
original, adj., original. 
orthographical, adj., orthogra- 

phique. 
other, adj., autre; each — , l'un 

l'autre, se; — people, autrui; 

some ... or — , quelconque 

{follows noun); to each — , l'un 

a l'autre, se. 
others, indef. pron., autrui. 
ought, v., devoir irr. 
our, poss. adj., notre (pi. nos); — 

own, notre. 
ours, poss. pron., le notre (/. la 

notre); this is — , ceci est 

a nous. 
ourselves, pers. pron., nous, nous- 

memes. 
out: — of, hors; go — , sortir irr. 
over, adv., sur; pass — , traverser; 

— there, la-bas. 
overcoat, «., pardessus, m. 
owe, v., devoir irr. 
owl, n., 'hibou m. 
own, adj., propre; his (her or 

their) — , sien (/. sienne); my 

— , mien (/. mienne); one's — , 

sien (/. sienne); our — , notre; 



thine — , tien (/. tienne); your 
— , tien (/. tienne), votre. 

owner, »., possesseur m. 

ox, «., bceuf m. (pi. bceufs). 



package, n., colis m., paquet m. 

packet, n., paquebot m. 

page, n. (of a book) page /.; (per- 
son) page m. 

pain, n., peine/. 

paint, n., peinture/. 

painting, »., peinture/., tableau m. 

pair, «., paire/. 

palace, n., palais m. 

pantaloons, «., pantalon m. 

paper, n., papier m.; blotting — , 
papier buvard m.; letter — , 
papier a lettre m.; — money, 
papier-monnaie m. 

parcel, n., paquet m. 

pardon, n., pardon m. 

pardon, v., pardonner. 

parent (s), n., parent (s) m. 

Paris, ;/., Paris m. 

Parisian, adj., parisien (/. pari- 
sienne). 

park, n., pare m. 

parlor, »., salon m. 

part, n., partie/., role m., part/.; 
in great — , en grande partie; 
lower — , bas m.\ play the — of, 
faire irr.; principal — s (of a 
verb), parties principales. 

participle, n., participe m. 

particular, adj., certain, particulier 
(/. parti culiere). 

partitive, adj., partitif (/. parti- 
tive). 

party: evening — , soiree/. 

pass, v., passer; — over, traverser; 
— through, traverser. 

passage, n., trajet ;;?., traversee/. 

passenger, n.. voyageur m. 

passionately, adv., eperdument. 

passive, adj., passif (/. passiv r e). 

past, adj., dernier (/. derniere), 
passe; — anterior, passe an- 
terieur m.; — definite, passe 
derini ;;/.; — indefinite, passe 
indefini m. 



^ 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



317 



paternal, adj., paternel (/. pater- 
nelle). 

pay, v., payer; — a visit, rendre 
visite; — for, payer. 

pear, n., poire/. 

pebble, n., caillou m. 

pen, »., plume/. 

pencil, n., crayon m. 

penholder, n., porte-plume m. 

penknife, «., canif m. 

people, n., gens m. pi. {may be f. 
pi. when variable adjective pre- 
cedes); monde m., peuple m.; 
other — , autrui. 

pepper, »., poivre m. 

perfect, adj., parfait. 

perfect (tense), n., parfait m., 
passe indefini m. 

perfect, v., perfectionner. 

perfectly, adv., parfaitement. 

perform, v., representer. 

performance, n., representation/., 
spectacle m. 

perhaps, adv., peut-etre. 

period, n., epoque/., point m. 

permit, v., permettre irr. 

person, «., personne /.; — s, per- 
sonnes /. pi., gens m. pi. {may 
be f. pi. when preceded by vari- 
able adjective). 

personal, adj., personnel (/. per- 
sonnels). 

phenomenon, «., phenomene m. 

philosopher, «., philosophe m. 

philosophical, adj., philosophique. 

philosophy, n., philosophic/. 

phonetic, adj., phone tique. 

phrase, n., locution /., phrase /., 
proposition /. 

piano, n., piano m. 

pick, v., cueillir irr. 

picture, n., image /., portrait m. t 
tableau m. 

picture-book, n., livre d'images 
m. 

piece, n., morceau m., piece /.; 
gold — , piece d'or/.; — of fur- 
niture, meuble m. 

pierce, v., percer. 

pig, n., cochon m. 

pin, n., epingle/. 

pink, adj., rose. 



pit, n., fosse /./bear , fosse aux 

ours /. 

pity: it is a — , il {or c')est dom- 
mage. 

place, n., endroit m., lieu m., place 
/.; — of interest, curiosite /.;in 
the next — , ensuite; take — , 
avoir lieu; take the — of, rem- 
placer. 

place, v., mettre irr., placer, situer. 

plan, n., dessein m. 

plan, v., projeter. 

plant, n., plante/. 

plate, n., assiette/. 

platform, n., debarcadere m. 

play, n., piece/., spectacle m. 

play, v., jouer, representer; — the 
part of, faire irr. 

plaything, n., jouet m. 

pleasant, adj., agreable. 

please, v., plaire irr.; if you — , 
s'il vous plait; — . . ., donnez- 
vous la peine de . . . ; will you — , 
voulez-vous bien. 

pleased, adj., aise, content, heu- 
reux (/. heureuse), charme. 

pleasure, n., plaisir m.; with — , 
volontiers, avec plaisir. 

pluck, v., cueillir irr. 

pluperfect (tense), plus-que-par- 
fait m. 

plural, 71., pi uriel m. 

pocket, n., poche/. 

pocket-book, n., porte-monnaie m. 

poem, n., poeme m.; epic — , epo- 
pee /. 

poet, n., poete m. 

poetry, n., poesie/. 

point, n., point m.; cardinal — s, 
points cardinaux m. pi. 

point out, v., indiquer. 

polite, adj., galant, poli. 

poor adj., pauvre. 

popular, adj., populaire. 

port, »., port m. 

porter, n., concierge m. or /.; rail- 
way — , f acteur m. 

portrait, n., portrait m. 

Portugal, n., Portugal m. 

position, n., position/., place/. 

positive, adj., certain, positif (/. 
positive). 



318 



ENGLISH-FRENCH. VOCABULARY 



positive (degree), n., positif m. 

possess, v., posseder. 

possession, n., possession/. 

possessive, adj., possessif (/. pos- 
sessive). 

possessor, n., possesseur m. 

possible, adj., possible. 

post, n., courrier m. 

postage-stamp, n., timbre m., 
timbre-poste m. 

postal-card, «., carte-postale /. 

postman, n., facteur m. 

post-office, n., poste/. 

pot, n., casserole/. 

potato, n., pomme de terre/. 

poultry-yard, n., basse-cour /. 

pound, n., livre/. 

power, n., pouvoir m.; in the — , 
au pouvoir. 

practice, v., pratiquer. 

pray, v., prier; — ! de grace! done. 

preacher, n., predicateur m. 

precede, v., preceder. 

preceding, adj., precedent. 

precise, adj., precis. 

precisely, adv., precisement. 

precursor, «., precurseur m. 

predict, v., predire irr. 

prefer, v., aimer mieux, preferer. 

prepare, v., preparer. 

preposition, n., preposition/. 

present, adj., actuel (/. actuelle), 
present; be — at, assister a. 

present, n., cadeau; (time or tense) 
present m.; at — , a present, en 
ce moment. 

present, v., presenter. 

preserve, v., conserver, preserver. 

preterit, n., passe defini m. 

pretty, adj., gentil (/. gentille), joli. 

prevent, v., empecher. 

price, «., prix m. 

prick, v., piquer. 

primary, adj., primaire. 

princess, n., princesse/. 

principal, adj., cardinal, principal; 
— parts (of a verb), parties prin- 
cipals. 

principle, «., principe m. 

prize, 7i., prix m. 

probable, adj., probable. 

probably, adv., probablement. 



proclaim, v., proclamer. 

produce, v., produire irr. 

profane, adj., profane. 

professor, n., professeur m.; uni- 
versity — , professeur de fa- 
culte m. 

profit (by), v., profiter (de). 

profound, adj., profond. 

program, n., programme m. 

project, v., projeter. 

promenade, n., promenade/. 

promise, n., parole/. 

promise, v., promettre irr. 

pronominal, adj., pronominal. 

pronoun, n., pronom m. 

pronounce, v., prononcer. 

pronunciation, «., prononciation /. 

proper, adj., propre; — noun, nom 
propre m. 

properly, adv., proprement. 

proposition, n., proposition/. 

prose, n., prose/. 

prose-writer, n., prosateur m. 

protect, v., preserver. 

Protestant, adj., protestant. 

Protestant, ;?., protestant m. 

proudly, adv., 'hautement. 

prove, v., prouver; eprouver. 

provided that, conj., pourvu que. 

psychology, n., psychologie /. 

public, adj., public (/. publique). 

public, »., public m. 

Punch and Judy show, n., Guignol 
m. 

punctuation, n., ponctuation /. 

punishment, ;?., peine/. 

pupil, n., eleve m. or f. 

purse, n., bourse/. 

put, v., mettre irr., placer; (of 
questions) poser; — on, mettre 
irr., se mettre (a); — out (of 
eyes), crever; — to bed, cou- 
cher; — to flight, mettre en fuite. 



qualify, v., qualifier. 

quality, »., qualite/. 

quantity, «., quantite/. 

quarter, n., quart m., quartier m. 

quay, n., quai m. 

queen, n., reine/. 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



319 



question, n., interrogation /., 

question /. 
question, v., questionner. 
quickly, adv., vite. 
quiet, adj., tranquille, coi (/. coite). 
quiet, n., tranquillite /. 
quit, v., quitter. 

quite, adv., assez, tout, tout a, fait. 
quote, v., citer. 



radiant, adj., radieux (/. radieuse). 
railroad, n., chemin de fer m. 
railway, n., chemin de fer m. 
rain, n., pluie/. 
rain v., pleuvoir irr., faire de la 

pluie. 
rainy: be — , faire de la pluie. 
raise, v., lever. 
rank, n., qualite/. 
raptures : go into — , s'extasier. 
rare, adj., rare, {of meats) saignant. 
rather, adv., assez, plutot. 
ravage, n., ravage m. 
ravisher, n., ravisseur m. ■ 
ray, n., rayon m. 
read, v., lire irr. 
reading, n., lecture/.; — exercise, 

exercice (de lecture) m. 
real, adj., vrai. 
realist, n., realiste m. 
realm, n., royaume m. 
reascend, v., remonter. 
reason, n., raison/. 
reason, v., raisonner. 
recall, v., rappeler, se rappeler. 
recapture, v., reprendre irr. 
receive, v., recevoir irr. 
recollect, v., se rappeler. 
recover (one's health), v., se re- 

tablir. 
red, adj., rouge. 
reddish, adj., roux (/. rousse). 
reenter, v., rentrer. 
refer, v., se rapporter. 
reference, n., rapport m.; for — , 

a titre d'indication. 
reflect, v., refleter. 
reflective, adj., reflechi. 
reflexive, adj., reflechi. 
refuse, v., refuser. 



regam, v., regagner. 

regard: with — (to), prep., quant 

(a). 
regard, v., regarder. 
regret, v., regretter. 
regular, adj., regulier (/. regu- 

liere). 
reign, v., regner; let — ! vive! 
relation, n., rapport m. 
relative, adj., relatif (/. relative). 
relative, n., parent m., parente /. 
remain, v., rester. 
remember, v., se rappeler, se sou- 
venir (de) irr. 
remount, v., remonter. 
render, v., rendre. 
rendezvous, n., rendez-vous m. 
renounce, v., renoncer. 
renowned, adj., renomme. 
rent, v., louer. 
repeat, v., repeter. 
repetition, n., repetition/. 
replace, v., remplacer. 
reply, n., reponse/. 
reply, v., repondre. 
represent, v., representer. 
representative, n., depute m., re- 

presentant m. 
require, v., demander, exiger. 
resemble, v., ressembler. 
reside, v., demeurer. 
resolutely, adv., 'hautement, re- 

solument. 
resolve, v., resoudre irr., se decider 

(a). ' 
resort to, v., frequenter. 
respect, n., hommage m. {usually 

used in the plural). 
respond, v., repondre. 
response, n., reponse/. 
restore, v., retablir. 
retain, v., retenir irr. 
retake, v., reprendre irr. 
return, n., retour m. 
return, v., rendre tr., rentrer intr.; 

— to, rendre tr., regagner intr. 
review, n., revue/. 
revolution, n., revolution/. 
Rhone, n., le Rhone m. 
rib, «., c6te/. 
ribbon, n., ruban m. 
riches, n., richesse/. 



320 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



rid: get — of, se defaire de; — 
oneself of, se defaire de. 

ride, n. t promenade /.; take a — , 
faire une promenade. 

right, adj., droit; at (to) the — , a 
droite; be — , avoir raison. 

right, n., droit m., raison/. 

rightly, adv., proprement, a juste 
titre, avec raison. 

ring, v., sonner. 

rise, v., se lever. 

road, n., chemin m., route/. 

robe, n., robe/. 

rocking-chair, «., chaise a bas- 
cule /. 

r61e, «., role m. 

roll, «., petit pain m. 

Roman, adj., roman. 

Romance, adj., roman. 

romance, n., roman m. 

romantic, adj., romantique. 

romanticism, n., romantisme m. 

Rome, n., Rome/. 

room, n., chambre/., loge/., piece 
/.; large — , salle/. 

rooster, n., coq m. 

Roumania, n., Roumanie/. 

round: go — , faire le tour de; — 

table, gueridon m.; trip 

ticket, billet (d')aller et retour. 

route, n., chemin m., route/. 

royal, adj., royal. 

rubber, n., gomme elastique /., 
caoutchouc m. 

rug, n., tapis m. 

rule, »., regie/. 

ruler, n., regie/. 

run, v., courir irr. 

rural, adj., champetre. 

rustic, adj., champetre. 



saber, n., sabre m. 

sack-coat, n., veston m. 

sacred, adj., saint. 

sad, adj., triste. 

said, pp., dit. 

sail, n., voile/. 

saint, 71., saint m., sainte /. 

salad, «., salade/. 

salon, n., salon m. 



salt, n., sel m. 

same, adj., meme; at the — time, 

ensemble, a la fois; in the — 

way, de la meme facon; the — 

as, de meme que. 
sandwich-man {for advertising) , n., 

homme-amche m. 
Santa Claus, n., le bonhomme de 

Noel m. 
satellite, n., satellite m. 
satire, «., satire/. 
satirical, adj., satirique. 
satisfied, adj., content, 
satisfy, v., satisfaire irr. 
Saturday, n., samedi m. 
saucepan, n., casserole/, 
saucer, n., soucoupe/. 
saunterer, n., flaneur m. 
save, prep., excepte. 
say, v., dire irr.; — nothing of, 

taire irr. 
scandalous, adj., scandaleux (/. 

scandaleuse). 
scarcely, adv., a peine, guere, ne 

. . . guere. 
scarlet, adj., ecarlate, (of fever) 

scarlatine; — fever, fievre scar- 

latine/. 
scene, ;/., scene/. 
school, n., ecole /., college m.; at 

— , a l'ecole. 
science, »., science/.; bachelor of 

— , bachelier es sciences m. 
scientific, adj., scientifique. 
scold, v., gronder. 
score, ;/., vingtaine/. 
sculpture, ;?., sculpture/, 
sea, »., mer /.; go to — , se mettre 

en mer. 
seal, v., cacheter. 
search, ;z., recherche/.; in — , a la 

recherche, 
search, v., chercher. 
seasick: be — , avoir le mal de 

mer. 
seasickness, ;/., mal de mer m. 
season, n., saison/. 
seat, 7i., banc m., place/., siege m. 
seat, v., asseoir irr. 
seated, pp., assis. 
second, adj., deuxieme, second, 
secondary, adj., secondaire. 



. 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



321 



secondly, adv., deuxiemement, se- 

condement. 
secular, adj., profane. 
see, v., voir irr.; — again, revoir 

irr.; — here, voici; — there, 

voila; I'll — you soon again, a 

bientot. 
seeing that, conj., puisque. 
seek, v., chercher. 
seeking, n., recherche/. 
seem, v., paraitre irr., sembler. 
Seine, n., Seine/. 
seize, v., saisir. 
selection, n., choix m. 
self, adj., me me. 
self, pers. pron., soi; one — , se, 

soi, soi-meme; to one — , se, a 

soi(-meme). 
self-conceit, n., vanite/. 
sell, v., vendre. 
senate, n., senat m. 
send, v., envoyer irr.; — away, 

renvoyer irr.; — for, envoyer 

chercher. 
sense, n., sens m. 
sentence, n., phrase/. 
sentinel, n., sentinelle /. 
separate, v., separer. 
September, n., septembre m. 
serious, adj., serieux (/. serieuse). 
servant, n., bonne/. 
serve, v., servir irr.; — one's 

time, faire son temps. 
service, n., disposition /., service 

m. 
session: hold — , sieger. 
set of ten, n., dizaine/. 
set, v., mettre irr., (of timepieces) 

mettre a l'heure; — out, partir 

irr. 
settle, v., installer. 
seven, adj., sept, 
seventeen, adj., dix-sept. 
seventh, adj., septieme. 
seventy, adj., soixante-dix. 
seventy-one, adj., soixante(et)onze. 
several, adj. pron., plusieurs. 
severe, adj., fort, severe. 
shade, n., ombre/.; store m. 
shade, v., ombrager. 
shaded, adj., ombrage. 
shadow, «., ombre/. 



shady, adj., ombrage. 

shame, «., honte/. 

share, n., part/.: 

she, dem. pron., ce, celle. 

she, pers. pron., elle. 

shelf, n., rayon m. 

shine, v., briller. 

shirt-waist, n., blouse/. 

shoe, n., Soulier m.; high — , 

bottine /. 
shop, n., magasin m. 
shore, n., rive/. 
short, adj., court; in — , enfin. 
shortly, adv., bientot. 
shot, n., coup m. 
should, v., devoir irr. 
shoulder, n., epaule/. 
shout, n., cri m. 
show: Punch and Judy — , n., 

Guignol m. 
show, v., indiquer, montrer. 
shut, v., fermer; — up, renfermer. 
sick, adj., malade; — man, ma- 
lade m. 
sickness, n., mal m., maladie/. 
side, n., cote m., rive /., part /.; 

on one — , d'un cote; on the — 

(of), du cote (de). 
sideboard, n., buffet, m. 
side-dish, n., 'hors-d'ceuvre m. 
sidewalk, n., trottoir m. 
siege, n., siege m. 
sight, n., vue/. 
sign, n., signe m.; ecriteau m. 
sign-board, n., ecriteau m. 
signification, n., signification/, 
signify, v., signifier. 
silent: be — , se taire irr.; keep 

— , se taire irr. 
silk hat, n., chapeau haut de forme 

m. 
silver, n., argent m. 
similar, adj., pareil (/. pareille), 

_ tel (/. telle). 
simple, adj., simple. 
since, adv., depuis. 
since, conj., depuis que, puisque. 
since, prep., depuis, des. 
single, adj., simple, seul. 
singular, adj., singulier (/. singu- 

liere). 
singular, n., singulier m. 




322 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



Svr,n., monsieur m. (pi. messieurs). 

sister, n., soeur/. 

sister-in-law, »., belle-soeur /. 

sit, v., sieger; — down, s'asseoir. 

site, n., emplacement m. 

sitting, adj., assis. 

situate, v., situer. 

situated: be — , etre situe, se 
trouver. 

six, adj., six. 

sixteen, adj., seize. 

sixth, adj., sixieme. 

sixty, adj., soixante. 

sketch, v., tracer. 

skirt, n., jupe/. 

skull, n., crane m. 

sky, ii., ciel m. 

slave, n., esclave m. or f. 

sleep, n., sommeil m. 

sleep, v., dormir irr. 

sleeping-room, «., chambre /., 
chambre a coucher/. 

sleepy: be — , avoir sommeil. 

slide, v., glisser. 

slip, v., glisser. 

slipper, n., pantoufle/. 

slow, adj., lent; be — (of time- 
pieces), etre en retard, retarder. 

slowly, adv., lentement. 

sly, adj., malin (/. maligne). 

small, adj., petit; — cup (of coffee), 
demi-tasse /.; — village, bour- 
gade /.; — window, guichet, m. 

smart, adj., coquet (f. coquette). 

smoke, v., fumer. 

Smyrna, n., Smyrne/. 

snow, it., neige/. 

snow, v., neiger, faire de la neige. 

snowy: be — , faire de la neige. 

so, adv., ainsi, si, tellement; — 
and — , un tel; — called, dit; 
— many, tant; — much, tant, 
tellement; — much the better, 
tant mieux; — much the worse, 
tant pis; — that, afin que, de 
facon que, de maniere que, de 
sorte que, pour que; — ... that, 
si . . . que. 

society, n., compagnie/., societe/. 

sofa, ii., canape m., sofa m. 

soft, adj., mou (before vowels mol, 
/. molle). 



sojourn, n., sejour m. 

soldier, soldat in.; disabled — , 
invalide m.; — s' home, hotel 
des invalides m. 

sole, adj., seul, unique. 

solely, adv., seulement. 

some, part, art., des. 

some, adj. pron., quelque, certain, 
en; — one, quelqu'un (pi. quel- 
ques-uns, f. quelqu'une, pi. f. 
quelques-unes) ; — ... or other, 
quelconque (always follows the 
noun); — twenty, vingtaine /., 
— ten, dizaine /.; — thirty, 
trentaine /. 

somebody, indef. pron., quelqu'un 
(pi. quelques-uns, /. quelqu'une, 
pi. f. quelques-unes). 

something, indef. pron., quelque 
chose. 

sometimes, adv., quelquefois. 

somewhat, adv., un peu. 

somewhere, adv., quelque part. 

son, n., nls m. 

son-in-law, n., beau-fils ;;;. 

soon, adv., bientot, tot; as — as, 
aussitot que, des que, I'll see 
you — again, a bientot. 

sooner, adv., plutot; — or later, 
tot ou tard. 

sore, »., plaie/. 

sorrow, ;?., chagrin m. 

sorrowful, adj., triste. 

sorry, adj., fache; be — , regretter, 
etre fache. 

sort, ;/., espece/., genre m., sorte/. 

sotie (satirical play in which polit- 
ical and social questions are 
treated with great freedom), n., 
sotie /. 

sou, ;?., sou m. 

soul, n.. ame/. 

sound, adj., sain. 

sound, ;/., son m. 

sound, v., sonner. 

soup, n., potage m. 

source, n., origine/. 

south. ;/., midi in., sud m. 

South America, ;/., Amerique du 
Sud/. 

spacious, adj., vaste. 

Spain, ;/., Espagne/. 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



323 



Spanish, adj., espagnol. 

speak, v., parler. 

specialty, «., speciality /. 

species, n., espece/. 

spectacle, »., spectacle m. 

spectacular, adj., a. grand spectacle. 

speech, n., parole/. 

spend, v., depenser, passer. 

spirit, n., esprit m. 

spite: in — of, malgre; in — of 

the fact that, malgre que. 
splendid, adj., splendide. 
spontaneous, adj., spontane. 
spoon, »., cuiller/. 
spot, n., endroit m., tache /. 
spring, n., printemps m. 
square, n., place/. 
stage, n., scene/. 
stain, n., tache/. 
staircase, n., escalier m. 
stairs, n., escalier m.; down — , 

en bas; up — , en 'haut. 
stamp, n., timbre m., timbre-poste 

m. 
stand, n., gueridon m., station/. 
stand {of cabs), v., stationner. 
standing, adv., debout. 
standing, adj., (of collars) droit. 
stand-up, adj., (of collars) droit, 
star, n., astre m. 
start, v., commencer; — off, partir 

irr. 
state, n., etat m.; stroke of — , 

coup d'etat m. 
stately, adj., imposant, superbe. 
statesman, n., homme d'Etat m. 
station, n., gare/., station/. 
stationed: be — , stationner. 
stay, n., sejour m. 
stay, v., rester. 
steamboat, n., paquebot m.; river 

— , bateau-mouche tn. 
steamer, n., paquebot m. 
steel, n., acier m. 
step, n., pas m. 

step-brother, n., beau-frere m. 
step-daughter, n., belle-fille /. 
step-father, n., beau-pere m. 
step-mother, n., belle-mere/. 
step-sister, n., belle-sceur /. 
step-son, n., beau-fils m. 
stewpan, n., casserole/. 



still, adv., encore, pourtant. 

stirring, adj., emouvant. 

stock-exchange, n., bourse/. 

stomach, n., ventre m. 

stop, v., arreter, s'arreter; — (at a 
lodging), descendre. 

store, n., magasin m.; dry-goods 
— , magasin de nouveautes m. 

story, n., histoire/., (of a house) 
etage m. 

straight, adj., droit. 

stranded: be — , echouer. 

street, n., rue/. 

street-car, n., tramway m. 

stressed, adj., tonique. 

strike, v., f rapper, (of clocks) son- 
ner. 

strive, v., tacher. 

stroke, n., coup m.; — of state, 
coup d'etat m. 

stroller, n., flaneur m. 

strong, adj., fort. 

structure, n., monument m. 

student (of a secondary school), n. y 
eleve m. or /.; (of a college or uni- 
versity), etudiant m., etudiante/. 

study, v., etudier, faire irr. 

stupid, adj., sot (/. sotte). 

style, n., genre m., style m., chic m. 

stylish, adj., elegant. 

subject, n., sujet m. 

subjunctive, n., subjonctif m. 

subsidize, v., subventionner. 

substantive, adj., substantif (/. 
substantive). 

substantive, n., substantif m. 

substitute, v., substituer. 

subway, n., souterrain; — (in 
Paris), metropolitain m. 

succeed, v., reussir, succeder. 

succeeding, adj., prochain, suivant. 

succulent, adj., succulent. 

such, adj., pareil (/. pareille), tel 
( /. telle) ; — a one, un tel ; in — a 
manner, tellement, de telle facon. 

such, adv., si. 

sudden: all of a — , tout d'un coup. 

suddenly, adv., soudain, tout a 
coup. 

suffer, v., souffrir irr. 

sugar, n., sucre m. 

suit, n., vetement m. 



324 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



suit, v., convenir irr. 
summer, n., ete m. 
sun, n., soleil m. 
Sunday, n., dimanche m. 
sunny: be — , faire du soleil. 
superb, adj., superbe. 
superior, adj., superieur. 
superiority, n., superiority, /. 
superlative, adj., superlatif (/. 

superlative). 
superlative {degree), n., superlatif, 

m. 
supply, n., provision/., fourniture 

/• 
supposing that, conj., suppose 

que. 
sure, adj., certain, sur. 
surround, v., entourer. 
sustain, v., soutenir irr. 
sway: hold — , regner. 
sweet, adj., doux (/. douce). 
Switzerland, n., Suisse/. 
syllable, n., syllabe/. 
symbolist, n., symboliste m. 
synopsis, n., synopsis/. 



table, n., table /., tableau m.; 
round — , gueridon m. 

table-cloth, n., nappe/. 

tailor, n., tailleur m. 

take, v., conduire irr., emporter, 
mener, prendre irr.; — a ride, 
faire une promenade (en voiture, 
a. cheval, etc.); — a walk, faire 
une promenade (a. pied) ; — away, 
emporter; — back, reprendre 
irr.; — care of, soigner; — 
place, avoir lieu; — the place 
of, remplacer; — up again, re- 
prendre irr. 

talk, v., causer. 

tall, adj., grand, 'haut. 

tapestry, n., tapisserie/. 

task, n., travail m. 

taste, n., gout m. 

tavern, »., taverne/. 

taxi, n., taxi m. 

taxi-cab, n., taxi m., taxi-auto m. 

tea, n., the m. 

teach, v., apprendre irr., enseigner. 



teacher, n., maitre m., professeur 
m., (in a primary school) insti- 
tutes m., institutrice /. 

tear away, v., arracher; — from, 
arracher a. 

tell, v., dire irr.; — of, raconter. 

ten, adj., dix. 

ten, 11., dizaine /.; set of — , di- 
zaine/.; some — , dizaine/. 

tense, n., temps m. 

tenth, adj., dixieme. 

terminate, v., terminer. 

terrible, adj., terrible. 

test, v., essayer. 

than, conj., que, que . . . ne. 

than, prep, (before a numeral), de. 

thank (for), v., remercier (de);no, 
— you, merci; — you, merci. 

thanks, adv.. merci. 

that, conj., arm que, pour que, que; 
in order — , pour que; not — , 
non pas que, non que; notwith- 
standing — , nonobstant que; 
provided — , pourvu que; see- 
ing — , puisque; so — , ann que, 
de facon que, de maniere que, de 
sorte que, pour que, si . . . que; 
supposing — , suppose que. 

that, dcm. adj.. ce (before vowels 
cet, /. cette); — way, par la. 

that, dcm. pron. ca, ce. cela, celui, 
celle; — is, voila; — one, celui- 
la, celle-la. 

that, rel. pron., lequel ( /. laquelle, 
pi. m. lesquels, pl.f. lesquelles), 
qui, que; — which, ce qui, ce que. 

thaw, v., degeler. 

the, def. art., le m., la/., les pi. m. 
and /.; — same as, de meme 
que; — whole, tout. 

theater, n., theatre ;;/. 

thee, pers. pron., te, toi; to — , te, 
toi. 

their, pass, adj., leur. 

theirs, poss. pron., le leur (/. la 
leur) ; this is — , ceci est a. eux (a 
elles). 

them, pers. pron., les, leur, eux, 
elles; to — , leur. 

theme, n., theme m. 

themselves, pers. pron., eux-memes, 
elles-memes, se. 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



325 



then, adv., alors, ensuite, puis; 

until — , jusque la. 
then, conj., done. 
then: well — ! inter j., bicn! 
thence, adv., en. 
there, adv., y, la, par la; as far 

as — , jusque la; from — , en; 

here and — , ca et la; — is {or 

are) (stales a fact but does not 

point out), il y a; — is (or are) 

(points out), voila; see — , voila; 

over — , la-bas; what is — ? qu'est- 

ce qu'il y a? 
there, pron. adv., y. 
therefore, conj., done. 
thereupon, adv., la-dessus. 
these, dem. pron., ce, ceux(-ci), 

celles(-ci). 
they, dem. pron., ce, ceux, celles. 
they, pers. pron., ils, elles, eux. 
thine, poss. pron., le tien (/. la 

tienne); — own, le tien (/. la 

tienne). 
thing, n., chose/., affaire/. 
think, v., croire, irr., penser, trou- 

ver; I — not, je pense que non; 

— of, penser a; one would — , 
on dirait. 

third, adj., troisieme, tiers (/. tierce). 

third, n., tiers, m. 

thirst, n., soif/. 

thirsty: be — , avoir soif. 

thirteen, adj., treize. 

thirty, adj., trente; about — , tren- 

taine /.; some — , trentaine /. 
this, dem. adj., ce (before vowels 

cet, /. cette); — way, par ici. 
this, dem. pron., ce, ceci, celui, celle; 

— is, voici; — one, celui-ci, celle-' 
ci. 

thither, pron. adv., y. 

those, dem. pron., ce, ceux(-ci), 

celles (-ci). 
thou, pers. pron., tu, toi. 
though, adv., bien. 
though, conj., quoique, encore 

que. " 

thousand, adj., mil, mille; one — , 

mil, mille; two — , deux mille. 
thousand n., millier m. 
three, adj., trois. 
thrice, adj., trois fois. 



through, prep., par; pass — , tra 

verser. 
throw, v., jeter. 
thunder, v., tonner. 
Thursday, n., jeudi m. 
thus, adv., ainsi, si. 
thy, poss. adj., ton (/. ta, pi. tes). 
thyself, pers. pron., te, toi, toi- 

meme. 
Tiber, n., Tibre m. 
ticket, n., billet m., etiquette/. 
ticket-window, m., guichet m. 
tiger, n., tigre m. 
time, heure/., (duration) temps m., 

(recurrence) fois/.; at the same 

— , a la fois, ensemble; from 

— to — -, de temps en temps; 
gain — (of timepieces) , avancer; 
have a good — , s'amuser, se 
divertir; lose — (of timepieces), 
retarder; one — , une fois; serve 
one's — , faire son temps. 

time-table, n., indicateur m. 

tip, n., pourboire m. 

tire, v., fatiguer. 

tired, adj., fatigue, las (/. lasse). 

to, prep., a, de, en, pour, afin de, 
a destination de, jusque, jus- 
qu'a; according — , selon, sui- 
vant; — and fro, ca et la; re- 
turn — ■, regagner; — the house 
of, chez; — the left, a gauche; 

— the right, a droite; up — , 
jusqu'a, jusque. 

to-day, adv., aujourd'hui. 
toe, n., doigt (du pied) m. 
together, adv., ensemble; bring — , 



reunir; come 



se reunir. 



toilet, n., toilette/. 
tomb, n., tombeau m. 
to-morrow, adv., demain; day after 

— , apres-demain. 
ton, n., tonne/. 
tongue, n., langue/. 
tonic, adj., tonique. 
too, adv., aussi; — many, trop; — 

much, trop. 
tooth, n., dent/. 

tooth-brush, n., brosse a dents/. 
touch, v., toucher. 
towards, prep., vers. 
towel, n., serviette/. 




326 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



tower, n., tour/. 

town, adj., municipal. 

town, »., ville/., village m. 

toy, «., jouet ra., joujou w.; — 
man, bonhomme m. 

trace, v., tracer. 

track, n., chemin m. 

tragedy, n., tragedie/. 

train, n., train m. 

tramway, «., tramway m. 

tranquillity, «., tranquillite /• 

transatlantic, ad!;., transatlantique. 

transitive, ao7- ; transitif (/. tran- 
sitive). 

translate, v., traduire irr. 

travel, n., voyage m. 

travel, v., voyager. 

traveler, n., voyageur m. 

traverse, v., traverser. 

tree, n., arbre m.; Christmas — , 
arbre de Noel m. 

trick, n., tour m. 

trim, adj., coquet (J. coquette). 

trip, n., trajet m., voyage m. 

triumph, n., triomphe m. 

trouble, «., peine/. 

trousers, n., pantalon m. 

true, adj., vrai. 

trumpet, «., trompette/. 

trunk, «., malle/., tronc m. 

try, v., eprouver, essayer, tacher. 

Tuesday, n., mardi m. 

turkey, «., dindon m. 

turkey-cock, n., dindon m. 

turn, n., tour ;».;in — , tour a tour. 

turn, v., tourner. 

turn-down (o/coZ/a/'s), adj., rabattu. 

twelve, adj., douze. 

twenty, adj., vingt; about — , 
vingtaine/.; some — , vingtaine 

/• 
twenty-first, adj., vingt et unieme. 
twenty-one, adj., vingt et un. 
twice, adj., deux fois. 
two, adj., deux. 
type, n., caractere m., type. 

U 

ugly, adj., vilain. 
uncertainty, »., incertitude/. 
uncle, »., oncle m. 



uncommon, adj., rare, 
under, prep., sous. 
undergo, v., soutenir irr. 
understand, v., comprendre irr. 
undo, v., defaire irr. 
undress, v., (se) deshabiller. 
unfortunate, adj., malheureux (/. 

malheureuse). 
unite, v., unir. 
United States, n., Etats-Unis m. 

pi. 
university, n., universite /.; — 
professor, professeur de faculte 
m. 
unless, conj., a moins que, que. 
unlucky, adj., malheureux (/. mal- 
heureuse). 
unstressed, adj., atone. 
until, conj., (en) attendant que, 
jusqu'a ce que, tant que; not 
— , ne . ..que; — now, jusqu'ici; 
— then, jusque la. 
up, adv., 'haut, en 'haut; — and 
down, ga et la; draw — , rediger; 
go — , monter, remonter; shut 
— , renfermer; — stairs, en 'haut; 
take — again, reprendre irr.; — 
to. jusque, jusqu'a. 
upholstery, ;/., tapisserie/. 
upon, adv., sur; — my word, par 

ma foi. 
upper, adj., superieur. 
upright, adj., droit, 
up-stairs, adv., en 'haut. 
us, pers. pron., nous; to — , nous, 
usage, ;/.. emploi m., usage m. 
use, «., emploi ;;/.; make — (of), 

se servir (de). 
use, v., employer, se servir (de). 
useful, adj., utile, 
usual, adj., ordinaire. 
usually, adv., generalement. 



vacation, n., vacances/. pi. 
value, ;/., valeur/. 
vanity, >/., vanite/. 
variable, adj., variable, 
variety, ;;.. variete /. 
various, adj., different, divers, 
vast, adj., vaste. 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



327 



vaudeville, n., vaudeville m. 

vegetable, n., legume m. 

vehicle, n., voiture/. 

veil, n., voile m. 

venture, v., oser. 

verb, n., verbe m. 

veritable, adj., vrai, veritable. 

verse, »., vers m. 

very, adj., me me; in the — middle, 

au beau milieu, 
very, adv., bien, fort, tres; — much, 

beaucoup, fort, 
vest, »., gilet, m. 
Vesuvius, n., Vesuve m. 
vex, v., facher. 
viand, »., viande/. 
vicinity, n., environs m. pi. 
victim, n., victime/. 
view, n., vue/. 
village, village m. ; small — , bour- 

gade /. 
vinegar, n., vinaigre m. 
virtue, n., vertu/. 
visit, n., visite/.; pay a — , rendre 

visite. 
visit, v., visiter. 
visitor, n., visiteur m. 
vocabulary, n., vocabulaire m. 
voice, n., voixf. 
volume, n., volume m. 
vowel, n., voyelle/. 
voyage, n., traversee/., voyage m. 

W 

waist, n., corsage m. 

waistcoat, n., gilet m. 

wait for, v., attendre. 

wake, v., (se) reveiller; — up, (se) 
reveiller. 

walk, n., promenade/.; take a — , 
faire une promenade. 

walk, v., se promener. 

wall, n., mur m. 

want, v., vouloir irr. 

ward, n., quartier m. 

warm, adj., chaud; be — , {of per- 
sons) avoir chaud; {of the weath- 
er) faire chaud. 

wash, v., laver. 

wash-stand, n., lavabo m. 

waste, v., perdre. 



watch, n., montre/. 

water, n., eau/. 

water: make the mouth — , faire 

venir l'eau a la bouche. 
water-bottle, n., carafe/, 
way, 11., chemin m., facon/., ma- 

niere/., mode/., pli m., route/., 

sens m.; in the same — , de la 

meme fagon; in this — , de cette 

facon; on the — , en chemin, en 

route; on the — to, en route 

pour; that — , par la; this — '-, par 

ici. 
wax, n., cire/. 
we, pers. pron., nous. 
wealth, n., richesse/. 
wear, v., porter. 

weary, adj., fatigue, las (/. lasse). 
weary, v., fatiguer, ennuyer. 
weather, n., temps m.; cloudy — , 

temps couvert m. 
Wednesday, n., mercredi m. 
week, n., semaine /., huit jours, 

m. pi. 
well, adj., sain; get — again, se 

retablir. 
well, adv., bien; as — as, ainsi que. 
well (then)! inter j., bien! eh! eh 

bien! 
west, n., ouest m. 
wharf, n., quai m. 
what, int. adj., quel (/. quelle). 
what, int. pron., que, qui, qu'est-ce 

qui, qu'est-ce que, quoi {used 

particularly after prepositions). 
what, rel. pron., ce qui, ce que, 

quoi. 
whatever, a<f/.,quelconque {follows 

noun). 
whatever, cornp. rel. pron., ce que, 

quoi que. 
when, adv., quand. 
when, conj., lorsque, quand, que. 
whence, adv., d'ou. 
where, adv., ou. 
whereas, conj., tandis que. 
whether, conj., si, soit que; — ... 

or . . ., soit que . . . soit {or, ou) 

que . . . 
which, int. adj., quel (/. quelle). 
which, rel. pron. lequel (/. laquelle, 

pi. m. lesquels, pi. f. lesquelles), 



328 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



qui, que, quoi; at (in, to, etc.) — , 
ou; of — , dont; that — -, ce qui, 
ce que. 

which, int. pron., lequel (/. la- 
quelle, pi. m., lesquels, pi. f. les- 
quelles). 

while, n., temps m.; a long — -, 
longtemps; be worth — , valoir 
la peine. 

while, conj., pendant que, tandis 
que. 

whilst, <:onj., tandis que. 

white, adj., blanc (/. blanche). 

who, rel. pron., qui, lequel (/. 
laquelle, pi. m. lesquels, pi. f. 
lesquelles). 

who, int. pron., qui, lequel (/. la- 
quelle, pi. m. lesquels, pi. f. les- 
quelles). 

whoever, com p. rel. pron., qui 
que. 

whoever, indef. pron., quiconque. 

whole, adj., tout (/. toute, pi. m. 
tous, pi. f. toutes), entier (/. 
entiere); the — , tout. 

wholly, adv., tout, tout a fait, en- 
tierement. 

whom, int. pron., qui. 

whom, rel. pron., que, qui, lequel 
(/. laquelle, pi. m. lesquels, pi. 
f. lesquelles) ; of — , dont. 

whomsoever, indef. pron., quicon- 
que. 

whose, rel. pron., dont. 

whosoever, indef. pron., quicon- 
que. 

why, conj., pourquoi, que (in 
negative questions pas may be 
omitted). 

why, inter j.. mais. 

widow, n., veuve/. 

widower, /?., veuf m. 

wife, n., epouse/., femme/. 

will, «., volonte/. 

will, v., vouloir irr.; — you please? 
voulez-vous bien? 

willingly, adv., volontiers. 

wind, n., vent m. 

window, ;/., fenetre /.; small — , 
guichet m. 

window-shade, ;/., store m. 

windy: be — , faire du vent. 



wine, «., vin m.; — cellar, cave 
/.; — market, 'halle aux vins 

/• 

winter, n., hiver m. 

wish, v., souhaiter, desirer, vouloir 
irr.; — for, souhaiter. 

wit, »., esprit m. 

with, prep., avec, de; — all my 
heart, de tout mon cceur; — 
regard (to), quant (a); — pleas- 
ure, volontiers. 

without, conj., sans que, que. 

without, Prep,, sans; — charge, 
gratuit. 

woman, n., femme/., dame/. 

wood, n.. bois m. 

word, n., parole/., mot m.; upon 
my — , par ma foi. 

work, ;?., travail m., {especially of 
an author) oeuvre/. 

work, v.. travailler. 

world, ;?., monde m. 

worse, adj., pire. 

worse, adv., pis. 

worship, ;/., culte m. 

worship, v., adorer. 

worst, adj., le pire. 

worst, adv., le pis. 

worth: be — , valoir irr.; be — 
while, valoir la peine. 

wound, n.. plaie/. 

wound, v., blesser. 

write, v., ecrire irr. 

writer, n., ecrivain m. 

writing, »., ecriture/. 

writing-pad. ;/., sous-main m. 

writing-table, n., bureau m. 

wrong, n., tort m.; be — . avoir 
tort. 



yard, n., cour/. 

year, n., an m., annee/. 

yellow, adj., jaune. 

yes, adv.. oui. si (always used in 

reply to negative questions). 
yesterday, adv., hier (preceding 

elision and liaison optional); 

day before — , avant-hier m. 
yet, adv., encore, pourtant. 
yield, v., ceder. 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



329 



yonder, adv., la-bas. 

you, pers. pron., vous, tu, te, toi; 



to 



vous, te, toi. 



young, adj., jeune; — men, jeunes 
gens, pi. m.; of — age, de bas 
age. 

younger, adj., cadet (/. cadette). 

your, poss. adj., ton (/. ta, pi. tes), 
votre {pi. vos); — own, le tien 



(/. la tienne), le votre (/. la 

votre). 
yours, poss. pron., le tien (/. la 

tienne), le votre (/. la votre); 

this is — , ceci est a, toi (or a vous) . 
yourself, pers. pron., te, toi, toi- 

meme, vous, vous-meme. 
youth, n., jeunesse/. 
youthful, adj., jeune. 



INDEX (TABLE ALPHABETIQUE) 



a, forming dative, 37; before infini- 
tives, 331, 334, 335; repetition, 
37. 

accent, acute, grave, and circum- 
flex; use, 2, 1-3; tonic, 18. 

acheter, conjugation, 384, 2 note. 

acquerir, conjugation, 387. 

adjectives, agreement with noun or 
pronoun, 38, 153; comparison, 
6, 43, 174-178; superlative, 185- 
188; gender, 39, 141-144, 151, 
156; plural, 40, 152-156; position, 
41, 164-167; used as nouns, 157; 
demonstrative, see demonstrative 
adjectives; indefinite, see indefi- 
nite adjectives; interrogative, see 
interrogative adjectives; multipli- 
cative numeral, see multiplica- 
tive numeral adjectives; adjective 
clauses, with subjunctive, 350; 
with indicative, 351. 

adverbial clauses, with subjunctive, 
354. 

adverbial locutions, 199. 

adverbs, formation, 42, 189-192; 
position, 42, 195, 196; comparison, 
43, 193, 194; of affirmation and 
negation, 239-246; numeral, 325; 
pronominal. 220-222; of quantity, 
72-74. 

afin que, 354, 2. 

age, 318. 

agent, after passive, 224. 

'ago,' translated y avoir, 234. 

agreement, adjective (and article) 
with noun or pronoun, 38; pro- 
noun with antecedent, 38; verb 
with subject, 38. 

aider, a + infinitive, 334. 

-ail, plural, 124. 

aimer, a + infinitive, 334; aimer 
mieux, 333, footnote 1. 

-aine, forming collectives, 317. 



-al, plural, 124. 

aller, conjugation, 252; -(-infinitive, 
252 note, 332. 

alphabet, 1 ; gender of names of 
letters, 101. 

a moins que, 354, 3; with subjunc- 
tive, 349, 4. 

antecedent, agreement with pro- 
noun, 38. 

'any'=en, 71; in partitive sense, 
68. 

apostrophe, use, 2, 6. 

appeler, conjugation, 384, 2. 

apposition, use of disjunctives, 
227, 3. 

apprendre, a + infinitive, 334; con- 
jugation, 365. 

apres, governing perfect infinitive, 
337 note. 

articles, agreement with noun or 
pronoun, 38; omissions, 46 (a), 
(b), 48; repetition, 46, 47; see also 
definite article and indefinite 
article. 

'as,' in comparisons, 177. 

asseoir, conjugation, 267. 

au = a + le, 45. 

au cas que, 354, 3. 

aucun, 291; use, 292. 

aussi, in comparisons, 175; re- 
placed by si, 175, l. 

autre, 291; use, 292, 293. 

autrui, 302, 304. 

auxiliary verbs, conjugation, 376, 
377; forming compound tenses, 
378-380; position with negative 
adverbs, 96, 243. 

avant que, with subjunctive, 349, 4, 
354, l. 

avoir, conjugation, 64-67, 70, 88, 
94 note, 95, 132, 139, 149, 162, 
172, 183, 376, 379; forming com- 
pound tenses, 94 note, 96, 200, 
201 notes 1 and 2, 378, 379; im- 
personal, 234; expressing age, 



331 



332 



INDEX 



318; a + infinitive, 334; idioms 
omitting de and article, 69, 
4(1). 

B 

battre, conjugation, 405. 

beau (belle), expressing relation- 
ship, 114. 

beaucoup, comparison, 194. 

'before,' use, 328, l. 

benir, conjugation, 388. 

bien, comparison, 194. 

bien que, 354, 3. 

boire, conjugation, 329. 

bruire, conjugation, 407. 

'by,' use, 328, 2; after a compara- 
tive or superlative, 187. 



ca, replacing cela, 260. 

capitals, use, 33. 

cardinal numbers, 311-315; posi- 
tion, 322; use, 323. 

cardinal points, 63. 

case, see nouns. 

ce (dem. pron.), 254; use, 258, 264- 
266. 

ce a quoi, 286. 

ce dont, 286. 

ce que, interrogative pronoun in 
indirect discourse, 275; relative, 
286. 

ce qui, interrogative pronoun in in- 
direct discourse, 275; relative, 286. 

ceci, 254; use, 259. 

ceder, conjugation, 384, l. 

cedilla, use, 2, 4; added to verb 
forms, 235, 381; used with c' be- 
fore a, 254. 

cela, 254; use, 259; contracted, 260. 

celui, 254; use, 255, 256. 

celui-ci, 254; use, 255-257. 

celui-la, 254; use, 255-257. 

certain(s), 291; use, 292, 294. 

cesser, with ne alone, 246; de + in- 
finitive, 333. 

chacun(e), 302; use, 304. 

chaque, 291; use, 295. 

ci, distinguishing the nearer, 257. 

clore, conjugation, 408. 

collective nouns, see nouns. 

commander, de + infinitive, 333. 



comme, in comparisons, 177, l. 

commencer, a + infinitive, 334. 

comparative, see comparison. 

comparison, see adjectives, adverbs, 
or disjunctive personal pronouns 
(use of). 

compound nouns, see nouns. 

compound tenses, see verbs (modes) . 

comprendre, conjugation, 365. 

concessive, expressed by subjunc- 
tive, 341, 3. 

conclure, conjugation, 330. 

conditional, uses, 163; expressed by 
subjunctive, 341, 3. 

conditional anterior, formation, 200. 

conduire, conjugation, 338. 

confire, conjugation, 412. 

conjugation of regular verbs, see 
verbs; of irregular verbs, see ir- 
regular verbs. 

conjunctions, replaced by preposi- 
tions, 357 note. 

conjunctive pronouns, see personal 
pronouns. 

connaitre, conjugation, 339. 

conseiller, de + infinitive, 333. 

consentir, a + infinitive. 334. 

consonants, phonetic symbols, 7, 
35; pronunciation of final, 13- 
16; silent, 10-14; beginning sylla- 
bles, 17, 2-5. 

construir, conjugation, 338. 

contenir, conjugation, 326. 

continuer, a + infinitive, 334. 

convenir, conjugation, 327. 

coudre, conjugation, 419. 

countries, use of article with names 
of, 62, l; 'in' and 'to' with names 
of, 62, l (a). 

courir, conjugation, 300. 

couvrir, conjugation, 320. 

craindre, conjugation, 343; de-f in- 
finitive, 333. 

croire, conjugation, 344. 

croitre, conjugation, 417. 

cueillir. conjugation, 301. 

cuire, conjugation, 338. 



dates, 323. 

dative, 37; verbs governing, 361. 

days of the week, 59. 



INDEX 



333 



de, in adjectival or adverbial 
phrases, 74; with adverbs of 
quantity, 73; forming genitive, 
37; following fractions, 324, l; 
before infinitives, 331, 333, 335; 
before names of countries, 62, l, 
(a), (2), (3); omission, 69; with 
passive expressing agent, 224, 2; 
after plus (moins) before numerals 
177, 3; with quelque chose or 
rien, 308 note; repetitions, 37; 
after a superlative, 186, 187. 

dechoir, conjugation, 440. 

de crainte que, 354, 2, 349, 4. 

decrire, conjugation, 398. 

definite article, forms, 45; contrac- 
tions, 45; with adverbs of quan- 
tity, 73; instead of possessive ad- 
jectives, 89; with fractions, 324, 
l; before common nouns, 57; with 
nouns in a partitive sense, 68; 
before proper nouns, 62; omis- 
sions, 48, 52, 62, 1 (a), (b), 68 (a), 
(b), 69, 74, 82, 323; repetition, 
46, 47; with superlatives, 43, 185. 

demi, agreement, 324. 

demonstrative adjectives, form, 90; 
position, 165; repetition, 91; cet 
in masculine, 92; addition of -ci 
and -la, 93. 

demonstrative pronouns, 254-260, 
264-266, 286. 

de peur que, 354, 2, 349, 4. 

depuis, taking present tense, 231; 
taking imperfect tense, 232. 

depuis que, taking ne alone, 246, 3. 

desirer, + infinitive, 332. 

de sort que, 354, 2. 

detester, de + infinitive, 332. 

deuxieme, use instead of second, 
321 note 2. 

devenir, conjugation, 327. 

devoir, conjugation, 263; use, 263 
note; + infinitive, 332. 

different, 291; use, 296. 

dieresis, use, 2, 5. 

dire, de + infinitive, 333; conjuga- 
tion, 347. 

direct object, 359; pronoun, 207. 

disjunctive pronoun, see personal 
pronouns. 

divers, 291; use, 296. 



donne-je, p. 47, footnote 2. 
donner, conjugation, 75-78, 86, 95, 

128, 135, 145, 158, 168, 179, 373, 

379; synopsis, 198, 1. 
dont, 278; use, 281, 5, 284. 
dormir, conjugation, 309. 
du = de+le, 45. 



e, inserted after g in verb forms, 
236, 382. 

e and e, changed to e in verb forms, 
238, 384. 

echoir, conjugation, 441. 

ecrire, conjugation, 348. 

elision, 31. 

employer, conjugation, 383. 

encore que, 354, 3. 

enseigner, a+infinitive, 334. 

en, prep., before names of countries, 
62, l, (a) (l); in adjectival or ad- 
verbial phrases, 74; governing 
present participle, 337. 

en, pron. adv., meaning ' some,' ' any,' 
71, 220-222. 

en attendant que, 354, l. 

entendre, +infmitive, 332; with in- 
finitive and indirect object, 359, l. 

envoy er, conjugation, 253. 

essayer, de-l- infinitive, 333. 

est-ce que, use, 49. 

etre, conjugation, 53-56, 60, 87, 94 
note, 131, 138, 148, 161, 171, 182, 
377, 380; forming compound 
tenses, 200, 201, 378, 380; form- 
ing passive, 202 ; impersonal, 233 ; 
pluralized with ce, 264; + infini- 
tive, 333. 

'even'=meme, 297. 

exclure, conjugation, 330. 

F 

faillir, conjugation, 392. 

faire, + infinitive, 332; conjugation, 
352; followed by transitive in- 
finitive, 358; with infinitive and 
indirect object, 359, 1. 

falloir, conjugation, 268; -f- infini- 
tive, 332. 

feminine, see adjectives, nouns, or 
pronouns. 



334 



INDEX 



ferir, defective verb, 393. 

finir, conjugation, 104-108, 129, 

136, 146, 159, 169, 180, 374; 

synopsis, 198, 2. 
fleurir, conjugation, 394. 
'for,' use, 328, 3. 
' former '=celui-la, 257. 
fractions, 324. 
frire, conjugation, 421. 
'from,' use, 328, 4; before names of 

countries, 62, l, (a) (2). 
fuir, conjugation, 310. 
future, replaced by present, use, 

150. 
future anterior, formation, 200. 



gender, see adjectives and nouns. 

genitive, 37; collective noun fol- 
lowed by genitive plural, 367; 
verbs governing, 360. 

gesir, defective verb, 396. 

' grand-,' expressing relationship, 
115. 



h, aspirate and mute, 8; liaison, 22. 

hair, conjugation, 397. 

'he who' = qui, 287. 

'how' = que, 274. 

'how long,' translated depuis quand, 
232 note. 

hyphen, use, 2, 7; before object pro- 
nouns, 211, p. 104, footnote 1; 
in interrogative form, 50. 



i, replacing y in verb forms, 237. 

il, with impersonal verbs, 228; omis- 
sion, p. 113, footnote 2; replaced 
by ce, 265, 266; il est vrai, 266. 

imperative mode, 86. 

imperfect indicative, general use, 
133; with depuis, 232. 

imperfect subj., use, 184, 341. 342. 

impersonal il replaced by ce, 265, 
266. 

impersonal verbs, 228-230, 233, 
234, 345. 

'in,' use, 328, 5; before names of 



countries, 62, 1, (a) (1) note; after 
a superlative, 186. 

indefinite adjectives, 291-299. 

indefinite article, 44, 46, 47; omis- 
sion, 48, 51, 324 note. 

indefinite pronoun, 302-308; on re- 
placing passive, 225, 3. 

indicative mode, see verbs. 

indirect object, 37, 207, 359; ex- 
pressed by disjunctive pronoun, 
219; with faire, laisser. entendre, 
359, 1. 

infinitive mode, use, 357; passive or 
participial value, 358. 

interrogative adjectives, 269-271, 
275. 

interrogative form, see verb. 

interrogative pronouns, 272-275. 

inviter, a+infinitive, 334. 

irregular verbs, in -er, 251-253, 
385, 386; in -ir, 300, 301, 309, 
310, 319, 320, 326, 327, 387-404; 
in-oir, 261-263, 267, 268, 276, 277, 
282, 283, 289, 290, 376, 379, 436- 
449; in -re, 329, 330, 338, 339, 
343, 344, 347, 348, 352, 353, 355, 
356, 364, 365, 368, 372, 377, 380, 
405-436; reference list, 450. 

issir, defective verb, 398. 



jeter, conjugation, 384, 2. 
jusqu'a ce que, 354, l. 



1, double in verb forms, 238, 1. 

la, distinguishing the more remote, 
257; emphasizing ce, 264 note 3. 

laisser, without preposition, 332; 
with infinitive and indirect ob- 
ject, 359, 1. 

' latter' =celui-ci, 257. 

le, la, les, see definite article and 
personal pronouns. 

lequel, interrogative, 272; use, 273, 
1,275; relative, 278; use, 279-281, 
3, 4, 5 note, 284. 

liaison, 19-30. 

linking, see liaison. 

lire, conjugation, 353. 

loin que, 354, 3. 



INDEX 



335 



M 

maint, 291. 

mal, comparison, 194. 

malgre que, 354, 3. 

manger, conjugation, 382. 

masculine, see adjectives, nouns, or 

pronouns. 
meme, 291; use, 292, 297. 
mener, conjugation, 384, l. 
mentir, conjugation, 309. 
mettre, conjugation, 353. 
mil, 315. 
mille, 315. 

moi, after verbs, 212. 
moins, in comparisons, 43, 175-178, 

185. 
moitie, 324. 
months, 103. 

moudre, conjugation, 424. 
mountains, use of definite article 

with, 62, 3. 
mourir, conjugation, 319. 
mouvoir, conjugation, 443. 
multiplicative numeral adjectives, 

316. 

N 

naitre, conjugation, 356. 

ne, 61, 96, 242, 244; omitted, 245; 
used without pas or point, 246; 
redundant, 349. 

negatives, 61, 96, 239-246; in com- 
pound tenses, 96, 243. 

nonobstant que, 354, 3. 

non pas que, 354, l. 

non que, 354, 5. 

nouns, agreement with adjectives, 
38; case, 37; gender. 36, 97-102, 
109-113, 141 note, 142, l note, 
142, 4 note, 143 note; of com- 
pound nouns, 102, of double 
gender, 111; number, 40, 121-127, 
of compound nouns, 134; collective, 
317, 366, 367; in a partitive sense, 
68; of number, 311 note 1. 

mil, 291, 292. 

number, see adjectives, nouns, pro- 
nouns, or verbs. 

numbers, cardinal, see cardinal 
numbers; ordinal, see ordinal 
numbers. 

numeral adverbs, 325. 



'of,' use, 37, 328, 6; before names of 

countries, 62, l, (a) (3); omitted in 

dates, 323. 
omettre, conjugation, 355. 
'on,' use, 328, 7; omitted before 

days of the week, 59. 
on (l'on), 302, 305; replacing pas- 
sive, 225, 3. 
optative, expressed by subjunctive, 

341, 2. 
order of words, in interrogative 

form, 50, l, 2. 
ordinal numbers, formation, 321; 

position, 41, 322; in fractions, 

324. 
orthographic signs, 2. 
orthographical changes in verbs, 

235-238, 381-384. 
oser with ne alone, 246. 
ou, used for relative pronoun, 278, 

284. 
oublier, de + infinitive, 333. 
ouvrir, conjugation, 320. 
'own,' translation, 85. 



par, with passive, 224. 

paraitre, conjugation, 339. 

participle (present) , agreement when 
used adjectively, 153-155, 203; 
used verbally, 204; translated in 
French by present or imperfect 
indicative, p. 47, footnote 1; 
(past) agreement when used ad- 
jectively, p. 46, footnote 2, 153- 
155, 203; after etre, 205-206; 
agreement after avoir, 206. 

partir, conjugation, 309. 

partitive, article in, 68, 69. 

passive voice, formation, 202, p. 222, 
footnote 1; use, 223-225. 

past anterior, formation, 200. 

past definite, use, 140; formation, 
200. 

past indefinite, use, 140, l; forma- 
tion, 200. 

payer, conjugation, 383. 

perfect subjunctive, formation, 200. 

permettre, conjugation, 355. 



336 



INDEX 



personal pronouns; conjunctive: 
forms, 207; subject pronouns, 
210; object pronouns, 211, 212, 
217; position, 211, 212, 218-222, 
p. 26, footnote 1 ; moi and toi in- 
stead of me and te, 212; 'you' 
translated, 209; pleonastic use of 
le, 215, 216; en and y, see pro- 
nominal adverbs; disjunctive: 
forms, 226; use, 219, 227; with 
a to express possession, 249. 

petit-, expressing relationship, 115. 

peu, comparison, 194. 

phonetic symbols, 3-7; tables, 5, 7, 
34, 35; phonetic triangle, 6. 

placer, conjugation, 381. 

plaire, conjugation, 364. 

pleuvoir, conjugation, 276. 

pluperfect (indicative) formation, 
200; (subjunctive) formation, 200. 

plural, see adjectives, nouns, pro- 
nouns, or verbs. 

plus, in comparisons, 43, 175-178, 
185. 

plusieurs, 291; use, 292. 

possessive, made by de, 37. 

possessive adjectives, 79; agree- 
ment, 80; replaced by definite 
article, 89; in direct address, 84; 
masculine form used for feminine, 
83; with 'own,' 85; position, 165; 
preceding superlatives, 82; repeti- 
tion, 81; 'a of mine (his, 

etc.),' translation, 250. 

possessive pronouns, 247-250; 'a 
of mine (his, etc.),' transla- 
tion, 250. 

pour, before infinitives, 331, 336. 

pour que, 354, 2. 

pourvu que, 354, 3. 

pouvoir, conjugation, 277; + infini- 
tive, 332; with ne alone, 246. 

predire, conjugation, 347. 

premier, in expressing days and 
titles, 323. 

prendre, conjugation, 365. 

prepositions forming case of nouns, 
37; repetition, 37; taking dis- 
junctive pronoun, 227, 6; general 
use, 328; before the infinitive, 
331-337; following verbs, 360, 
361, 363. 



present indicative after si, 150; with 
depuis, 231. 

present subjunctive. 172 note 2, 184, 
341, 342; as imperative, 172 note 
2. 

prier, de + infinitive, 333. 

principal parts of a verb, 197. 

produire, conjugation, 338. 

promettre, conjugation, 355. 

pronominal adverbs, 220-222. 

pronouns, agreement with an adjec- 
tive, 38; agreement with an an- 
tecedent, 38; conjunctive, see 
personal pronouns; demonstrative, 
see demonstrative pronouns; dis- 
junctive, see personal pronouns; 
indefinite, see indefinite pro- 
nouns; interrogative, see interrog- 
ative pronouns; personal, see 
personal pronouns; possessive, 
see possessive pronouns; relative, 
see relative pronouns. 

pronunciation, 1-35; of cardinal 
numbers. 312. 

proper names, final consonants pro- 
nounced, 13; use of definite article 
with, 62. 

punctuation, marks and use, 32. 



quart, 321 note 1, 324. 

que, conjunction, not omitted with 
subjunctive, 172 note 1; in com- 
parisons, 177; pleonastic, with 
adverbs, 241; redundant, 264 
note 2; with subjunctive, 341 2, 
354, 6. 

que, interrogative, 272. 273, 5, 275; 
used adverbially, 274; que de, 
274 note; relative, 278, 281, 2. 

quel (quelle), 269; ='what a,' 271 

quelconque, 291. 

quelque, 291, 298. 

quelque chose, 302, 308. 

quelqu'un(e), 302. 307. 

qu'est-ce que. 272 note, 273. 5. 

qu'est-ce qui, 272 note. 273. 5. 

qui, interrogative, 272; use. 273. 2. 
3, 275; a qui, 273. 4; de qui, 373. 4; 
relative, 278; use, 279, 281, l, 3, 
5 note, 287, 288. 



INDEX 



337 



qui est-ce que? 272 note, 273, 3. 

qui est-ce qui? 272 note, 273, 2. 

quiconque, 302, 306. 

quint, 321 note 1. 

quoi, interrogative, 272, 273, 5; 

relative, 278, 285. 
quoi que, 354, 3. 

R 

recevoir, conjugation, 262. 
reflexive verbs, conjugation, 213; 

from transitive verbs, 214; in 

place of passive, 225, 2. 
regretter, de+infinitive, 333. 
regular verbs, 75, 104, 116, 373- 

384. 
relationship, 114, 115. 
relative pronouns, 278-281, 284- 

288. 
resoudre, conjugation, 368. 
reussir, a + infinitive, 334. 
rien, 302, 308 note. 
rire, conjugation, 369. 



'same'=meme, 297. 

sans que, with subjunctive, 349. 4, 
354, 5. 

satisfaire, conjugation, 352. 

savoir, conjugation, 282; + infini- 
tive, 332; with ne alone, 246. 

se, use, 207, 213, 304, 305. 

seasons, 58. 

second, use, 321, note 2. 

'self'=meme, 297. 

sentir, conjugation, 309. 

sequence of tenses, 342. 

servir, conjugation, 309. 

si, adverb, after a negative, 175, l, 

354, 2; conjunction, 150, l, 163, l, 

341, 3 note, 346, l, 354, 3, (l); 

. omitted in conditional sentences, 

341, 3. 

si . . . que, 354, 2. 

*so'=le, 215 note. 

soi, use, 226 note, 304, 305. 

soit que. 354, 3. 

'some,' translated by en, 71; in 
partitive sense, 68; translated by 
quelque(s), p. 46, footnote 1, 
291, 294, l, 298. 



sortir. conjugation, 309. 

souffrir, conjugation, 320. 

sourdre, conjugation, 430. 

sourire, conjugation, 369. 

soutenir, conjugation, 326. 

(se) souvenir, conjugation, 327. 

subject, agreement with verb, 38; 
pronouns, 207, 210; collective, 
366, 367. 

subjunctive use, 173; in principal 
clause, 340, 341; in dependent 
clause, 342, 345, 346, 349, 350, 
354. 

'sucha'=un tel, 299. 

suivre, conjugation, 370. 

superlative, see adjectives or ad- 
verbs. 

suppose que, 354, 3. 

survenir, conjugation, 327. 

syllables, formation, 17, 1-6. 

synopsis of a verb, 198. 



t, doubled in verb forms, 238, l. 

(se) taire, conjugation, 364. 

tant que, 354, l. 

tel, 291; use, 292, 299. 

tenement . . .que, 354, 2. 

tenir, conjugation, 326. 

tenses, see verbs. 

'than,' in comparisons, 177. 

'that,' relative, 278, 279, 281, l, 2. 

'that is'=voila, 264 note 4. 

'there is,' translated y avoir, 234. 

'this is'=voici, 264 note 4. 

tiers, 321 note 1, 324. 

time, expressed by etre, 233. 

tistre, defective verb, 432. 

titles, use of article with, 62, 5; of 

address, 84, l, 2. 
'to,' before names of countries, 62, 

1, (a), (l); before infinitives, 331— 

337. 
toi, after verbs, 212. 
tout, 291; use, 292, 295. 
towns, use of definite article with 

names of, 62, 2. 
traduire, conjugation, 338. 
traire, conjugation, 433. 
transitive verbs, object of, 359-362. 
tu, use, 209. 




338 



INDEX 



vaincre, conjugation, 371. 

valoir, conjugation, 283. 

vendre, 116-120, 130, 137, 147, 160, 
170, 181, 375; synopsis, 198, 3. 

venir, conjugation, 327; venir de = 
'to have just,' 335; venir a = 'to 
happen,' 335. 

verbs, agreement, with subject, 38; 
conjugation of regular verbs: first 
conjugation, 75, 373; second con- 
jugation, 104, 374; third conjuga- 
tion, 116, 375; impersonal verbs, 
228-230, 233, 234, 345; interroga- 
tive form, 49-50; irregular verbs, 
see irregular verbs; modes (uses): 
imperative, 86; indicative: (use 
of tenses) conditional, 163; future, 
150; imperfect, 133, 232; past defi- 
nite, 140; present, 150, l, 231; 
compound tenses: formation, 94, 
95, 200, 201, 378-380, negative; 
96; past indefinite, 140, l; infini- 
tive, 331-337, 357, 358; subjunc- 
tive: uses, 173, 340-342, 345, 346, 
349, 350, 354; present subjunc- 
tive, 184, 172 note 2, 341, 342; 
imperfect subjunctive, 184, 341, 
342; orthographic changes, 235- 
238; verbs in -cer, 235, 381; in 
-ger, 236, 382; in -yer, 237, 383; 
with stem- vowel e or e, 238, 384; 
participles, see participles; pas- 
sive voice, 202, 223-225, p. 222, 
footnote 1; prepositional uses of 
verbs: with force of English verbs 
with prepositions, 362; governing 
dative, 361; governing genitive, 
360; prepositions differing from 



the English usage, 362 note. 363; 
prepositions introducing follow- 
ing infinitives 331-337; principal 
parts, 197; reflexive verbs, 214; 
synopsis, 198; transitive, 359. 

'very'=meme, 297. 

vetir, conjugation, 404. 

vivre, conjugation, 372. 

voir, conjugation, 289. 

vouloir, conjugation, 290; + infini- 
tive, 332. 

vous, use, 209. 

vowel, the essential part of a sylla- 
ble, 17; phonetic symbols, 5, 34. 

W 

'what,' adjective, 269, 270; 'what 
a,' 271; pronoun, 272, 273, 5, 275, 
285. 

'which,' adjective, 269, 270; in- 

. terrogative pronoun, 272, 273, l; 
relative pronoun, 278, 280, 281, 
285, 286. 

'who,' interrogative, 272, 273, 2; 
relative, 278, 280, 281, l. 

'whom,' interrogative, 272, 273, 3; 
relative, 278, 280, 281, 2,3, 5. 

'whose,' interrogative, 273, 4; rela- 
tive, 278, 281, 5. 

'why'=que, 274. 

'with,' 328, 8. 

X 

x, pronunciation, 9. 

Y 

y changed to i in verb forms, 237. 

383. 
y, pronominal adverb, 220-222. 



/% 









Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: August 2006 

PreservationTechnologies 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 

1 1 1 Thofrson Park C 

Cra r p A 16066 



